Homilies on the Hexaemeron

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 1

1.1PG 29:4a–5d

Πρέπουσα ἀρχὴ τῷ περί τῆς τοῦ κόσμου συστάσεως μέλλοντι διηγεῖσθαι ἀρχὴν τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων διακοσμήσεως προθεῖναι τοῦ λόγου, Οὐρανοῦ γὰρ καὶ γῆς ποίησις παραδίδοσθαι μέλλει, οὐκ αὖτομάτως συνενεχθεῖσα, ὥς τινες ἐφαντάσθησαν, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν λαβοῦσα. Ποία ἀκοὴ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν λεγομένων ἀξίας πῶς παρεσκευασμένην ψυχὴν πρὸς τὴν τῶν τηλικούτων ἀκρόασιν προσῆκεν εἶναι; Καθαρεύουσαν τῶν παθῶν τῆς σαρκὸς, ἆνεπισκότητον μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς, φιλόπονον, ὲξεταστικὴν, πάντοθεν περισκοποῦσαν εἴ που ἀξίαν ἔννοιαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἀλλὰ πρὶν ἐξετάσαι τὴν ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασιν ἀκρίβειαν, καὶ διερευνήσασθαι ἡλίκα τῶν μικρῶν φωνῶν τούτων ἐστὶ) τὰ σημαινόμενα, ἐνθυμηθῶμεν τίς ὁ διαλεγόμενος ἡμῖν· Διότι κἂν τῆς βαθείας καρδίας τοῦ συγγραφέως μὴ ἐφικώμεθα διὰ τὸ τῆς διανοίας ἡμῶν ἀσθενὲς, ἀλλὰ τῇ γε ἀξιοπιστίᾳ προσέχοντες τοῦ λέγοντος, αὐτομάτως εἰς συγκατάθεσιν τῶν εἰρημένων ἒναχθησόμεθα. Μωῦσῆς τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὁ τὴν συγγραφὴν ταύτην καταβαλλόμενος· Μωυσῆς ἐκεῖνος ὁ μαρτυρηθεὶς ἀστεῖος εἶναι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ, ἔτι ὑπομάζιος ὤν· ὃν εἰσεποιήσατο μὲν ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ Φαραὼ, ἒξὲτρεψε δὲ βασιλικῶς, τοὺς σοφοὺς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων διδασκάλους αὔτῷ τῆς παιδεύσεως ἐπιστήσασα· ὅς,τὸν ὅγκον τῆς τυραννίδος μισήσας, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ταπεινὸν τῶν ὁμοφύλων ἀναδραμὼν, εἵλετο συγκακουχεϊσθαι τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῷ, ἢ πρόσκαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν· ὁ τὴν πρὸς τὸ δίκαιον φιλίαν ἒξ αὐτῆς τῆς φύσεως κεκτημένος, ὃπου γε, καὶ πρὶν ἐπιτραπῆναι αὐτῷ τοῦ λαοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν, φαίνεται διὰ τὸ τῆς φύσεως μισοπόνηρον μέχρι θανάτου τοὺς κακοὺς ἀμυνόμενος· ὁ φυγαδευθεὶς παρὰ τῶν εὐεργετηθέντων, καὶ ἀσμένως μὲν τοὺς Αἰγυπτιακοὺς θορύβους ἂπολιπὼν, την δὲ Αἱθιοπίαν καταλαβὼν, κάκεῖ πᾶσαν σχολὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἅλλων ἄγων, καὶ ἐν τεσσαράκοντα ὅλοις ἔτεσιν τῇ θεωρίᾳ τῶν ὄντων ἀποσχολάσας· ὁ ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἢδη γεγονὼς ἔτος, εἶδε Θεὸν ὼς ἀνθρώπῳ ἰδεῖν δυνατὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ ὡς οὐδενὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπῆρξε κατὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι Ἐὰν γένηται προφήτης ὑμῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἐν ὁράματι αὐτῷ γνωσθήσομαι, καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ λαλήσω αὖτῷ. Οὐχ οὕτως, ὡς ὁ θεράπων μου Μωϋσῆς, ἓν ὅλῳ τῷ οʼἷκῳ μου πιστός εστι στόμα κατὰ στόμα λαλήσω αὐτῷ, ἐν εἴδει, καὶ οὗ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων. Οὗτος τοίνυν ὁ τῆς αὖτοπροσώπου θέας τοῦ Θεοῦ ἓξίσου τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἀξιωθεὶς, ἐξ ὧν ἢκουσε παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ διαλέγεται ἥμϊν, Ἀκούσωμεν τοίνυν

Prepousa archē tǭ peri tēs tou kosmou systaseōs mellonti diēgeisthai archēn tēs tōn horōmenōn diakosmēseōs protheinai tou logou, Ouranou gar kai gēs poiēsis paradidosthai mellei, ouk automatōs synenechtheisa, hōs tines ephantasthēsan, para de tou Theou tēn aitian labousa. Poia akoē tou megethous tōn legomenōn axias pōs pareskeuasmenēn psychēn pros tēn tōn tēlikoutōn akroasin prosēken einai? Kathareuousan tōn pathōn tēs sarkos, anepiskotēton merimnais biōtikais, philoponon, exetastikēn, pantothen periskopousan ei pou axian ennoian tou Theou. Alla prin exetasai tēn en tois rhēmasin akribeian, kai diereunēsasthai hēlika tōn mikrōn phōnōn toutōn esti) ta sēmainomena, enthymēthōmen tis ho dialegomenos hēmin; Dioti kan tēs batheias kardias tou syngrapheōs mē ephikōmetha dia to tēs dianoias hēmōn asthenes, alla tę̄ ge axiopistią prosechontes tou legontos, automatōs eis synkatathesin tōn eirēmenōn enachthēsometha. Mōysēs toinyn estin ho tēn syngraphēn tautēn kataballomenos; Mōysēs ekeinos ho martyrētheis asteios einai para tǭ Theǭ, eti hypomazios ōn; hon eisepoiēsato men hē thygatēr tou Pharaō, exetrepse de basilikōs, tous sophous tōn Aigyptiōn didaskalous autǭ tēs paideuseōs epistēsasa; hos,ton honkon tēs tyrannidos misēsas, kai pros to tapeinon tōn homophylōn anadramōn, heileto synkakoucheïsthai tǭ laǭ tou Theoǭ, ē proskairon echein hamartias apolausin; ho tēn pros to dikaion philian ex autēs tēs physeōs kektēmenos, hopou ge, kai prin epitrapēnai autǭ tou laou tēn archēn, phainetai dia to tēs physeōs misoponēron mechri thanatou tous kakous amynomenos; ho phygadeutheis para tōn euergetēthentōn, kai asmenōs men tous Aigyptiakous thorybous apolipōn, tēn de Haithiopian katalabōn, kakei pasan scholēn apo tōn hallōn agōn, kai en tessarakonta holois etesin tę̄ theōrią tōn ontōn aposcholasas; ho ogdoēkoston ēdē gegonōs etos, eide Theon ōs anthrōpǭ idein dynaton, mallon de hōs oudeni tōn allōn hypērxe kata tēn martyrian autēn tou Theou, hoti Ean genētai prophētēs hymōn tǭ Kyriǭ, en horamati autǭ gnōsthēsomai, kai en hypnǭ lalēsō autǭ. Ouch houtōs, hōs ho therapōn mou Mōÿsēs, hen holǭ tǭ oʼhikǭ mou pistos esti stoma kata stoma lalēsō autǭ, en eidei, kai hou diʼ ainigmatōn. Houtos toinyn ho tēs autoprosōpou theas tou Theou hexisou tois angelois axiōtheis, ex hōn ēkouse para tou Theou dialegetai hēmïn, Akousōmen toinyn

A fitting beginning for one who is about to narrate the formation of the world is to set the beginning of the ordering of visible things at the head of his discourse. For the making of heaven and earth is about to be related: a making not brought together spontaneously, as some have imagined, but one that took its cause from God. What hearing is worthy of the greatness of the things being told? How prepared ought the soul to be for hearing such great matters? Pure of the passions of the flesh, unclouded by the cares of life, fond of labor, searching, looking around on every side for some notion of God worthy of him. But before examining the precision of the words, and searching out how great are the things signified by these small phrases, let us consider who it is that speaks to us. For even if, through the weakness of our understanding, we do not reach the depth of the writer's heart, yet by attending to the trustworthiness of the speaker we shall be led of our own accord to assent to what is said. It is Moses, then, who composed this writing: that Moses who was attested to be beautiful in the sight of God while still at the breast; whom Pharaoh's daughter adopted and brought up royally, appointing the wise men of the Egyptians as the teachers of his education; who, hating the pomp of tyranny and running back to the lowliness of his kinsmen, chose to suffer affliction with the people of God rather than to have the passing enjoyment of sin; who possessed the love of justice from his very nature, since even before the leadership of the people was entrusted to him he is seen, through the hatred of evil in his nature, avenging himself on the wicked even to death; who, banished by those he had benefited, gladly left the tumults of Egypt behind and reached Ethiopia, and there, withdrawing all his leisure from other pursuits, gave forty whole years to the contemplation of the things that are; who, when he was already eighty years old, saw God as far as it is possible for a man to see him, or rather as was granted to no one else, according to the testimony of God himself: "If a prophet of yours arises for the Lord, I will be made known to him in a vision, and in sleep I will speak to him. Not so my servant Moses: he is faithful in all my house; mouth to mouth I will speak to him, in visible form, and not through riddles." This man, then, who was counted worthy of the face-to-face vision of God equally with the angels, speaks to us of what he heard from God. Let us hear, then …

1.2PG 29:5d–9a

Ἐν ἆρχῆ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὖρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. ’Ἰστησί μου τὸν λόγον τὸ θαῦμα τῆς δια· νοίας. Τί πρῶτον εἴπω ; πόθεν ἄρξομαι τῆς ἐξηγήσεως; Ἐλέγξω τῶν ἔξω τήν ματαιότητα; ἢ ἀνυμνήσω τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀλήθειαν; Πολλᾶ περἱ φύσεως ἐπραγματεύσαντο οἰ τῶν Ἐλλήνων σοφοὶ, καὶ οὔδε εἷς παρʼ αὐτοῖς λόγος ἕστηκεν ἀκίνητος καὶ ἀσάλευτος, ἀεὶ τοῦ δευτέρου τὸν πρὸ αὐτοῦ καταβάλλοντος ὥστε ἡμῖν μηδὲν ἔργον εἶναι τὰ ἐκείνων ἐλέγχειν ἀρκοῦσι γὰρ ἀλλήλοις πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀνατροπήν. Οἱ γὰρ Θεὸν ἀγνοήσαντες αἰτίαν ἔμφρονα προεστάναι τῆς γενέσεως τῶν ὅλων οὖ συνεχώρησαν, ἀλλʼ οἰκείως τῇ ἒξ ἀρχῆς ἀγνοίᾳ τὰ ἑξῆς συνεπέραναν. Διά τοῦτο οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὰς ὑλικὰς ὑποθέσεις κατέφυγον, τοῖς τοῦ κόσμου στοιχείοις τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἀναθέντες οἱ δὲ ἄτομα καὶ ἀμερῆ σώματα, καὶ ὄγκους καὶ πόρους συνέχειν τὴν φύσιν τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐφαντάσθησαν. Νῦν μὲν γὰρ συνιόντων ἀλλήλοις τῶν ἀμερῶν σωμάτων, νῦν δὲ μετασυγκρινομένων, τὰς γενέσεις καὶ τὰς φθορὰς ἐπιγίνεσθαι· καὶτῶν διαρκεστέρων σωμάτων τὴν ἰσχυροτέραν τῶν ἀτόμων ἀντεμπλοκὴν τῆς διαμονῆς τὴν αἶτίαν παρέχειν. Ὄντως ἱστὸν ἀράχνης ὑφαίνουσιν οἱ ταῦτα γράφοντες, οἱ οὕτω λεπτὰς καὶ ἀνυποστάτους ἀρχὰς οὖρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης ὑποτιθέμενοι. Οὐ γὰρ ᾔδεσαν εἰπεῖν. Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀκυβέρνητα καὶ ἀδιοίκητα εἶναι τὰ σύμπαντα, ὡς ἅν τύχη φερόμενα, ὑπὸ τῆς ἐνοικούσης αὗτοϊς ἀθεότητος ἠπατήθησαν. Ἵνα μὴ πείθωμεν ἡμεῖς, ὁ τὴν κοσμοποιίαν συγγράφων εὐθὺς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ῥήμασι τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν ἡμῶν κατεφώτισεν, εἰπώνʼ Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός. Τί καλὴ ἡ τάξις; Ἀρχὴν πρῶτον ἐπέθηκεν, ἵνα μὴ ἄναρχον αὐτὸν οἱηθῶσί τινες· εἶτα ἐπήγαγε τὸ ἐποίησεν, ἵνα δειχθῇ, ότι ἐλάχιστον μέρος τῆς τοῦ δημιουργοῦ δυνάμεώς ἐστι τὸ ποιηθέν. Ὠς γὰρ ὁ κεραμεῦς, ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς τέχνης μυρία διαπλάσας σκεύη, οὒτε τὴν τέχνην οὔτε τὴν δύναμιν ἐξανάλωσεν* οὕτω καὶ ὁ τοῦ παντὸς τούτου δημιουργὸς, οὔχ ἑνὶ κόσμῳ σύμμετρον τὴν ποιητικὴν ἔχων δύναμιν ἀλλʼ εἷς τὸ ἀπειροπλάσιον ὑπερβαίνουσαν, τῇ ῥοπῇ τοῦ θελήματος μόνῃ εἷς τὸ εἶναι παρήγαγε τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ὁρωμένων. Εἰ οὗν καὶ ἀρχὴν ἔχει ὁ κόσμος, καὶ πεποίηται, ζήτει, τίς ὁ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ δοὺς, καὶ τίς ὁ ποιητής, Μᾶλλον δὲ, ἵνα μὴ ἀνθρωπίνοις λογισμοῖς ἐπιζητῶν παρατραπῇς που τῆς ἀληθείας, προέφθασε διδασκαλίᾳ, οἱονεὶ σφραγῖδα καὶ φυλακτήριον ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν ἐμβαλὼν τὸ πολυτίμητον ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπών “ Ἐν ἀρχῇ εποίησεν ὁ Θεός. Ἡ μακαρία φύσις, ἡ ἄφθονος ἀγαθότης, τὸ ἀγαπητὸν πᾶσι τοῖς λόγου μετειληφόσι, τὸ πολυπόθητον κάλλος, ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν ὄντων, ἡ πηγὴ τῆς ζωῆς, τὸ νοερὸν φῶς, ἦ ἀπρόσιτος σοφία, οὗτος Ἐποίησεν ὲν ἀρχῇ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν.

En archē epoiēsen ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn. ’Istēsi mou ton logon to thauma tēs dia; noias. Ti prōton eipō ? pothen arxomai tēs exēgēseōs? Elenxō tōn exō tēn mataiotēta? ē anymnēsō tēn hēmeteran alētheian? Polla peri physeōs epragmateusanto oi tōn Ellēnōn sophoi, kai oude heis parʼ autois logos hestēken akinētos kai asaleutos, aei tou deuterou ton pro autou kataballontos hōste hēmin mēden ergon einai ta ekeinōn elenchein arkousi gar allēlois pros tēn oikeian anatropēn. Hoi gar Theon agnoēsantes aitian emphrona proestanai tēs geneseōs tōn holōn ou synechōrēsan, allʼ oikeiōs tę̄ ex archēs agnoią ta hexēs syneperanan. Dia touto hoi men epi tas hylikas hypotheseis katephygon, tois tou kosmou stoicheiois tēn aitian tou pantos anathentes hoi de atoma kai amerē sōmata, kai onkous kai porous synechein tēn physin tōn horatōn ephantasthēsan. Nyn men gar syniontōn allēlois tōn amerōn sōmatōn, nyn de metasynkrinomenōn, tas geneseis kai tas phthoras epiginesthai; kaitōn diarkesterōn sōmatōn tēn ischyroteran tōn atomōn antemplokēn tēs diamonēs tēn aitian parechein. Ontōs histon arachnēs hyphainousin hoi tauta graphontes, hoi houtō leptas kai anypostatous archas ouranou kai gēs kai thalassēs hypotithemenoi. Ou gar ę̄desan eipein. En archę̄ epoiēsen ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn. Dia touto akybernēta kai adioikēta einai ta sympanta, hōs han tychē pheromena, hypo tēs enoikousēs hautoïs atheotētos ēpatēthēsan. Hina mē peithōmen hēmeis, ho tēn kosmopoiian syngraphōn euthys en tois prōtois rhēmasi tǭ onomati tou Theou tēn dianoian hēmōn katephōtisen, eipōnʼ En archę̄ epoiēsen ho Theos. Ti kalē hē taxis? Archēn prōton epethēken, hina mē anarchon auton hoiēthōsi tines; eita epēgage to epoiēsen, hina deichthę̄, oti elachiston meros tēs tou dēmiourgou dynameōs esti to poiēthen. Ōs gar ho kerameus, apo tēs autēs technēs myria diaplasas skeuē, oute tēn technēn oute tēn dynamin exanalōsen* houtō kai ho tou pantos toutou dēmiourgos, ouch heni kosmǭ symmetron tēn poiētikēn echōn dynamin allʼ heis to apeiroplasion hyperbainousan, tę̄ rhopę̄ tou thelēmatos monę̄ heis to einai parēgage ta megethē tōn horōmenōn. Ei houn kai archēn echei ho kosmos, kai pepoiētai, zētei, tis ho tēn archēn autǭ dous, kai tis ho poiētēs, Mallon de, hina mē anthrōpinois logismois epizētōn paratrapę̄s pou tēs alētheias, proephthase didaskalią, hoionei sphragida kai phylaktērion tais psychais hēmōn embalōn to polytimēton onoma tou Theou, eipōn “ En archę̄ epoiēsen ho Theos. Hē makaria physis, hē aphthonos agathotēs, to agapēton pasi tois logou meteilēphosi, to polypothēton kallos, hē archē tōn ontōn, hē pēgē tēs zōēs, to noeron phōs, ē aprositos sophia, houtos Epoiēsen en archę̄ ton ouranon kai tēn gēn.

"In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth." The wonder of the thought brings my speech to a halt. What shall I say first? Where shall I begin the explanation? Shall I refute the vanity of those outside? Or shall I sing the praises of our truth? The wise men of the Greeks labored much over nature, and not one account among them has stood unmoved and unshaken, the second always overthrowing the one before it, so that we have no need to refute their views: they suffice for one another's overthrow. For those who did not know God did not allow that an intelligent cause presided over the coming into being of the universe, but drew the conclusions that followed from their original ignorance. Therefore some took refuge in material hypotheses, ascribing the cause of the universe to the elements of the world; others imagined that atoms and indivisible bodies, masses and pores, hold together the nature of visible things. For, they say, when the indivisible bodies now come together with one another and now are separated again, comings-to-be and perishings follow; and in the more durable bodies the stronger interlocking of the atoms provides the cause of their permanence. Truly those who write these things weave a spider's web, positing such slight and insubstantial beginnings for heaven and earth and sea. For they did not know how to say, "In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth." Therefore, deceived by the godlessness that dwelt in them, they thought that all things are ungoverned and unadministered, carried along as chance may have it. So that we may not suffer the same, the writer of the account of the world's making at once, in his very first words, enlightened our understanding with the name of God, saying: "In the beginning God made." How fine the order is! He put "beginning" first, so that no one might think the world without beginning; then he added "made," to show that what was made is the smallest part of the Creator's power. For as the potter, having shaped countless vessels by the same art, has exhausted neither his art nor his power, so too the Creator of this universe, whose creative power is not merely commensurate with one world but exceeds it infinitely, brought into being the vast bodies of the visible world by the sole inclination of his will. If, then, the world both has a beginning and has been made, ask who gave it its beginning, and who is its maker. Or rather, lest by seeking with human reasonings you be turned aside somewhere from the truth, he anticipated you with his teaching, implanting in our souls, as a seal and a safeguard, the precious name of God, saying, "In the beginning God made." The blessed nature, the unstinting goodness, the object of love for all who share in reason, the much-desired beauty, the beginning of the things that are, the source of life, the intellectual light, the unapproachable wisdom: he "made in the beginning the heaven and the earth."

1.3PG 29:9a–12b

Μή οὖν ἄναρχα φαντάζου, ἄνθρωπε, τὰ ὁρώμενα μηδὲ, ἐπειδὴ κυκλόσε περιτρέχει τὰ κατʼ οὐρανὸν κινούμενα, ἡ δὲ τοῦ κύκλου ἀρχὴ τῇ προχείρῳ αἰσθήσει ἡμῶν οὐκ εὐληπτος, ἄναρχον εἶναι νομίσῃς τῶν κυκλοφορικῶν σωμάτων τὴν φύσιν, Οὒδὲ γὰρ ὁ κύ κλος οὗτος, τὸ ἐπίπεδον λέγω σχῆμα τό ὑπὸ μιᾶς γραμμῆς περιεχόμενον, ἐπειδὴ διαφεύγει τὴν ἡμετέραν αἴσθησιν, οὔτε ὅθεν ἤρξατο ἐξευρεῖν δυναίμεθα, οὕτε εἰς ὃ κατέληξεν, ήδη καὶ ἄναρχον αὐτὸν ὀφείλομεν ὑποτίθεσθᾱιι, Ἀλλᾶ κᾶν τὴν αἴσθησιν διαςεύγῃ, τῇ γε ἀληθείᾳ πάντως ἀπό τινος ἤρξατο ὁ κέντρῳ καὶ διαστήματί τινι περιγράψας αὒτόν, Οὕτω καὶ σὺ μὴ, ἐπειδὴ εἱς ἑαυτὰ συνεύει τὰ κύκλῳ κινουμένα, τὸ τῆς κινήσεως αὑτῶν ὁμαλόν, καὶ μηδενὶ μέσῳ διακοπτόμενον, τὴν τοῦ ἄναρχον τὸν κόσμον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον εἶναι σοι πλάνην ἐγκαταλίπῃ. Παράγει γὰρ τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου· καὶ, Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται. Προαναφώνησις τῶν περὶ συντελείας δογμάτων καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου μεταποιήσεως τὰ νῦν ἒν βραχέσι κατὰ τὴν στοιχείωσιν τῆς θευπνεύστου διδασκαλίας παραδιδόμενα. Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός. Τὰ ἀπὸ χρόνον ἀρξάμενα πᾶσα ἀνάγκη καὶ ἐν χρόνῳ συντελεσθῆναι, Εἰ ἀρχὴν ἔχει χρονικὴν, μὴ ἀμφιβάλῃς περῖ τοῦ τέλους, Γεωμετρίαι γὰρ καὶ ἀριθμητικαὶ μέθοδοι, καὶ αἱ περὶ τῶν στερεῶν πραγματεῖαι, καὶ ἡ πολυθρύλλητος ἀστρονομία, ἡ πολυάσχολος ματαιότης, πρὸς ποῖον καταστρέφουσι τέλος; Εἴπερ οἱ περὶ ταῦτα ἐσχολακότες συναΐδιον εἶναι τῷ κτίστῃ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ καὶ τὸν ὁρώμενον τοῦτον κόσμον διενοήθησαν, φρὸς τὴν αὒτὴν δόξαν ἀγαγόντες τὸν περιγεγραμμένον καὶ σῶμα ἔχοντα ὑλικὸν, τῇ ἀπεριλήπτῳ καὶ ἀοράτῳ φύσει, μηδὲ τοσοῦτον δυνηθέντες ἐννοηθῆναι, ὅτι οὗ τὲ μέρη φθοραῖς καὶ ἀλλοιώσεσιν ὑπόκειται, τούτου καὶ τὸ ὅλον ἱνάγκη ποτὲ τὰ αὖτά παθήματα τοῖς οἰκείοις μέρεσιν ὑποστῆναι Ἀλλά τοσοῦτον Ἐματαιώθησαν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία, καὶ φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν, ὥστε οἱ μὲν συνυπάρχειν ἐξ ἀϊδίου τῷ Θεῷ τὸν οὗρανὸν ἀπεφήναντο ’ οἱ δέ αὒτὸν εἶναι Θεὸν ἄναρχόν τε καὶ ἀτελεύτητον, καὶ τῆς τῶν κατά μέρος οἰκονομίας αἴτιον.

Mē oun anarcha phantazou, anthrōpe, ta horōmena mēde, epeidē kyklose peritrechei ta katʼ ouranon kinoumena, hē de tou kyklou archē tę̄ procheirǭ aisthēsei hēmōn ouk eulēptos, anarchon einai nomisę̄s tōn kyklophorikōn sōmatōn tēn physin, Oude gar ho ky klos houtos, to epipedon legō schēma to hypo mias grammēs periechomenon, epeidē diapheugei tēn hēmeteran aisthēsin, oute hothen ērxato exeurein dynaimetha, houte eis ho katelēxen, ēdē kai anarchon auton opheilomen hypotithesthaii, Alla kan tēn aisthēsin diaseugę̄, tę̄ ge alētheią pantōs apo tinos ērxato ho kentrǭ kai diastēmati tini perigrapsas auton, Houtō kai sy mē, epeidē heis heauta syneuei ta kyklǭ kinoumena, to tēs kinēseōs hautōn homalon, kai mēdeni mesǭ diakoptomenon, tēn tou anarchon ton kosmon kai ateleutēton einai soi planēn enkatalipę̄. Paragei gar to schēma tou kosmou toutou; kai, Ho ouranos kai hē gē pareleusontai. Proanaphōnēsis tōn peri synteleias dogmatōn kai peri tēs tou kosmou metapoiēseōs ta nyn en brachesi kata tēn stoicheiōsin tēs theupneustou didaskalias paradidomena. En archę̄ epoiēsen ho Theos. Ta apo chronon arxamena pasa anankē kai en chronǭ syntelesthēnai, Ei archēn echei chronikēn, mē amphibalę̄s peri tou telous, Geōmetriai gar kai arithmētikai methodoi, kai hai peri tōn stereōn pragmateiai, kai hē polythryllētos astronomia, hē polyascholos mataiotēs, pros poion katastrephousi telos? Eiper hoi peri tauta escholakotes synaïdion einai tǭ ktistę̄ tōn holōn Theǭ kai ton horōmenon touton kosmon dienoēthēsan, phros tēn autēn doxan agagontes ton perigegrammenon kai sōma echonta hylikon, tę̄ aperilēptǭ kai aoratǭ physei, mēde tosouton dynēthentes ennoēthēnai, hoti hou te merē phthorais kai alloiōsesin hypokeitai, toutou kai to holon hinankē pote ta auta pathēmata tois oikeiois meresin hypostēnai Alla tosouton Emataiōthēsan tois dialogismois autōn, kai eskotisthē hē asynetos autōn kardia, kai phaskontes einai sophoi emōranthēsan, hōste hoi men synyparchein ex aïdiou tǭ Theǭ ton houranon apephēnanto ’ hoi de auton einai Theon anarchon te kai ateleutēton, kai tēs tōn kata meros oikonomias aition.

Do not, then, O man, imagine that the visible things are without beginning. And because the bodies that move in the sky run round in a circle, and the beginning of the circle is not easily grasped by our ready perception, do not think that the nature of the circling bodies is without beginning. For not even this circle, I mean the plane figure enclosed by one line, must we suppose to be without beginning just because it escapes our perception, so that we can find neither where it began nor where it ended. Even if it escapes perception, in truth it certainly began from some point, where the one who drew it round with a center and a certain radius began. So you too: because things moving in a circle return upon themselves, do not let the evenness of their motion, interrupted by no middle point, leave in you the error that the world is without beginning and without end. For "the form of this world is passing away," and "heaven and earth will pass away." The doctrines of the consummation and of the transformation of the world are announced in advance in what is now handed down briefly in the elementary teaching of the God-inspired instruction: "In the beginning God made." Things that began from time must of necessity also be brought to completion in time. If it has a beginning in time, do not be in doubt about the end. For geometry, and the methods of arithmetic, and the studies of solids, and much-celebrated astronomy, that laborious vanity: to what end do they lead, if those who have spent their time on them have supposed that this visible world too is coeternal with God, the Creator of all, raising to the same glory what is circumscribed and has a material body and the incomprehensible and invisible nature, and not able to conceive even this much: that a whole whose parts are subject to corruption and change must itself also at some time undergo the same things as its own parts? But they "became futile in their reasonings, and their senseless heart was darkened, and claiming to be wise they became fools," to such a degree that some declared that heaven coexists with God from eternity, and others that it is itself God, without beginning and without end, and the cause of the ordering of particular things.

1.4PG 29:12b–12d

Ἠπου αὐτοῖς ἡ περιουσία τῆς τοῦ κόσμου σοφίας προσθήκην οʼίσει ποτὲ τῆς χαλεπῆς κατακρίσεως, ὅτι οὓτως ὀξὸ περὶ τὰ μάταια βλέποντες, ἐκόντες πρὸς τὴν σύνεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπετυφλώθησαν. Ἀλλʼ οἱ τῶν ἄστρων τὰ διαστήματα καταμετροῦντες, καὶ τοὺς ἀειφανεϊς αὖτῶν καὶ ἀρκτῴους ἀπογραφόμενοι, καὶ ὅσοι περι τὸν νότιον πόλον κείμενοι τοῖς μέν εἰσι φανεροὶ, ἡμῖν δὲ ἄγνωστοι ’ καὶ βόρειον πλάτος, καὶ ζωδιακὸν κύκλον μυρίοις διαστήμασι διαιροῦντες ° καὶ ἐπαναφορᾶς ἄστρων, καὶ στηριγμοὺς, καὶ ἀποκλίσεις, καὶ πάντων τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ προηγούμενα κίνησιν διʼ ἀκριβείας τηρήσαντες ’ καὶ διὰ πόσου χρόνου τῶν πλανωμένων ἕκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ περίοδον ἐκπληροῖ · μίαν τῶν πασῶν μηχανὴν οὒκ ἐξεῦρον πρὸς τὸ τὸν Θεὸν ἐννοῆσαι ποι·ητὴν τοῦ παντὸς, καὶ κριτὴν δίκαιον, τὴν ἀξίαν ἀντίδοσιν τοῖς βεβιωμένοις ἐπάγοντα οὗδὲ τῷ περὶ τῆς κρίσεως λόγῳ τὴν ἀκόλουθον τῆς συντελείας ἔννοιαν ἐπιγνῶναι, ὅτι ἀνάγκη μεταποιηθῆναι τὸν κόσμον, εί μέλλοι καὶ ἦ τῶν ψυχῶν κατάστασις πρὸς ἕτερον εἶδος ζωῆς μεταβάλλειν, ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ ἡ παροῦσα ζωὴ συγγενῆ ἔσχε τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τὴν φύσιν, οὕτω καὶ ἡ μέλλουσα τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν διαγωγὴ οἰκείαν τῇ καταστάσει ὑποδέξεται τὴν λῆξιν. Οἱ δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχουσιν ὡς ἀληθέσι τούτοις προσέχειν, ὥστε καὶ πλατὺν γέλωτα καταχέουσιν ἡμῶν περὶ συντελείας τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ παλιγγενεσίας αἰῶνος ἀπαγγελλόντων, Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦ ἀρχὴ κατὰ φύσιν προτέτακται τῶν ἀπʼ αὗτῆς, ἀναγκαίως περὶ τῶν ἀπὸ χρόνου τὸ εἶναι ἐχόντων διαλεγόμενος, ταύτην ἁπάντων προέταξε τὴν φωνὴν, εἰπών Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν.

Ēpou autois hē periousia tēs tou kosmou sophias prosthēkēn oʼisei pote tēs chalepēs katakriseōs, hoti houtōs oxo peri ta mataia blepontes, ekontes pros tēn synesin tēs alētheias apetyphlōthēsan. Allʼ hoi tōn astrōn ta diastēmata katametrountes, kai tous aeiphaneïs autōn kai arktǭous apographomenoi, kai hosoi peri ton notion polon keimenoi tois men eisi phaneroi, hēmin de agnōstoi ’ kai boreion platos, kai zōdiakon kyklon myriois diastēmasi diairountes ° kai epanaphoras astrōn, kai stērigmous, kai apokliseis, kai pantōn tēn epi ta proēgoumena kinēsin diʼ akribeias tērēsantes ’ kai dia posou chronou tōn planōmenōn hekastos tēn heautou periodon ekplēroi ; mian tōn pasōn mēchanēn ouk exeuron pros to ton Theon ennoēsai poi;ētēn tou pantos, kai kritēn dikaion, tēn axian antidosin tois bebiōmenois epagonta houde tǭ peri tēs kriseōs logǭ tēn akolouthon tēs synteleias ennoian epignōnai, hoti anankē metapoiēthēnai ton kosmon, ei melloi kai ē tōn psychōn katastasis pros heteron eidos zōēs metaballein, ’Ōsper gar hē parousa zōē syngenē esche tou kosmou toutou tēn physin, houtō kai hē mellousa tōn psychōn hēmōn diagōgē oikeian tę̄ katastasei hypodexetai tēn lēxin. Hoi de tosouton apechousin hōs alēthesi toutois prosechein, hōste kai platyn gelōta katacheousin hēmōn peri synteleias tou kosmou toutou kai palingenesias aiōnos apangellontōn, Epeidē de ē archē kata physin protetaktai tōn apʼ hautēs, anankaiōs peri tōn apo chronou to einai echontōn dialegomenos, tautēn hapantōn proetaxe tēn phōnēn, eipōn En archę̄ epoiēsen.

Surely the abundance of this world's wisdom will one day bring them an increase of their grievous condemnation, because, seeing so sharply into vain things, they willingly blinded themselves to the understanding of the truth. Those who measure the distances of the stars, and record those that are always visible and northern, and those lying around the south pole that are visible to some but unknown to us; who divide the northern latitude and the zodiac into countless intervals; who have observed with precision the risings of the stars, their stations and declinations, and the forward motion of them all, and in how much time each of the planets completes its own period: these did not find one device among them all for conceiving of God as the maker of the universe and a just judge, who brings the fitting recompense upon the lives men have lived. Nor did they recognize, from the doctrine of judgment, the consequent notion of the consummation: that the world must of necessity be transformed, if the condition of souls is also to change to another form of life. For as the present life has a nature akin to this world, so too the future way of life of our souls will receive a lot suited to its condition. But they are so far from attending to these truths that they even pour out loud laughter on us when we announce the consummation of this world and the regeneration of the age. Since the beginning by nature is ranked before what comes from it, he necessarily, in speaking of the things that have their being from time, placed this word before all: "In the beginning he made."

1.5PG 29:13a–16b

Ἠν γάρ τι, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ὁ τῇ μὲν διανοίᾳ ἡμῖν ἐστι θεωρητὸν,ἀνιστόρητον δὲ κατελείφθη διὰ τὸ τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις ’ἐτι καὶ νηπίοις κατά τὴν γνῶσιν ἀνεπιτήδειον, Ἦν τις πρεσβυτέρα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως κατάστασις ταῖς ὑπερκοσμίοις δυνάμεσι πρέπουσα, ἡ ὕπὲρχρονος, ἡ αἰωνία ἡ ἀίδιος. Δημιουργήματα δέ ἐν αὖτῇ ὁ τῶν ὅλων κτίστης καὶ δημιουργὸς ἀπετέλεσε, φὼς νοητὸν πρέπον τῇ μακαριότητι τῶν φιλούντων τὸν Κύριον, τάς λογικὰς καὶ ἀοράτους φύσεις, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν νοητῶν διακόσμησιν, ὅσα τὴν ἡμετέραν διάνοιαν ὑπερβαίνει, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰς ὀνομασίας ἐξευρεῖν δυνατόν. Ταῦτα τοῦ ἀοράτου κόσμου συμπληροῖ τὴν οὖσίαν, ὡς διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ὁ Παῦλος, λέγων "Ott ἒν αύτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα, εἴτε ὁρατὰ, εἴτε ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι, εἴτε κυριότητες, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ, εἴτε ἐξουσίαι, εἴτε δυνάμεις, εἴτε ἀγγέλων στρατιαὶ, εἴτε ἀρχαγγέλων ἐπιστασίαι · ὅτε δὲ ἔδει λοιπὸν καὶ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἐπεισαχθῆναι τοῖς οὖσι, προηγουμένως μὲν διδασκαλεῖον καὶ παιδευτήριον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν ' ἔπειτα μέντοι καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάντων τῶν ἐν γενέσει καὶ φθορᾷ ἐπιτήδειον- ἐνδιαίτημα. Συμφυὴς ἄρα τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τοῖς ἐν αὖτῷ ζώοις τε καὶ φυτοῖς ἡ τοῦ χρόνου διέξοδος ὑπέστη, ἐπειγομένη ἀεὶ καὶ παραῤῥέουσα, καὶ μηδαμου παυομένη τοῦ δρόμου. Ἢ οὐχὶ τοιοῦτος ὁ χρόνος, οὗ τὸ μὲν παρελθὸν ἠφανίσθη, τὸ δὲ μέλλον οὔπω πάρεστι, τὸ δὲ παρὸν πρὶν γνωσθῆναι διαδιδράσκει τὴν αἴσθησιν; Τοιαύτη δέ τις καὶ τῶν γινομένων ἡ φύσις, ἢ αὐξανομένη πάντως, ἢ φθίνουσα, τὸ δὲ ἱδρυμένον καὶ στάσιμον οὒκ ἐπίδηλον ἔχουσα. ’Ἔπρεπεν οὖν τοΐς ζώων τε καὶ φυτῶν σώμάσιν, οἱονεὶ- ῥεύματί τινι πρὸς ἀνάγκην ὲνδεδεμένοις, καὶ τῇ πρὸς γένεσιν ἢ φθορὰν ἀγούσῃ κινήσει συνεχομένοις, ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ χρόνου φύσεως περιέχεσθαι, συγγενῆ τοῖς ἀλλοιουμένοις κεκτημένου τὴν ἰδιότητα, Ἐντεῦθεν οἰκείως ἐπέβαλε τῷ περί αὐτὸν λόγῳ ὁ σοφῶς ἡμᾶς τοῦ κόσμου τὴν γένεσιν ἐκδιδάσκων, εἰπών · Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησε τουτέστιν, ἐν ἀρχῇ ταύτης τῇ κατά χρόνον, Ού γάρ δὴ κατά πρεσβυγένειαν πάν των τῶν γενομένων προέχειν αὐτὸν μαρτυρῶν λέγε ἓν ἀρχῇ γεγονέναι, ἀλλά μετά τὰ ἀόρατα καὶ νοούμενα τῶν ὁρατῶν τούτων καὶ αἰσθήσει ληπτῶν τὴ ἀρχὴν τῆς ’ὅπάρξεως διηγεῖται. Λέγεται μὲν οὗ. ἀρχὴ καὶ ἡ πρώτη κίνησις ὡς, Ἀρχὴ ὁδοῦ ἀγαθῆς τὸ ποιεῖν δίκαια ' ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν δικαίων πράξεων πρῶτον κινούμεθα πρὸς τὸν μακάριον βίον ’ λέγεται δὲ ἀρχὴ καὶ ὅθεν γίνεται τι, τοῦ ἐνυπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἑτέρου, ὡς ἐπὶ οἰκίας θεμέλιος, καὶ επὶ πλοίου ἣ τρόπις, καθὸ εἴρηται Ἀρχὴ σοφίας φόβος Kuρίου. Οἶον γὰρ κρηπὶς καὶ βάθρον πρὸς τὴν τελείωσιν ἡ εὐλάβεια. Ἀρχὴ δὲ καὶ τῶν τεχνικῶν ἔργων ἡ τέχνη · ὡς ἡ σοφία Βισελεήλ, τοῦ περὶ τὴν σκηνὴν κόσμου. Ἀρχὴ δὲ πράξεων πολλάκις καὶ τὸ εὔχρηστον τέλος τῶν γινομένων · ὡς τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης ἡ παρὰ Θεοῦ ἀποδοχὴ, καὶ πάσης τῆς κατʼ ’ἀρετὴν ἐνεργείας τὸ ἐν ἐπαγγελίαις ἀποκείμενον τέλος.

Ēn gar ti, hōs eoike, kai pro tou kosmou toutou, ho tę̄ men dianoią hēmin esti theōrēton,anistorēton de kateleiphthē dia to tois eisagomenois ’eti kai nēpiois kata tēn gnōsin anepitēdeion, Ēn tis presbytera tēs tou kosmou geneseōs katastasis tais hyperkosmiois dynamesi prepousa, hē hyperchronos, hē aiōnia hē aidios. Dēmiourgēmata de en autę̄ ho tōn holōn ktistēs kai dēmiourgos apetelese, phōs noēton prepon tę̄ makariotēti tōn philountōn ton Kyrion, tas logikas kai aoratous physeis, kai pasan tēn tōn noētōn diakosmēsin, hosa tēn hēmeteran dianoian hyperbainei, hōn oude tas onomasias exeurein dynaton. Tauta tou aoratou kosmou symplēroi tēn ousian, hōs didaskei hēmas ho Paulos, legōn "Ott en autǭ ektisthē ta panta, eite horata, eite aorata, eite thronoi, eite kyriotētes, eite archai, eite exousiai, eite dynameis, eite angelōn stratiai, eite archangelōn epistasiai ; hote de edei loipon kai ton kosmon touton epeisachthēnai tois ousi, proēgoumenōs men didaskaleion kai paideutērion tōn anthrōpinōn psychōn ' epeita mentoi kai hapaxaplōs pantōn tōn en genesei kai phthorą epitēdeion- endiaitēma. Symphyēs ara tǭ kosmǭ kai tois en autǭ zōois te kai phytois hē tou chronou diexodos hypestē, epeigomenē aei kai pararrheousa, kai mēdamou pauomenē tou dromou. Ē ouchi toioutos ho chronos, hou to men parelthon ēphanisthē, to de mellon oupō paresti, to de paron prin gnōsthēnai diadidraskei tēn aisthēsin? Toiautē de tis kai tōn ginomenōn hē physis, ē auxanomenē pantōs, ē phthinousa, to de hidrymenon kai stasimon ouk epidēlon echousa. ’Eprepen oun toïs zōōn te kai phytōn sōmasin, hoionei- rheumati tini pros anankēn endedemenois, kai tę̄ pros genesin ē phthoran agousę̄ kinēsei synechomenois, hypo tēs tou chronou physeōs periechesthai, syngenē tois alloioumenois kektēmenou tēn idiotēta, Enteuthen oikeiōs epebale tǭ peri auton logǭ ho sophōs hēmas tou kosmou tēn genesin ekdidaskōn, eipōn ; En archę̄ epoiēse toutestin, en archę̄ tautēs tę̄ kata chronon, Ou gar dē kata presbygeneian pan tōn tōn genomenōn proechein auton martyrōn lege hen archę̄ gegonenai, alla meta ta aorata kai nooumena tōn horatōn toutōn kai aisthēsei lēptōn tē archēn tēs ’hoparxeōs diēgeitai. Legetai men hou. archē kai hē prōtē kinēsis hōs, Archē hodou agathēs to poiein dikaia ' apo gar tōn dikaiōn praxeōn prōton kinoumetha pros ton makarion bion ’ legetai de archē kai hothen ginetai ti, tou enyparchontos autǭ heterou, hōs epi oikias themelios, kai epi ploiou hē tropis, katho eirētai Archē sophias phobos Kuriou. Oion gar krēpis kai bathron pros tēn teleiōsin hē eulabeia. Archē de kai tōn technikōn ergōn hē technē ; hōs hē sophia Biseleēl, tou peri tēn skēnēn kosmou. Archē de praxeōn pollakis kai to euchrēston telos tōn ginomenōn ; hōs tēs eleēmosynēs hē para Theou apodochē, kai pasēs tēs katʼ ’aretēn energeias to en epangeliais apokeimenon telos.

For there was, it seems, something even before this world, which our understanding can contemplate, but which was left unrecorded because it was unsuitable for those still being introduced and still infants in knowledge. There was a condition older than the coming into being of the world, befitting the powers above the world: beyond time, everlasting, eternal. In it the Creator and Fashioner of all things accomplished works: intelligible light befitting the blessedness of those who love the Lord, the rational and invisible natures, and the whole ordered array of intelligible beings, all that surpasses our understanding, whose very names it is not possible to find out. These fill up the being of the invisible world, as Paul teaches us, saying: "For in him were created all things, whether visible or invisible, whether thrones or dominions or principalities or authorities," or powers, or hosts of angels, or the presidencies of archangels. But when at last this world too had to be brought in among the things that are, first of all as a school and training ground for human souls, and then also as a fitting dwelling, in general, for all things subject to coming-to-be and perishing, the passage of time came into existence, akin to the world and to the animals and plants in it, always hastening and flowing past and never ceasing from its course. Or is time not such a thing: its past has vanished, its future is not yet present, and its present escapes perception before it is known? Such too is the nature of things that come to be: either growing or decaying, and having nothing manifestly settled and stable. It was fitting, then, that the bodies of animals and plants, bound by necessity as it were to a kind of current, and held fast in the movement that leads to coming-to-be or perishing, should be encompassed by the nature of time, which has a character akin to things that change. Hence the one who wisely teaches us the coming into being of the world fittingly applied to his account the words "In the beginning he made," that is, in this beginning according to time. For when he testifies that it came into being in the beginning, he does not mean that it takes precedence in seniority over all things that have come to be; rather, after the invisible and intelligible things, he narrates the beginning of the existence of these visible things that are grasped by sense. The first movement is also called a beginning, as in "The beginning of a good way is to do righteous things"; for it is by righteous actions that we are first moved toward the blessed life. "Beginning" is also said of that from which something comes to be, when something else is built upon it, as the foundation in a house and the keel in a ship; in this sense it is said, "The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom"; for piety is like a base and pedestal for perfection. Art too is the beginning of works of art, as the wisdom of Bezalel was of the adornment of the tabernacle. And often the useful end of things done is the beginning of actions, as acceptance by God is of almsgiving, and as the end laid up in the promises is of every activity according to virtue.

1.6PG 29:16b–17a

Τοσαυταχῶς οὖν λεγομένης τῆς ἀρχῆς, σκόπει εἷ μὴ πᾶσι τοῖς σημαινομένοις ἡ παροῦσα φωνὴ ἐφαρμόσει. Καὶ γὰρ ἀφʼ οῦ χρόνου ἤρξατο ἡ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου σύστασις, δυνατόν σοι μαθεῖν, ἐάν γε, ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος εἰς τὸ κατόπιν ἀναποδίζων, φιλονεικήσῃς εὕρεϊν τὴν πρώτην ὴμέραν τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως. Εὑρήσεις γὰρ οὕτως, πόθεν τῷ χρόνῳ ἡ πρώτη κίνησις,“ ἔπειτα, ὅτι καὶ οἱονεὶ Θεμέλιοί τινες καὶ κρηπῖδες προκατεβλήθησαν ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἦ γῆ · εἶτα, ὅτι ἔστι τις τεχνικὸς λόγος ὁ καθηγησάμενος τῆς τῶν ὁρωμένων διακοσμήσεως, ὡς ἐνδείκνυται σοι ἡ φωνὴ τῆς ἀρχῆς · καὶ τὸ μὴ εἰκῇ μηδὲ μάτην, ἀλλὰ πρός τι τέλος ὠφέλιμον καὶ μεγάλην χρείαν τοῖς οὖσι συνεισφερόμενον ἐπινενοῆσθαι τὸν κόσμον, εἴπερ τῷ ὄντι ψυχῶν λογικῶν διδασκαλεῖον καὶ θεογνωσῖας ἐστὶ παιδευτήριον, διὰ τῶν δρωμένων καὶ αἰσθητῶν χειραγωγίαν τῷ νῷ παρεχόμενος πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν ἀοράτων, καθέ φησιν ὁ Ἀπόσιολος, ὅτι Τὰ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται. ’Ἢ τάχα διὰ τὸ ἀκαριαῖον καὶ ἄχρονον τῆς δημιουργίας εἴρηται τὸ, Ἐν ἀρχῇ εποίησεν, ἐπειδὴ ἀμερές τι καὶ ἀδιάστατον ἡ ἀρχή. Ὠς γὰρ ἦ ἁρχὴ τῆς ὁδοῦ οὔπω ὁδὸς, καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς οἰκίας οὒκ οἰκία, οὕτω καὶ ἡ τοῦ χρόνου ἀρχὴ οῧπω χρόνος, ἁλλʼ οὐδὲ μέρος αὒτοῦ τὸ ἐλάχιστον. Εἰ δὲ φιλονεικῶν τις χρόνον εἶναι λέγοι τὴν ἀρχὴν, γινωσκέτω, ὅτι διαιρήσει αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ τοῦ χρόνου μέρη, Ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν, ἁρχὴ, καὶ μέσα, καὶ τελευτή. Ἀρχὴν δὲ ἀρχῆς ἐπινοεῖν παντελῶς καταγέλαστον. Καὶ ὸ διχοτομῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν δύο ποιήσει ἀντὶ μιᾶς, μᾶλλονδὲ πολλὰς καὶ ἀπείρους, τοῦ διαιρεθέντος ἀεὶ εἷς ἕτερα τεμνομένου, Ἵνα τοίνυν διδαχθῶμεν ὁμοῦ τῇ βουλήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀχρόνως συνυφεστάναι τὸν κόσμον, εἴρηται τὸ, Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν. Ὅπερ ἕτεροι τῶν ἑρμηνευτῶν, σαφέστερον τὸν νοῦν ἐκδιδόντες, εἰρήκασιν Ἐν κεφαλαίῳ ὶποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς, τουτέστιν, ἀθρόως καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ. Τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ ἀρχῆς, ὠς ὀλίγα ἀπὸ πολλῶν εἰπεῖν, επὶ τοσοῦτον.

Tosautachōs oun legomenēs tēs archēs, skopei hei mē pasi tois sēmainomenois hē parousa phōnē epharmosei. Kai gar aphʼ ou chronou ērxato hē tou kosmou toutou systasis, dynaton soi mathein, ean ge, ek tou parontos eis to katopin anapodizōn, philoneikēsę̄s heureïn tēn prōtēn ēmeran tēs tou kosmou geneseōs. Heurēseis gar houtōs, pothen tǭ chronǭ hē prōtē kinēsis,“ epeita, hoti kai hoionei Themelioi tines kai krēpides prokateblēthēsan ho ouranos kai ē gē ; eita, hoti esti tis technikos logos ho kathēgēsamenos tēs tōn horōmenōn diakosmēseōs, hōs endeiknytai soi hē phōnē tēs archēs ; kai to mē eikę̄ mēde matēn, alla pros ti telos ōphelimon kai megalēn chreian tois ousi syneispheromenon epinenoēsthai ton kosmon, eiper tǭ onti psychōn logikōn didaskaleion kai theognōsias esti paideutērion, dia tōn drōmenōn kai aisthētōn cheiragōgian tǭ nǭ parechomenos pros tēn theōrian tōn aoratōn, kathe phēsin ho Aposiolos, hoti Ta aorata autou apo ktiseōs kosmou tois poiēmasi nooumena kathoratai. ’Ē tacha dia to akariaion kai achronon tēs dēmiourgias eirētai to, En archę̄ epoiēsen, epeidē ameres ti kai adiastaton hē archē. Ōs gar ē harchē tēs hodou oupō hodos, kai hē archē tēs oikias ouk oikia, houtō kai hē tou chronou archē oÿpō chronos, hallʼ oude meros autou to elachiston. Ei de philoneikōn tis chronon einai legoi tēn archēn, ginōsketō, hoti diairēsei autēn eis ta tou chronou merē, Tauta de estin, harchē, kai mesa, kai teleutē. Archēn de archēs epinoein pantelōs katagelaston. Kai o dichotomōn tēn archēn dyo poiēsei anti mias, mallonde pollas kai apeirous, tou diairethentos aei heis hetera temnomenou, Hina toinyn didachthōmen homou tę̄ boulēsei tou Theou achronōs synyphestanai ton kosmon, eirētai to, En archę̄ epoiēsen. Hoper heteroi tōn hermēneutōn, saphesteron ton noun ekdidontes, eirēkasin En kephalaiǭ ipoiēsen ho Theos, toutestin, athroōs kai en oligǭ. Ta men oun peri archēs, ōs oliga apo pollōn eipein, epi tosouton.

Since "beginning" is said in so many ways, consider whether the present word does not fit all the meanings. For you can learn from what time the constitution of this world began, if, going back step by step from the present to what lies behind, you strive to find the first day of the world's coming into being. In this way you will find where the first movement of time was; next, that heaven and earth were laid down first, like foundations and bases; then, that there is a skilled reason which led the way in the ordering of visible things, as the word "beginning" indicates to you; and that the world was not devised at random or in vain, but for some useful end and as a great service contributed to the things that are, if indeed it is truly a school for rational souls and a training ground for the knowledge of God, providing the mind with guidance by the hand, through visible and perceptible things, toward the contemplation of the invisible, as the apostle says: "His invisible things, from the creation of the world, are clearly seen, being understood through the things that are made." Or perhaps "In the beginning he made" is said because of the instantaneous and timeless character of the creation, since the beginning is something without parts and without extension. For as the beginning of the road is not yet road, and the beginning of the house is not a house, so too the beginning of time is not yet time, nor even its least part. And if anyone contentiously says that the beginning is time, let him know that he will divide it into the parts of time; and these are beginning, middle, and end. But to imagine a beginning of a beginning is altogether ridiculous. And whoever cuts the beginning in two will make two instead of one, or rather many and infinite, since what is divided is always cut into further parts. In order, then, that we may be taught that the world came into existence together with the will of God, timelessly, it is said, "In the beginning he made." Other interpreters, rendering the sense more clearly, have said this: "In summary God made," that is, all at once and in a short moment. So much, then, about the beginning, to say a few things out of many.

1.7PG 29:17a–20c

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν αἱ μὲν ποιητικαὶ λέγονται, αἱ δὲ πρακτικαὶ, αἱ δὲ θεωρητικαί· καὶ τῶν μὲν θεωρητικῶν τέλος ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ νοῦν ἐνέργεια, τῶν δὲ πρακτικῶν αὐτὴ ἡ τοῦ σώματος κίνησις, ἦς παυσαμένης οὐδὲν ὑπέστη οὐδὲ παρέμεινε τοῖς ὀρχήσεως γὰρ καὶ αὐλητικῆς τέλος οὐδὲν ὁρῶσιν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὴ εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἡ ἐνέργεια καταλήγει· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ποιητικῶν τεχνῶν, καὶ παυσαμένης τῆς ἐνεργείας, προκείμενόν ἐστι τὸ ’ἔργον ὡς οἰκοδομικῆς καὶ τεκτονικῆς καὶ χαλκευτικῆς καὶ ὑφαντικῆς, καὶ ὅσαι τοιαῦται, αἳ κἂν μὴ παρῇ ὁ τεχνίτῆς, ἱκανῶς ἐν ἑαυταῖς τοὺς τεχνικοὺς λόγους ἐμφαίνουσι, καὶ ἔξεστι σοὶ θαυμάσαι τὸν οἰκοδόμον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔργου, καὶ τὸν χαλκέα καὶ τὸν ὑφάντην. Ἵνα οὖν δειχθῇ, ὅτι ὁ κόσμος τεχνικόν ἔστι κατασκεύασμα, προκείμενον πᾶσιν εἰς θεωρίαν, ὥστε διʼ αὐτοῦ τὴν τοῦ ποιήσαντος αὐτὸν σοφίαν ἐπιγινώσκεσθαι, οὒκ ἄλλῃ τινὶ φωνῇʼ ἐχρήσατο ὁ σοφὸς Μωυσῆς περι αὺτοῦ, ἀλλʼ εἶπεν- Ἐν ἆρχῇ ἐποίησεν · οὐχὶ ἐνήργησεν, οὐδὲ ὑπέστησεν, ἀλλὰ Ἐποίησεν. Καὶ καθότι πολλοὶ τῶν φαντασθέντων συνυπάρχειν ἐξ ἀϊδίου τῷ Θεῷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐχὶ γεγενῆσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ συνεχώρησαν, ἀλλʼ οἱονεὶ ἀποσκίασμα τῆς δυνάμεως αὖτοῦ ὄντα αὐτομάτως παρυποστῆναι · καὶ αἴτιον μὲν αὐτοῦ ὁμολογοῦσι τὸν Θεὸν, αἴτιον δὲ ἀπροαιρέτως, ὡς τῆς σκιᾶς τὸ σῶμα, καὶ τῆς λαμπηδόνος τὸ ἀπαυγάζον· τὴν οὖν τοιαύτην ἀπάτην ἐπανορθούμενος ὁ προφήτης, τῇ ἀκριβείᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ῥημάτων ἐχρήσατο εἰπών· Ἐν ἀρχῇ· ἐποίησεν ὀ Θεός, Οὒχὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ εἶναι παρέσχεν, ἀλλʼ ἐποίησεν ὡς ἀγαθὸς τὸ χρήσιμον, ὡς σοφὸς τὸ καλλιστον, ὡς δυνατὸς τὸ μέγιστον. Μόνον γὰρ οὐχὶ τεχνίτην σοι costis»: ὶμόὤηκότι τῇ οὖσίᾳ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον μίρη πρὸς ἆλληλα συναρμόζοντα, καὶ τὸ πᾶν ὁμόλογον ’ἑαυτῷ καὶ σύμφωνον καὶ ἐναρμονίοις ἕχον ἀποτελοῦντα, Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Ἐκ δύο τῶν ἅρχων τοῦ παντὸς τὴν ὓπαρξιν παρῃνίξατο, τῷ μὲν οὐρανῷ τὰ πρεσβεῖα τῆς γενὲσεως ἀποδοὺς, τῆν δὲ γῆν δευτερεύειν φάμενος τῇ ὑπάρξει. Πάντως δὲ καὶ εἴ τι τούτων μέσον, συνλπεγινήθη τοῖς πέρασιν, ’Ὥστε κἂν μηδὲν εἴπῃ περὶ τῶν στοιχείων, πυρὸς, καὶ ὕδατος, καὶ ἀέρος, ἀλλὰ σὺ τῇ παρὰ σαυτοῦ συνέσει νόει, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι πάντα ἐν πᾶσι μέμικται, καὶ ἓν γῇ εὑρήσεις καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἀέρα, καὶ πῦρ, εἴγε ἐκ λίθων μὲν πῦρ ἐξάλλεται, ἐκ σιδήρου δὲ, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπὸ γῆς ἔχει τὴν γένεσιν, πῦρ ἄφθονον ἐν ταῖς παρατρίψεσι πέφυκεν ἐκλάμπειν. Ὃ καὶ θαυμάσαι ἄξιον, πῶς ἂν μὲν τοῖς σώμασιν ὑπάρχον τὸ πῦρ, ἀβλαβῶς ἐμφωλεύει· προκληθὲν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ ἔξω, δαπανητικὸν ἔστι τῶν φυλασσόντων τέως. Τὴν δὲ τοῦ ὕδατος φύσιν ἐνυπάρχουσαν τῇ γῇ οἱ φρεωρύχοι δεικνύουσι· καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀέρος οἱ ἀπὸ νενοτισμένης αὒτῆς ἀτμοὶ ὑπὸ ἡλίου θαλφθείσης ἀναπεμπόμενοι. ’Ἔπειτα μέντοι καὶ ἐπεὶ φύσει τὸν ἄνω τόπον ὃ οὖρανὸς ἐπέχει, ἡ δὲ γῆ τὸ κατώτατον ἑστι · διότι ἐπὶ μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν τὰ κοῦφα φέρεται, ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν γῆν τὰ βαρέα πέφοκε καταῤῥέπειν, ἐναντιώτατα δὲ ἀλλήλοις τὸ ἄνω καὶ τὸ κάτω · ὁ τῶν πλεῖστον διεστώτων κατὰ τὴν φύσιν ἐπιμνησθεὶς, καὶτὰ τὴν μέσην τούτοις συμπληροῦντα χώραν συνεκδοχικῶς παρεσήμανεν. ’Ὥστε μὴ ζήτει τὴν τῶν καθʼ ἕκαπτον ἐπεξήγησιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ σιωπηθέντα νόει διὰ τῶν δηλωθέντων.

Epeidē de kai tōn technōn hai men poiētikai legontai, hai de praktikai, hai de theōrētikai; kai tōn men theōrētikōn telos estin hē kata noun energeia, tōn de praktikōn autē hē tou sōmatos kinēsis, ēs pausamenēs ouden hypestē oude paremeine tois orchēseōs gar kai aulētikēs telos ouden horōsin, allʼ autē eis heautēn hē energeia katalēgei; epi de tōn poiētikōn technōn, kai pausamenēs tēs energeias, prokeimenon esti to ’ergon hōs oikodomikēs kai tektonikēs kai chalkeutikēs kai hyphantikēs, kai hosai toiautai, hai kan mē parę̄ ho technitēs, hikanōs en heautais tous technikous logous emphainousi, kai exesti soi thaumasai ton oikodomon apo tou ergou, kai ton chalkea kai ton hyphantēn. Hina oun deichthę̄, hoti ho kosmos technikon esti kataskeuasma, prokeimenon pasin eis theōrian, hōste diʼ autou tēn tou poiēsantos auton sophian epiginōskesthai, ouk allę̄ tini phōnę̄ʼ echrēsato ho sophos Mōysēs peri autou, allʼ eipen- En archę̄ epoiēsen ; ouchi enērgēsen, oude hypestēsen, alla Epoiēsen. Kai kathoti polloi tōn phantasthentōn synyparchein ex aïdiou tǭ Theǭ ton kosmon, ouchi gegenēsthai parʼ autou synechōrēsan, allʼ hoionei aposkiasma tēs dynameōs autou onta automatōs parypostēnai ; kai aition men autou homologousi ton Theon, aition de aproairetōs, hōs tēs skias to sōma, kai tēs lampēdonos to apaugazon; tēn oun toiautēn apatēn epanorthoumenos ho prophētēs, tę̄ akribeią tautę̄ tōn rhēmatōn echrēsato eipōn; En archę̄; epoiēsen o Theos, Ouchi auto touto tēn aitian tou einai pareschen, allʼ epoiēsen hōs agathos to chrēsimon, hōs sophos to kalliston, hōs dynatos to megiston. Monon gar ouchi technitēn soi costis»: imoōēkoti tę̄ ousią tōn holōn, kai ta kathʼ hekaston mirē pros allēla synarmozonta, kai to pan homologon ’heautǭ kai symphōnon kai enarmoniois hechon apotelounta, En archę̄ epoiēsen ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn. Ek dyo tōn harchōn tou pantos tēn hyparxin parę̄nixato, tǭ men ouranǭ ta presbeia tēs geneseōs apodous, tēn de gēn deutereuein phamenos tę̄ hyparxei. Pantōs de kai ei ti toutōn meson, synlpeginēthē tois perasin, ’Hōste kan mēden eipę̄ peri tōn stoicheiōn, pyros, kai hydatos, kai aeros, alla sy tę̄ para sautou synesei noei, prōton men hoti panta en pasi memiktai, kai hen gę̄ heurēseis kai hydōr, kai aera, kai pyr, eige ek lithōn men pyr exalletai, ek sidērou de, hos kai autos apo gēs echei tēn genesin, pyr aphthonon en tais paratripsesi pephyken eklampein. Ho kai thaumasai axion, pōs an men tois sōmasin hyparchon to pyr, ablabōs emphōleuei; proklēthen de epi to exō, dapanētikon esti tōn phylassontōn teōs. Tēn de tou hydatos physin enyparchousan tę̄ gę̄ hoi phreōrychoi deiknyousi; kai tēn tou aeros hoi apo nenotismenēs autēs atmoi hypo hēliou thalphtheisēs anapempomenoi. ’Epeita mentoi kai epei physei ton anō topon ho ouranos epechei, hē de gē to katōtaton hesti ; dioti epi men ton ouranon ta koupha pheretai, epi de tēn gēn ta barea pephoke katarrhepein, enantiōtata de allēlois to anō kai to katō ; ho tōn pleiston diestōtōn kata tēn physin epimnēstheis, kaita tēn mesēn toutois symplērounta chōran synekdochikōs paresēmanen. ’Hōste mē zētei tēn tōn kathʼ hekapton epexēgēsin, alla ta siōpēthenta noei dia tōn dēlōthentōn.

Of the arts, moreover, some are called productive, some practical, and some theoretical. The end of the theoretical is the activity of the mind; that of the practical is the very movement of the body, which, when it ceases, leaves nothing standing or remaining for those who watch: dancing and flute-playing have no end product, but the activity ends in itself. In the productive arts, however, even when the activity has ceased, the work lies before us, as in building, carpentry, metalwork, weaving, and all such arts, which, even if the craftsman is not present, sufficiently display the principles of the art in themselves, and you may admire the builder from his work, and the smith, and the weaver. In order, then, to show that the world is a work of art, set before all for contemplation, so that through it the wisdom of the one who made it may be recognized, the wise Moses used no other word about it but said, "In the beginning he made": not "he activated," nor "he gave subsistence," but "he made." And since many of those who imagined that the world coexists with God from eternity did not grant that it was made by him, but held that, being as it were a shadow of his power, it came into subsistence alongside him spontaneously, and they confess God as its cause, but an involuntary cause, as the body is of the shadow and the shining thing of its brightness: correcting such a deception, the prophet used this precision of words, saying, "In the beginning God made." He did not merely provide the cause of its being, but made it: as good, what is useful; as wise, what is most beautiful; as powerful, what is greatest. For he all but shows you a craftsman who has entered into the being of all things, fitting the individual parts to one another, and making the whole consistent with itself, concordant, and harmonious. "In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth." By the two extremes he hinted at the existence of the whole, giving heaven precedence in coming into being and saying that earth was second in existence. Certainly whatever lies between them also came into being together with the extremes. So even if he says nothing about the elements, fire, water, and air, understand them by your own intelligence: first, that all things are mixed in all, and in earth you will find water and air and fire, since fire leaps out of stones, and from iron, which itself has its origin from the earth, abundant fire naturally flashes out when it is struck. And this too is worth wondering at: how fire, while it is in bodies, lurks there harmlessly, but when called forth outside it consumes what had been guarding it until then. Well-diggers show that the nature of water is present in the earth, and the vapors sent up from it when it is moist and warmed by the sun show the nature of air. Then, too, since by nature heaven occupies the upper place and earth is the lowest, because light things are carried up toward heaven and heavy things naturally sink down to earth, and up and down are most opposite to each other, by mentioning the things most widely separated by nature he also indicated, by synecdoche, what fills the middle space between them. So do not seek an explanation of each thing individually, but understand what is passed over in silence through what has been made plain.

1.8PG 29:20c–21d

Ἐν (ἀρχῇ ἓποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὗρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, Ἠ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας ’ἔρευνα ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων, ἢ τῶν κατὰ θεωρίαν ὑποπιπτόντων ἡμῖν, ἢ τῶν προκειμένων ἡμῶν τῇ αἰσθήσει, μακρὸν καὶ ἀπηρτημένον λόγον ἐπεισάξει τῇ ἐξηγήσει, ὡς πλείονας ἐν τῇ περὶ τοῦ προβλήματος τούτου σκέψει καταναλίσκεσθαι λόγους τῶν λοιπῶν, ὅσα ἐνδέχηται ῥηθῆναι περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν ζητουμένων · πρὸς τὸ, μηδὲ προῦργου τι εἶναι εἰς τὴν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας οἰκοδομήν τὸ περὶ ταῦτα κατασχολεῖσθαι. Ἀλλα περὶ μὲν τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ οὗρανοῠ ἀρκούμεθα τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Ησαίου εἰρημένοις · ὅς ἒν ἰδιωτικοῖς ῥήμασιν ἱκανὴν ἥμτν τῆς φύσεως αὐτοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐνεποίησεν, εἰπών· Ὁ στερεώσας τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡσεὶ καπνόν· τουτέστι, λεπτὴν φύσιν καὶ οὐ στερεὰν οὐδὲ παχεῖαν εἰς τὴν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ σύστασιν οὐσιώσας. Καὶ περὶ τοῦ σχήματος δὲ ἱκανὰ ἡμῖν τὰ παρʼ αὐτοῦ, εἰπόντος ἐν δοξολογίᾳ Θεοῦ· Ὁ στήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡσεὶ καμάραν. Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῆς γῆς συμβουλεύωμεν ἑαυτοῖς, μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν αὐτῆς τὴν οὐσίαν ἥτις ποτέ ἐστι, μηδὲ κατατρίβεσθαι τοῖς λογισμοῖς αὐτὸ τὸ ὑποκείμενον ἐκζητοῦντας, μηδὲ ζητεῖν τινα φύσιν ἔρημον ποιοτήτων, ἄποιον ὑπάρχουσαν τῷ ἑαυτῆς λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ εὖ εἰδέναι, ὅτι πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτὴν θεωρούμενα εἰς τὸν τοῦ εἶναι λόγον κατατέτακται, συμπληρωτικὰ τῆς οὐσίας ὑπάρχοντα. Εἰς οὐδὲν γὰρ καταλήξεις, ἑκάστην τῶν ἐνυπαρχουσῶν αὐτῇ ποιοτήτων ὑπεξαιρεῖσθαι τῷ λόγῳ πειρώμενος. Ἐὰν γὰρ ἀποστήσῃς τὸ μέλαν, τὸ ψυχρὸν, τὸ βαρὺ, τὸ πυκνὸν, τὰς κατὰ γεῦσιν ἐνυπαρχούσας αὐτῇ ποιότητας, ἢ εἴ τινες ἄλλαι περὶ αὐτὴν θεωροῦνται, οὐδὲν ἔσται τὸ ὑποκείμενον. Ταῦτά τε οὖν ἀφέντα σε, μηδὲ ἐκεῖνο ζητεῖν παραινῶ, ἐπὶ τίνος ἕστηκεν. Ἰλιγγιάσει γὰρ καὶ οὕτως ἡ διάνοια, πρὸς οὐδὲν ὁμολογούμενον πέρας διεξιόντος τοῦ λογισμοῦ. Ἐάν τε γὰρ ἀέρα φῇς ὑπεστρῶσθαι τῷ πλάτει τῆς γῆς, ἀπορήσεις, πῶς ἡ μαλθακὴ καὶ πολύκενος φύσις ἀντέχει ὑπὸ τοσούτου βάρους συνθλιβομένη, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ διολισθαίνει πάντοθεν τὴν συνίζησιν ὑποφεύγουσα, καὶ ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄνω ὑπερχεομένη τοῦ συμπιέζοντος. Πάλιν, ἐὰν ὑποθῇς ἑαυτῷ ὕδωρ εἶναι τὸ ὑποβεβλημένον τῇ γῇ, καὶ οὕτως ἐπιζητήσεις, πῶς τὸ βαρὺ καὶ πυκνὸν οὐ διαδύνει τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀσθενεστέρας φύσεως τὸ τοσοῦτον ὑπερφέρον τῷ βάρει κρατεῖται· πρὸς τὸ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὕδατος τὴν ἕδραν ἐπιζητεῖν, καὶ πάλιν διαπορεῖν τίνι στεγανῷ καὶ ἀντερείδοντι ὁ τελευταῖος αὐτοῦ πυθμὴν ἐπιβαίνει.

En (archę̄ hepoiēsen ho Theos ton houranon kai tēn gēn, Ē peri tēs ousias ’ereuna hekastou tōn ontōn, ē tōn kata theōrian hypopiptontōn hēmin, ē tōn prokeimenōn hēmōn tę̄ aisthēsei, makron kai apērtēmenon logon epeisaxei tę̄ exēgēsei, hōs pleionas en tę̄ peri tou problēmatos toutou skepsei katanaliskesthai logous tōn loipōn, hosa endechētai rhēthēnai peri hekastou tōn zētoumenōn ; pros to, mēde prourgou ti einai eis tēn tēs Ekklēsias oikodomēn to peri tauta katascholeisthai. Alla peri men tēs ousias tou houranou arkoumetha tois para tou Ēsaiou eirēmenois ; hos en idiōtikois rhēmasin hikanēn hēmtn tēs physeōs autou tēn dianoian enepoiēsen, eipōn; Ho stereōsas ton ouranon hōsei kapnon; toutesti, leptēn physin kai ou sterean oude pacheian eis tēn tou ouranou systasin ousiōsas. Kai peri tou schēmatos de hikana hēmin ta parʼ autou, eipontos en doxologią Theou; Ho stēsas ton ouranon hōsei kamaran. Ta auta de tauta kai peri tēs gēs symbouleuōmen heautois, mē polypragmonein autēs tēn ousian hētis pote esti, mēde katatribesthai tois logismois auto to hypokeimenon ekzētountas, mēde zētein tina physin erēmon poiotētōn, apoion hyparchousan tǭ heautēs logǭ, allʼ eu eidenai, hoti panta ta peri autēn theōroumena eis ton tou einai logon katatetaktai, symplērōtika tēs ousias hyparchonta. Eis ouden gar katalēxeis, hekastēn tōn enyparchousōn autę̄ poiotētōn hypexaireisthai tǭ logǭ peirōmenos. Ean gar apostēsę̄s to melan, to psychron, to bary, to pyknon, tas kata geusin enyparchousas autę̄ poiotētas, ē ei tines allai peri autēn theōrountai, ouden estai to hypokeimenon. Tauta te oun aphenta se, mēde ekeino zētein parainō, epi tinos hestēken. Ilingiasei gar kai houtōs hē dianoia, pros ouden homologoumenon peras diexiontos tou logismou. Ean te gar aera phę̄s hypestrōsthai tǭ platei tēs gēs, aporēseis, pōs hē malthakē kai polykenos physis antechei hypo tosoutou barous synthlibomenē, allʼ ouchi diolisthainei pantothen tēn synizēsin hypopheugousa, kai aei pros to anō hypercheomenē tou sympiezontos. Palin, ean hypothę̄s heautǭ hydōr einai to hypobeblēmenon tę̄ gę̄, kai houtōs epizētēseis, pōs to bary kai pyknon ou diadynei tou hydatos, allʼ hypo tēs asthenesteras physeōs to tosouton hyperpheron tǭ barei krateitai; pros to kai autou tou hydatos tēn hedran epizētein, kai palin diaporein tini steganǭ kai antereidonti ho teleutaios autou pythmēn epibainei.

"In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth." The investigation of the being of each of the things that are, whether of those that fall under our contemplation or of those set before our senses, would bring a long and far-fetched discussion into the explanation, so that more words would be spent on the examination of this one problem than on all the rest that might be said about each of the questions; besides, to busy ourselves with these matters contributes nothing to the building up of the church. About the being of heaven we are content with what Isaiah said, who in plain words gave us a sufficient understanding of its nature, saying: "He who established the heaven like smoke," that is, he gave a fine nature, not solid or dense, as the substance of heaven's constitution. And about its shape, what the same prophet said in glorifying God is enough for us: "He who set up the heaven like a vault." Let us give ourselves the same counsel about the earth too: not to busy ourselves with what its being may be, nor to wear ourselves out with reasonings in search of the bare substrate itself, nor to seek some nature void of qualities, existing without quality by its own definition, but to know well that all the things observed in it are ranked within the account of its being, as completing its being. For you will end in nothing if you try to remove by reasoning each of the qualities present in it. If you take away the black, the cold, the heavy, the dense, the qualities of taste present in it, or any others observed in it, the substrate will be nothing. Leaving these things aside, then, I urge you not to seek that either: on what it stands. For the mind will grow dizzy even so, as the reasoning runs on toward no agreed limit. If you say that air is spread beneath the breadth of the earth, you will be at a loss how a soft and porous nature holds out, crushed under so great a weight, and does not slip away on every side, escaping the pressure and always overflowing upward over what presses on it. Again, if you suppose that water lies beneath the earth, you will in the same way ask how something heavy and dense does not sink through the water, but, though so much heavier, is held up by a weaker nature; and besides, you will seek a seat for the water itself, and be at a loss again on what firm and resisting thing its lowest part rests.

1.9PG 29:21d–24b

Ἐὰν δὲ ἕτερον σῶμα τῆς γῆς ἐμβριθέστερον ὑποθῇ κωλύειν τὴν γῆν πρὸς τὸ κάτω χωρεῖν, ἐνθυμήθητι ὅτι κἀκεῖνο ὁμοίου τινὸς δεῖται τοῦ συνέχοντος καὶ μὴ ἐῶντος αὐτὸ καταπίπτειν. Κἂν τι δυνηθῶμεν ἐκείνῳ συμπλάσαντες ὑποθεῖναι, τὸ ἐκείνου πάλιν ἀντέρεισμα ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν ἐπιζητήσει, καὶ οὕτως εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκπεσούμεθα, τοῖς ἀεὶ εὑρισκομένοις βάθροις ἕτερα πάλιν ἐπινοοῦντες. Καὶ ὅσῳ ἐπὶ πλεῖον τῷ λόγῳ πρόϊμεν, τοσούτῳ μείζονα τὴν συνεκτικὴν ἀναγκαζόμεθα δύναμιν ὑπεισάγειν, ἥτις πρὸς ὅλον ὁμοῦ δυνήσεται τὸ ὑπερκείμενον ἀντιβαίνειν. Διὰ ταῦτο ὅρους ἐπίθες τῇ διανοίᾳ, μή ποτέ σου τῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης ὸ τοῦ Ἰὼβ λόγος καθάψηται περισκοποῦντος τὰ ἀκατάληπτα, καὶ ἐρωτηθῇς παρʼ αὖτοῦ καὶ σὺ, Ἐπὶ τίνος οἱ κρίκοι αὐτῆς πεπήγασιν. Ἀλλὰ κᾶν ποτε ἐν ψαλμοῖς ἀκούσῃς· Ἐγὼ ἐστερέωσα τοὺς στύλους αὒτῆς· τὴν συνεκτικὴν αὐτῆς δύναμιν στύλους εἰρῆσθαι νόμισον Τὸ γὰρ, Ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν ἐθεμελίωαεν αὐτὴν, τί δηλοῖ, ἢ τὸ πάντοθεν περικεχύσθαι τῇ γῇ τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος φύσιν; Πῶς οὖν ῥυτὸν ὕπαρχον τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρανὲς πεφυκὸς καταπίπτειν, μένει ἀπαιωρούμενον καὶ οὕδαμοῦ ὰποῤῥέον; Σὺ δὲ οὗ λογίζῃ, ὅτι τὴν αὐτὴν ἢ καὶ ἔτι πλείονα ἀπορίαν τῷ λόγῳ παρέχει ἡ γῆ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν κρεμαμένη, βαρυτέρα τὴν φύσιν οὖσα· Ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκη, κᾶν γῆν καθʼ ἑαυτὴν εἶναι δῶμεν, κᾶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος αὐτὴν ἀκοταλεύειν εἴπωμεν, μηδαμώ ἀναχωρεῖν τῆς εὐσεβοῦς διανοίας, ἀλλὰ πάντα ὁμοῦ συγκρατεῖσθαι ὁμολογεῖν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ κτίισαντος. Ταῦτα οὖνχρὴ ἑαυτοῖς τε λέγειν καὶ τοῖς διερωτῶσιν ἡμᾶς, ἐπὶ τίνος τὸ ἄπλετον τοῦτο καὶ ἀφόρητον τῆς γῆσ ἐρήρεισται βάρος, ὅτι Ἐν τῇ χεὶρὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς. Τοῦτο ἀσφαλέστατον ἡμῖν) πρὸς νόησιν καὶ ὠφέλιμον τοῖς ἁκούουσιν,

Ean de heteron sōma tēs gēs embrithesteron hypothę̄ kōlyein tēn gēn pros to katō chōrein, enthymēthēti hoti kakeino homoiou tinos deitai tou synechontos kai mē eōntos auto katapiptein. Kan ti dynēthōmen ekeinǭ symplasantes hypotheinai, to ekeinou palin antereisma ho nous hēmōn epizētēsei, kai houtōs eis apeiron ekpesoumetha, tois aei heuriskomenois bathrois hetera palin epinoountes. Kai hosǭ epi pleion tǭ logǭ proïmen, tosoutǭ meizona tēn synektikēn anankazometha dynamin hypeisagein, hētis pros holon homou dynēsetai to hyperkeimenon antibainein. Dia tauto horous epithes tę̄ dianoią, mē pote sou tēs polypragmosynēs o tou Iōb logos kathapsētai periskopountos ta akatalēpta, kai erōtēthę̄s parʼ autou kai sy, Epi tinos hoi krikoi autēs pepēgasin. Alla kan pote en psalmois akousę̄s; Egō estereōsa tous stylous autēs; tēn synektikēn autēs dynamin stylous eirēsthai nomison To gar, Epi thalassōn ethemeliōaen autēn, ti dēloi, ē to pantothen perikechysthai tę̄ gę̄ tēn tou hydatos physin? Pōs oun rhyton hyparchon to hydōr kai epi to pranes pephykos katapiptein, menei apaiōroumenon kai houdamou aporrheon? Sy de hou logizę̄, hoti tēn autēn ē kai eti pleiona aporian tǭ logǭ parechei hē gē kathʼ heautēn kremamenē, barytera tēn physin ousa; Alla anankē, kan gēn kathʼ heautēn einai dōmen, kan epi tou hydatos autēn akotaleuein eipōmen, mēdamō anachōrein tēs eusebous dianoias, alla panta homou synkrateisthai homologein tę̄ dynamei tou ktiisantos. Tauta ounchrē heautois te legein kai tois dierōtōsin hēmas, epi tinos to apleton touto kai aphorēton tēs gēs erēreistai baros, hoti En tę̄ cheiri tou Theou ta perata tēs gēs. Touto asphalestaton hēmin) pros noēsin kai ōphelimon tois hakouousin,

If he supposes that another body, heavier than the earth, keeps the earth from going downward, let him consider that this too needs something similar to hold it together and not let it fall. And if we are able to invent something and place it beneath that, our mind will again seek the support of that, and so we shall fall into infinity, always devising further bases for the bases we have found. And the further we advance in the argument, the greater the sustaining power we are compelled to bring in, one able to resist the whole mass lying above it all at once. Therefore set limits to your thought, lest the word of Job ever lay hold of your curiosity as you pry into incomprehensible things, and you too be asked by him: "On what are its rings fastened?" And if you ever hear in the Psalms, "I have made firm its pillars," consider that its sustaining power is called pillars. For "He founded it upon the seas": what does this show, but that the nature of water is poured around the earth on every side? How then does water, which is fluid and naturally falls down a slope, remain suspended and nowhere flow away? And do you not reckon that the earth, suspended by itself, gives the argument the same difficulty, or an even greater one, since it is heavier by nature? But whether we grant that the earth rests upon itself or say that it rides upon water, we must never depart from the pious way of thinking, but confess that all things together are held together by the power of the Creator. This, then, is what we must say to ourselves and to those who ask us on what this immense and unbearable weight of the earth is supported: "In the hand of God are the ends of the earth." This is safest for our own understanding and profitable for those who hear.

1.10PG 29:24c–25a

’Ἠδη δέ τινες τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τοιαύταις αἰτίαις τὴν γῆν ἀκίνητον μένειν κατακομψεύονται. Ὡς ἄρα διὰ τὸ τὴν μέσην τοῦ παντὸς εἰληφέναι χώραν, καὶ διὰ τὴν Ἶσην πάντοθιν πρὸς τὸ ἄκρον ἀπόστασιν, οὐκ ἔχουσαν ὅπου μᾶλλον ἀποκλιθῇ, ἀναγκαίως μένειν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς, ἀδύνατον αὐτῇ παντελῶς τήν ἐπί τι ῥοπὴν τῆς πανταχόθεν περικειμένης ὁμοιότητος ἐμποιούσης, Τὴν δὲ μέσην χώραν μὴ ἀποκληρωτικῶς τὴν γῆν μηδὲ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου λαχεῖν, ἀλλὰ φυσικὴν εἶναι ταύτην τῇ γῇ καὶ ἀναγκαίαν τὴν θέσιν, Τοῦ γὰρ οὖρανὶου σώματος τὴν ἐσχάτην χώραν ὡς πρὸς τὸ ἅνω κατέχοντος, ἅπερ ἂν, φησὶν, ὑπο- Θώμεθα βάρη ἐκπιπτειν ἀπο τῶν ἅνω, ταῦτα πανταχόθεν ἐπὶ τὸ μέσον συνενεχθήσεται. Ἐφʼ ὅπερ δʼ ἂν τὰ μέρη φέρηται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ὃλον συνωσθήσεται δηλονότι. Εἰ δὲ λίθοι καὶ ξύλα καὶ τὰ γεηρὰ πάντα φέρεται πρὸς τὸ κάτω, αὕτη ἓν εʼἐη καὶ τῇ ὅλῃ γῇ οἰκεῖα καὶ προσήκουσα θέσις· κἂν τι τῶν κούφων φέρηται ἀπὸ τοῦ μέσου, δηλονότι πρὸς τὸ ἀνώτατον κινηθήσεται. Ὥστε οἰκεία φορὰ τοῖς βαρυτάτας ἡ πρὸς τὸ κάτω· κάτω δὲ ὃ λόγος μέσον ἔδειξε. Μὴ οὖν θαυμάσῃς εἰ μηδαμοῦ ἐκπίπτει ἡ γῇ, τὴν κατὰ φύσιν χώραν τὸ μέσον ἔχουσα. Πᾶσα γὰρ ἀνάγκη μένειν αὒτὴν κατᾶ χώραν, ἦ παρᾶ φύσιν κινουμένην τῆς οἰκείας ἕξδρας ἐξίστασθαι. Τούτων ἐὰν σοι δοκῇ τι πιθανὸν εἶναι τῶν εἰρημένων, ἐπὶ τὴν οὕτω ταῦτα διαταξαμένην τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίαν μετάθες τὸ θαῦμα. Οὔ γὰρ ἐλαττοῦται ἡ ἐπὶ τοϊς μεγίστοις ἕκπληξις, ὲπειδὰν ὁ τρόπος καθʼ όν γίνεταί τι τῶν παραδόξων ἐξευρεθῇ· εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἀλλὰ. τό γε ἄπλουν τῆς πίστεως ἰσχυρότερον ἔστω τῶν λογικῶν ἀποδείξιων.

’Ēdē de tines tōn physikōn kai toiautais aitiais tēn gēn akinēton menein katakompseuontai. Hōs ara dia to tēn mesēn tou pantos eilēphenai chōran, kai dia tēn Isēn pantothin pros to akron apostasin, ouk echousan hopou mallon apoklithę̄, anankaiōs menein ephʼ heautēs, adynaton autę̄ pantelōs tēn epi ti rhopēn tēs pantachothen perikeimenēs homoiotētos empoiousēs, Tēn de mesēn chōran mē apoklērōtikōs tēn gēn mēde ek tou automatou lachein, alla physikēn einai tautēn tę̄ gę̄ kai anankaian tēn thesin, Tou gar ouraniou sōmatos tēn eschatēn chōran hōs pros to hanō katechontos, haper an, phēsin, hypo- Thōmetha barē ekpiptein apo tōn hanō, tauta pantachothen epi to meson synenechthēsetai. Ephʼ hoper dʼ an ta merē pherētai, epi touto kai to holon synōsthēsetai dēlonoti. Ei de lithoi kai xyla kai ta geēra panta pheretai pros to katō, hautē hen eʼeē kai tę̄ holę̄ gę̄ oikeia kai prosēkousa thesis; kan ti tōn kouphōn pherētai apo tou mesou, dēlonoti pros to anōtaton kinēthēsetai. Hōste oikeia phora tois barytatas hē pros to katō; katō de ho logos meson edeixe. Mē oun thaumasę̄s ei mēdamou ekpiptei hē gę̄, tēn kata physin chōran to meson echousa. Pasa gar anankē menein autēn kata chōran, ē para physin kinoumenēn tēs oikeias hexdras existasthai. Toutōn ean soi dokę̄ ti pithanon einai tōn eirēmenōn, epi tēn houtō tauta diataxamenēn tou Theou sophian metathes to thauma. Ou gar elattoutai hē epi toïs megistois hekplēxis, epeidan ho tropos kathʼ on ginetai ti tōn paradoxōn exeurethę̄; ei de mē, alla. to ge aploun tēs pisteōs ischyroteron estō tōn logikōn apodeixiōn.

Some of the natural philosophers argue ingeniously, with reasons like these, that the earth remains unmoved. Because it has taken the middle place of the universe, they say, and because of its equal distance on every side from the extremity, having nowhere to incline more than elsewhere, it necessarily rests upon itself, since the likeness surrounding it on every side makes any tilt in any direction altogether impossible for it. And the earth did not obtain the middle place by lot or by chance; this position is natural and necessary to it. For since the heavenly body holds the outermost place above, whatever weights, he says, we suppose to fall from above will be carried together from every side toward the middle. And wherever the parts are carried, the whole too will clearly be pressed together there. If stones and wood and all earthy things are carried downward, this would be the proper and fitting position for the whole earth too; and if anything light is carried away from the middle, it will clearly move toward the uppermost region. So the motion proper to the heaviest things is downward, and the argument has shown that down is the middle. Do not wonder, then, if the earth nowhere falls, since it holds the middle, its natural place. For it must by all necessity either remain in its place or, moving contrary to nature, depart from its proper seat. If any of these statements seems plausible to you, transfer your wonder to the wisdom of God that so arranged them. For amazement at the greatest things is not lessened when the manner in which some marvel comes about is discovered; and if not, at least let the simplicity of faith be stronger than logical demonstrations.

1.11PG 29:25a–28b

Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ οὗρανοῦ εἵποιμεν, ὅτι πολυφωνότατοι πραγματεῖαι τοῖς σοφοῖς τοῦ κόσμου περὶ τῆς οὐρανίου φύσεως καταβέβληνται. Καὶ οἱ μὲν σύνθετον αὐτὸν ὲκ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων εἰρήκασιν, ὼς ἁπτὸν ὄντα καὶ ὁρατὸν, καὶ μετέχοντα γῆς μέν διὰ τὴν ἀντιτυπίαν, πυρὸς δὲ, διὰ τὸ καθορᾶσθαι, τῶν δέ λοιπῶν διὰ τὴν μίξιν· οἱ δὲ τοῦτον ὡς ἀπίθανον παρωσάμενοι τὸν λόγον, πέμπτην τινὰ σώματος φύσιν εἰς οὐρανοῦ σύστασιν οἴκοθεν καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀποσχεδιάσαντες ἐπεισήγαγον. Καὶ ἔστι τι παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὸ αἰθέριον σῶμα, ὃ μήτε πῦρ, φασὶ, μήτε ἀὴρ, μήτε γῆ, μήτε ὕδωρ, μήτε ὅλως ὅπερ ἔν τῶν ἀπλῶνʼ διότι τοῖς μὲν ἁπλοῖς οἰκεία κίνησις ἡ ἐπʼ εὐθείας, τῶν μὲν κούφων ἐπὶ τὸ ἅνω φερομένων, τῶν δὲ βαρέων ἐπὶ τὸ κάτω, Οῧτε δὲ τὸ ἄνω καὶ τὸ κάτω τῇ κυκλικῇ περιδινήσει ταύτό· καὶ ὅλως τήν εὐθείαν πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῶ κύ·κλῳ περιφορὰν πλείστην ἀπόστασιν ἔχειν. Ὠν δὲ αἱ κατὰ φύσιν κινήσεις παρηλλαγμέναι τυγχάνουσι, τούτων ἀνάγκη, φασὶ, παρηλλάχθαι καὶ τὰς οὐσίας. Ἀλλὰ μὶν οὐδὲ ἐκ τῶν πρώτων σωμάτων, εί δὴ στοιχεῖα καλοῦμεν, σύνθετον εῖναι δυνατὸν ἡμῖν ὑποθέσθαι τὸν οὐρανὸν, τῷ τὰ ἐκ διαφόρων συγκείμενα μὴ δύνασθαι ὁμαλὴν καὶ ἀβίαστον ἔχειν την κίνησιν, ἑκάστου τῶν ἐνυπαρχόντων ἁπλῶν τοϊτ συνθέτοις ἅλλην καὶ ἄλλην ὁρμήν παρὰ τῆς φὺσεως ἔχοντος, Διὸ πρῶτον μὲν καμάτῳ συνέχεται ἐν τῆ συνεχεῖ κινήσει τὰ σύνθετα, διὰ τὸ μίαν κίνησιν μὴ δύνασθαι πᾶσιν εὐάρμοστον εἶναι καὶ φίλην τοῖς ἐναντίοις· ἀλλὰ τὴν τῷ κούφῳ οἰκείαν πολεμίαν εἶναι τῷ βαρυτάτῳ. ’Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὰ ἅνω κινώμεθα, βαρυνόμεθς τῷ γεώδει· ὅταν δὲ πρὸς τὰ κάτω φερώμεθα, βιαζόμεθα τὸ πυρῶδες. παρὰ φύσιν αὐτὸ πρὸς τὸκάτω καθέλκοντες. Ἠ δὲ πρὸς τᾶ ἐναντία διολκὴ τῶς στοιχείων διαπτώσεώς ἐστιν ἀφορμὴ. Τὸ γὰρ ἠναγκασμένον καὶ παρὰ φύσιν, ἐπʼ ὀλίγον ἂντισχὸν, καὶ τοῦτο βιαίως καὶ μόλις, τάχὺ διελύθη εἷς τὰ ἒξ ὧν συνετέθη, ἑκάστου τῶν συνελθόντων πρὸς τὴν οἱ·κείαν χώραν ἓπανιόντος, Διὰ μὲν δὴ ταύτας, ὣς φασι, τῶν λογισμῶν τὰς ἀνάγκας, τοὺς τῶν προαγόντων ἀθετήσαντες λόγους, οἰκείας ὑποθέσεως ἐδεήθησαν oi πέμπτην σώματος φύσιν εἰς τὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν κακʼ αὐτὸν ἀστέρων γένεσιν ὑποτιθέμενοι. ’Ἄλλος δέ τις τῶν σφριγῶντων κατά πιθανολογίαν ἐπαναστὰς πάλιν τούτοις, ταῦτα μὲν διέχεε καὶ διέλυσεν, οἰκείαν δὲ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἀντεισῆγαγε δόξαν. Περὶ ὧν νῦν λέγειν ἐπιχειροῦντες, είς την ὁμοίαν αὐτοῖς ἀδολεσχίαν ἐμπεσούμεθα, Ἀλλʼ ἡμεῖς ἐκείνους ὑπʼ ἀλληλων ἐάη σαντες καταβάλλεσθαι, αὐτοὶ τοῦ περὶ τῆς οὖσίας ἀφέμενοι λόγου, πεισθέντες Μωϋσεϊ, ὅτι Ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὸν ἀριστοτέχνην τῶν σοφῶς καὶ ἐντέχνως γενομένων δοξάσωμεν, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κάλλους τῶι ορωμένων τὸν ὑπέρκαλον ἐννοώμεθα, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν αἰσθητῶν τούτων καὶ περιγραπτῶν σωμάτων ἀναλογιζώμεθα τὸν ἄπειρον καὶ ὑπερμεγέθη καί πᾶσαν διάνοιαν ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως ὑπερβαίνοντα. Καὶ γὰρ εἶ καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἀγνοοῦμεν τῶν γενομένων, ἆλλὰ τό γε ὁλοσχερῶς ὺποπϊπτον ἡμῶν τῇ αἰσθήσει τοσοῦτον ἔχει τὸ θαῦμα, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἐντρεχέστατον νοῦν ἐλάττονα ἀναφανῆναι τοῦ ἐλαχίστου τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, πρὸς τὸ ἥ δυνηθῆναι αὐτὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν ἐπεξελθεῖν, ἧ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον ἔπαινον ἀποπληρῶσαι τῷ κτίσαντι· πᾶσα δόζα, τιμὴ καὶ κράτος, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Ta auta de tauta kai peri houranou heipoimen, hoti polyphōnotatoi pragmateiai tois sophois tou kosmou peri tēs ouraniou physeōs katabeblēntai. Kai hoi men syntheton auton ek tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn eirēkasin, ōs hapton onta kai horaton, kai metechonta gēs men dia tēn antitypian, pyros de, dia to kathorasthai, tōn de loipōn dia tēn mixin; hoi de touton hōs apithanon parōsamenoi ton logon, pemptēn tina sōmatos physin eis ouranou systasin oikothen kai parʼ heautōn aposchediasantes epeisēgagon. Kai esti ti parʼ autois to aitherion sōma, ho mēte pyr, phasi, mēte aēr, mēte gē, mēte hydōr, mēte holōs hoper en tōn aplōnʼ dioti tois men haplois oikeia kinēsis hē epʼ eutheias, tōn men kouphōn epi to hanō pheromenōn, tōn de bareōn epi to katō, Oÿte de to anō kai to katō tę̄ kyklikę̄ peridinēsei tauto; kai holōs tēn eutheian pros tēn en tō ky;klǭ periphoran pleistēn apostasin echein. Ōn de hai kata physin kinēseis parēllagmenai tynchanousi, toutōn anankē, phasi, parēllachthai kai tas ousias. Alla min oude ek tōn prōtōn sōmatōn, ei dē stoicheia kaloumen, syntheton einai dynaton hēmin hypothesthai ton ouranon, tǭ ta ek diaphorōn synkeimena mē dynasthai homalēn kai abiaston echein tēn kinēsin, hekastou tōn enyparchontōn haplōn toït synthetois hallēn kai allēn hormēn para tēs physeōs echontos, Dio prōton men kamatǭ synechetai en tē synechei kinēsei ta syntheta, dia to mian kinēsin mē dynasthai pasin euarmoston einai kai philēn tois enantiois; alla tēn tǭ kouphǭ oikeian polemian einai tǭ barytatǭ. ’Hotan men gar pros ta hanō kinōmetha, barynomeths tǭ geōdei; hotan de pros ta katō pherōmetha, biazometha to pyrōdes. para physin auto pros tokatō kathelkontes. Ē de pros ta enantia diolkē tōs stoicheiōn diaptōseōs estin aphormē. To gar ēnankasmenon kai para physin, epʼ oligon antischon, kai touto biaiōs kai molis, tachy dielythē heis ta ex hōn synetethē, hekastou tōn synelthontōn pros tēn hoi;keian chōran hepaniontos, Dia men dē tautas, hōs phasi, tōn logismōn tas anankas, tous tōn proagontōn athetēsantes logous, oikeias hypotheseōs edeēthēsan oi pemptēn sōmatos physin eis tēn ouranou kai tōn kakʼ auton asterōn genesin hypotithemenoi. ’Allos de tis tōn sphrigōntōn kata pithanologian epanastas palin toutois, tauta men diechee kai dielysen, oikeian de parʼ heautou anteisēgage doxan. Peri hōn nyn legein epicheirountes, eis tēn homoian autois adoleschian empesoumetha, Allʼ hēmeis ekeinous hypʼ allēlōn eaē santes kataballesthai, autoi tou peri tēs ousias aphemenoi logou, peisthentes Mōÿseï, hoti Epoiēsen ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, ton aristotechnēn tōn sophōs kai entechnōs genomenōn doxasōmen, kai ek tou kallous tōi orōmenōn ton hyperkalon ennoōmetha, kai ek tou megethous tōn aisthētōn toutōn kai perigraptōn sōmatōn analogizōmetha ton apeiron kai hypermegethē kai pasan dianoian en tǭ plēthei tēs heautou dynameōs hyperbainonta. Kai gar ei kai tēn physin agnooumen tōn genomenōn, alla to ge holoscherōs ypopïpton hēmōn tę̄ aisthēsei tosouton echei to thauma, hōste kai ton entrechestaton noun elattona anaphanēnai tou elachistou tōn en tǭ kosmǭ, pros to hē dynēthēnai auto katʼ axian epexelthein, hē ton opheilomenon epainon apoplērōsai tǭ ktisanti; pasa doza, timē kai kratos, eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

We might say the same things about heaven too: that the wise men of the world have composed treatises of every opinion about the heavenly nature. Some have said that it is composed of the four elements, as being tangible and visible, and sharing in earth because of its resistance, in fire because it is seen, and in the others because of the mixture. Others, rejecting this account as implausible, improvised out of their own heads a fifth nature of body for the constitution of heaven and brought it in. They have a certain ethereal body which, they say, is neither fire nor air nor earth nor water, nor at all any one of the simple bodies; because the motion proper to the simple bodies is in a straight line, light things being carried upward and heavy things downward; but up and down are not the same as circular revolution, and in general the straight line stands at the greatest distance from movement in a circle. And of things whose natural motions differ, they say, the substances must also differ. Nor, they say, is it possible for us to suppose that heaven is composed of the first bodies, which we call elements, because things composed of different elements cannot have an even and unforced motion, since each of the simple bodies present in the composites has from nature its own different impulse. Therefore, first, composite things are held back by weariness in continuous motion, because one motion cannot be well suited and congenial to all the opposites, but the motion proper to the light is hostile to the heaviest. For when we move upward we are weighed down by the earthy element; and when we are carried downward we do violence to the fiery, dragging it downward contrary to nature. And the pulling of the elements toward opposite directions is a cause of their falling apart. For what is constrained and contrary to nature holds out for a little while, and that by force and with difficulty, and is quickly dissolved into the things from which it was composed, each of the components returning to its own place. Because of these necessities of their reasoning, as they say, those who posit a fifth nature of body for the generation of heaven and the stars in it rejected the arguments of their predecessors and needed a hypothesis of their own. And yet another of those who are vigorous in plausible argument rose up again against them, scattered and dissolved their views, and brought in an opinion of his own in their place. If we now undertook to speak about these, we would fall into the same idle talk as they. But let us leave them to be overthrown by one another, and, ourselves setting aside the question of substance, being persuaded by Moses that "God made the heaven and the earth," let us glorify the supreme Artist of the things that were made wisely and skillfully; from the beauty of the things that are seen let us conceive of him who is beyond beauty, and from the greatness of these perceptible and circumscribed bodies let us infer him who is infinite and supremely great, and who surpasses every understanding by the abundance of his power. For even if we do not know the nature of the things that have come to be, yet what falls in a general way under our perception holds such wonder that even the keenest mind proves inferior to the least of the things in the world, unable either to treat it worthily or to render the praise owed to the Creator; to whom be all glory, honor, and might, to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 2

2.1PG 29:28b–29c

Μικροϊς ἕωθεν ἐνδιατρίψαντες ῥήμασι, τοσοῦτον ἀποκεκρυμμένον τὸ βάθος τῆς διανοίας εὖρομεν, ὥστε τῶν ἐφεξῆς παντελῶς ἀπογνῶναι Εἰ γὰρ τὰ προαύλια τῶν ἁγίων τοιαύτα, και τὰ προπύλαια τοῦ ναοῦ οὕτω σεμνὰ καὶ ὑπέρογκα τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ κάλλους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡμῶν περιαστράπτοντα, ποταπὰ τὰ ’Ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων ; καὶ τὰ ἱκανὸς κατατολμῆσαι τῶν ἀδύτων; ἢ τίς ἐπόψεται τὰ ἀπόρῤητα; Ἀπροσιτος μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ θέα, δυσερμήνευτος δὲ παντελῶς τῶν νοηθέντων ὁ λόγος. Πλὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ παρὰ τῷ δικαίῳ κριτῇ, καὶ ὑπὲρ μόνου τοῦ προελέσθαι τὰ δεοντα, οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητοί εἰσιν ἀφωρισμένοι μισθοὶ, μὴ ἀποκνήσωμεν πρὸς τὴν ἔρευναν, Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἀξίας ἀπολειπόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ἐὰν τοῦ βουλήματος τῆς Γραφῆς μὴ ἐκπέσωμεν τῇ βοηθείᾳ τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ αὒτοὶ οὒκ ἀπόβλητοι παντελῶς κριθησόμεθα, καὶ τῇ συνεργείᾳ τῆς χάριτος οἰκοδομήν τινα τῇ Ἐκκλησία τοῦ Θεοῦ παρεξόμεθα. Ἠ δέ γῆ ἦν, φησὶν, ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος. Πῶς ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοτίμως γενομένων οὖρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, ὁ μὲν οὐρανὸς ἀπηρτίσθη, ἡ δὲ γῆ ἔτι ἀτελής ἐστι καὶ ἀνεξέργαστος; Ἢ ὅλως, τί τὸ ἀκατάσκευον τῆς γῆς; καὶ διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἀόρατος ἦν ; ’Ἔστι μὲν οὖν τελεία κατασκευὴ γῆςʼ ἡ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς εὐθηνία· φυτῶν παντοδαπῶν βλαστήσεις· δένδρων ὑψηλοτάτων προβολαὶ καρπίμων τε καὶ ἀκάρπων· ἀνθῶν εὔχροιαι καὶ εὐωδίαι· καὶ ὅσα μικρὸν ὕστερον μέλλει τῷ προστάγματι του Θεοῦ ἐπανατείλαντα τῇ γῇ τὴν γεννησαμένην κατακοσμεῖν. Ὧν ἐπειδὴ οὗδὲν οὔπω ἦν, ἀκατάσκευον αὐτὴν εἰκότως ὁ λόγος ὠνόμασε. Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ οὗρανοῦ εἴποιμεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐξείργαστο οὔπω οὐδὲ αὐτὸς, οὒδέ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἀπειλήφει κὸσμον, ἅτε μήπω σελήνῃ μήτε ἡλίῳ περιλαμπόμενος, μηδὲ τοῖς χοροῖς τῶν ἄστρων κατεστεμμένος. Οὕπω γὰρ ταῦτα ἐγεγόνει. Ὥστε οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεις τῆς ἀληθείας, κἂν τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀκατάσκευον εἴπῃς. Ἀόρατον δὲ τὴν γῆν προσεϊπε διὰ δύο αἰτίας ‘ ἢ ὅτι οὔπω ἦν αὐτῆς ὁ θεατὴς ἅνθρωπος, ἢ ’ὁτι ὑποβρύχιος οὖσα ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιπολάζοντός τῇ ἒπιφανείᾳ ὕδατος οὐκ ἠδύνατο καθορᾶσθαι. Οὔπω γὰρ ἦν συναχθέντα τά ὕδατα εἰς τὰ οἶκεϊα συστήματα, ἅπερ ὕστερον ὁ Θεὸς συναγαγὼν προσηγόρευσε θαλάσσας. Ἀόρατον οὖν τί ἐστι; Τὸ μὲν, ὃ μὴ πέφυκεν ὀφθαλμοῖς σαρκὸς καθορᾶσθαί, ὡς ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἡμέτερος· τὸ δὲ, ὃ τῇ φύσει ὁρατὸν ὑπάρχον, διὰ τὴν ἐπιπρόσθεσιν τοῦ ἐπικειμένου αὐτῷ σώματος ἀποκρύπτεται, ὡς ὁ ἐν τῷ σίδηρος. Καθʼ ὃ σημαινόμενον νῦν ἀόρατον ἡγούμεθα προσειρῆσθαι τὴν γῆν καλυπτομένην ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος. ’Ἔπειτα μέντοι, καὶ μήπω τοῦ φωτὸς γενηθέντος, οὐδὲν ἧν θαυμαστὸν τὴν ἐν σκὸτῳ κειμένην, διὰ τὸ ἀφώτιστον εἶναι τὸν ὑπὲρ αὒτής ἀέρα, ἀὸρατον καὶ κατά τοῦτο παρᾶ τῆς Γραφῆς προσειρῆσθαι.

Mikroïs heōthen endiatripsantes rhēmasi, tosouton apokekrymmenon to bathos tēs dianoias euromen, hōste tōn ephexēs pantelōs apognōnai Ei gar ta proaulia tōn hagiōn toiauta, kai ta propylaia tou naou houtō semna kai hyperonka tę̄ hyperbolę̄ tou kallous tous ophthalmous tēs dianoias hēmōn periastraptonta, potapa ta ’Hagia tōn hagiōn ? kai ta hikanos katatolmēsai tōn adytōn? ē tis epopsetai ta aporrēta? Aprositos men gar autōn kai hē thea, dysermēneutos de pantelōs tōn noēthentōn ho logos. Plēn allʼ epeidē para tǭ dikaiǭ kritę̄, kai hyper monou tou proelesthai ta deonta, ouk eukataphronētoi eisin aphōrismenoi misthoi, mē apoknēsōmen pros tēn ereunan, Ei gar kai tēs axias apoleipometha, allʼ ean tou boulēmatos tēs Graphēs mē ekpesōmen tę̄ boētheią tou Pneumatos, kai autoi ouk apoblētoi pantelōs krithēsometha, kai tę̄ synergeią tēs charitos oikodomēn tina tę̄ Ekklēsia tou Theou parexometha. Ē de gē ēn, phēsin, aoratos kai akataskeuastos. Pōs amphoterōn homotimōs genomenōn ouranou kai gēs, ho men ouranos apērtisthē, hē de gē eti atelēs esti kai anexergastos? Ē holōs, ti to akataskeuon tēs gēs? kai dia poian aitian aoratos ēn ? ’Esti men oun teleia kataskeuē gēsʼ hē apʼ autēs euthēnia; phytōn pantodapōn blastēseis; dendrōn hypsēlotatōn probolai karpimōn te kai akarpōn; anthōn euchroiai kai euōdiai; kai hosa mikron hysteron mellei tǭ prostagmati tou Theou epanateilanta tę̄ gę̄ tēn gennēsamenēn katakosmein. Hōn epeidē houden oupō ēn, akataskeuon autēn eikotōs ho logos ōnomase. Ta auta de tauta kai peri houranou eipoimen, hoti ouk exeirgasto oupō oude autos, oude ton oikeion apeilēphei kosmon, hate mēpō selēnę̄ mēte hēliǭ perilampomenos, mēde tois chorois tōn astrōn katestemmenos. Houpō gar tauta egegonei. Hōste ouch hamartēseis tēs alētheias, kan ton ouranon akataskeuon eipę̄s. Aoraton de tēn gēn proseïpe dia dyo aitias ‘ ē hoti oupō ēn autēs ho theatēs hanthrōpos, ē ’hoti hypobrychios ousa ek tou epipolazontos tę̄ epiphaneią hydatos ouk ēdynato kathorasthai. Oupō gar ēn synachthenta ta hydata eis ta oikeïa systēmata, haper hysteron ho Theos synagagōn prosēgoreuse thalassas. Aoraton oun ti esti? To men, ho mē pephyken ophthalmois sarkos kathorasthai, hōs ho nous ho hēmeteros; to de, ho tę̄ physei horaton hyparchon, dia tēn epiprosthesin tou epikeimenou autǭ sōmatos apokryptetai, hōs ho en tǭ sidēros. Kathʼ ho sēmainomenon nyn aoraton hēgoumetha proseirēsthai tēn gēn kalyptomenēn hypo tou hydatos. ’Epeita mentoi, kai mēpō tou phōtos genēthentos, ouden hēn thaumaston tēn en skotǭ keimenēn, dia to aphōtiston einai ton hyper autēs aera, aoraton kai kata touto para tēs Graphēs proseirēsthai.

Having spent the morning on a few words, we found the depth of their meaning so hidden that we altogether despair of what follows. For if the forecourts of the sanctuary are such, and the porch of the temple so majestic and magnificent, dazzling the eyes of our mind with the surpassing greatness of its beauty, what must the Holy of Holies be like? Who is competent to venture into the inner shrine? Or who will look upon its secrets? For the very sight of them is unapproachable, and the account of what is understood is altogether hard to put into words. Nevertheless, since with the just Judge the rewards set apart even for merely choosing what is right are not to be despised, let us not shrink from the inquiry. For even if we fall short of what is worthy, yet if with the help of the Spirit we do not fall away from the intent of Scripture, we too shall not be judged altogether rejected, and with the cooperation of grace we shall provide some building up for the church of God. "And the earth," he says, "was invisible and unformed." How is it that, though both heaven and earth came into being with equal honor, heaven was completed, while the earth is still imperfect and unfinished? Or, in general, what is the unformed state of the earth, and for what reason was it invisible? The perfect furnishing of the earth is the abundance that comes from it: the sprouting of plants of every kind, the shooting up of very tall trees, fruitful and unfruitful, the fair colors and fragrances of flowers, and all that a little later, at God's command, was to spring up from the earth and adorn her who bore them. Since none of these yet existed, Scripture fittingly called it unformed. We might say the same about heaven too: that it was not yet finished either, nor had received its proper adornment, since it was not yet shining with moon and sun, nor crowned with the choirs of the stars; for these had not yet come into being. So you will not miss the truth if you call heaven too unformed. He called the earth invisible for two reasons: either because man, its beholder, did not yet exist, or because, being under water, it could not be seen because of the water lying over its surface. For the waters had not yet been gathered into their proper reservoirs, which God later gathered and called seas. What, then, is invisible? On the one hand, what by nature cannot be seen by eyes of flesh, like our mind; on the other, what is visible by nature but is hidden by the interposition of a body lying over it, like iron in the depths. In this sense we think the earth is now called invisible, being covered by the water. Then too, since light had not yet come into being, it was no wonder that the earth, lying in darkness because the air above it was unlit, should for this reason too be called invisible by Scripture.

2.2PG 29:29c–33b

Ἀλλʼ οἱ παραχαράκται τῆς ἀληθείας, οἱ οὖχὶ τῇ Γραφῇ τὸν ἑαυτῶν νοῦν ἀκολουθεῖν ἐκδιδάσκοντες, ἀλλά πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον βούλημα τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν Γραφῶν διαστρέφοντες, τὴν ὕλην φασὶ διὰ τῶν λέξεων τούτων παραδηλοῦσθαι. Αὕτη γὰρ, φασὶ, καὶ ἀὸρατος τῇ φύσει καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος, ἄποιος οὖσα τῷ ἑαυτῆς λόγῳ καὶ παντὸς εἴδους καὶ σχήματος κεχωρισμένη, ἢν παραλαβὼν ὁ τεχνίτης τῇ ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ ἐμόρφωσε, καὶ εἷς τάξιν ἤγαγε, καὶ οὕτω διʼ αὐτῆς οὐσίωσε τὰ ὁρώμενα. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀγέννητος αὕτη, πρῶτον μὲν ὁμότιμος τῷ Θεῷ, τῶν αὐτῶν πρεσβείων ἀξιουμένη, οὗ τί ἂν γένοιτο ἀσεβέστερον, τὴν ἄποιον, τὴν ἀνείδεον, τὴν ἐσχάτην ἀμορφίαν, τὸ ἀδιατύπωτον αἶσχος (τοῖς γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων προσρήμασι κέχρημαι) τῆς αὖτῆς προεδρίας ἀξιοῦσθαι τῷ σοφῷ καὶ δυνατῷ καὶ παγκάλῳ δημιουργῷ καὶ κτίστῃ τῶν ὅλων ; ’Ἔπειτα εἰ μὲν τοσαύτη ἐστὶν, ὥστε ὃλην ὑποδέχεσθαι τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἐπιστήμην· καὶ οὕτω τρόπον τινὰ, τῇ ἀνεξιχνιάστῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ δυνάμει ἀντιπαρεξάγουσιν αὐτῆς τὴν ὑπόστασιν, εἴπερ ἐξαρκεῖ ὅλην τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν σύνεσιν διʼ ἑαυτῆς ἔκμετρεῐν ' εἰ δὲ ἐλάττων ἡ ὕλη τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐνεργείας, καὶ αὕτως εἷς ἆτοπιοτέραν βλασφημίαν αὺτοῖς ὁ λόγος περιτραπείσεται, διʼ ἔνδειαν ὕλης ἄπρακτον καὶ ἀνενέργητον τῶν οἰκείων ἔργων τὸν Θεὸν κατεχόντων, Ἀλλʼ ἐξηπάτησε γὰρ αὐτοὺς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ἡ πενία. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ παρʼ ἡμῖν ἑκάστη τέχνη περί τινα ὕλην ἀφωρισμένως ἠσχόληται, οἷον χαλκευτικὴ μὲν περὶ τὸν σίδηρον, τεκτονικὴ δὲ περὶ τὰ ξύλα ’ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἄλλο μέν τί ἐστι τὸ ὑποκείμενον, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ εἶδος, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ ὲκ τοῦ εἴδους ἀποτελούμενον · καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μὲν ὕλη ἔξωθεν παραλαμβανομένη, τὸ δὲ εἶδος παρὰ τῆς τέχνης ἐφαρμοζόμενον, ἀποτέλεσμα δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν συντιθέμενον ’ἐκ τε του εἴδους καὶ τῆς ὕλης οὕτως οἴονται καί ἐπὶ τῆς θείας δημιουργίας, τὸ μὲν σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου παρὰ τῆς σοφίας ἐπῆχθαι τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῶν ὅλων, τὴν δὲ ὕλην ἕξωθεν ὑποβεβλῆσθαι τῷ κτίσαντι, καὶ γεγενῆσθαι τὸν κόσμον σύνθετον, τὸ μὲν ὑποκείμενον καὶ τὴν οὗσίαν ἑτέρωθεν ἔχοντα τὸ δὲ σχῆμα καὶ τὴν μορφὴν παρὰ Θεοῦ προσλαβόντα. Ἐκ δὲ τούτου αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχει ἀρνεῖσθαι μὲν τὸν μέγαν Θεὸν τῆς συστάσεως τῶν ὄντων προεστηκέναι, οἷον δὲ ἐράνου τινὸς πληρωτὴν, ὀΛίγην τινὰ μοῖραν εἰς τὴν τῶν ὄντων γένεσιν παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ συμβεβλῆσθαι · οὗ δυνηθέντες διὰ λογισμῶν ταπεινότητα πρὸς τὸ ὒψος ἀπιδεῖν τῆς ἀληθείας, ὅτι ἐνταῦθα μὲν αἱ τέχναι τῶν ὑλῶν ὕστεραι, διὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς χρείας παρεισαχθεῖσαι τῷ βίῳ. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔριον προϋπῆρχεν, ὑφαντικὴ δὲ ἐπεγένετο, τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἐνδέον παρʼ ἑαυτῆς ὲκπληροῦσα, Καὶ τὸ μὲν ξύλον ἧν τεκτονικὴ δὲ παραλαβοῦσα, πρὸς τὴν ἐπιζητουμένην ἑκάστοτε χρείαν διαμορφοῦσα τὴν ὓλην τὴν εὐχρηστίαν ἡμῖν τῶν ξύλων ὑπέδειξε, κώπην μὲν ναύταις, γεωργοῖς δὲ πτύον, ὁπλίταις δὲ δόρυ. Ὁ δὲ Θεὸς, πρίν τι τῶν νῦν ὁρωμένων γενέσθαι, εἰς νοῦν βαλόμενος καὶ ὁρμήσας ἀγαγεῖν εἰς γένεσιν τὰ μη ὄντα, ὁμοῦ τε ἐνόησεν ὁποῖόν τινα χρὴ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι, καὶ τῷ εʼἷδει αὐτοῦ τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν ὕλην συναπεγέννησε, Καὶ οὖρανῷ μὲν ἀφώρισε τὴν οὖρανῷ πρέπουσαν φύσιν τῷ δὲ τῆς γῆς σχήματι τὴν οἰκείαν αὒτῇ καὶ ὀφειλομένην οὐσίαν ὑπέβαλε, Πῦρ δὲ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἆέρα διεσχημάτισέ τε ὡς ἐβούλετο, καὶ εἷς οὐσίαν ἤγαγεν ὡς ὁ ἑκάστου λόγος τῶν γινομένων ἀπῄτει, ’Ὀλον δὲ τὸν κόσμον ἀνομοιομερῆ τυγχάνοντα ἀῤῥήκτῳ τινὶ φιλίας δεσμῷ εἰς μίαν κοινωνίαν καὶ ἁρμονίαν συνέδησεν ὥστε καὶ τὰ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων τῇ θέσει διεστηκότα ἡνῶσθαι δοκεῖν διὰ τῆς συμπαθείας. Παυσασθωσαν οὖν μυθικῶν πλασμάτων, ἐν ’τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ τῶν οἰκείων λογισμῶν τὴν ἀκατάληπτον διανοίας καὶ ἄφατον παντελῶς ἀνθρωπίνῃ φωνῇ δύναμιν ἐκμετροῦντες.

Allʼ hoi paracharaktai tēs alētheias, hoi ouchi tę̄ Graphę̄ ton heautōn noun akolouthein ekdidaskontes, alla pros to oikeion boulēma tēn dianoian tōn Graphōn diastrephontes, tēn hylēn phasi dia tōn lexeōn toutōn paradēlousthai. Hautē gar, phasi, kai aoratos tę̄ physei kai akataskeuastos, apoios ousa tǭ heautēs logǭ kai pantos eidous kai schēmatos kechōrismenē, ēn paralabōn ho technitēs tę̄ heautou sophią emorphōse, kai heis taxin ēgage, kai houtō diʼ autēs ousiōse ta horōmena. Ei men oun agennētos hautē, prōton men homotimos tǭ Theǭ, tōn autōn presbeiōn axioumenē, hou ti an genoito asebesteron, tēn apoion, tēn aneideon, tēn eschatēn amorphian, to adiatypōton aischos (tois gar autōn ekeinōn prosrēmasi kechrēmai) tēs autēs proedrias axiousthai tǭ sophǭ kai dynatǭ kai pankalǭ dēmiourgǭ kai ktistę̄ tōn holōn ? ’Epeita ei men tosautē estin, hōste holēn hypodechesthai tou Theou tēn epistēmēn; kai houtō tropon tina, tę̄ anexichniastǭ tou Theou dynamei antiparexagousin autēs tēn hypostasin, eiper exarkei holēn tou Theou tēn synesin diʼ heautēs ekmetrein ' ei de elattōn hē hylē tēs tou Theou energeias, kai hautōs heis atopioteran blasphēmian autois ho logos peritrapeisetai, diʼ endeian hylēs aprakton kai anenergēton tōn oikeiōn ergōn ton Theon katechontōn, Allʼ exēpatēse gar autous tēs anthrōpinēs physeōs hē penia. Kai epeidē parʼ hēmin hekastē technē peri tina hylēn aphōrismenōs ēscholētai, hoion chalkeutikē men peri ton sidēron, tektonikē de peri ta xyla ’ kai en toutois allo men ti esti to hypokeimenon, allo de to eidos, allo de to ek tou eidous apoteloumenon ; kai estin hē men hylē exōthen paralambanomenē, to de eidos para tēs technēs epharmozomenon, apotelesma de to ex amphoin syntithemenon ’ek te tou eidous kai tēs hylēs houtōs oiontai kai epi tēs theias dēmiourgias, to men schēma tou kosmou para tēs sophias epēchthai tou poiētou tōn holōn, tēn de hylēn hexōthen hypobeblēsthai tǭ ktisanti, kai gegenēsthai ton kosmon syntheton, to men hypokeimenon kai tēn housian heterōthen echonta to de schēma kai tēn morphēn para Theou proslabonta. Ek de toutou autois hyparchei arneisthai men ton megan Theon tēs systaseōs tōn ontōn proestēkenai, hoion de eranou tinos plērōtēn, oLigēn tina moiran eis tēn tōn ontōn genesin parʼ heautou symbeblēsthai ; hou dynēthentes dia logismōn tapeinotēta pros to ypsos apidein tēs alētheias, hoti entautha men hai technai tōn hylōn hysterai, dia to anankaion tēs chreias pareisachtheisai tǭ biǭ. to men gar erion proÿpērchen, hyphantikē de epegeneto, to tēs physeōs endeon parʼ heautēs ekplērousa, Kai to men xylon hēn tektonikē de paralabousa, pros tēn epizētoumenēn hekastote chreian diamorphousa tēn hylēn tēn euchrēstian hēmin tōn xylōn hypedeixe, kōpēn men nautais, geōrgois de ptyon, hoplitais de dory. Ho de Theos, prin ti tōn nyn horōmenōn genesthai, eis noun balomenos kai hormēsas agagein eis genesin ta mē onta, homou te enoēsen hopoion tina chrē ton kosmon einai, kai tǭ eʼhidei autou tēn harmozousan hylēn synapegennēse, Kai ouranǭ men aphōrise tēn ouranǭ prepousan physin tǭ de tēs gēs schēmati tēn oikeian autę̄ kai opheilomenēn ousian hypebale, Pyr de kai hydōr kai aera dieschēmatise te hōs ebouleto, kai heis ousian ēgagen hōs ho hekastou logos tōn ginomenōn apę̄tei, ’Olon de ton kosmon anomoiomerē tynchanonta arrhēktǭ tini philias desmǭ eis mian koinōnian kai harmonian synedēsen hōste kai ta pleiston allēlōn tę̄ thesei diestēkota hēnōsthai dokein dia tēs sympatheias. Pausasthōsan oun mythikōn plasmatōn, en ’tę̄ astheneią tōn oikeiōn logismōn tēn akatalēpton dianoias kai aphaton pantelōs anthrōpinę̄ phōnę̄ dynamin ekmetrountes.

But the counterfeiters of the truth, who teach not that their own mind should follow Scripture, but twist the meaning of the Scriptures to their own purpose, say that matter is indicated by these words. For this, they say, is both invisible by nature and unformed, being without quality by its own definition and separated from every form and shape; the Craftsman took it, gave it form by his wisdom, and brought it into order, and so through it gave being to the things that are seen. Now if this matter is unbegotten, then first of all it is of equal honor with God, deemed worthy of the same prerogatives. And what could be more impious than that the qualityless, the formless, the uttermost shapelessness, the unfashioned ugliness (I am using the very terms they use) should be deemed worthy of the same seat of honor as the wise and powerful and all-beautiful Fashioner and Creator of all things? Then, if it is so great as to receive the whole knowledge of God, they set its subsistence in a manner side by side with the unsearchable power of God, if it is able by itself to measure out the whole understanding of God. And if matter is less than God's activity, then too their argument will turn round into a still more absurd blasphemy, since for lack of matter they keep God idle and unable to carry out his own works. But the poverty of human nature has deceived them. Since among us each art is occupied with some definite matter, as metalworking with iron and carpentry with wood, and in these one thing is the substrate, another the form, and another what is completed from the form, and the matter is received from outside, the form is fitted to it by the art, and the finished work is what is composed of both, form and matter: so they think it is in the divine creation too, that the shape of the world was imposed by the wisdom of the Maker of all, while the matter was supplied to the Creator from outside, and the world came into being as a composite, having its substrate and substance from elsewhere and receiving its shape and form from God. From this it follows for them that they deny that the great God presided over the constitution of the things that are, and make him contribute from himself only some small share toward the coming into being of things, like one who fills up a share in a common fund. Through the lowliness of their reasonings they were unable to look up to the height of the truth: that here below the arts come after their materials, introduced into life by the necessity of need. The wool existed beforehand, and weaving came after it, filling up from itself what nature lacked. The wood existed, and carpentry took it and, shaping the material for whatever need was sought at the time, showed us the usefulness of wood: an oar for sailors, a winnowing shovel for farmers, a spear for soldiers. But God, before any of the things now seen came to be, having resolved in his mind and set out to bring into being things that were not, conceived at one and the same time what kind of thing the world should be and brought forth together with its form the matter suited to it. To heaven he assigned the nature befitting heaven; to the shape of the earth he supplied the substance proper and due to it. Fire and water and air he shaped as he willed, and brought each into being as the principle of each thing that came to be required. And the whole world, made up of unlike parts, he bound together into one fellowship and harmony by an unbreakable bond of love, so that even the things most widely separated from one another in position seem to be united through sympathy. Let them cease, then, from mythical fictions, who measure by the weakness of their own reasonings the power that is incomprehensible to understanding and altogether unutterable by human voice.

2.3PG 29:33b–36b

Ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν οὒκ ἒξ ἡμισείας ἑκάτερον, ἀλλʼ ὅλον οὐρανὸν καὶ ὅλην γῆν, αὐτὴν τὴν ὀὐσίαν τῷ· εἴδει συνειλημμένην. Οὐχὶ γὰρ σχημάτων ἐστὶν εὓρέτης, ἀλλʼ αὖτῆς τῆς φύσεως τῶν ὅντων δημιουργός, Ἐπεὶ ἀποκρινέσθωσαν ἡμῖν, πῶς αλλήλοις συνέτυχον ἥ τε δραστικὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ ἡ παθητικὴ φύσις τῆς ὕλης · ἦ μὲν τὸ ὑποκείμενον παρεχομένη χωρὶς μορφῆς, ὂ δὲ τῶν σχημάτων τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἔχων ἄνευ τῆς ὕλης, ’ίνʼ ἐκατέρῳ τὸ ἐνδέον παρὰ θατέρου γένηται· τῷ μὲν δημιουργῷ τὸ ἔχειν ὅπου τὴν τέχνην ἐνεπιδείξηται, τῇ δὲ ὕλη τὸ ἀποθέσθαι τὴν ἄμορφίαν καὶ τοῦ εἴδους τὴν στέρησιν, Ἀλλὰ περῖ μὲν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον προς δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπανίωμεν. Ἢ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος. Εἰπὼν, Ἐν ἆρχῆ ἐποίησεν ὃ Θεὸς τὸν οὒρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, πολλὰ ἀπεσιώπησεν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, πῦρ, τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἀπογεννώμενα πάθη ἂ πάντα μὲν ὡς συμπληρωτικὰ τοῦ κόσμου συνυπέστη τῶ παντὶ δηλονότι παρέλιπε δὲ ἦ ἱστορία, τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν γυμνάζουσα πρὸς ἐντρέχειαν, ἐξ ὀλίγων ἀφορμῶν παρεχομένη ἐπιλογίζεσθαι τὰ λειπόμενα, Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὒκ εἴρηται περὶ τοῦ ὕδατος, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς, εἴρηται δὲ, ὅτι ἀόρατος ἦν. ἡ γῆ · σκόπει σὺ κατὰ σεαυτὸν τίνι παραπετάσματι καλυπτομένη οὐκ ἐξεφαίνετο, Οὔτε οῦν πῦρ αὐτὴν καλύπτειν ἠδύνατο, Φωτιστικὸν γὰρ καὶ καταφάνειαν παρέχον οἶς ἅν προσγένηται μᾶλλον ἦ σκοτῶδες τὸ πῦρ. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἀὴρ προκάλυμμα ἦν τότε τῆς γῆς. Ἀραιὰ γὰρ καὶ διαφανὴς τοῦ ἀέρος ἡ φύσις, πάντα τὰ εἴδη τῶν ὁρατῶν δεχομένη, καὶ ταῖς τῶν ὁρώντων ὄψεσι παραπέμπουσα, Λειπόμενον τοίνδν ἐστὶ νοεῖν ἡμᾶς ὕδωρ ἐπιπολάζειν τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς γῆς, οὔπω πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν λῆξιν. τῆς ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας ἀποκριθείσης. Ἐκ δέ τούτου οὐ μόνον ἀόρατος ἧν ἡ γῆ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἁκατασκεύαστος, Ἠ γὰρ του ὑγροῦ πλεονεξία ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐμπόδιόν ἐστι πρὸς καρπογονίαν τῇ γῇ. Ἦ οὗν αὖτή αἰτία καὶ τοῦ μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, καὶ τοῦ ἀκατασκεύαστον εἶναιʼ εἴπερ κατασκευὴ γῆς, ὁ οἰκεῖος αύτῇ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν κόσμος, λήϊα μὲν ταῖς κοιλότησιν ἐγκυμαίνόντα, λειμῶνες χλοάζοντες καὶ ποικίλοις ἄνθεσι βρύοντες, νάπαι εὐθαλεῖς, καὶ όρῶν κορυφαὶ ταῖς ὕλαις κατάσκιοι· ὧν οὐδὲν εἶχεν οὐδέπω ὠδίνουσα μὲν τὴν παντων γένησιν διὰ τὴν ἐναποτεθεῖσαν αὖτῇ παρὰ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ δύναμιν, ἂναμένουσα δὲ τοὺς καθήκοντας χρόνους, ἵνα τῷ Θείῳ κελεύσματι προαγάγῃ ἑαυτῆς εἰς φανερὸν τὰ κυήματα.

Epoiēsen ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn ouk ex hēmiseias hekateron, allʼ holon ouranon kai holēn gēn, autēn tēn ousian tǭ; eidei syneilēmmenēn. Ouchi gar schēmatōn estin heuretēs, allʼ autēs tēs physeōs tōn hontōn dēmiourgos, Epei apokrinesthōsan hēmin, pōs allēlois synetychon hē te drastikē tou Theou dynamis kai hē pathētikē physis tēs hylēs ; ē men to hypokeimenon parechomenē chōris morphēs, o de tōn schēmatōn tēn epistēmēn echōn aneu tēs hylēs, ’inʼ ekaterǭ to endeon para thaterou genētai; tǭ men dēmiourgǭ to echein hopou tēn technēn enepideixētai, tę̄ de hylē to apothesthai tēn amorphian kai tou eidous tēn sterēsin, Alla peri men toutōn epi tosouton pros de to ex archēs epaniōmen. Ē de gē ēn aoratos kai akataskeuastos. Eipōn, En archē epoiēsen ho Theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, polla apesiōpēsen, hydōr, aera, pyr, ta ek toutōn apogennōmena pathē a panta men hōs symplērōtika tou kosmou synypestē tō panti dēlonoti parelipe de ē historia, ton hēmeteron noun gymnazousa pros entrecheian, ex oligōn aphormōn parechomenē epilogizesthai ta leipomena, Epei oun ouk eirētai peri tou hydatos, hoti epoiēsen ho Theos, eirētai de, hoti aoratos ēn. hē gē ; skopei sy kata seauton tini parapetasmati kalyptomenē ouk exephaineto, Oute oun pyr autēn kalyptein ēdynato, Phōtistikon gar kai kataphaneian parechon ois han prosgenētai mallon ē skotōdes to pyr. Ou mēn oude aēr prokalymma ēn tote tēs gēs. Araia gar kai diaphanēs tou aeros hē physis, panta ta eidē tōn horatōn dechomenē, kai tais tōn horōntōn opsesi parapempousa, Leipomenon toindn esti noein hēmas hydōr epipolazein tę̄ epiphaneią tēs gēs, oupō pros tēn oikeian lēxin. tēs hygras ousias apokritheisēs. Ek de toutou ou monon aoratos hēn hē gē, alla kai hakataskeuastos, Ē gar tou hygrou pleonexia eti kai nyn empodion esti pros karpogonian tę̄ gę̄. Ē houn autē aitia kai tou mē horasthai, kai tou akataskeuaston einaiʼ eiper kataskeuē gēs, ho oikeios autę̄ kai kata physin kosmos, lēïa men tais koilotēsin enkymainonta, leimōnes chloazontes kai poikilois anthesi bryontes, napai euthaleis, kai orōn koryphai tais hylais kataskioi; hōn ouden eichen oudepō ōdinousa men tēn pantōn genēsin dia tēn enapotetheisan autę̄ para tou dēmiourgou dynamin, anamenousa de tous kathēkontas chronous, hina tǭ Theiǭ keleusmati proagagę̄ heautēs eis phaneron ta kyēmata.

God made the heaven and the earth, not each by halves, but the whole heaven and the whole earth, its very substance taken together with its form. For he is not an inventor of shapes, but the Fashioner of the very nature of the things that are. Otherwise let them answer us how the active power of God and the passive nature of matter happened to meet: the one supplying the substrate without form, the other having the knowledge of shapes without the matter, so that each might obtain from the other what it lacked: the Fashioner a place to display his art, and matter a way to put off its shapelessness and its privation of form. But enough about these things; let us return to where we began. "And the earth was invisible and unformed." Having said, "In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth," he passed over many things in silence: water, air, fire, and the properties produced from them. All of these clearly came into existence together with the universe, as completing the world; but the narrative left them out, training our mind to quickness by giving it a few starting points from which to infer the rest. Since, then, it is not said of water that God made it, but it is said that the earth was invisible, consider for yourself by what veil it was covered so that it did not appear. Fire could not cover it, for fire is illuminating and gives clearness, rather than darkness, to whatever it comes near. Nor was air then a covering of the earth; for the nature of air is thin and transparent, receiving all the forms of visible things and conveying them to the eyes of those who see. It remains, then, for us to understand that water lay on the surface of the earth, since the moist substance had not yet been separated off to its proper station. Because of this the earth was not only invisible but also unformed. For excess of moisture is even now an obstacle to the earth's bearing fruit. So the same cause accounts both for its not being seen and for its being unformed, if indeed the furnishing of the earth is its proper and natural adornment: cornfields swelling in the hollows, meadows green and teeming with flowers of every color, flourishing glens, and mountain peaks shaded with forests. Of these it had nothing as yet: it was in labor with the birth of them all, through the power deposited in it by the Creator, but it was waiting for the appointed times, so that at the divine command it might bring its offspring into the open.

2.4PG 29:36c–37d

Ἀλλὰ καὶ σκότος, φησὶν, ἐπάνω τῆς ἀβύσσου, Πάλιν ἄλλαι μύθων ἀφορμαὶ, καὶ πλασμάτων δυσσεβεστέρων ἀρχαὶ πρὸς τὰς ίδίας ὑπονοίας παρατρεποντων τὰ ῥήματα. Τὸ γὰρ σκότος οὐχ ὡς πέφυκεν, ἐξηγοῦνται ἀέρα τινὰ ἀφώτιστον, ἢ τόπον ἐξ ὰντιφράξεως σώματος σκιαζόμενον, ἢ ὅλως καθʼ ὁποιανοῦν αἰτίαν τόπον φωτὸς ἐστερημένον, ἀλλὰ δύναμιν κακὴν, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ κακὸν, παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχον, ἀντικείμενον καὶ ἐναντίον τῇ ἀγαθότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξηγοῦνται τὸ σκότος. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστι, δηλονότι ἡ ἀντιστρατευομένη αὐτῷ δύναμις σκότος ἂν εἴη, φασὶ, κατὰ τὸ τῆς διανοίας ἀκόλουθον. Σκότος, οὒ παρʼ ἐτέρου τὸ εἶναι ἔχον, ἄλλα κακὸν αὒτογέννητον. Σκότος πολέμιον ψυχῶν, θανάτου ποιητικὸν, ἀρετῆς ἐναντίωσις ὅπερ καὶ ὑφεστάναι, καὶ μὴ παρὰ Θεοῦ γεγενῆσθαι, ὑπʼ αὐ·τῶν μηνύεσθαι τῶν τοῦ προφήτου λόγων ἐξαπατῶνται, Ἐκ δὴ τούτου τί οὒχὶ συνεπλάσθη τῶν πονηρῶν καὶ ἀθέων δογμάτων, Ποῖοι λύκοι βαρεῖς διασπῶντες τὸ ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐχὶ, ἀπὸ τῆς μικρᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβόντες, ἐπεπόλασαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς; Οὐχὶ Μαρκίωνες; οὐχὶ Οὐαλεντῖνοι ἐντεῦθεν; οὔχ ἡ βδελυκτὴ τῶν Μανιχαίων αἵρεσις, ἢν σηπεδόνα τις τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν προσειπὼν οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται τοῦ προσήκοντος, Τί μακρὸν ἀποτρέχεις τῆς ἀληθείας, ἄνθρωπε, ἀφορμὰς σεαυτῷ τῆς ἀπωλείας ἐπινοῶν; Ἀπλοῦς ὁ λόγος, καὶ πᾶσιν εὔληπτος. Ἀόρατος ἦν ἡ γῆ, φησί. Τίς ἡ αἰτία; Ἐπειδὴ ἄβυσσον εἶχεν ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἑαυτῇ, Ἀβύσσου δὲ ἔννοια τίς ; ’Ὗδωρ πολὺ δυσέφικτον ἕχον ἑαυτοῦ τὸ πέρας ἐπὶ τὸ κάτω. Ἀλλʼ ἔγνωμεν πολλά τῶν σωμάτων καὶ διʼ ὕδατος λεπτοτέρου καὶ διαυγοῦς πολλάκις διαφαινόμενα, Πῶς οὖν οὐδὲν μέρος τῆς γῆς διὰ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐδείκνυτο, ’Ότι ἀλαμπὴς ἔτι καὶ ὲσκοτισμένος ἦν ὁ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ κεχυμένος ἀὴρ. Ἀκτὶς μὲν γὰρ ἡλίου, διʼ ὑδάτων διικνουμένη, δείκνυσι πολλάκις τὰς ὲν τῷ βάθει ψηφῖδας· ἓν νυκτὶ δέ τις βάθείᾳ οὐδενί ἂν τρόπῳ τά ὑπὸ τὸ ὕδωρ κατίδοι. Ὥστε τοῦ ἀόρατον εἶναι τὴν γῆν κατασκευαστικόν ἐστι τὸ ἐπαγόμενον, ὅτι καὶ ἄβυσσος ἦν ἡ ἐπέχουσα, καὶ αὕτη ἐσκοτωμένη. Οὔτε οὖν ἄβυσσος δυνάμεων πλῆθος ἀντικειμένων, ὣς τινες ἐφαντασθησαν, οὕτε σκότος ἀρχικὴ τις καὶ πονηρά δύναμις ἀντεξαγομένη τῷ ἀγαθῷ. Δύο γὰρ ἐξισάζοντα ἀλλήλοις κατʼ ἐναντίωσιν φθαρτικὰ ἔσται πάντως τῆς ἀλλήλων συστάσεως καὶ πράγματα ἕξει διηνεκῶς καὶ παρέξει ἀπαύστως πρὸς ἂλληλα συνεχόμενα τῷ πολέμῳ. Κᾶν ὑπερβάλλῃ δυνάμει τῶν ἀντικειμένων τὸ ἕτερον, δαπανητικον ἐξ ἅπαντος τοῦ κρατηθέντος γίνεται. ’Ὥστε εἰ μὲν ἰσόρῤοπον λέγουσι τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθόν ἐναντίωσιν, ἄπαυστον εἰσάγουσι πόλεμον καὶ διηνεκῆ τὴν φθορὰν, κρατούντων ἐν μέρει καὶ κρατουμένων εἰ δὲ ὑπερέχει δυνάμει τὸ ἀγαθὸν, τίς ἡ αἰτία τοῦ τὴν φύσιν τοῦ κακοῦ μὴ παντελῶς ἀνῃρῆσθαι, Εἰ δέ, ὅ μὴ θέμις εἰπεῖν, θαυμάζω πῶς οὖχῖ φεύγουσιν αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς οὕτως ἀθεμίτους βλασφημίας ὑποφερόμενοι, Οὒ μὴν ούδὲ παρὰ Θεοῦ τὸ κακὸν τὴν γένεσιν ἔχειν εὐσεβές ἔστι λέγειν, διὰ τὸ μη·δὲν τῶν ἐναντίων παρὰ τοῦ ἐναντίου γίνεσθαι. Οὔτε γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ θάνατον γεννᾷ οὔτε τὸ σκότος φωτός ἐστιν ἀρχὴ, οὔτε ἠ νόσος ὑγιείας δημιουργός, ἀλλʼ έν μὲν ταῖς μεταβολαῖς τῶν διαθέσεων ἐκ τῶν ἱναντίων πρὸς τὰ ἓναντία αἱ μεταστάσειςο ἓν δὲ ταῖς γενέσεσιν οὒκ ὲκ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἀλλʼ ὲκ τῶν ὁμογενῶν ἕκαστον τῶν γινομένων προέρχεται, Εἰ τοίνυν, φησί, μήτε ἀγέννητον, μήτε παρὰ Θεοῦ γεγονὸς, πόθεν ἔχει τὴν φύσιν ; Τὸ γὰρ εἶναι τὰ κακὰ οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ τῶν μετεχόντων τοῦ βίου. Τί οὖν φαμεν; Ὅτι τὸ κακόν ἐστιν οὐχὶ οὐσία ζῶσα καὶ ἔμψυχος, ἀλλά διάθεσις ἐν ψυχῇ ἐναντίως ἔχουσα προς ἀρετὴν, διὰ τήν ἀπὸ τοῦ καλοῦ ἀπόπτωσιν τοῖς ῥᾳθύμοις ἐγγινομένη,

Alla kai skotos, phēsin, epanō tēs abyssou, Palin allai mythōn aphormai, kai plasmatōn dyssebesterōn archai pros tas idias hyponoias paratrepontōn ta rhēmata. To gar skotos ouch hōs pephyken, exēgountai aera tina aphōtiston, ē topon ex antiphraxeōs sōmatos skiazomenon, ē holōs kathʼ hopoianoun aitian topon phōtos esterēmenon, alla dynamin kakēn, mallon de auto to kakon, parʼ heautou tēn archēn echon, antikeimenon kai enantion tę̄ agathotēti tou Theou exēgountai to skotos. Ei gar ho Theos phōs esti, dēlonoti hē antistrateuomenē autǭ dynamis skotos an eiē, phasi, kata to tēs dianoias akolouthon. Skotos, ou parʼ eterou to einai echon, alla kakon autogennēton. Skotos polemion psychōn, thanatou poiētikon, aretēs enantiōsis hoper kai hyphestanai, kai mē para Theou gegenēsthai, hypʼ au;tōn mēnyesthai tōn tou prophētou logōn exapatōntai, Ek dē toutou ti ouchi syneplasthē tōn ponērōn kai atheōn dogmatōn, Poioi lykoi bareis diaspōntes to poimnion tou Theou, ouchi, apo tēs mikras tautēs phōnēs tēn archēn labontes, epepolasan tais psychais? Ouchi Markiōnes? ouchi Oualentinoi enteuthen? ouch hē bdelyktē tōn Manichaiōn hairesis, ēn sēpedona tis tōn Ekklēsiōn proseipōn ouch hamartēsetai tou prosēkontos, Ti makron apotrecheis tēs alētheias, anthrōpe, aphormas seautǭ tēs apōleias epinoōn? Aplous ho logos, kai pasin eulēptos. Aoratos ēn hē gē, phēsi. Tis hē aitia? Epeidē abysson eichen epipolazousan heautę̄, Abyssou de ennoia tis ? ’Hydōr poly dysephikton hechon heautou to peras epi to katō. Allʼ egnōmen polla tōn sōmatōn kai diʼ hydatos leptoterou kai diaugous pollakis diaphainomena, Pōs oun ouden meros tēs gēs dia tōn hydatōn edeiknyto, ’Oti alampēs eti kai eskotismenos ēn ho hyper autou kechymenos aēr. Aktis men gar hēliou, diʼ hydatōn diiknoumenē, deiknysi pollakis tas en tǭ bathei psēphidas; hen nykti de tis batheią oudeni an tropǭ ta hypo to hydōr katidoi. Hōste tou aoraton einai tēn gēn kataskeuastikon esti to epagomenon, hoti kai abyssos ēn hē epechousa, kai hautē eskotōmenē. Oute oun abyssos dynameōn plēthos antikeimenōn, hōs tines ephantasthēsan, houte skotos archikē tis kai ponēra dynamis antexagomenē tǭ agathǭ. Dyo gar exisazonta allēlois katʼ enantiōsin phthartika estai pantōs tēs allēlōn systaseōs kai pragmata hexei diēnekōs kai parexei apaustōs pros allēla synechomena tǭ polemǭ. Kan hyperballę̄ dynamei tōn antikeimenōn to heteron, dapanētikon ex hapantos tou kratēthentos ginetai. ’Hōste ei men isorropon legousi tou kakou tēn pros to agathon enantiōsin, apauston eisagousi polemon kai diēnekē tēn phthoran, kratountōn en merei kai kratoumenōn ei de hyperechei dynamei to agathon, tis hē aitia tou tēn physin tou kakou mē pantelōs anę̄rēsthai, Ei de, ho mē themis eipein, thaumazō pōs ouchi pheugousin autoi heautous pros houtōs athemitous blasphēmias hypopheromenoi, Ou mēn oude para Theou to kakon tēn genesin echein eusebes esti legein, dia to mē;den tōn enantiōn para tou enantiou ginesthai. Oute gar hē zōē thanaton genną oute to skotos phōtos estin archē, oute ē nosos hygieias dēmiourgos, allʼ en men tais metabolais tōn diatheseōn ek tōn hinantiōn pros ta henantia hai metastaseiso hen de tais genesesin ouk ek tōn enantiōn, allʼ ek tōn homogenōn hekaston tōn ginomenōn proerchetai, Ei toinyn, phēsi, mēte agennēton, mēte para Theou gegonos, pothen echei tēn physin ? To gar einai ta kaka oudeis anterei tōn metechontōn tou biou. Ti oun phamen? Hoti to kakon estin ouchi ousia zōsa kai empsychos, alla diathesis en psychę̄ enantiōs echousa pros aretēn, dia tēn apo tou kalou apoptōsin tois rhąthymois enginomenē,

"And darkness," he says, "was over the abyss." Again, other starting points for myths, and beginnings of still more impious fictions, from those who twist the words to their own notions. For they do not explain darkness as what it is by nature, some unlit air, or a place shadowed by the interposition of a body, or in general a place deprived of light for whatever cause; but they explain the darkness as an evil power, or rather as evil itself, having its beginning from itself, opposed and contrary to the goodness of God. For if God is light, then clearly, they say, following the logic of the thought, the power warring against him would be darkness: darkness that does not have its being from another, but is self-begotten evil; darkness, the enemy of souls, the producer of death, the opposite of virtue. They are deceived into thinking that the prophet's words indicate that it subsists and was not made by God. From this, what wicked and godless doctrine was not fabricated? What grievous wolves, tearing the flock of God, did not take their start from this small phrase and overrun souls? Did not the Marcionites? Did not the Valentinians come from here? Did not the loathsome heresy of the Manichees, which one would not miss the mark in calling the rot of the churches? Why do you run so far from the truth, O man, devising for yourself occasions of destruction? The word is simple and easily grasped by all. "The earth was invisible," he says. What is the reason? Because it had the abyss lying over it. And what is meant by abyss? A great water whose bottom is hard to reach. But we know that many bodies are often seen through water when it is shallower and clear. How then was no part of the earth shown through the waters? Because the air poured over it was still unlit and darkened. A ray of the sun, passing through the waters, often shows the pebbles at the bottom; but in deep night no one could by any means see what is under the water. So what follows is meant to establish that the earth was invisible: the abyss lay over it, and the abyss itself was darkened. So the abyss is not a multitude of hostile powers, as some have imagined, nor is darkness some sovereign and wicked power set up against the good. For two things equal to each other in opposition will certainly destroy each other's existence, and will continually have trouble and give it without ceasing, locked with one another in war. And if one of the opposites surpasses in power, it becomes the utter destroyer of the one overcome. So if they say that the opposition of evil to good is evenly balanced, they introduce unceasing war and continual destruction, each side conquering and being conquered in turn; and if the good surpasses in power, what is the reason that the nature of evil has not been utterly destroyed? And if the other, which it is not right even to say, I wonder how they do not flee from themselves, carried away into such lawless blasphemies. Nor, on the other hand, is it pious to say that evil has its origin from God, because no contrary comes into being from its contrary. Life does not beget death, nor is darkness the beginning of light, nor is sickness the maker of health; but in the changes of conditions the transitions are from contraries to contraries, while in comings-to-be each thing that comes to be proceeds not from contraries but from things of the same kind. If, then, he says, evil is neither unbegotten nor made by God, whence does it have its nature? For that evils exist, no one who shares in life will deny. What do we say, then? That evil is not a living and animate substance, but a condition in the soul opposed to virtue, arising in the careless through their falling away from the good.

2.5PG 29:37d–41d

Μὴ τοίνυν ἔξωθεν τὸ κακὸν περισκόπει, μηδὲ ἀρχέγονόν τινα φύσιν πονηρίας φαντάζου· ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐν ἐαυτῷ κακίας ἕκαστος ἑαυτὸν ἀρχηγὸν γνωριζέτω, Ἀεὶ γὰρ τῶν γινομένων τὰ μὲν ἐκ φύσεως ημῖν ἐπιγινεται, οἷον γῆρας καὶ ἀσθένειαι, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου, οἷον αἱ ἄλογοι περιπτὼσεις ἀλλοτρίαις ἀρχαῖς ὲπισυμβαίνουσαι, σκυθρωπῶν τινων πολλάκις ἢ καὶ τῶν φαιδροτέρωνʼ τῷ φρέαρ ὃρύσσοντι ἡ τοῦ θησαυροῦ εὕρεσις, ἢ τῷ πρὸς τὴν ἀγορὰν ὡρμημένῳ ἡ τοῦ λυσσῶντος κυνὸς ἔντευξις· τὰ δὲ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει, ὡς τὸ κρατῆσαι τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, ἦ μὴ κολάσαι τὰς ἡδονάς· ὡς τὸ κατασχεῖν ὀργῆς, ἦ χεῖρας ἐπαφεῖναι τῷ παροξύναντι· ἇληθεύειν, ἢ ψεύδεσθαι· ἐπιεικῆ τὸ ἦθος εἶναι καὶ μὲτριον, ἢ ὑπέρογκον καὶ ἀλαζονείαις ὑπεραιρόμενον, Ων τοίνυν αὐτὸς εἶ κύριος, τούτων τὰς ἀρχὰς μὴ ζητῆσῃς ἑτέρωθεν ἀλλὰ γνώριζε τὸ κυρίως κακὸν ἐκ τῶν προαιρετικῶν ἀποπτωμάτων τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰληφός. Οὐ γὰρ ἄν, εἴπερ ἀκούσιον ἦν, μὴ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, τοσοῦτος μὲν ἐκ τῶν νόμων ὁ φόβος τοῖς ἀδικοῦσιν ἐπήρτητο, οὕτω δὲ ἀπαραίτητοι τῶν δικαστηρίων αἱ κολάσεις, τὸ πρὸς ἀξίαν τοῖς κακούργοις ἀντιμετροῡσαι, Ταυτα δέ μοι εἰρήσθω περὶ τοῦ κυρίως κακοῦ, Νόσον γὰρ καὶ πενίαν καὶ ἀδοξίαν καὶ θάνατον, καὶ ὅσα λυπηρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οὔπω καὶ ἓν τῇ μοίρᾳ τῶν κακῶν καταλογίζεσθαι ἀξιον, διὰ τὸ μηδέ τὰ ἀντικείμενα τούτοις ἑν τοῖς μεγίστοις ἡμᾶς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀριθμεῖν· ὧν τὰ μὲν ἐκ φύσεώς ἐστι, τὰ δὲ καὶ συμφερόντως πολλοῖς ἀπαντήσαντα φαῖνεται. Τὴν οὖν τροπικὴν καὶ διʼ ὑπονοίας ἐξήγησιν ἕν γε τῷ παρόντι κατασιγάσαντες, τοῦ σκότους την ἔννοιαν ἁπλῶς καὶ ἀπεριεργάστως, ἑπόμενοι τῷ βουλήματι τῆς Γραφῆς. ἐκδεξώμεθα. Ἐπιζητεῖ δὲ ὁ λόγος, εὶ συγκατεσκευασθη τῷ κόσμῳ τὸ σκότος, καὶ εἰ ἀρχαιότερον τοῦ φωτὸς, καὶ διὰ τί τὸ χεῖρον πρεσβύτερον. Λέγομεν τοίνυν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ σκότος μὴ κατʼ οὐσίαν ὑφεστηκέναι, ἀλλὰ πάθος εἶναι περὶ τὸν ἀέρα στερήσει φωτὸς ὲπιγινόμενον. Ποίου τοίνυν φωτὸς ἄμοιρος αἰφνιδίως ὁ ἐν τῶ κόσμῳ τόπος εὑρέθη, ὥστε τὸ σκότος ἐπάνω εἰναι τοῦ ὕδατος ; Λογιζόμεθα τοίνυν ὅτι, εἴπερ τι ἦν προ τῆς τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ τούτου καὶ φθαρτοῦ κόσμου συστάσεως, ἐν φωτὶ ἂν ἦν δηλονότι, Οὔτε γὰρ αἰ τῶν ἀγγέλων ἀξίαι, οὕτε πᾶσαι αἱ ἐπουράνιοι στρατιαὶ, οὕτε ὅλως εἴ τί ἐστιν ὠνομασμένον ἦ ἀκατονόμαστον τῶν λογικῶν φύσεων, καὶ τῶν λειτουργικῶν πνευμάτων ἐν σκότῳ διῆγεν, ἀλλʼ εν φωτὶ καὶ πάσῃ εὐφροσύνῃ πνευματικῇ τὴν πρέπουσαν ἑαυτοῖς κατάστασιν εἶχε. Καὶ τούτοις οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ, οὔκουν ὅστις γε τὸ ὑπερουράνιον φῶς ἐν ταίς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπαγγελίαις ἐκδέχεται, περὶ οὗ Σολομὼν φησι Φῶς δικαίοις διὰ παντός καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος· Εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρὶ τῷ ἱκανώσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ μερίδι τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί. Εἰ γὰρ οἱ καταδικαζόμενοι πέμπονται εἷς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον, δηλονότι οἱ τὰ τῆς ἀποδοχῆς ἄξια εἰργασμένοι, ἐν τῷ ὑπερκοσμίῳ φωτὶ τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν ἔχουσιν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐγένετο ὁ οὖρανὸς προστάγματι Θεοῦ ἀθρόως περιταθεὶς τοῖς ἐντὸς ὑπὸ τῆς οἰκείας αὖτοῦ περιφερείας ἀπειλημμένοις, σῶμα ἔχων συνεχὲς, ἱκανὸν τῶν ἔξω διαστῆσαι τὰ ἔνδον, ἀναγκαίως τὸν ἐναπολειφθέντα αὐτῷ τόπον ἀφεγγῆ κατέστησε, τὴν ἔξωθεν αὐγὴν διακόψας. Τρία γὰρ δεῖ συνδραμεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς σκιᾶς τὸ φῶς, τὸ σῶμα, τὸν ἀλαμπὴ τόπον. Τὸ τοίνυν ἐγκόσμιον σκότος τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανίου σώματος ὑπέστη. Νόησον δέ μοι ἀπὸ παραδείγματος ἐναργοῦς τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐν σταθηρᾷ μεσημβρίᾳ σκηνήν τινα ἐκ πυκνῆς καὶ στεγανῆς ὕλης ἑαυτῷ περιστήσαντα, καὶ ἐν σκότῳ αὒτοσχεδίῳ ἐαυτὸν καθειργνύντα. Τοιοῦτον οὖν κάκεῖνο τὸ σκότος ὑπονόει, οὐ προηγουμένως ὑφεστηκὸς, ἀλλʼ ἐπακολουθῆσαν ἑτέροις. Τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σκότος καὶ ἐπιβαίνειν λέγεται τῇ ἀβύσσω, ἐπειδὴ τά ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀέρος πὲφυκε ταῖς ἐπιφανείαις τῶν σωμάτων συνάπτεσθαι. Τότε δὲ ὕδωρ ἧν τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπιπολάζον. Διόπερ ἀναγκαίως τὸ σκότος ἐπάνω ὑπάρχειν εἴρηται τῆς ἀβύσσου.

Mē toinyn exōthen to kakon periskopei, mēde archegonon tina physin ponērias phantazou; alla tēs en eautǭ kakias hekastos heauton archēgon gnōrizetō, Aei gar tōn ginomenōn ta men ek physeōs ēmin epiginetai, hoion gēras kai astheneiai, ta de apo tautomatou, hoion hai alogoi periptōseis allotriais archais episymbainousai, skythrōpōn tinōn pollakis ē kai tōn phaidroterōnʼ tǭ phrear horyssonti hē tou thēsaurou heuresis, ē tǭ pros tēn agoran hōrmēmenǭ hē tou lyssōntos kynos enteuxis; ta de ephʼ hēmin tynchanei, hōs to kratēsai tōn epithymiōn, ē mē kolasai tas hēdonas; hōs to kataschein orgēs, ē cheiras epapheinai tǭ paroxynanti; halētheuein, ē pseudesthai; epieikē to ēthos einai kai metrion, ē hyperonkon kai alazoneiais hyperairomenon, Ōn toinyn autos ei kyrios, toutōn tas archas mē zētēsę̄s heterōthen alla gnōrize to kyriōs kakon ek tōn proairetikōn apoptōmatōn tēn archēn eilēphos. Ou gar an, eiper akousion ēn, mē ephʼ hēmin, tosoutos men ek tōn nomōn ho phobos tois adikousin epērtēto, houtō de aparaitētoi tōn dikastēriōn hai kolaseis, to pros axian tois kakourgois antimetrousai, Tauta de moi eirēsthō peri tou kyriōs kakou, Noson gar kai penian kai adoxian kai thanaton, kai hosa lypēra tois anthrōpois, oupō kai hen tę̄ moirą tōn kakōn katalogizesthai axion, dia to mēde ta antikeimena toutois hen tois megistois hēmas tōn agathōn arithmein; hōn ta men ek physeōs esti, ta de kai sympherontōs pollois apantēsanta phainetai. Tēn oun tropikēn kai diʼ hyponoias exēgēsin hen ge tǭ paronti katasigasantes, tou skotous tēn ennoian haplōs kai aperiergastōs, hepomenoi tǭ boulēmati tēs Graphēs. ekdexōmetha. Epizētei de ho logos, ei synkateskeuasthē tǭ kosmǭ to skotos, kai ei archaioteron tou phōtos, kai dia ti to cheiron presbyteron. Legomen toinyn kai touto to skotos mē katʼ ousian hyphestēkenai, alla pathos einai peri ton aera sterēsei phōtos epiginomenon. Poiou toinyn phōtos amoiros aiphnidiōs ho en tō kosmǭ topos heurethē, hōste to skotos epanō einai tou hydatos ? Logizometha toinyn hoti, eiper ti ēn pro tēs tou aisthētou toutou kai phthartou kosmou systaseōs, en phōti an ēn dēlonoti, Oute gar ai tōn angelōn axiai, houte pasai hai epouranioi stratiai, houte holōs ei ti estin ōnomasmenon ē akatonomaston tōn logikōn physeōn, kai tōn leitourgikōn pneumatōn en skotǭ diēgen, allʼ en phōti kai pasę̄ euphrosynę̄ pneumatikę̄ tēn prepousan heautois katastasin eiche. Kai toutois oudeis anterei, oukoun hostis ge to hyperouranion phōs en tais tōn agathōn epangeliais ekdechetai, peri hou Solomōn phēsi Phōs dikaiois dia pantos kai ho Apostolos; Eucharistountes tǭ Theǭ kai Patri tǭ hikanōsanti hēmas en tę̄ meridi tou klērou tōn hagiōn en tǭ phōti. Ei gar hoi katadikazomenoi pempontai heis to skotos to exōteron, dēlonoti hoi ta tēs apodochēs axia eirgasmenoi, en tǭ hyperkosmiǭ phōti tēn anapausin echousin. Epei oun egeneto ho ouranos prostagmati Theou athroōs peritatheis tois entos hypo tēs oikeias autou periphereias apeilēmmenois, sōma echōn syneches, hikanon tōn exō diastēsai ta endon, anankaiōs ton enapoleiphthenta autǭ topon aphengē katestēse, tēn exōthen augēn diakopsas. Tria gar dei syndramein epi tēs skias to phōs, to sōma, ton alampē topon. To toinyn enkosmion skotos tę̄ skią tou ouraniou sōmatos hypestē. Noēson de moi apo paradeigmatos enargous to legomenon, en stathērą mesēmbrią skēnēn tina ek pyknēs kai steganēs hylēs heautǭ peristēsanta, kai en skotǭ autoschediǭ eauton katheirgnynta. Toiouton oun kakeino to skotos hyponoei, ou proēgoumenōs hyphestēkos, allʼ epakolouthēsan heterois. Touto dē to skotos kai epibainein legetai tę̄ abyssō, epeidē ta eschata tou aeros pephyke tais epiphaneiais tōn sōmatōn synaptesthai. Tote de hydōr hēn tois pasin epipolazon. Dioper anankaiōs to skotos epanō hyparchein eirētai tēs abyssou.

Do not, then, look for evil outside, nor imagine some primordial nature of wickedness, but let each one recognize himself as the author of the vice within him. For of the things that happen, some come upon us by nature, like old age and weakness; others by chance, like unexpected occurrences arising from causes outside us, sometimes gloomy and sometimes more cheerful, as the finding of a treasure by one digging a well, or meeting a mad dog by one who has set out for the marketplace; and others are in our power, such as mastering desires or not curbing pleasures, holding back anger or laying hands on one who has provoked us, telling the truth or lying, being reasonable and moderate in character or overbearing and puffed up with boasting. Do not, then, seek elsewhere the beginnings of the things of which you yourself are master, but recognize that evil in the proper sense took its beginning from voluntary lapses. For if it were involuntary and not in our power, such fear of the laws would not hang over wrongdoers, nor would the punishments of the courts be so inexorable, measuring out to evildoers what they deserve. Let this be said by me about evil in the proper sense. For sickness, poverty, obscurity, death, and whatever is painful to men are not yet worthy to be counted in the class of evils, since we do not count their opposites among the greatest goods either; some of them come by nature, and others are seen to have turned out to the advantage of many. So, keeping silence for the present about figurative and allegorical interpretation, let us take the notion of the darkness simply and without elaboration, following the intent of Scripture. Reason asks whether darkness was created along with the world, and whether it is older than light, and why the worse is the elder. We say, then, that this darkness too does not subsist as a substance, but is a condition of the air arising through the privation of light. Of what light, then, was the place in the world suddenly found deprived, so that the darkness was over the water? We reason as follows: if anything existed before the constitution of this perceptible and perishable world, it was clearly in light. For neither the ranks of angels, nor all the heavenly hosts, nor at all any of the rational natures and ministering spirits, named or unnamed, lived in darkness; they had the condition befitting them in light and all spiritual joy. And no one will contradict this, at least no one who expects the light beyond the heavens among the promised good things, about which Solomon says, "Light is always for the righteous," and the apostle: "Giving thanks to God the Father, who has made us fit for the share of the inheritance of the saints in the light." For if the condemned are sent into the outer darkness, clearly those who have done what is worthy of acceptance have their rest in the light beyond the world. When, then, heaven came into being at the command of God, stretched all at once around what was enclosed within its circumference, having a continuous body able to separate what is within from what is outside, it necessarily left the space cut off within it without light, having cut off the brightness from outside. For three things must come together for a shadow: the light, the body, and the unlit place. So the darkness within the world arose from the shadow of the heavenly body. Understand what I mean from a clear example: think of someone who at steady noon sets up around himself a tent of thick and close material and shuts himself up in an improvised darkness. Suppose that darkness too to have been of this kind: not subsisting in its own right, but following upon other things. And this darkness is said to lie upon the abyss, since the outermost parts of the air naturally adjoin the surfaces of bodies; and at that time water lay over everything. Therefore it is necessarily said that the darkness was over the abyss.

2.6PG 29:41d–44c

Καὶ πνεῦμα Θεοῦ, φησὶν, ἐπεφέρετο ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος, Εἴτε τοῦτο λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα, τοῦ ἀέρος τὴν χύσιν, δέξαι τὰ τοῦ κόσμου καταριθμοῦντα σοι τὸν συγγραφέα, ὅτι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς οῦρανὸν, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, καὶ τοῦτον χεόμενον ἤδη καὶ ρέοντα · εἴτε, ὃ καὶ μᾶλλον ἀληθέστερον ἔστι καὶ τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν ὲγκριθέν, Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ, τὸ ἅγιον εἴρηται · διὰ τὸ τετηρῆσθαι τοῦτο ἰδιαζόντως καὶ ἐξαιρέτως τῆς τοιαὺτης μνήμης ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς ἀξιοῦσθαι, καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ, ἢ τὸ ἅγιον, τὸ τῆς θείας καὶ μακαρίας Τριάδος συμπληρωτικὸν, ὀνομάζεσθαι. Καὶ ταύτην προσδεξάμενος τὴν διάνοιαν, μείζονα τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ὠφέλειαν εὑρήσεις. Πῶς οὖν ἐπεφέρετο τοῦτο ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος; Ἐρῶ σοι οῦκ ἐμαυτοῦ λόγον, ἀλλὰ Σύρου ἀνδρὸς σοφίας κοσμικῆς τοσοῦτον ἀφεστηκότος, ὅσον ἐγγὺς ἦν τῆς τῶν ἀληθινῶν ἐπιστήμης, ’Ἔλεγε τοίνυν τὴν τῶν Σύρων φωνὴν ἐμφατικωτέραν τε εἶναι, καὶ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τήν Ἑβραΐδα γειτνίασιν μᾶλλον πως τῇ ἐννοίᾳ τῶν Γραφών προσεγγίζειν, Εἶναι οῦν τὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ ῥητοῦ τοιαύτην, Τὸ, ’ Επεφέρετο, φησὶν, ἐξηγοῦνται ἀντὶ τοῦ, συνέθαλπε, καὶ ἐζωογόνει τὴν τῶν ὑδάτων φύσιν, κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς ἐπωαζούσης ὄρνιθος, καὶ ζωτικήν τινα δύναμιν ἐνιείσης τοῖς ὑποθαλπομένοις. Τοιοῦτόν τινα φασιν ὑπὸ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης παραδηλοῦσθαι τὸν νοῦν, ὼς ἐπιφερομένου τοῦ πνεύματος · τουτέστι, πρὸς ζωογονίαν τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος φύσιν παρασκευάζοντος ' ὥστε ἱκανῶς ἐκ τούτου τὸ παρά τινων ἐπιζητούμενον δείκνυσθαι, ὅτι οὐδὲ τῆς δημιουργικῆς ἐνεργείας τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἂγιον ἀπολείπεται,

Kai pneuma Theou, phēsin, epephereto epanō tou hydatos, Eite touto legei to pneuma, tou aeros tēn chysin, dexai ta tou kosmou katarithmounta soi ton syngraphea, hoti epoiēsen ho Theos ouranon, gēn, hydōr, aera, kai touton cheomenon ēdē kai reonta ; eite, ho kai mallon alēthesteron esti kai tois pro hēmōn enkrithen, Pneuma Theou, to hagion eirētai ; dia to tetērēsthai touto idiazontōs kai exairetōs tēs toiautēs mnēmēs hypo tēs Graphēs axiousthai, kai mēden allo Pneuma Theou, ē to hagion, to tēs theias kai makarias Triados symplērōtikon, onomazesthai. Kai tautēn prosdexamenos tēn dianoian, meizona tēn apʼ autēs ōpheleian heurēseis. Pōs oun epephereto touto epanō tou hydatos? Erō soi ouk emautou logon, alla Syrou andros sophias kosmikēs tosouton aphestēkotos, hoson engys ēn tēs tōn alēthinōn epistēmēs, ’Elege toinyn tēn tōn Syrōn phōnēn emphatikōteran te einai, kai dia tēn pros tēn Hebraïda geitniasin mallon pōs tę̄ ennoią tōn Graphōn prosengizein, Einai oun tēn dianoian tou rhētou toiautēn, To, ’ Epephereto, phēsin, exēgountai anti tou, synethalpe, kai ezōogonei tēn tōn hydatōn physin, kata tēn eikona tēs epōazousēs ornithos, kai zōtikēn tina dynamin enieisēs tois hypothalpomenois. Toiouton tina phasin hypo tēs phōnēs tautēs paradēlousthai ton noun, ōs epipheromenou tou pneumatos ; toutesti, pros zōogonian tēn tou hydatos physin paraskeuazontos ' hōste hikanōs ek toutou to para tinōn epizētoumenon deiknysthai, hoti oude tēs dēmiourgikēs energeias to Pneuma to agion apoleipetai,

"And the Spirit of God," he says, "was borne above the water." If by this spirit he means the diffusion of the air, take it that the writer is enumerating for you the parts of the world: that God made heaven, earth, water, and air, and this last already diffused and flowing. Or else, which is truer and has been approved by those before us, the Holy Spirit is called the Spirit of God, because Scripture has observed that he in particular, and above all, is deemed worthy of such mention, and that no other is named Spirit of God except the Holy Spirit, who completes the divine and blessed Trinity. And if you accept this understanding, you will find greater benefit from it. How, then, was he borne above the water? I will tell you an account that is not my own, but that of a Syrian man, as far removed from worldly wisdom as he was near to the knowledge of the truth. He said that the language of the Syrians is more expressive and, through its nearness to Hebrew, comes somehow closer to the meaning of the Scriptures. The sense of the saying, then, is this. "Was borne," he says, they interpret as "warmed and gave life to the nature of the waters," after the image of a bird brooding on its eggs and imparting some vital power to what is being warmed. Something of this kind, they say, is the meaning indicated by this word: the Spirit was borne, that is, he was preparing the nature of water for the bringing forth of life. So from this it is sufficiently shown, in answer to the question some raise, that the Holy Spirit too is not absent from the work of creation.

2.7PG 29:44c–48b

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸς, Γενηθήτω φῶς, Πρώτη φωνὴ Θεοῦ φωτὸς φύσιν δημιούργησε, τὸ σκότος ἠφάνισε, τὴν κατήφειαν διέλυσε, τὸν κόσμον ἐφαίδρυνε, πᾶσιν ἀθρόως χαρίεσσαν ὄψιν καὶ ἡδεῖαν ἐπήγαγεν. Οὐρανός τε γὰρ ἐξεφάνη κεκαλυμμένος τέως τῷ σκότῳ, καὶ τὸ ἀπʼ αῦτοῦ κάλλος τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὀφθαλμοὶ μαρτυροῦσι. Περιελάμπετο δὲ ἀὴρ, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγκεκραμένον ἑαυτῷ ὅλον διόλου εἶχε το φῶς, ὀξείας τὰς διαδόσεις τῆς αὐγῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ὅρια ἑαυτοῦ πανταχοῦ παραπέμπων. Ἄνω μὲν γὰρ μέχρι πρὸς αὑτὸν αἰθέρα καὶ οὖρανὸν ἔφθανεν · ἐν δὲ τῷ πλάτει πάντα τὰ μέρη τοῦ κόσμου, βόρεια τε καὶ νότια καὶ τὰ ἑῷα καὶ τὰ ἑσπέρια, ἑν ὀξείᾳ καιροῦ κατεφώτιζε, Τοιαύτη γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἠ φύσις, λεπτὴ καὶ διαφανὴς, ὥστε μηδεμιᾶς παρατάσεως χρονικῆς προσδεῖσθαι τὸ φῶς διʼ αὑτοῦ πορευόμενον. ’Ὥσπερ γὰρ τὰς ὄψεις ἡμῶν ἆχρόνως παραπέμπει πρὸς τὰ ὁρώμενα, οὕτω καὶ τὰς τοῦ φωτὸς προσβολὰς ἀκαριαίως, καὶ ὡς οὔδʼ ἂν ἐπινοήσειε τις ἐλάττονα χρόνου ῥοπὴν, ἐπὶ πάντα ἑαυτοῦ τὰ πέρατα ὑποδέχεται. Ἡδίων ὁ αἰθὴρ μετὰ τὸ φῶς, καὶ ὕδατα φανότερα, οὗ μόνον δεχόμενα τὴν αὖγὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀντιπέμποντα κατὰ τὴν ὰνάκλασιν τοῦ φωτὸς, μαρμαρυγῶν πανταχόθεν ἀποπαλλομὲνων τοῦ ὕδατος, Πάντα ἧ θεία φωνὴ πρὸς τὸ ἥδιστον καὶ τιμιώτατον μετεσκεύασεν. ’Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ ἐν τῷ βυθῷ ἐνιέντες τὸ ἔλαιον καταφανειαν ἐμποιοῦσι τῷ τόπῳ, οὕτως ὁ ποιητὴς τῶν ὅλων, ἐμφθεγξάμενος, τῷ κόσμῳ τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς χάριν ἀθρόως ἐνέθηκε, Γενηθήτω φῶς. Καὶ τὸ πρόσταγμα ἔργον ἧν “ καὶ φύσις ἐγενετο, ἧς οὔδε ἐπινοῆσαί τι τερπνότερον εἱς ἀπόλαυσιν δυνατόν ἔστι λογισμοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις. Ὀταν δὲ φωνὴν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ καὶ ῥῆμα καὶ πρόσταγμα λέγω· μεν, οὒ διὰ φωνητικῶν ὁργάνων ἐκπεμπόμενον ψόφον, οὗδὲ ἀέρα διὰ γλώσσης τυπούμενον, τὸν θεῖον λόγον νοοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἓν τῷ θελήματι ῥοπὴν διὰ τὸ τοὶς διδασκομένοις εὐσύνοπτον ἡγούμεθα ἐν εἴδει προστάγματος σχηματίζεσθαι, Καῖ εἶδεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ φῶς, ὅτι καλόν, Τίνα ἂν εἴποιμεν ἡμεῖς τοῦ φωτὸς ἄξιον ἔπαινον, ὃ προλαβὸν τὴν παρᾶ τοῦ κτίσαντος μαρτυρίαν ἔχει, ὅτι καλόν; Καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν δὲ ὸ λόγος τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς παραπέμπει τὴν κρίσιν, οῧτως οὐκ ἔχων εἰπεῖν τοσοῦτον, ὅσον ἡ αἴσθησις μαρτυρεῖ προλαβοὖσα. Εἰ δὲ τὸ ἐν τῷ σώματι καλὸν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα των μερῶν συμμετρίας, καὶ τῆς ἐπιφαινομένης εὖχροίας, τὸ εἶναι ἔχει, πῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ φωτὸς ἁπλοῦ τὴν φύσιν ὄντος καὶ ὁμοιομεροῦς, ὁ τοῦ καλοῦ διασώζεται λόγος; ’Ἡ ὅτι τῷ φωτὶ τὸ σύμμετρον οὒκ ἒν τοῖς ἰδίοις αὒτοῦ μέρεσιν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ πρὸς την ὄψιν ἀλύπῳ καὶ προσηνεῖ μαρτυρεῖται; Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ χρυσὸς καλὸς, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς τῶν μερῶν συμμετρίας, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς εὖχροίας μόνης, τὸ ἐπαγωγὸν πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν καὶ τὸ τερπνὸν κεκτημένος. Καὶ ’Ἕσπερος ἀστέρων κάλλιστος, οὐ διὰ τὸ ἀναλογοῦντα ἔχειν τὰ μέρη ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἄλυπόν τινα καὶ ἡδεῖαν την ἀπʼ αὐτου αὒγὴν ἐμπίπτειν τοῖς ὄμμασιν, ’Ἔπειτα νῦν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις περὶ τοῦ καλοῦ, οὗ παντως πρὸς τὸ εν ὄψει τερπνὸν ἀποβλέποντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν εἰς ὕστερον ἀπʼ αὖτοῦ ὠφέλειαν προορωμένου γεγένηται. Ὀφθαλμοὶ γὰρ οὔπω ἦσαν κριτικοὶ τοῦ ἐν φωτὶ κάλλους. Καὶ διεχώρισεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον του φωτὸς, καὶ ἆνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους. Τουτέστιν, ἄμικτον αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν καὶ κατʼ ἐναντίωσιν ἀντικειμένην ὁ Θεὸς κατεσκεύασε. Πλείστῳ γὰρ τῷ μέσῳ διέστηκεν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων αὔτα καὶ διώρισεν.

Kai eipen ho Theos, Genēthētō phōs, Prōtē phōnē Theou phōtos physin dēmiourgēse, to skotos ēphanise, tēn katēpheian dielyse, ton kosmon ephaidryne, pasin athroōs chariessan opsin kai hēdeian epēgagen. Ouranos te gar exephanē kekalymmenos teōs tǭ skotǭ, kai to apʼ autou kallos tosouton hoson eti kai nyn ophthalmoi martyrousi. Perielampeto de aēr, mallon de enkekramenon heautǭ holon diolou eiche to phōs, oxeias tas diadoseis tēs augēs epi ta horia heautou pantachou parapempōn. Anō men gar mechri pros hauton aithera kai ouranon ephthanen ; en de tǭ platei panta ta merē tou kosmou, boreia te kai notia kai ta heǭa kai ta hesperia, hen oxeią kairou katephōtize, Toiautē gar autou ē physis, leptē kai diaphanēs, hōste mēdemias parataseōs chronikēs prosdeisthai to phōs diʼ hautou poreuomenon. ’Hōsper gar tas opseis hēmōn achronōs parapempei pros ta horōmena, houtō kai tas tou phōtos prosbolas akariaiōs, kai hōs oudʼ an epinoēseie tis elattona chronou rhopēn, epi panta heautou ta perata hypodechetai. Hēdiōn ho aithēr meta to phōs, kai hydata phanotera, hou monon dechomena tēn augēn, alla kai parʼ heautōn antipemponta kata tēn anaklasin tou phōtos, marmarygōn pantachothen apopallomenōn tou hydatos, Panta hē theia phōnē pros to hēdiston kai timiōtaton meteskeuasen. ’Hōsper gar hoi en tǭ bythǭ enientes to elaion kataphaneian empoiousi tǭ topǭ, houtōs ho poiētēs tōn holōn, emphthenxamenos, tǭ kosmǭ tēn tou phōtos charin athroōs enethēke, Genēthētō phōs. Kai to prostagma ergon hēn “ kai physis egeneto, hēs oude epinoēsai ti terpnoteron heis apolausin dynaton esti logismois anthrōpinois. Otan de phōnēn epi Theou kai rhēma kai prostagma legō; men, ou dia phōnētikōn horganōn ekpempomenon psophon, houde aera dia glōssēs typoumenon, ton theion logon nooumen, alla tēn hen tǭ thelēmati rhopēn dia to tois didaskomenois eusynopton hēgoumetha en eidei prostagmatos schēmatizesthai, Kai eiden ho Theos to phōs, hoti kalon, Tina an eipoimen hēmeis tou phōtos axion epainon, ho prolabon tēn para tou ktisantos martyrian echei, hoti kalon? Kai parʼ hēmin de o logos tois ophthalmois parapempei tēn krisin, oÿtōs ouk echōn eipein tosouton, hoson hē aisthēsis martyrei prolabousa. Ei de to en tǭ sōmati kalon ek tēs pros allēla tōn merōn symmetrias, kai tēs epiphainomenēs euchroias, to einai echei, pōs epi tou phōtos haplou tēn physin ontos kai homoiomerous, ho tou kalou diasōzetai logos? ’Hē hoti tǭ phōti to symmetron ouk en tois idiois autou meresin, allʼ en tǭ pros tēn opsin alypǭ kai prosēnei martyreitai? Houtō gar kai chrysos kalos, ouk ek tēs tōn merōn symmetrias, allʼ ek tēs euchroias monēs, to epagōgon pros tēn opsin kai to terpnon kektēmenos. Kai ’Hesperos asterōn kallistos, ou dia to analogounta echein ta merē ex hōn synestēken, alla dia to alypon tina kai hēdeian tēn apʼ autou augēn empiptein tois ommasin, ’Epeita nyn hē tou theou krisis peri tou kalou, hou pantōs pros to en opsei terpnon apoblepontos, alla kai pros tēn eis hysteron apʼ autou ōpheleian proorōmenou gegenētai. Ophthalmoi gar oupō ēsan kritikoi tou en phōti kallous. Kai diechōrisen ho Theos ana meson tou phōtos, kai ana meson tou skotous. Toutestin, amikton autōn tēn physin kai katʼ enantiōsin antikeimenēn ho Theos kateskeuase. Pleistǭ gar tǭ mesǭ diestēken apʼ allēlōn auta kai diōrisen.

"And God said, Let there be light." The first word of God created the nature of light, made the darkness vanish, dispelled the gloom, brightened the world, and brought upon all things at once a graceful and pleasant appearance. For heaven appeared, hidden until then by the darkness, and its beauty was as great as eyes still testify even now. The air was lit all around, or rather it held the light mixed with itself wholly through and through, swiftly sending the spreading of the radiance everywhere to its own boundaries. Upward it reached as far as the ether itself and heaven; and in breadth it lit up in a moment all the parts of the world, north and south, east and west. For such is its nature, fine and transparent, that the light passing through it needs no stretch of time. For as it conveys our sight to the things seen without lapse of time, so too it receives the rays of light at once, in a moment smaller than anyone could conceive, to all its limits. After the light the ether became more delightful and the waters brighter, not only receiving the radiance but also sending it back from themselves by the reflection of the light, with sparkles leaping off from the water on every side. The divine word transformed everything to what is most pleasing and most precious. For as those who pour oil into the deep make the place clear, so the Maker of all, by speaking, placed in the world at once the grace of light: "Let there be light." And the command was a work, and a nature came into being than which human reasonings cannot even conceive anything more delightful to enjoy. And when we speak of a voice, a word, and a command in the case of God, we do not mean by the divine word a sound sent out through vocal organs, nor air struck by a tongue; we think that the inclination of his will is given the shape of a command for the sake of those being taught, so that it may be easily grasped. "And God saw the light, that it was good." What praise worthy of light could we give, which has already received from its Creator the testimony that it is good? Among us too, reason refers the judgment to the eyes, unable to say as much as the senses have already testified. And if beauty in a body has its being from the proportion of the parts to one another and from the fair color that appears on it, how is the notion of beauty preserved in the case of light, which is simple in nature and uniform? Is it not because the proportion of light is attested not in its own parts but in its being painless and pleasant to the sight? So too gold is beautiful, possessing its attractiveness and delight to the sight not from the proportion of its parts but from its fair color alone. And the evening star is the most beautiful of the stars, not because the parts of which it is composed are proportioned, but because its radiance falls upon the eyes painless and sweet. Then too, God's judgment about the good was made at this point not looking simply to what is pleasant to the eye, but also foreseeing the benefit that would come from it later; for there were not yet eyes to judge the beauty of light. "And God divided between the light and between the darkness." That is, God made their natures unmixed and set opposite each other in contrariety; for he separated and divided them by the widest interval between them.

2.8PG 29:48c–52d

Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν 6 Θεὸς τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν, καὶ τὸ σκότος ἐκαλεσε νύκτα. Νῦν μὲν λοιπὸν μετὰ τὴν ἡλίου γένεσιν ἡμέρα ἐστὶν 6 ὑπὸ ἡλίου πεφωτισμένος ἀὴρ, ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ γῆν ἡμισφαιρίῳ λάμποντος, καὶ νὺξ σκίασμα γῆς, ἀποκρυπτομένου ἡλίου, γινόμενον, Τότε δὲ οὐ κατὰ κίνησιν ἡλιακὴν, ἀλλʼ ἀναχεομένου τοῦ πρωτογόνου φωτὸς ἐκείνου, καὶ πάλιν συστελλομένου κατὰ τὸ ὁρισθὲν μέτρον παρὰ Θεοῦ, ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, καὶ νὺξ ἀντεπῄει, Καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα, καὶ ἐγένετο πρωὶ, ἡμέρα μία, Ἐσπέρα μὲν οὖν ἐστι κοινὸς ὅρος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός· καὶ πρωία ὁμοίως ἡ γειτονία νυκτὸς πρὸς ὴμέραν. Ἵνα τοίνυν τὰ πρεσβεῖα τῆς γενέσεως ἀποδῷ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, πρότερον εἶπε τό πέρας τῆς ἡμέρας, εἶτα τὸ τῆς νυκτὸς, ὼς ἐφεπομένης τῆς νυκτὸς τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Ἠ γὰρ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως τοῦ φωτὸς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ κατάστασις οὐχὶ νὺξ ἦν, ἀλλὰ σκότος τὸ μέντοι ἀντιδιασταλὲν πρὸς τὴν ἡμέραν, τοῦτο νὺξ ὠνομάσθη ’ ὅπερ νεωτέρας καὶ τῆς προσηγορίας μετὰ την ἡμέραν τετύχηκεν, Ἐγένετο οὖν ἑσπέρα, καὶ ἐγένετο πρωί. Τὸ ἡμερονύκτιον λέγει. Καὶ οὐκέτι προσηγόρευσεν, ἡμέρα καὶ νὺξ1 ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐπικρατεστέρῳ τὴν πᾶσαν προσηγορίαν ἀπένειμε. Ταύτην ἂν καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Γραφῇ τὴν συνήθειαν εὕροις, ὲν τῇ τοῦ χρόνου μετρῆσει ἡμέρας ἀριθμουμένας, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ νύκτας μετὰ τῶν ἡμερῶν. Αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἐτῶν ἡμῶν, ὃ Ψαλμῳδός φησι Καὶ πάλιν ὅ Ἰακώβ Αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς ζωῆς μου μικραὶ ζωῆς μου. Καὶ τὰ νῦν ἐν ἱστορίας εἴδει παραδοθέντα νομοθεσία ἐστι πρὸς τὰ ἑξῆς, Καὶ ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα, καὶ ἐγένετο πρωὶ, ἡμέρα μία, Τίνος ἕνεκεν οὐκ εἶπε πρώτην, ἀλλὰ μίαν ; καίτοιγε ἆκολουθότερον ἧν τὸν μέλλοντα ἐπάγειν δευτέραν, καὶ τρίτην, καὶ τετάρτην ἡμέραν, τὴν κατάρχουσαν τῶν ἐφεξῆς πρώτην προσαγορεῦσαι. Ἀλλὰ μίαν εἶπεν, ἤτοι τὸ μέτρον ἡμέρας και νυκτὸς περιορίζων, καὶ συνάπτων τοῦ ἡμερονυκτίου τὸν χρόνον, ὡς τῶν είκοσιτεσσάρων ὡρῶν μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἐκπληρουσῶν διάστημα, συνυπακουομένης δηλονότι τῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς, ὥστε κἂν ἐν ταῖς τροπαῖς τοῦ ἡλίου συμβαίνῃ τὴν ἑτέραν αὐτῶν ὑπερβάλλειν, ἀλλὰ τῷ γε ἀφωρισμένῳ χρόνῳ ἐμπεριγράφεσθαι πάντως ἀμφοτέρων τὰ διαστήματα ' ὡσανεὶ ἔλεγε, τὸ τῶν τεσσάρων καὶ εἴκοσιν ὡρῶν μέτρον μιᾶς ἐστιν ἡμέρας διάστημα ' ἢ, ἠ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὖτοῦ σημείου ἐπί τὸ αὐτὸ πάλιν ἀποκατάστασις ἐν μιᾷ ἠμέρᾳ γίνεται ὥστε ὁσάκις ἂν ἑσπέρα καὶ πρωία κατὰ τὴν του ἡλίου περιφορὰν ἐπιλαμβάνῃ τὸν κόσμον, μὴ ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ, ἀλλʼ ἐν μιᾶς ἡμέρας διαστήματι τὴν περίοδον ἐκπληροῦσθαι, ’Ἦ κυριώτερος ὁ ἐν ἀπορρήτοις παραδιδόμενος λόγος, ὡς ἄρα ὁ τὴν τοῦ χρόνου φύσιν κατασκευάσας Θεὸς, μέτρα αὐτῷ καὶ σημεῖα τὰ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐπέβαλε διαστήματα, καὶ ἑβδομάδι αὐτὸν ἐκμετρῶν, ἀεὶ τὴν ἑβδομάδα εἰς ἑαυτὴν ἀνακυκλοῦσθαι κελεύει, ἐξαριθμοῦσαν τοῦ χρόνου τὴν κίνησιν · τὴν ἑβδομαδα δὲ πάλιν ἐκπληροῦν τὴν ἡμέραν μίαν, ἑπτάκις αὐτὴν είς ἑαυτὴν ἀναστρέφουσαν, Τοῦτο δὲ κυκλικόν ἐστι τὸ σχῆμα, ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἄρχεσθαι, καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὸ κατα· λήγειν. ’Ὂ δὴ καὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἴδιον, εἷς ἑαυτὸν ἀναστρέφειν, καὶ μηδαμοῦ περατοῦσθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ χρόνου οὐχὶ πρώτην ἡμέραν, ἀλλὰ μίαν ὠνόμασεν ἵνα καὶ ἐκ τῆς προσηγορίας τὸ συγγενὲς ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸν αἰῶνα. Τοῦ γὰρ μοναχοῦ καὶ ἀκοινωνήτου πρὸς ἕτερον ἠ τὸν χαρακτῆρα δεικνύουσα οἱκείως καὶ προσφυῶς προσηγορεύθη μία. Εἰ δὲ πολλοὺς ἡμῖν αἰῶνας παρίστησιν ἠ Γραφὴ, αἰῶνα αἷῶνος, καὶ αἰῶνας αἰώνων πολλαχοῦ λέγουσα, ἀλλʼ οὗν κᾶκεϊ οὐχὶ πρῶτος, οὖδέ δεύτερος, οὒδέ τρίτος ἡμῖν αἰὼν ἀπηρίθμηται· ὥστε μᾶλλον καταστάσεων καὶ πραγμάτων ποικίλων διαφορὰς, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ περιγραφὰς καὶ πέρατα καὶ διαδοχὰς αἰώνων ἐκ τούτου δείκνυσθαι, Ἦμέρα γὰρ Κυρίου, φησὶ, μεγάλη καὶ ἐπιφανής καὶ πάλιν· Ἵνα τί ὑμῖν ζητεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ Κυρίου; Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶ σκότος, καὶ οὒ φῶς. Σκότος δὲ, δηλονότι τοῖς ἀξίοις τοῦ σκότους. Ἐπεί ἂνέσπερον καὶ ἀδιάδοχον καὶ ἀτελεύτητον τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην οἶδεν ὀ λόγος, ἢν καὶ ὀγδόην 6 Ψαλμῳδὸς προσηγόρευσε, διὰ τὸ ἔξω κεῖσθαι τοῦ ἑβδομαδικοῦ τούτου χρόνου. ’Ὥστε κᾶν ἡμέραν εἴπῃς, κᾶν αἰῶνα, την αὐτὴν ἐρεῖς ἔννοιαν. Εἴτε οὗν ἡμέρα ἡ κατάστασις ἐκεῖνη λέγοιτο, μία εστὶ, καὶ οὗ πολλαί· εἴτε αἰὼν προσαγορεύοιτο, μοναχὸς ἃν εἴη καὶ οὗ πολλοστός. ’Ἵνα οὖν πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ζωὴν τὴν ἔννοιαν ἀπαγάγῃ, μίαν ὠνόμασε τοῦ αἰῶνος τὴν εἰκόνα, τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τῶν ἡμερῶν, τὴν ὁμήλικα τοῦ φωτὸς, τὴν ἁγίαν Κυριακήν, τὴν τῇ ἀναστάσει τοῦ Κυρίου τετιμημένην. Ἐγένετο οὖν ἑσπέρα, φησὶ, καὶ ἐγένετο πρωὶ, ἡμέρα μία. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ οἱ περὶ τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐκείνης λόγοι ὑπὸ τῆς παρούσης ἑσπέρας καταληφθέντες ἐνταῦθα ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον ὁρίζουσιν. Ὀ δὲ Πατὴρ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς, ὁ τὴν ἡμέραν κοσμήσας τῷ οὐρανίῳ φωτὶ, 6 τὴν νύκτα φαιδρύνας ταῖς αὐγαῖς τοῦ πυρὸς, 6 τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν εὖτρεπίσας τῷ νοερῷ καὶ ἀπαύστῳ φωτὶ, φωτίσειεν ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας, καὶ ἀπρόσκοπον ὑμῶν διατηρήσειε τὴν ζωὴν, παρεχόμενος ὑμῖν, ὡς ἂν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατεῖν, ἵνα ἐκλάμψητε, ὡς ὁ …

Kai ekalesen 6 Theos to phōs hēmeran, kai to skotos ekalese nykta. Nyn men loipon meta tēn hēliou genesin hēmera estin 6 hypo hēliou pephōtismenos aēr, en tǭ hyper gēn hēmisphairiǭ lampontos, kai nyx skiasma gēs, apokryptomenou hēliou, ginomenon, Tote de ou kata kinēsin hēliakēn, allʼ anacheomenou tou prōtogonou phōtos ekeinou, kai palin systellomenou kata to horisthen metron para Theou, hēmera egeneto, kai nyx antepę̄ei, Kai egeneto hespera, kai egeneto prōi, hēmera mia, Espera men oun esti koinos horos hēmeras kai nyktos; kai prōia homoiōs hē geitonia nyktos pros ēmeran. Hina toinyn ta presbeia tēs geneseōs apodǭ tę̄ hēmerą, proteron eipe to peras tēs hēmeras, eita to tēs nyktos, ōs ephepomenēs tēs nyktos tę̄ hēmerą. Ē gar pro tēs geneseōs tou phōtos en tǭ kosmǭ katastasis ouchi nyx ēn, alla skotos to mentoi antidiastalen pros tēn hēmeran, touto nyx ōnomasthē ’ hoper neōteras kai tēs prosēgorias meta tēn hēmeran tetychēken, Egeneto oun hespera, kai egeneto prōi. To hēmeronyktion legei. Kai ouketi prosēgoreusen, hēmera kai nyx1 alla tǭ epikratesterǭ tēn pasan prosēgorian apeneime. Tautēn an kai en pasę̄ tę̄ Graphę̄ tēn synētheian heurois, en tę̄ tou chronou metrēsei hēmeras arithmoumenas, ouchi de kai nyktas meta tōn hēmerōn. Hai hēmerai tōn etōn hēmōn, ho Psalmǭdos phēsi Kai palin ho Iakōb Hai hēmerai tēs zōēs mou mikrai zōēs mou. Kai ta nyn en historias eidei paradothenta nomothesia esti pros ta hexēs, Kai egeneto hespera, kai egeneto prōi, hēmera mia, Tinos heneken ouk eipe prōtēn, alla mian ? kaitoige akolouthoteron hēn ton mellonta epagein deuteran, kai tritēn, kai tetartēn hēmeran, tēn katarchousan tōn ephexēs prōtēn prosagoreusai. Alla mian eipen, ētoi to metron hēmeras kai nyktos periorizōn, kai synaptōn tou hēmeronyktiou ton chronon, hōs tōn eikositessarōn hōrōn mias hēmeras ekplērousōn diastēma, synypakouomenēs dēlonoti tę̄ hēmerą kai tēs nyktos, hōste kan en tais tropais tou hēliou symbainę̄ tēn heteran autōn hyperballein, alla tǭ ge aphōrismenǭ chronǭ emperigraphesthai pantōs amphoterōn ta diastēmata ' hōsanei elege, to tōn tessarōn kai eikosin hōrōn metron mias estin hēmeras diastēma ' ē, ē tou ouranou apo tou autou sēmeiou epi to auto palin apokatastasis en mią ēmerą ginetai hōste hosakis an hespera kai prōia kata tēn tou hēliou periphoran epilambanę̄ ton kosmon, mē en pleioni chronǭ, allʼ en mias hēmeras diastēmati tēn periodon ekplērousthai, ’Ē kyriōteros ho en aporrētois paradidomenos logos, hōs ara ho tēn tou chronou physin kataskeuasas Theos, metra autǭ kai sēmeia ta tōn hēmerōn epebale diastēmata, kai hebdomadi auton ekmetrōn, aei tēn hebdomada eis heautēn anakyklousthai keleuei, exarithmousan tou chronou tēn kinēsin ; tēn hebdomada de palin ekplēroun tēn hēmeran mian, heptakis autēn eis heautēn anastrephousan, Touto de kyklikon esti to schēma, aphʼ heautou archesthai, kai eis heauto kata; lēgein. ’O dē kai tou aiōnos idion, heis heauton anastrephein, kai mēdamou peratousthai. Dia touto tēn kephalēn tou chronou ouchi prōtēn hēmeran, alla mian ōnomasen hina kai ek tēs prosēgorias to syngenes echę̄ pros ton aiōna. Tou gar monachou kai akoinōnētou pros heteron ē ton charaktēra deiknyousa hoikeiōs kai prosphyōs prosēgoreuthē mia. Ei de pollous hēmin aiōnas paristēsin ē Graphē, aiōna haiōnos, kai aiōnas aiōnōn pollachou legousa, allʼ houn kakeï ouchi prōtos, oude deuteros, oude tritos hēmin aiōn apērithmētai; hōste mallon katastaseōn kai pragmatōn poikilōn diaphoras, allʼ ouchi perigraphas kai perata kai diadochas aiōnōn ek toutou deiknysthai, Ēmera gar Kyriou, phēsi, megalē kai epiphanēs kai palin; Hina ti hymin zētein tēn hēmeran tou Kyriou? Kai hautē esti skotos, kai ou phōs. Skotos de, dēlonoti tois axiois tou skotous. Epei anesperon kai adiadochon kai ateleutēton tēn hēmeran ekeinēn oiden o logos, ēn kai ogdoēn 6 Psalmǭdos prosēgoreuse, dia to exō keisthai tou hebdomadikou toutou chronou. ’Hōste kan hēmeran eipę̄s, kan aiōna, tēn autēn ereis ennoian. Eite houn hēmera hē katastasis ekeinē legoito, mia esti, kai hou pollai; eite aiōn prosagoreuoito, monachos han eiē kai hou pollostos. ’Hina oun pros tēn mellousan zōēn tēn ennoian apagagę̄, mian ōnomase tou aiōnos tēn eikona, tēn aparchēn tōn hēmerōn, tēn homēlika tou phōtos, tēn hagian Kyriakēn, tēn tę̄ anastasei tou Kyriou tetimēmenēn. Egeneto oun hespera, phēsi, kai egeneto prōi, hēmera mia. Alla gar kai hoi peri tēs hesperas ekeinēs logoi hypo tēs parousēs hesperas katalēphthentes entautha hēmin ton logon horizousin. O de Patēr tou alēthinou phōtos, ho tēn hēmeran kosmēsas tǭ ouraniǭ phōti, 6 tēn nykta phaidrynas tais augais tou pyros, 6 tou mellontos aiōnos tēn anapausin eutrepisas tǭ noerǭ kai apaustǭ phōti, phōtiseien hymōn tas kardias en epignōsei tēs alētheias, kai aproskopon hymōn diatērēseie tēn zōēn, parechomenos hymin, hōs an hēmerą euschēmonōs peripatein, hina eklampsēte, hōs ho …

"And God called the light day, and the darkness he called night." Now, since the sun came into being, day is the air lit by the sun as it shines in the hemisphere above the earth, and night is the shadow of the earth that comes about when the sun is hidden. But then it was not by the motion of the sun, but by the pouring out of that firstborn light and its drawing in again according to the measure fixed by God, that day came about and night followed in its turn. "And there was evening and there was morning, one day." Evening is the common boundary of day and night, and morning likewise the borderland of night toward day. So, to give the day the precedence in coming into being, he spoke first of the end of the day and then of that of the night, since night follows day. For the condition of the world before the coming into being of light was not night but darkness; what was set in contrast to the day was named night; this is why it received its name later, after the day. "There was evening, then, and there was morning": he means the day-and-night. And he no longer called them "day and night," but assigned the whole name to the more important. You would find this usage throughout Scripture: in the measuring of time days are counted, but not nights along with the days. "The days of our years," says the Psalmist; and again Jacob: "The days of my life are few … of my life." And what is now handed down in the form of history is legislation for what follows. "And there was evening and there was morning, one day." Why did he not say "first" but "one"? Yet it would have been more consistent, for one about to introduce a second, a third, and a fourth day, to call "first" the day that begins the series. But he said "one," either defining the measure of day and night, and joining together the time of the day-and-night, since the twenty-four hours fill up the span of one day, the night clearly being understood together with the day, so that even if at the solstices one of them happens to exceed the other, the spans of both are still certainly contained within the fixed time; as if he said: the measure of twenty-four hours is the span of one day; or that the return of the heaven from the same point to the same point again takes place in one day, so that as often as evening and morning overtake the world through the sun's revolution, the circuit is completed not in a longer time but in the span of one day. Or the more authoritative account is the one handed down in the mysteries: that God, who made the nature of time, laid on it the intervals of days as its measures and marks, and, measuring it out by a week, commands the week always to come round upon itself, numbering the movement of time, and the week in turn to complete one day, returning seven times upon itself. And this is the figure of a circle: to begin from itself and to end in itself. And this is also proper to the age: to turn back upon itself and never come to an end. Therefore he named the head of time not "first day" but "one," so that from its very name it might have kinship with the age. For the day that shows the character of singleness and of having nothing in common with another was properly and fittingly called "one." And if Scripture presents many ages to us, saying in many places "age of age" and "ages of ages," yet even there no first or second or third age is enumerated for us, so that what is shown by this is rather differences of conditions and of various affairs, not limits and ends and successions of ages. "The day of the Lord," it says, "is great and manifest"; and again: "Why do you seek the day of the Lord? And it is darkness, and not light." Darkness, clearly, for those worthy of darkness. For Scripture knows that day as without evening, without succession, and without end, the day which the Psalmist also called the eighth, because it lies outside this time of weeks. So whether you say day or age, you will express the same notion. Whether, then, that state is called a day, it is one and not many; or whether it is called an age, it would be single and not one of many. In order, then, to lead our thought toward the future life, he named "one" the image of the age, the firstfruits of days, the coeval of light, the holy Lord's day, honored by the resurrection of the Lord. "There was evening, then," he says, "and there was morning, one day." But our words about that evening, overtaken by the present evening, here set a limit to our discourse. May the Father of the true light, who adorned the day with the heavenly light, who brightened the night with the rays of fire, who prepared the rest of the age to come with spiritual and unceasing light, enlighten your hearts in the knowledge of the truth and keep your life without stumbling, granting you to walk decently as in the day, so that you may shine as the …

Chapter 3

3.1PG 29:52d–53b

Τὰ τῆς πρώτης ὴμέρας ἔργα, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ τῆς μιᾶς μὴ γὰρ οὖν ἀφελώμεθα αὒτῆς τὸ ἀξίωμα, ὃ ἐν τῇ φύσει ἔχει, παρὰ τοῧ κτίσαντος καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἐκδοθεῖσα, οὒκ ἒν τῇ πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας συντάξει ἀριθμηθεῖσα · πλὴν ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὰ ἐν αὒτῇ γενόμενα χθὲς ἐπελθὼν ὁ λόγος καὶ διελὼν τὴν ἐξήγησιν τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις, την μὲν ἑωθινὴν τροφὴν τῶν ψυχῶν, τήν δὲ ἑσπερινην εὐφροσύνην ποιησάμενος, νῦν ἐπὶ τὰ τῆς δευτέρας θαὺματα μεταβαίνει. Λέγω δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐξηγουμένου δύναμιν ἀναφέρων. ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν χάριν τῶν γεγραμμένων, φυσικῶς ἔχουσαν τὸ εὖπαράδεκτον, καὶ πάσῃ καρδία προσηνές τε καὶ φίλον, τῶν τὸ ἀληθὲς τοῦ πιθανοῦ προτιμώντων. Καθὸ καὶ ὁ Ψαλμῳδὸς ἔμφατικώτατα τὸ ὲκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἡδὺ παριστῶν, Ὠς γλυκέα, φησὶ, τῷ λάρυγγί μου τὰ λόγιά σου, ὑπὲρ μέλι τῷ στόματί μου, Χθές τοίνυν, καθόσον ἧν δυνατὸν, τῇ περῖ τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ διατριβῇ τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν εὐφράναντες, πάλιν ἀπηντὴσαμεν σήμερον ἐν δευτέρᾳ ἡμέρᾳ, τῶν τῆς δευτέρας ἡμέρας ἔργων τὰ θαύματα κατοψόμενοι. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ λέληθέ με, ὅτι πολλοὶ τεχνῖται τῶν βαναύσων τεχνῶν ἀγαπητῶς ἐκ τῆς ἐφʼ ἡμέραν ἒργασίας τὴν τροφὴν ἑαυτοῖς συμπορίζοντες, περιεστήκασιν ἡμᾶς, οἵ τὸν λόγον ἡμῖν συντέμνουσιν, ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς ἐργασίας ἀφέλκωνται. Πρός οὕς τί φημι; ’Ὅτι το δανεισθὲν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ χρόνου μέρος οὒκ ἀφανίζεται, ἀλλὰ σὺν μεγάλῃ ἀποδίδοται παρʼ αὐτοῦ τῇ προσθήκῃ, Καὶ γὰρ ὅσαι περιστάσεις ἀσχολίας ποιητικαὶ, ταύτας ὁ Κύριος παραπέμψει· καὶ σώματι τόνον, καὶ ψυχῇ προθυμίαν, συναλλαγμάτων εὐμάρειαν, καὶ τὴν εἰς πάντα τὸν βίον εὒοδὶαν τοῖς τὰ πνευματικὰ προτιμότερα ποιονμένοις διδούς, Κἂν ἐν τῷ παρόντι δὲ μὴ κατʼ ἐλπίδας ἡμῖν ἐκβῇ τὰ σπουδαζόμενα, ἀλλὰ πρός γε τὸν ἐφεξῆς αἰῶνα ἀγαθὸς θησαυρὸς ἡ διδασκαλία τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ἄνελε τοίνυν τῆς καρδίας πασαν τοῦ βίου μέριμναν, καὶ ὅλον μοι σεαυτὸν ἐνταῦθα συνάγαγε. Οὐ γὰρ ὄφελός τι τῆς τοῦ σώματος παρουσίας, τῆς καρδίας σου περὶ τὸν γήϊνον θησαυρὸν πονουμένης,

Ta tēs prōtēs ēmeras erga, mallon de ta tēs mias mē gar oun aphelōmetha autēs to axiōma, ho en tę̄ physei echei, para toÿ ktisantos kathʼ heautēn ekdotheisa, ouk en tę̄ pros tas allas syntaxei arithmētheisa ; plēn allʼ hoti ta en autę̄ genomena chthes epelthōn ho logos kai dielōn tēn exēgēsin tois akroōmenois, tēn men heōthinēn trophēn tōn psychōn, tēn de hesperinēn euphrosynēn poiēsamenos, nyn epi ta tēs deuteras thaumata metabainei. Legō de touto ouk epi tēn tou exēgoumenou dynamin anapherōn. allʼ epi tēn charin tōn gegrammenōn, physikōs echousan to euparadekton, kai pasę̄ kardia prosēnes te kai philon, tōn to alēthes tou pithanou protimōntōn. Katho kai ho Psalmǭdos emphatikōtata to ek tēs alētheias hēdy paristōn, Ōs glykea, phēsi, tǭ laryngi mou ta logia sou, hyper meli tǭ stomati mou, Chthes toinyn, kathoson hēn dynaton, tę̄ peri ta logia tou Theou diatribę̄ tas psychas hymōn euphranantes, palin apēntēsamen sēmeron en deuterą hēmerą, tōn tēs deuteras hēmeras ergōn ta thaumata katopsomenoi. Alla gar ou lelēthe me, hoti polloi technitai tōn banausōn technōn agapētōs ek tēs ephʼ hēmeran ergasias tēn trophēn heautois symporizontes, periestēkasin hēmas, hoi ton logon hēmin syntemnousin, hina mē epi poly tēs ergasias aphelkōntai. Pros hous ti phēmi? ’Hoti to daneisthen tǭ Theǭ tou chronou meros ouk aphanizetai, alla syn megalę̄ apodidotai parʼ autou tę̄ prosthēkę̄, Kai gar hosai peristaseis ascholias poiētikai, tautas ho Kyrios parapempsei; kai sōmati tonon, kai psychę̄ prothymian, synallagmatōn eumareian, kai tēn eis panta ton bion euodian tois ta pneumatika protimotera poionmenois didous, Kan en tǭ paronti de mē katʼ elpidas hēmin ekbę̄ ta spoudazomena, alla pros ge ton ephexēs aiōna agathos thēsauros hē didaskalia tou Pneumatos. Anele toinyn tēs kardias pasan tou biou merimnan, kai holon moi seauton entautha synagage. Ou gar ophelos ti tēs tou sōmatos parousias, tēs kardias sou peri ton gēïnon thēsauron ponoumenēs,

The works of the first day, or rather of the one day (for let us not take from it the dignity it has by nature, given out by the Creator as a day by itself and not numbered in rank with the others): since yesterday our discourse went through the things that came to be in it, dividing the explanation for the hearers and making one part the morning food of souls and the other their evening delight, it now passes on to the wonders of the second day. I say this not with reference to the power of the one who explains, but to the grace of what is written, which by nature is easy to receive, and gentle and dear to every heart that prefers the true to the plausible. So too the Psalmist, presenting most expressively the sweetness that comes from truth, says: "How sweet are your words to my throat, more than honey to my mouth!" Yesterday, then, having gladdened your souls as far as we could by dwelling on the words of God, we have met again today on the second day, to look at the wonders of the works of the second day. But it has not escaped me that many craftsmen of the manual trades, content to provide their food from their daily work, stand around us and cut our discourse short, so as not to be drawn away from their work for long. What do I say to them? That the part of your time lent to God is not lost, but is paid back by him with great interest. For whatever circumstances cause hindrances, the Lord will send them away, giving strength to the body, eagerness to the soul, ease in business dealings, and prosperity in the whole of life to those who put spiritual things first. And even if in the present our efforts do not turn out as we hope, yet for the age to come the teaching of the Spirit is a good treasure. Take away, then, from your heart every care of this life, and gather your whole self here for me. For the presence of the body is no use while your heart toils over earthly treasure.

3.2PG 29:53b–56d

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Γενηθήτω στερέωμα ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἔστω διαχωρίζον ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὕδατος. ’Ηδη καὶ χθὲς ἧκοὺσαμεν Θεοῦ ῥημάτωνʼ Γενηθήτω φῶς” καὶ σήμερον* Γενηθήτω στερέωμα. Πλέον δέ τι ἔχειν δοκεῖ τὰ παρόντα, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπέμεινεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ψιλῷ τῷ προστάγματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν καθʼ ἢν ἓπιζητεϊται τοῦ στερεώματος ἡ κατασκευὴ προσδιώρισεν· Ἵνα διαχωρίζῃ, φησὶν, ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὓδατος. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἀναλαβόντες ζητῶμεν, πῶς ὁ Θεὸς διαλέγεται, Ἀρα τὸν ἡμέτερον τρόπον, πρότερον μὲν ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων τύπος ἐγγίνεται τῇ νοήσει, ἔπειτα μετὰ τὸ φαντασθῆναι, ἀπό τῶν ὑποκειμένων τὰς οἷκεὶας καὶ προσφυεῖς ἑκάστου σημασίας ἐκλεγόμενος ἐξαγγέλλει· εἶτα τῆ ὑπηρεσίᾳ τῶν φωνητικῶν ὁργάνων παραδοὺς τὰ νοηθέντα, οὕτω δια τῆς τοῦ ἀέρος τυπώσεως, κατὰ τῆν ἔναρθρον τῆς φωνῆς κίνησιν, ἐν τῷ κρυπτῴ νόημα σαφηνίζει ; Καὶ πῶς οὖ μυθῶδες τῆς τοιαύτης περιόδου λέγειν τὸν Θεον χρῄζειν πρὸς τὴν τῶν νοηθέντων δήλωσιν; Ἢ εὒσεβἐστερον λέγειν, ὅτι τὸ θεῖον βούλημα καὶ ἡ πρώτη ὁρμὴ τοῦ νοεροῠ κινήματος, τοῦτο Λόγος ἐστὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ ; Σχηματίζει δὲ αὑτὸν διεξοδικῶς ἡ Γραφη, ἵνα δείξῃ, ὅτι οὑχὶ γενέσθαι μόνον ἐβουλήθη τὴν κτίσιν, ἆλλὰ καὶ διά τινος συνεργοῦ παραχθῆναι ταύτην εἰς γέννησιν, Ἐδύνατο γὰρ, ὼς ἓξ ἀρχῆς εἷπε, περὶ πάντων ἐπεξελθεῖν. Ἐν ἀρχῆ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐ· ρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· εἶτα, Ἐποίησε τὸ φῶς· εἶτα Ἐποίησε τὸ στερέωμα. Νῦν δὲ τὸν Θεὸν προστάττοντα καὶ διαλεγόμενον εἰσάγουσα, τὸν ᾧ προστάσσει καὶ ᾧ διαλέγεται κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ὑποφαίνει, οὐ βασκαίνουσα ἡμῖν τῆς γνώσεως, ἀλλʼ ἐκκαίουσα ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὸν πόθον, διʼ ὧν ἔχνη τινὰ καὶ ἐμφάσεις ὑποβάλλει τοῦ ἀπορρήτου. Τὸ γὰρ πόνῳ κτηθὲν περιχαρῶς ὑπεδέχθη καὶ φιλοπόνως διεφυλάχθη· ὧν μέντοι πρόχειρος ὁ πορισμὸς, τούτων ἦ κτῆσις εὐκαταφρόνητος. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁδῷ τινι καὶ τάξει ἦμᾶς εἷς τὴν περὶ τοῦ Μονογενοῠς ἔννοιαν προσβιβάζει. Καίτοιγε τοῦ ἐν φωνῇ λόγου οὐδὲ οὕτως ἦν χρεία τῇ ἀσωμάτῳ φύσει, αὐτῶν τῶν νοηθέντων μεταδίδοσθαι δυναμένων τῷ συνεργοῦντι, ’Ὥστε τίς χρεία λόγου τοϊς δυναμένοις ἐξ αὑτοῦ τοῦ νοήματος κοινωνεῖν ἆλλήλοις τῶν βουλευμάτων ; Φωνή μὲν γαρ διʼ ἀκοὴν, καὶ ἀκοὴ φωνῆς ἕνεκεν* ὅπου δὲ οὒκ ἀὴρ, οὑχὶ γλῶσσα, ουχὶ οὖς, οὗ πόρος σκολιὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ συναίσθησιν ἀναφέρων τοὺς ψόφους, ἐκεῖ οὑδὲ ῥημάτων χρεία, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν, ὡς ἄν εἴποι τις, τῶν ἐν καρδίᾳ νοημάτων τοῦ θελήματος ἡ μετάδοσις ’Ὅπερ οὖν ἔφην, ὥστε διαναστῆναι τὸν νοῦν ἡμῶν πρὸς τὴν ἔρευναν τοῦ προσώπου πρὸς ὃν οἱ λόγοι, σοφῶς καὶ ἐντέχνως τὸ σχῆμα τοῦτο τῆς διαλέκτου παρείληπται.

Kai eipen ho Theos; Genēthētō stereōma en mesǭ tou hydatos, kai estō diachōrizon ana meson hydatos kai hydatos. ’Ēdē kai chthes hēkousamen Theou rhēmatōnʼ Genēthētō phōs” kai sēmeron* Genēthētō stereōma. Pleon de ti echein dokei ta paronta, hoti ouk apemeinen ho logos en psilǭ tǭ prostagmati, alla kai tēn aitian kathʼ ēn hepizēteïtai tou stereōmatos hē kataskeuē prosdiōrisen; Hina diachōrizę̄, phēsin, ana meson hydatos kai hydatos. Prōton men oun analabontes zētōmen, pōs ho Theos dialegetai, Ara ton hēmeteron tropon, proteron men ho apo tōn pragmatōn typos enginetai tę̄ noēsei, epeita meta to phantasthēnai, apo tōn hypokeimenōn tas hoikeias kai prosphyeis hekastou sēmasias eklegomenos exangellei; eita tē hypēresią tōn phōnētikōn horganōn paradous ta noēthenta, houtō dia tēs tou aeros typōseōs, kata tēn enarthron tēs phōnēs kinēsin, en tǭ kryptǭ noēma saphēnizei ? Kai pōs ou mythōdes tēs toiautēs periodou legein ton Theon chrę̄zein pros tēn tōn noēthentōn dēlōsin? Ē eusebesteron legein, hoti to theion boulēma kai hē prōtē hormē tou noerou kinēmatos, touto Logos esti tou Theou ? Schēmatizei de hauton diexodikōs hē Graphē, hina deixę̄, hoti houchi genesthai monon eboulēthē tēn ktisin, alla kai dia tinos synergou parachthēnai tautēn eis gennēsin, Edynato gar, ōs hex archēs heipe, peri pantōn epexelthein. En archē epoiēsen ho theos ton ou; ranon kai tēn gēn; eita, Epoiēse to phōs; eita Epoiēse to stereōma. Nyn de ton Theon prostattonta kai dialegomenon eisagousa, ton hǭ prostassei kai hǭ dialegetai kata to siōpōmenon hypophainei, ou baskainousa hēmin tēs gnōseōs, allʼ ekkaiousa hēmas pros ton pothon, diʼ hōn echnē tina kai emphaseis hypoballei tou aporrētou. To gar ponǭ ktēthen pericharōs hypedechthē kai philoponōs diephylachthē; hōn mentoi procheiros ho porismos, toutōn ē ktēsis eukataphronētos. Dia touto hodǭ tini kai taxei ēmas heis tēn peri tou Monogenous ennoian prosbibazei. Kaitoige tou en phōnę̄ logou oude houtōs ēn chreia tę̄ asōmatǭ physei, autōn tōn noēthentōn metadidosthai dynamenōn tǭ synergounti, ’Hōste tis chreia logou toïs dynamenois ex hautou tou noēmatos koinōnein allēlois tōn bouleumatōn ? Phōnē men gar diʼ akoēn, kai akoē phōnēs heneken* hopou de ouk aēr, houchi glōssa, ouchi ous, hou poros skolios epi tēn en tę̄ kephalę̄ synaisthēsin anapherōn tous psophous, ekei houde rhēmatōn chreia, allʼ ex autōn, hōs an eipoi tis, tōn en kardią noēmatōn tou thelēmatos hē metadosis ’Hoper oun ephēn, hōste dianastēnai ton noun hēmōn pros tēn ereunan tou prosōpou pros hon hoi logoi, sophōs kai entechnōs to schēma touto tēs dialektou pareilēptai.

"And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the water, and let it divide between water and water." Yesterday too we heard words of God, "Let there be light," and today, "Let there be a firmament." What is before us seems to contain something more, because the word did not stop at the bare command, but also specified the reason for which the making of the firmament is required: "that it may divide," he says, "between water and water." First, then, let us take the matter up again and ask how God speaks. Is it in our way? Does an impression from things first arise in his mind; then, after it has been imagined, does he announce it, choosing from the subjects the proper and fitting signs for each; then, handing over what he has thought to the service of the vocal organs, does he so make the hidden thought plain by the striking of the air, according to the articulate movement of the voice? And how is it not mythical to say that God needs such a roundabout way to make his thoughts known? Or is it more pious to say that the divine will and the first impulse of his intellectual movement, this is the Word of God? Scripture presents him in narrative form in order to show that God not only willed creation to come into being, but that it was brought into being through some fellow worker. For it could have told of all things as it said at the beginning, "In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth"; then, "He made the light"; then, "He made the firmament." But now, by introducing God giving commands and speaking, it hints in silence at the one to whom he gives the command and with whom he speaks. It does not grudge us the knowledge, but kindles us to longing, by putting before us certain traces and glimpses of the mystery. For what is gained by toil is received with great joy and guarded with diligence, whereas things that are easily acquired are lightly regarded once possessed. That is why it leads us by a certain path and order to the thought of the Only-begotten. And yet even so the incorporeal nature had no need of a spoken word, since the thoughts themselves could be shared with the fellow worker. For what need of speech have those who can share their counsels with one another from the very thought? Voice exists for the sake of hearing, and hearing for the sake of voice; but where there is no air, no tongue, no ear, no winding passage carrying sounds to perception in the head, there is no need of words either; the communication of the will comes, as one might say, from the very thoughts in the heart. As I said, then, it is in order to rouse our mind to search for the person to whom the words are addressed that this form of speech has been adopted, wisely and skillfully.

3.3PG 29:56d–60a

Δεύτερόν ἐστιν ἐξετάσαι, εἰ ἕτερον παρὰ τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πεποιημένον οὐρανὸν τὸ στερέωμα τοῦτο, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐπεκλήθη οὒρανὸς, καὶ εἰ ὅλως οὐρανοὶ δύο· ὅπερ οἱ τὰ περὶ οὗρανού φιλοσοφήσαντες ἕλοιντʼ ἂν μᾶλλον τὰς γλώσσας προέσθαι, ἢ ὡς ἀληθὲς παραδέξασθαι. ’Ἕνα γὰρ ὑποτίθενται οὖρανὸν, καὶ οὒκ ἔχειν αὑτῴ φύσιν, δεύτερον, ἢ τρίτον, ἢ πολλοστὸν προσγενέσθαι, πάσης τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ οὒρανὶου σώματος εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς σύστασιν ἀπαναλωθείσης, ὡς καὶ τοῦτο πεπερασμένον ὅπερ εἰ συναπήρτισται τῷ πρώτῳ οὗρανῷ, μηδὲν ὑπολείπεσθαι πρὸς δευτέρου ἢ τρίτου γένεσιν. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ ὕλην ἀγέννητον ἐπεισάγοντες τῷ δημιουργῷ φαντάζονται, ἐκ τῆς πρώτης μυθοποιίας πρὸς τὸ ἀκόλουθον ψεῦδος ὑποφερόμενοι ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀξιοῦμεν τοὺς παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφοὺς μὴ πρότερον ἡμᾶς καταχλευάζειν πρὶν τά πρὸς ἀλλήλους διάθωνται. Εἰσὶ γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς οἳ ἀπείρους οὐρανοὺς καὶ κόσμους εἶναι φασιν, ὦν ὃταν ἀπελέγξωσιν τὸ ἀπίθανον οἱ ἒμβριθεστέραις ταῖς ἀποδείξεσι χρώμενοι, καὶ ταῖς γεωμετρικαῖς ἀνάγκαις συστῆσώσι μὴ ἔχειν φύσιν ἄλλον οὗρανὸν γενέσθαι, τῆς γραμμικῆς καὶ ἐντέχνου αὒτῶν φλυαρίας, εἴπερ ὁρωντες πομφόλυγας διὰ τῆς ὁμοίας αἰτίας γινομένας μίαν τε καὶ πολλὰς, εἶτα ἀμφιβάλλουσι περὶ οὒρανῶν πλειόνων, εἰ ἐξαρκεῖ αὐτοὺς ἡ δημιουργικὴ δύναμις παραγαγεῖν εἰς τὸ εἶναι. Ὧν τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ τὸ μέγεθος οὐδὲν ἡγούμεθα διαφέρειν τῆς κοίλης νοτίδος τῆς ὑπερφυσωμένης ἐν τοῖς κρουνοῖς, όταν πρὸς τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ δυνάμεως ἀποβλὲψωμεν, ’Ὥστε καταγέλαστος αὐτοῖς ὁ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου λόγος, Ἠμεῖς δέ τοσοῦτον ἀπέχομεν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἀπιστεῖν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν τρίτον ἐπιζητοῦμεν, οὗ τῆς θέας ὁ μακάριος Παῦλος ἠξιώθη, Ὁ δὲ ψαλμὸς, ὀνομάζων οὐρανοὺς οὐρανῶν, καὶ πλειόνων ἡμῖν ἔννοιαν ἀνεποίησεν. Οὐ δήπου δὲ ταῦτα παραδοξότερα τῶν ἑπτὰ κύκλων, καθʼ ὦν οἱ ἐπτὰ ἀστέρες σχεδὸν παρὰ πάντων συμφώνως ὁμολογοῦνται φέρεσθαι, οὓς καῖ ἐνηρμόσθαι φασὶν ἑτέρῳ τὸν ἕτερον, κατά τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν κάδων τῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐμβεβηκὸτων. Τούτους δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν τῷ παντὶ φερομένους, περισχιζομένου τοῦ αἰθέρος αὐτοῖς, εὔηχόν τινα καὶ ἐναρμόνιον ἀποδιδόναι φθόγγον, ὥστε πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν μελῳδίαις ἡδονὴν ὑπερβάλλειν, Εἶτα ἐπειδὰν την διὰ τῆς αἱσθήσεως πίστιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες ἀπαιτῶνται, τί φασιν ; ’Ὁτι διὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνήθειαν πρὸς τὸν ψόφον ὲκ πρώτης γενέσεως συνεθισθέντες αὐτῷ, ἐκ πολλῆς της περὶ τὸ ἀκούειν μελέτης τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀφῃρήμεθα. ὥσπερ οἱ ἐν τοῖς χαλκείοις συνεχῶς τὰ ὦτα κατακρουόμενοι. Ὧν τὸ σεσοφισμένον καὶ σαθρὸν διελέγχειν, οὕτως ἐναργῶς ἐκ πρώτης ἀκοῆς πᾶσι καταφαινόμενον, οὑκ ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς οὔτε χρόνου εἰδότος φείδεσθαι, οὕτε τῆς συνέσεως τῶν ἀκουόντων στοχαζομένου. Ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἔξωθεν τοῖς ἔξω καταλιπὰντες ἡμεῖς επὶ τὸν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν ὑποστρέφομεν λογον. Εἴρηται μὲν οῦν τισι τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν, μὴ δευτέρου οὒρανοῦ γένεσιν εἶναι ταύτην, ἀλλʼ ἐπεξἥγησιν τοῦ προτέρου, διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ μὲν ἒν κεφαλαίῳ παραδεδόσθαι οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ποίησιν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐπεξεργαστικώτερον τὸν τρόπον καθʼ ὃν ἕκαστον γέγονε τὴν Γραφὴν ἡμῖν παραδιδόναι, Ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν ὅτι ἐπειδὴ, καὶ ὄνομα ἕτερον καὶ χρεία ἱδιάζουσα τοὺ δευτέρου οὐρανοῦ παραδέδοται, ἕτερος ἐστι παρὰ ,τὸν ἒν ἀρχῇ πεποιημένον οὗτος, στερεωτέρας φύσεως, καὶ χρείαν ἐξαίρετον τῷ παντὶ παρεχόμενος,

Deuteron estin exetasai, ei heteron para ton en archę̄ pepoiēmenon ouranon to stereōma touto, ho kai auto epeklēthē ouranos, kai ei holōs ouranoi dyo; hoper hoi ta peri houranou philosophēsantes helointʼ an mallon tas glōssas proesthai, ē hōs alēthes paradexasthai. ’Hena gar hypotithentai ouranon, kai ouk echein hautǭ physin, deuteron, ē triton, ē polloston prosgenesthai, pasēs tēs ousias tou ouraniou sōmatos eis tēn tou henos systasin apanalōtheisēs, hōs kai touto peperasmenon hoper ei synapērtistai tǭ prōtǭ houranǭ, mēden hypoleipesthai pros deuterou ē tritou genesin. Tauta men oun hoi hylēn agennēton epeisagontes tǭ dēmiourgǭ phantazontai, ek tēs prōtēs mythopoiias pros to akolouthon pseudos hypopheromenoi hēmeis de axioumen tous parʼ Hellēsi sophous mē proteron hēmas katachleuazein prin ta pros allēlous diathōntai. Eisi gar en autois hoi apeirous ouranous kai kosmous einai phasin, ōn hotan apelenxōsin to apithanon hoi embrithesterais tais apodeixesi chrōmenoi, kai tais geōmetrikais anankais systēsōsi mē echein physin allon houranon genesthai, tēs grammikēs kai entechnou autōn phlyarias, eiper horōntes pompholygas dia tēs homoias aitias ginomenas mian te kai pollas, eita amphiballousi peri ouranōn pleionōn, ei exarkei autous hē dēmiourgikē dynamis paragagein eis to einai. Hōn tēn ischyn kai to megethos ouden hēgoumetha diapherein tēs koilēs notidos tēs hyperphysōmenēs en tois krounois, otan pros tēn hyperochēn tēs tou Theou dynameōs apoblepsōmen, ’Hōste katagelastos autois ho tou adynatou logos, Ēmeis de tosouton apechomen tǭ deuterǭ apistein, hōste kai ton triton epizētoumen, hou tēs theas ho makarios Paulos ēxiōthē, Ho de psalmos, onomazōn ouranous ouranōn, kai pleionōn hēmin ennoian anepoiēsen. Ou dēpou de tauta paradoxotera tōn hepta kyklōn, kathʼ ōn hoi epta asteres schedon para pantōn symphōnōs homologountai pheresthai, hous kai enērmosthai phasin heterǭ ton heteron, kata tēn eikona tōn kadōn tōn eis allēlous embebēkotōn. Toutous de tēn enantian tǭ panti pheromenous, perischizomenou tou aitheros autois, euēchon tina kai enarmonion apodidonai phthongon, hōste pasan tēn en melǭdiais hēdonēn hyperballein, Eita epeidan tēn dia tēs haisthēseōs pistin hoi tauta legontes apaitōntai, ti phasin ? ’Hoti dia tēn ex archēs synētheian pros ton psophon ek prōtēs geneseōs synethisthentes autǭ, ek pollēs tēs peri to akouein meletēs tēn aisthēsin aphę̄rēmetha. hōsper hoi en tois chalkeiois synechōs ta ōta katakrouomenoi. Hōn to sesophismenon kai sathron dielenchein, houtōs enargōs ek prōtēs akoēs pasi kataphainomenon, houk estin andros oute chronou eidotos pheidesthai, houte tēs syneseōs tōn akouontōn stochazomenou. Alla ta tōn exōthen tois exō katalipantes hēmeis epi ton ekklēsiastikon hypostrephomen logon. Eirētai men oun tisi tōn pro hēmōn, mē deuterou ouranou genesin einai tautēn, allʼ epexēgēsin tou proterou, dia to ekei men en kephalaiǭ paradedosthai ouranou kai gēs poiēsin, entautha de epexergastikōteron ton tropon kathʼ hon hekaston gegone tēn Graphēn hēmin paradidonai, Hēmeis de phamen hoti epeidē, kai onoma heteron kai chreia hidiazousa tou deuterou ouranou paradedotai, heteros esti para ,ton en archę̄ pepoiēmenon houtos, stereōteras physeōs, kai chreian exaireton tǭ panti parechomenos,

The second thing to examine is whether this firmament, which was itself also called heaven, is something other than the heaven made in the beginning, and whether there are two heavens at all, which those who have philosophized about heaven would rather lose their tongues than accept as true. For they posit one heaven, and say that it is not in its nature for a second, or a third, or many to come into being, since the whole substance of the heavenly body has been used up in the constitution of the one, as this too is limited; so that, once it was completed together with the first heaven, nothing was left over for the coming into being of a second or a third. This is what those imagine who bring in an unbegotten matter beside the Creator, carried along from their first mythmaking to the falsehood that follows from it. But we ask the wise men among the Greeks not to mock us before they have settled matters among themselves. For there are among them some who say that there are infinite heavens and worlds. When those who use weightier demonstrations refute the implausibility of these men's view and establish by geometrical necessities that it is not in nature for another heaven to come into being, then we laugh all the more at their linear and technical nonsense, if, seeing that bubbles are formed both one and many from the same cause, they then doubt about more heavens, whether the creative power suffices to bring them into being. Their strength and size, we think, differ in no way from the hollow drop that is puffed up in the fountains, when we look to the surpassing greatness of the power of God. So their talk of impossibility is laughable. But we are so far from disbelieving in a second heaven that we even inquire about the third, the sight of which the blessed Paul was counted worthy. And the psalm, by naming "heavens of heavens," has given us the idea of still more. Surely these things are no more incredible than the seven circles along which, almost all agree, the seven stars are carried, which they say are fitted one within another, after the image of jars set one inside another. And these, they say, carried in the direction opposite to the universe and cleaving the ether, give out a melodious and harmonious sound, so as to surpass all the pleasure of melodies. Then, when those who say this are asked for the evidence of the senses, what do they say? That, being accustomed to the sound from the beginning and used to it from our first birth, we have lost the perception of it through long practice in hearing, like those in smithies whose ears are continually struck. To refute what is so sophistical and rotten, so plainly exposed to everyone at the first hearing, is not the part of a man who knows how to spare time or who has regard for the understanding of his hearers. But leaving the things of outsiders to outsiders, let us return to the teaching of the church. It has been said by some before us that this is not the coming into being of a second heaven, but a fuller explanation of the first, because there the making of heaven and earth was handed down in summary, while here Scripture hands down to us in more detail the manner in which each came into being. But we say that, since both a different name and a special function of the second heaven are handed down, this is another heaven besides the one made in the beginning, of a more solid nature, and providing a special service to the universe.

3.4PG 29:60a–64a

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸς · Γενηθήτω στερέωμα ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ὕδατος, καί ἔστω διαχωρίζον ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὕδατος. Καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ στερέωμα · καὶ διεχώρισεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ὕδατος ὃ ἦν ὑποκάτω τοῦ στερεώματος, καὶ ἇνὰ μέσον τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ἐπάνω τοῦ στερεώμιτος. Και πρό γε τοῦ ἅψασθαι τῆς διανοίας τῶν γεγραμμένων, πειραθῶμεν το παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀντεπαγόμενον διαλῦσαι. Ἐρωτῶσι γὰρ ἡμᾶς, εἰ σφαιρικὸν μὲν, τὸ σῶμα τοῦ στερεώματος, ὡς ἡ ὄψις δηλοῖ, ῥυτὸν δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ περιολισθαῖνον τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς, πῶς ἂν ἐδυνήθη ἐπὶ τῆς κυρτῆς περιφερείας τοῦ στερεώματος ἱδρυνθῆναι; Τί δὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἐροῦμεν ; Ὅτι μάλιστα μὲν οὒκ, εἴ τι πρὸς ἡμᾶς κυκλοτερὲς ὁρᾶται κατὰ τὴν ἔνδον κοιλότητα, τοῦτο ἀνάγκη καὶ τὴν ἔξωθεν ἐπιφάνειαν σφαιρικῶς ἀπηρτίσθαι, καὶ ὅλον ἀκριβῶς ἒντορνον εἶναι καὶ λείως περιηγμένον ' ὅπου γε ὁρῶμεν τῶν τε λουτρῶν τοὺς λιθίνους ὀρόφους καὶ τῶν ἀντρωδῶν οἰκοδομημάτων κατασκευὰς, ἂ κατα τὸν ’ἔνδον ὄψιν εὶς ἡμικύκλιον σχῆμα περιηγμένα, ὲν τοῖς ἅνω τοῦ τέγους ὁμαλὴν ἔχει πολλάκις τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν. ’Ὥστε τούτου γε ἕνεκα. μήτε αὐτοὶ ἐχέτωσαν πράγματα, μήτε ἡμῖν παρεχέτωσαν, ὡς οὒ δυναμένοις τὸ ὕδωρ κατασχεῖν ἐν τοῖς ἅνω, Ἐξῆς δʼ ἂν εἴη λέγειν, τίς ἦ φύσις τοῦ στερεώματος, καὶ διὰ τίνα αἰτίαν μεσιτεύειν ἐτάχθη τῷ ὕδατι, Τὸ τοῦ στερεώματος ὄνομα σύνηθες τῇ Γραφῇ ἐπὶ τῶν κατʼ ἰσχὺν ὑπερβαλλόντων τάσσειν· ὠς ὅταν λέγῃ · Κύριος στερέωμα μου καὶ καταφυγή μου · καὶ, Ἐγὼ ἐστερέωσα τοὺς στύλους αὐτῆς · καὶ τὸ, Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἒν στερεώματι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔξωθεν στερεὸν λέγουσι σῶμα τὸ οῖον ναστον καὶ πλῆρες, ὃ πρὸς ἆντιδιαστολὴν τοῦ μαθηματικοῦ λέγεται. ’Ἔστι δὲ τὸ μὲν μαθηματικὸν τὸ ἐν μόναις ταῖς διαστάσεσι τὸ εἶναι ἕχον, ἐν τῷ πλάτει, λέγω καὶ τῷ βάθει, καὶ τῷ ὕψει τὸ δὲ στερεὸν ὃ πρὸς τοῖς διαστήμασι και τὴν ἀντιτυπίαν ἔχει, Τῂ δὲ Γραφῇ σύνηθες τὸ κραταιὸν καὶ άνένδοτον στερέωμα λέγειν, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ άέρος πολλάκις καταπυκνωθέντος τῇ φωνῇ ταύτῃ κεχρῆσθαι ’ ως ὅταν λέγῃ Ὀ στερεῶν βροντήν, Τὴν γὰρ στερρότητα καὶ ἀντιτυπίαν τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἐναπολαμβανομένου ταῖς κοιλότησι τῶν νεφῶν, καὶ διὰ τὸ βιαίως ἑκρήγνυσθαι τοὺς κατὰ τὰς βροντὰς ἀποτελοὺντος ψόφους, στερέωσιν βροντῆς ἡ Γραφὴ προσηγόρευσε. Καὶ νῦν τοίνυν ἡγούμεθα ἐπί τίνος στεῤῥᾶς φύσεως στέγειν τοῦ ὕδατος τὸ ὀλισθηρὸν καὶ εὐδιάλυτον ἒξαρκούσης, τὴν φωνὴν ταύτην τετάχθαι. Καὶ οὗ δήπου, ἓπειδὴ κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν ἐκδοχὴν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος δοκεῖ τὴν γένεσιν ἐσχηκέναι, ἣ ὕδατι πεπηγότι ἒμφερὲς εἶναι προσήκει νομίζειν, ἥ τινι τοιαύτῃ ὕλῃ έκ τῆς τοῦ ὑγροῦ διηθήσεως τὴν ἀρχὴν λαμβανούσῃ, ὁποία ἐστὶν ἥ τε τοῦ κρυστάλλου λίθου, ὃν διʼ ὓπερβάλλουσαν τοῦ ὕδατος πῆξιν μεταποιεῖσθαι φασιν, ἢ ἡ τοῦ σπέκλου φύσις ὲν μετάλλοις συνισταμένη, Λίθος δέ ἐστι διαυγὴς, ἰδιάζουσαν καὶ καθαρωτάτην τὴν διαφάνειαν κεκτημένος, ὂς, ἐὰν κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν ἀκριβὴς εὑρεθῇ, μήτε κατεδηδεσμένος σηπεδόνι τινὶ, μήτε τὸ βάθος ὑπερῥηγμένος ταῖς διαφύσεσι, μικροῦ τῷ ἀέρι τὴν διαύγειαν ἔοικεν. Οὒδενὶ οὖν τούτων εἶκάζομεν τὸ στερέωμα. Παιδικῆς γὰρ τῷ ὅντι καὶ ἁπλῆς διανοίας τοιαύτας ἔχειν περὶ τῶν οὐρανίων τὰς ὑπολήψεις, Οὔ μὴν οὐδὲ εἰ πάντα ὲν ἅπασίν ἐστι, πῦρ μὲν ἐν γῇ, άηρ δὲ ἐν ὕδατι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡσαύτως ἐν ἑτέρῳ τὸ ἕτερον καὶ μηδὲν τῶν αἰσθήσει ὑποπιπτόντων στοιχείων εἷλικρινές ἐστι καὶ ἀμιγὲς ἢ τῆς πρὸς τὸ μέσον, ἢ τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἀντικείμενον κοινωνίας, τούτου ἕνεκεν καταδεχόμεθα τὸ στερέωμα ἢ ἐξ ἐνός τῶν ἁπλῶν, ἢ τὸ ἀπὸ τούτων μίγμα φῆσαι ὑπάρχειν, δεδιδαγμένοι παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς, μηδὲν ἔπιτρέπειν ἡμῶν τῷ νῷ πέρα τῶν συγκεχωρημένων φαντασιοῦσθαι. Μὴ παραδράμῃ δὲ ἡμᾶς μηδὲ ἐκεῖνο ἂπαρασήμαντον, ὅτι μετὰ τὸ προστάξαι τὸν Θεὸν, Γενηθήτω στερέωμα, οὑκ εἴρηται ἁπλῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο στερέωμα· ἀλλά, Καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ στερέωμα καὶ πάλιν, Διεχώρισεν ὁ Θεός. Οἱ κωφοὶ, ἀκούσατε καὶ οἱ τυφλοὶ, ἀναβλέψατε. Καὶ τίς κωφὸς ἀλλʼ ὁ μὴ ἀκούων οὕτω μεγαλοφώνως ἐμβοῶντος τοῦ Πνεύματος; Καὶ τίς τυφλὸς ; Ὀ μὴ ἐνορῶν ταῖς οὑτως ἐναργέσι περὶ τοῦ Μονογενους ἀποδείξεσι. Γενηθήτω στερέωμα. Αὕτη ἡ φωνὴ τῆς προκαταρκτικῆς αἰτίας. Ἐποίησεν ὃ Θεὸς τὸ στερέωμα, Αὕτη τῆς ποιητικῆς καὶ δημιουργικῆς δυνάμεως μαρτυρία.

Kai eipen ho Theos ; Genēthētō stereōma en mesǭ tou hydatos, kai estō diachōrizon ana meson hydatos kai hydatos. Kai epoiēsen ho Theos to stereōma ; kai diechōrisen ho Theos ana meson tou hydatos ho ēn hypokatō tou stereōmatos, kai hana meson tou hydatos tou epanō tou stereōmitos. Kai pro ge tou hapsasthai tēs dianoias tōn gegrammenōn, peirathōmen to para tōn allōn antepagomenon dialysai. Erōtōsi gar hēmas, ei sphairikon men, to sōma tou stereōmatos, hōs hē opsis dēloi, rhyton de to hydōr kai periolisthainon tois hypsēlois, pōs an edynēthē epi tēs kyrtēs periphereias tou stereōmatos hidrynthēnai? Ti dē pros touto eroumen ? Hoti malista men ouk, ei ti pros hēmas kykloteres horatai kata tēn endon koilotēta, touto anankē kai tēn exōthen epiphaneian sphairikōs apērtisthai, kai holon akribōs entornon einai kai leiōs periēgmenon ' hopou ge horōmen tōn te loutrōn tous lithinous orophous kai tōn antrōdōn oikodomēmatōn kataskeuas, a kata ton ’endon opsin eis hēmikyklion schēma periēgmena, en tois hanō tou tegous homalēn echei pollakis tēn epiphaneian. ’Hōste toutou ge heneka. mēte autoi echetōsan pragmata, mēte hēmin parechetōsan, hōs ou dynamenois to hydōr kataschein en tois hanō, Exēs dʼ an eiē legein, tis ē physis tou stereōmatos, kai dia tina aitian mesiteuein etachthē tǭ hydati, To tou stereōmatos onoma synēthes tę̄ Graphę̄ epi tōn katʼ ischyn hyperballontōn tassein; ōs hotan legę̄ ; Kyrios stereōma mou kai kataphygē mou ; kai, Egō estereōsa tous stylous autēs ; kai to, Aineite auton en stereōmati dynameōs autou, Hoi men gar exōthen stereon legousi sōma to oion naston kai plēres, ho pros antidiastolēn tou mathēmatikou legetai. ’Esti de to men mathēmatikon to en monais tais diastasesi to einai hechon, en tǭ platei, legō kai tǭ bathei, kai tǭ hypsei to de stereon ho pros tois diastēmasi kai tēn antitypian echei, Tę̄ de Graphę̄ synēthes to krataion kai anendoton stereōma legein, hōs kai epi aeros pollakis katapyknōthentos tę̄ phōnę̄ tautę̄ kechrēsthai ’ ōs hotan legę̄ O stereōn brontēn, Tēn gar sterrotēta kai antitypian tou pneumatos tou enapolambanomenou tais koilotēsi tōn nephōn, kai dia to biaiōs hekrēgnysthai tous kata tas brontas apotelountos psophous, stereōsin brontēs hē Graphē prosēgoreuse. Kai nyn toinyn hēgoumetha epi tinos sterrhas physeōs stegein tou hydatos to olisthēron kai eudialyton exarkousēs, tēn phōnēn tautēn tetachthai. Kai hou dēpou, hepeidē kata tēn koinēn ekdochēn ek tou hydatos dokei tēn genesin eschēkenai, hē hydati pepēgoti empheres einai prosēkei nomizein, hē tini toiautę̄ hylę̄ ek tēs tou hygrou diēthēseōs tēn archēn lambanousę̄, hopoia estin hē te tou krystallou lithou, hon diʼ hyperballousan tou hydatos pēxin metapoieisthai phasin, ē hē tou speklou physis en metallois synistamenē, Lithos de esti diaugēs, idiazousan kai katharōtatēn tēn diaphaneian kektēmenos, os, ean kata tēn heautou physin akribēs heurethę̄, mēte katedēdesmenos sēpedoni tini, mēte to bathos hyperrhēgmenos tais diaphysesi, mikrou tǭ aeri tēn diaugeian eoiken. Oudeni oun toutōn eikazomen to stereōma. Paidikēs gar tǭ honti kai haplēs dianoias toiautas echein peri tōn ouraniōn tas hypolēpseis, Ou mēn oude ei panta en hapasin esti, pyr men en gę̄, aēr de en hydati, kai tōn allōn hōsautōs en heterǭ to heteron kai mēden tōn aisthēsei hypopiptontōn stoicheiōn heilikrines esti kai amiges ē tēs pros to meson, ē tēs pros to antikeimenon koinōnias, toutou heneken katadechometha to stereōma ē ex enos tōn haplōn, ē to apo toutōn migma phēsai hyparchein, dedidagmenoi para tēs Graphēs, mēden epitrepein hēmōn tǭ nǭ pera tōn synkechōrēmenōn phantasiousthai. Mē paradramę̄ de hēmas mēde ekeino aparasēmanton, hoti meta to prostaxai ton Theon, Genēthētō stereōma, houk eirētai haplōs, kai egeneto stereōma; alla, Kai epoiēsen ho Theos to stereōma kai palin, Diechōrisen ho Theos. Hoi kōphoi, akousate kai hoi typhloi, anablepsate. Kai tis kōphos allʼ ho mē akouōn houtō megalophōnōs emboōntos tou Pneumatos? Kai tis typhlos ? O mē enorōn tais houtōs enargesi peri tou Monogenous apodeixesi. Genēthētō stereōma. Hautē hē phōnē tēs prokatarktikēs aitias. Epoiēsen ho Theos to stereōma, Hautē tēs poiētikēs kai dēmiourgikēs dynameōs martyria.

"And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the water, and let it divide between water and water. And God made the firmament; and God divided between the water that was under the firmament and between the water that was above the firmament." Before touching the meaning of what is written, let us try to resolve the objection raised by others. They ask us: if the body of the firmament is spherical, as sight shows, and water is fluid and slides off high places, how could the water have been settled on the convex circumference of the firmament? What shall we say to this? First, that if something appears circular to us on its inner, concave side, it does not necessarily follow that its outer surface too is finished as a sphere and that the whole is exactly turned and smoothly rounded; for we see the stone ceilings of baths and the structures of cave-like buildings, which, though curved to a semicircular shape when seen from inside, often have a flat surface on the upper parts of the roof. So on this account let them neither have trouble themselves nor make trouble for us, as though we could not hold water in the upper regions. Next we must say what the nature of the firmament is, and for what reason it was appointed to stand between the waters. It is Scripture's custom to apply the name firmament to things surpassing in strength, as when it says, "The Lord is my firmament and my refuge"; and, "I have made firm its pillars"; and, "Praise him in the firmament of his power." The outside writers call that a solid body which is, as it were, compact and full; it is so called in contrast to the mathematical. The mathematical is what has its being in the dimensions alone, in breadth, I mean, and depth and height, while the solid is what has resistance in addition to the dimensions. But it is Scripture's custom to call firmament what is strong and unyielding, so that it often uses this word even of condensed air, as when it says, "He who makes the thunder firm." For the firmness and resistance of the wind shut up in the hollows of the clouds, which produces the noises of thunder by violently bursting out, Scripture called the making firm of the thunder. So now too we think this word is applied to some firm nature able to hold in the slipperiness and easy dissolution of water. And surely, though in common understanding it seems to have had its origin from water, we should not think it is like frozen water, or some such substance taking its origin from the filtering of moisture, such as that of the crystal stone, which they say is transformed by an extreme congealing of water, or the nature of mica that forms in mines. This is a transparent stone with a peculiar and very pure transparency; if it is found perfect in its own nature, neither eaten away by any decay nor broken through in its depth by cracks, it is almost like the air in its clearness. To none of these do we liken the firmament. For it truly belongs to a childish and simple mind to hold such notions about heavenly things. Nor, even if all things are in all, fire in earth and air in water, and likewise the others one in another, and none of the elements that fall under the senses is pure and unmixed, without a share either in the intermediate element or in its opposite, do we on this account allow ourselves to declare that the firmament is made of one of the simple bodies or of a mixture of them, having been taught by Scripture to allow our mind to imagine nothing beyond what has been granted. And let this not pass us by unnoticed either: after God commanded, "Let there be a firmament," it is not said simply, "and a firmament came to be," but, "And God made the firmament," and again, "God divided." Hear, you deaf, and you blind, look up! And who is deaf, but the one who does not hear the Spirit crying out so loudly? And who is blind? The one who does not see such clear proofs about the Only-begotten. "Let there be a firmament": this is the voice of the primary cause. "God made the firmament": this is a testimony to the making and creative power.

3.5PG 29:64b–65b

Ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὰ συνεχῆ τῆς ἐξηγήσεως τὸν λόγον ἐπαναγάγωμεν, ’Ἔστω διαχωρίζον, φησὶν, ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὓδατος, ’Ἂπειρος μὲν ἦν, ὡς ἔοικε, τῶν ὑδάτων ἡ χύσις, πανταχόθεν ἐπικυμαινὸντων τῇ γῇ καὶ ἀπαιωρουμένων αὑτῆς ὡς καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα στοιχεῖα δοκεῖν ἀναλογίαν ἐκβαίνειν, Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἐν τοῖς κατόπιν ἐλέγετο ἄβυσσος πανταχόθεν περιβεβλῆσθαι τῇ γῇ. Τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν τοὺ πλήθους ἑν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἀποδώσομεν, Πάντως δὲ οὑδεὶς ὑμῶν οὐδὲ τῶν πάνυ κατησκημένων τὸν νοῦν, καὶ περὶ τὴν φθειρομένην ταύτην καὶ ῥέουσαν φύσιν ὁξυωπούντων, ἐπισκήψει τῇ δόξῃ ὡς ἀδύνατα ἢ πλασματώδη ὑποτιθεμένων κατὰ τὸν λόγον οὑδὲ ἀπαιτήσει ἡμᾶς εὑθύνας, ἐπὶ τίνος ἡ τῶν ὑδάτων ἥδραστο φύσις. Ὧι γὰρ λόγῳ τὴν γῆν βαρυτέραν οὖσαν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀπαιωροῦσι τοῦ μέσου τῶν ἐσχάτων ἀπάγοντες τῷ αὑτῴ δήπου πάντως καὶ τὸ μυρίον ὕδωρ ἐκεῖνο διά τε τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπὶ τὸ κάτω φορὰν καὶ διὰ τὴν πανταχόθεν ἰσορροπίαν περὶ τὴν γῆν ἀτρεμεῖν συγχωρήσουσιν, Οὐκοῦν ἄπλετος ἡ τοῦ ὕδατος φύσις τῇ γῇ περιεκέχυτο, οὑχὶ συμμέτρως ἔχουσα πρὸς αὐτὴν, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ πολλαπλάσιον ὑπερβάλλουσα, οὕτως ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῦ μεγάλου τεχνίτου προβλεψαμένου τὸ μέλλον καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐφεξῆς χρείαν τὰ πρῶτα διαθεμένου. Τίς οὖν χρεία τοῦ ἀμύθητον ὅσον ὑπερβάλλειν τὸ ὕδωρ; Ἐπειδὴ ἀναγκαία τῷ παντὶ τοῦ πυρὸς ἡ οὑσία, οὒ μόνον πρὸς τὴν τῶν περιγείων οἰκονομίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς την συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ παντός. Κολοβὁν γὰρ ἄν ἦν τὸ ὅλον ἐνὶ τῴ μεγίστῳ καὶ καιριωτάτῳ πάντων ἐλλεῖπον, Ἀντικείμενα δὲ ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις καὶ φθαρτικὸν ἕτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου πῦρ μὲν τοῦ ὕδατος, ὅταν ἐπικρατῇ δυνάμει · ὕδωρ δὲ πυρὸς, ὅταν ὑπερβάλλῃ τῷ πλήθει. ’Ἔδει δὲ μήτε στάσιν εἶναι πρὸς ἄλληλα, μήτε ἐν τῇ παντελεῖ τοῦ ἐτέρου ἐκλείψει ἀφορμὴν παρασχεθῆναι τῲ παντὶ πρὸς διάλυσιν. Τοσαύτην τοῦ ὓγροῦ τὴν φύσιν οἰκονομῶν τὸ πᾶν προαπέθετο, ὣστε μέχρι τῶν τεταγμένων ὅρων τῆς τοῦ κόσμου συστάσεως κατὰ μικρὸν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πυρὸς ἔξαναλισκόμενον ἀντισχεῖν, Ὀ τοίνυν ἅπαντα σταθμῷ καὶ μέτρῳ διαταξάμενος (ἀριθμηταὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ, κατὰ τὸν Ἰὼβ, καὶ σταγόνες εἰσὶν ὑετοῦ) ᾔδει πόσον τῷ κόσμῳ χρόνον ἀφώρισεν εἰς διαμονὴν, καὶ πόσην χρὴ τῷ πυρὶ προαποθέσθαι δαπάνην, Οὗτος ὁ λόγος τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος περιουσίας κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν. Ἀλλᾶ μὴν τό γε τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναγκαῖον τῷ κόσμῳ, οὗδεὶς οὕτως ἕξω τοῦ βίου παντάπασιν, ὥστε τῆς ὲκ τοῦ λόγου διδασκαλίας προσδεῖσθαι· οὐ μόνον ὅτι αἱ συνεκτικαὶ τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν τέχναι τῆς ἐμπύρου ἐργασίας ὲπιδέονται πᾶσαι, ὑφαντικὴ, λέγω, καὶ σκυτοτομικὴ, καὶ οἰκοδομικὴ, καὶ γεωργία, ἀλλʼ ὅτι οὔτε δένδρων βλάστησις, οὗ καρπῶν πέψις, οὖ ζώων ἐγγείων ἢ τῶν ἐνύδρων γένεσις, οὺχ αἱ τούτων τροφαὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄν συνέστησαν, ἢ πρὸς χρόνον διήρκεσαν, τοῦ θερμοῦ μὴ παρόντος, Οὖκοῦν ἀναγκαία μὲν τοῦ θερμοῦ ἡ κτίσις διὰ τὴν τῶν γιγνομένων σύστασίν τε καὶ διαμονήν· ἀναγκαία δὲ τοῦ ὑγροῦ ἡ δαψίλεια, διὰ τὸ ἄπαυστον εἶναι καὶ ἀπαραίτητον τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν δαπάνην,

Allʼ epi ta synechē tēs exēgēseōs ton logon epanagagōmen, ’Estō diachōrizon, phēsin, ana meson hydatos kai hydatos, ’Apeiros men ēn, hōs eoike, tōn hydatōn hē chysis, pantachothen epikymainontōn tę̄ gę̄ kai apaiōroumenōn hautēs hōs kai tēn pros ta alla stoicheia dokein analogian ekbainein, Dia touto gar en tois katopin elegeto abyssos pantachothen peribeblēsthai tę̄ gę̄. Tēn de aitian tou plēthous hen tois hexēs apodōsomen, Pantōs de houdeis hymōn oude tōn pany katēskēmenōn ton noun, kai peri tēn phtheiromenēn tautēn kai rheousan physin hoxyōpountōn, episkēpsei tę̄ doxę̄ hōs adynata ē plasmatōdē hypotithemenōn kata ton logon houde apaitēsei hēmas heuthynas, epi tinos hē tōn hydatōn hēdrasto physis. Hōi gar logǭ tēn gēn baryteran ousan tou hydatos apaiōrousi tou mesou tōn eschatōn apagontes tǭ hautǭ dēpou pantōs kai to myrion hydōr ekeino dia te tēn kata physin epi to katō phoran kai dia tēn pantachothen isorropian peri tēn gēn atremein synchōrēsousin, Oukoun apletos hē tou hydatos physis tę̄ gę̄ periekechyto, houchi symmetrōs echousa pros autēn, allʼ eis to pollaplasion hyperballousa, houtōs ex archēs tou megalou technitou problepsamenou to mellon kai dia tēn ephexēs chreian ta prōta diathemenou. Tis oun chreia tou amythēton hoson hyperballein to hydōr? Epeidē anankaia tǭ panti tou pyros hē housia, ou monon pros tēn tōn perigeiōn oikonomian, alla kai pros tēn symplērōsin tou pantos. Kolobon gar an ēn to holon eni tǭ megistǭ kai kairiōtatǭ pantōn elleipon, Antikeimena de tauta allēlois kai phthartikon heteron tou heterou pyr men tou hydatos, hotan epikratę̄ dynamei ; hydōr de pyros, hotan hyperballę̄ tǭ plēthei. ’Edei de mēte stasin einai pros allēla, mēte en tę̄ pantelei tou eterou ekleipsei aphormēn paraschethēnai tǭ panti pros dialysin. Tosautēn tou hygrou tēn physin oikonomōn to pan proapetheto, hōste mechri tōn tetagmenōn horōn tēs tou kosmou systaseōs kata mikron tę̄ dynamei tou pyros exanaliskomenon antischein, O toinyn hapanta stathmǭ kai metrǭ diataxamenos (arithmētai gar autǭ, kata ton Iōb, kai stagones eisin hyetou) ę̄dei poson tǭ kosmǭ chronon aphōrisen eis diamonēn, kai posēn chrē tǭ pyri proapothesthai dapanēn, Houtos ho logos tēs tou hydatos periousias kata tēn ktisin. Alla mēn to ge tou pyros anankaion tǭ kosmǭ, houdeis houtōs hexō tou biou pantapasin, hōste tēs ek tou logou didaskalias prosdeisthai; ou monon hoti hai synektikai tēs zōēs hēmōn technai tēs empyrou ergasias epideontai pasai, hyphantikē, legō, kai skytotomikē, kai oikodomikē, kai geōrgia, allʼ hoti oute dendrōn blastēsis, hou karpōn pepsis, ou zōōn engeiōn ē tōn enydrōn genesis, ouch hai toutōn trophai ex archēs an synestēsan, ē pros chronon diērkesan, tou thermou mē parontos, Oukoun anankaia men tou thermou hē ktisis dia tēn tōn gignomenōn systasin te kai diamonēn; anankaia de tou hygrou hē dapsileia, dia to apauston einai kai aparaitēton tou pyros tēn dapanēn,

But let us bring the discourse back to the continuation of the explanation. "Let it divide," he says, "between water and water." The outpouring of the waters was boundless, it seems, surging over the earth on every side and suspended around it, so that it seemed to exceed its due proportion to the other elements. That is why, earlier, the abyss was said to be cast around the earth on every side. We will give the reason for its abundance in what follows. But certainly none of you, not even those highly trained in mind and sharp-sighted about this perishing and flowing nature, will attack our view as positing impossible or fictitious things in the account, nor will demand an account from us of what the nature of the waters was settled upon. For by the same reasoning by which they suspend the earth, though it is heavier than water, bringing it away from the extremities to the middle, they will surely grant that that immense water too stays at rest around the earth, both because of its natural downward motion and because of the balance on all sides. So an immeasurable mass of water was poured around the earth, not in proportion to it, but exceeding it many times over, since the great Craftsman foresaw from the beginning what was to come and arranged the first things for the need that would follow. What need was there, then, for the water to exceed beyond telling? Because the substance of fire is necessary to the universe, not only for the management of things on the earth but also for the completion of the universe; for the whole would have been mutilated if it lacked the one element that is greatest and most vital of all. But these are opposed to each other, and each is destructive of the other: fire of water, when it prevails in power, and water of fire, when it exceeds in quantity. Yet there was to be neither strife between them, nor, through the total failure of one, an occasion given for the dissolution of the universe. So the one who governs the universe stored up beforehand so great a quantity of the moist nature that, consumed little by little by the power of fire, it could hold out until the appointed limits of the world's existence. He, then, who arranged all things by weight and measure (for "the drops of rain are numbered by him," according to Job) knew how much time he had set for the world to endure, and how much consumption he must store up beforehand for the fire. This is the reason for the abundance of water at the creation. And that fire is necessary to the world, no one is so entirely a stranger to life as to need instruction by argument: not only because all the arts that hold our life together need the work of fire, weaving, I mean, and shoemaking, building, and farming, but because neither the sprouting of trees, nor the ripening of fruits, nor the generation of land or water animals, nor their nourishment would have come about in the beginning or lasted for any time if heat were not present. So the creation of heat is necessary for the formation and permanence of the things that come to be, and the abundance of moisture is necessary because the consumption by fire is unceasing and inexorable.

3.6PG 29:65c–68b

Περίβλεψαι πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν, καὶ ὃψει τοῦ θερμοῦ την δύναμιν τοῖς ἐν γενέσει καὶ φθορᾷ πᾶσιν ἒνδυναστεύουσαν, Διά τοῦτο πολὺ τὸ ὕδωρ ὑπὲρ γῆς κεχυμένον, καὶ ὑπερέκεινα τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀπενεχθὲν, καὶ προσέτι παντὶ τῷ βάθει τῆς γῆς ἐνεσπαρμένον. Ὅθεν πηγῶν ἀφθονίαι, καὶ φρεάτων συστάσεις, καὶ ποταμῶν ῥεύματα, χειμάῤῥων τε καὶ ἀεννάων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἓν πολλοῖς καὶ ποικίλοις ταμείοις διατηρεῖσθαι τὴν ὑγρασίαν. Ἐκ μέν γε τῆς ἕω ἀπὸ μὲν χειμερινῶν τροπῶν ὁ Ἰνδὸς ῥεῖ ποταμὸς, ῥεῦμα πάντων ποταμίων ὑδάτων πλεῖστον, ὡς οἱ τὰς περιόδους τῆς γῆς ἀναγράφοντες ἱστορήκασιν· ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν μέσων, τῆς ἀνατολῆς ὅ τε Βάκτρος, καὶ ὁ Χοάσπης, καὶ ὁ Ἀράξης, ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ ὁ Τάναϊς ἀποσχιζόμενος εἰς τὴν Μαιῶτιν ἔξεισι λίμνην· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁ Φάσις, τῶν Καυκασίων ὁρῶν ἁποῤῥέων, καὶ μυρίοι ἕτεροι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρκτῴων τόπων ἐπὶ τὸν Εὔξεινον Πόντον φέρονται· ἀπὸ δὲ δυσμῶν τῶν θερινῶν ὑπὸ τὸ Πυρηναῖον ὅρος Ταρτησσός τε καὶ Ἴστρος· ὧν ὁ μὲν τὴν ἔξω Στηλῶν ἀφίεται θάλασσαν, ὁ δὲ Ἴστρος, διὰ τῆς Εὗρώπης ῥέων, ἐπὶ τὸν Πόντον ἐκδίδωσι. Και τί δεῖ τοὺς ἄλλους ἆπαριθμεῖσθαι, οὕς αἱ Ῥιπαὶ γεννῶσι, τὰ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐνδοτάτω Σκυθίας ὅρη; ὧν ἐστι καὶ ὁ Ῥοδανὸς μετὰ μυρίων ἄλλων ποταμῶν, καὶ αὐτῶν ναυσιπόρων, οἵ, τοὺς ἑσπερίους Γαλάτας καὶ Κελτοὺς, καὶ τοὺς προσεχεῖς αὐτοῖς βαρβάρους παραμειψάμενοι, ἐπὶ τὸ ἑσπέριον πάντες εἰσχέονται πέλαγος. ’Ἀλλοι ἐκ τῆς μεσημβρίας ἄνωθεν διὰ τῆς Αἰθιοπίας, οἰ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔρχονται θάλασσαν, οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἔξω τῆς πλεομένης ἀποκενοῦνται· ὅ τε Αἰγὼν καὶ ὁ Νύσης, καὶ ὁ καλούμενος Χρεμέτης, καὶ προς γε ἔτι ὁ Νεῖλος, ὃς οὐδὲ ποταμοῖς τὴν φύσιν ἔοικεν, ὅταν ἴσα θαλάσσῃ πελαγίζῃ τὴν Αἴγυπτον. Οὕτως ὁ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης τόπος ὕδατι περιείληπται, πελάγεσί τε ἀπλέτοις ἒνδεδεμένος καὶ μυρίοις ποταμοῖς ἀεννάοις κατάῤῥυτος, διὰ τὴν ἅῤῥητον σοφίαν τοῦ τήν ἀντίπαλον τῷ πυρὶ φύσιν δυσεξανάλωτον εῖναι οἰκονομήσαντος. ’Ἔσται μέντοι ὅτε καὶ πάντα καταφρυγήσεται τῷ πυρὶ, ὥς φησιν Ἠσαίας ἐν οἷς πρὸς τὸν τῶν ὅλων Θεὸν διαλέγεται· Ὀ λέγων τῇ ἀβύσσῳ. Ἐρημωθήσῃ, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ποταμούς σου ξηρανῶ. Ὥστε, ἀποῤῥίψας τὴν μωρανθεῖσαν σοφίαν, κατάδεξαι μεθʼ ἡμῶν τὴν διδασκαλίαν τῆς ἀληθείας, ἰδιωτικὴν μὲν τῷ λόγῳ, ἀδιάπτωτον δὲ κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν.

Periblepsai pasan tēn ktisin, kai hopsei tou thermou tēn dynamin tois en genesei kai phthorą pasin endynasteuousan, Dia touto poly to hydōr hyper gēs kechymenon, kai hyperekeina tōn horōmenōn apenechthen, kai proseti panti tǭ bathei tēs gēs enesparmenon. Hothen pēgōn aphthoniai, kai phreatōn systaseis, kai potamōn rheumata, cheimarrhōn te kai aennaōn, hyper tou hen pollois kai poikilois tameiois diatēreisthai tēn hygrasian. Ek men ge tēs heō apo men cheimerinōn tropōn ho Indos rhei potamos, rheuma pantōn potamiōn hydatōn pleiston, hōs hoi tas periodous tēs gēs anagraphontes historēkasin; apo de tōn mesōn, tēs anatolēs ho te Baktros, kai ho Choaspēs, kai ho Araxēs, aphʼ hou kai ho Tanaïs aposchizomenos eis tēn Maiōtin exeisi limnēn; kai pros toutois ho Phasis, tōn Kaukasiōn horōn haporrheōn, kai myrioi heteroi apo tōn arktǭōn topōn epi ton Euxeinon Ponton pherontai; apo de dysmōn tōn therinōn hypo to Pyrēnaion horos Tartēssos te kai Istros; hōn ho men tēn exō Stēlōn aphietai thalassan, ho de Istros, dia tēs Heurōpēs rheōn, epi ton Ponton ekdidōsi. Kai ti dei tous allous aparithmeisthai, hous hai Rhipai gennōsi, ta hyper tēs endotatō Skythias horē? hōn esti kai ho Rhodanos meta myriōn allōn potamōn, kai autōn nausiporōn, hoi, tous hesperious Galatas kai Keltous, kai tous prosecheis autois barbarous parameipsamenoi, epi to hesperion pantes eischeontai pelagos. ’Alloi ek tēs mesēmbrias anōthen dia tēs Aithiopias, oi men epi tēn pros hēmas erchontai thalassan, hoi de epi tēn exō tēs pleomenēs apokenountai; ho te Aigōn kai ho Nysēs, kai ho kaloumenos Chremetēs, kai pros ge eti ho Neilos, hos oude potamois tēn physin eoiken, hotan isa thalassę̄ pelagizę̄ tēn Aigypton. Houtōs ho tēs kathʼ hēmas oikoumenēs topos hydati perieilēptai, pelagesi te apletois endedemenos kai myriois potamois aennaois katarrhytos, dia tēn harrhēton sophian tou tēn antipalon tǭ pyri physin dysexanalōton einai oikonomēsantos. ’Estai mentoi hote kai panta kataphrygēsetai tǭ pyri, hōs phēsin Ēsaias en hois pros ton tōn holōn Theon dialegetai; O legōn tę̄ abyssǭ. Erēmōthēsę̄, kai pantas tous potamous sou xēranō. Hōste, aporrhipsas tēn mōrantheisan sophian, katadexai methʼ hēmōn tēn didaskalian tēs alētheias, idiōtikēn men tǭ logǭ, adiaptōton de kata tēn gnōsin.

Look around the whole creation, and you will see the power of heat holding sway over everything subject to coming-to-be and perishing. That is why much water is poured over the earth, and carried away beyond what we can see, and also sown throughout the whole depth of the earth. Hence the abundance of springs, the gatherings of wells, the streams of rivers, both torrents and ever-flowing ones, so that moisture may be kept in many and various storehouses. From the east, from the winter solstice, flows the river Indus, the greatest volume of all river waters, as those who write descriptions of the earth have recorded; from the middle of the east, the Bactrus, the Choaspes, and the Araxes, from which the Tanais branches off and flows out into Lake Maeotis; and besides these the Phasis, flowing down from the Caucasus mountains, and countless others are carried from the northern regions into the Euxine Sea. From the summer west, below the Pyrenees mountain, the Tartessus and the Ister: one of these empties into the sea outside the Pillars, while the Ister, flowing through Europe, discharges into the Pontus. And why need I list the others, which the Rhipaean mountains beyond inner Scythia give birth to? Among them is the Rhodanus, with countless other rivers, also navigable, which pass by the western Galatians and Celts and the barbarians who border them, and all pour into the western sea. Others from the south flow down through Ethiopia, some coming into our sea, others emptying into the sea outside the navigable one: the Aegon, the Nyses, the one called Chremetes, and besides these the Nile, which does not even resemble rivers in nature when it floods Egypt like a sea. So the region of the inhabited world we live in is encompassed by water, bound in by immeasurable seas and watered by countless ever-flowing rivers, through the unspeakable wisdom of the one who arranged that the nature opposed to fire should be hard to consume. Yet there will be a time when all things will be burned up by fire, as Isaiah says when he speaks to the God of all: "He who says to the abyss, You will be laid waste, and I will dry up all your rivers." So cast away the wisdom that has been made foolish, and accept with us the teaching of the truth, plain in its wording but unerring in its knowledge.

3.7PG 29:68c–72a

Διὰ τοῦτο Γενηθήτω στερέωμα εν μέσῳ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἔστω διαχωρίζον ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὕδατος. Εἴρηται τί τὸ σημαινόμενον παρὰ τῇ Γραφῇ τὸ τοῦ στερεώματος ὄνομα. ’Ὅτι οὒχὶ τὴν ἀντίτυπον καὶ στερέμνιον φύσιν, τὴν ἔχουσαν βάρος καὶ ἀντέρεισιν, οὗ ταύτην λέγει στερέωμα· ἢ οὕτως ἂν κυριώτερον ἡ γῆ τῆς τοιαύτης κλήσεως ἠξιώθη. Ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν φύσιν τῶν ὑπερκειμένων λεπτὴν οὖσαν καὶ ἀραιὰν καὶ οὐδεμιᾷ αἰσθήσει καταληπτὴν, στερέωμα τοῦτο ὠνόμασε, συγκρίσει τῶν λεπτοτάτων καὶ τῇ αἰσθήσει ἀκαταλήπτων, Καὶ νόει μοι τόπον τινὰ διακριτικὸν τοῦ ὑγροῦ· τὸ μὲν λεπτὸν καὶ διηθούμενον ἐπὶ τὰ ἅνω διιέντα, τὸ δὲ παχύτατον καί γεῶδες ἐναφιέντα τοῖς κάτω, ἵνʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους ἡ αὐτὴ εὐκρασία συντηρηθῇ, κατὰ μέρος τῆς ἀφαιρέσεως τῶν ὑγρῶν γινομένης, Σὺ δὲ τῷ μὲν πλήθει τοῦ ὕδατος ἀπιστεῖς, πρὸς δὲ τοῦ θερμοῦ τὸ πλῆθος οὒκ ἂποβλέπεις · ὃ, κάν ὀλίγον ᾗ τῷ μεγέθει, πολλῆς ἐστι διὰ τὴν δύναμιν ἀναλωτικὸν ὑγρασίας. Ἐφέλκεται μὲν γὰρ τὸ παρακείμενον ὑγρὸν, ὡς δηλοῖ ἡ σικύα · δαπανητικὸν δέ ἐστι τοῦ ἐλκυσθέντος κατᾶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ λυχνιαίου πυρὸς, ὃ, διὰ τῆς θρυαλλίδος τὴν παρακειμένην τροφὴν ἐπισπασάμενον, ταχέως διὰ τῆς μεταβολῆς ἀπηνθράκωσε. Τὸν δὲ αἰθέρα τίς ἀμφιβάλλει μὴ οὐχὶ πυρώδη εἶναι καὶ διακαῆ; Ὃς εἰ μὴ τῷ ἀναγκαίῳ τοῦ ποιήσαντος ὅρῳ κατείχετο, τί ἂν ἐκώλυσεν αὐτὸν πάντα φλογίζοντα καὶ καταπιμπρῶντα τὰ συνεχῆ, πᾶσαν ὁμοῦ τὴν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐξαναλῶσαι νοτίδα; Διὰ ταῦτα ὕδωρ ἀέριον, νεφουμένου τοῦ ἄνω τόπου ἐκ τῆς ἀναφορᾶς τῶν ἀτμῶν, οὒς ποταμοὶ, καὶ κρῆναι, καὶ τενάγη, καὶ λίμναι, καὶ πελάγη πάντα προίενται, ὡς ἄν μὴ πάντα πυρακτῶν ὁ αἰθὴρ ἐπιλάβοι· ὅπου γε καὶ τὸν ἥλιον τοῦτον ὁρῶμεν ὥρα θέρους διάβροχον πολλάκις καὶ τεναγώδη χώραν ἐν βραχυτάτῃ χρόνου ἄνικμον παντελῶς καὶ ξηρὰν καταλιμπάνοντα. Ποῦ τοίνυν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὕδωρ, Δεικνύτωσαν ἡμῖν οἱ τὰ πάντα δεινοί, Ἆρʼ οὐχὶ παντὶ δῆλον, ὅτι τῇ θερμότητι τοῦ ἡλίου διατμηθὲν ἀνηλώθη; Καίτοιγε οὒδὲ θερμὸν εῖναι τὸν ἥλιον ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσιʼ τοσοῦτον αὐτοῖς τοῦ λέγειν περίεστι. Καὶ σκοπεῖτε ποταπῇ ἀποδείξει ἀπερειδόμενοι πρὸς τὴν ἐνάργειαν ἀντιβαίνουσιν. Ἐπειδὴ λευκός ἐστι, φασὶ, τὴν χροιὰν, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ ὑπέρυθρος, οὐδὲ ξανθὸς, τούτου ἕνεκεν οὐδὲ πυρώδης τὴν φύσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτου φασὶ τὸ θερμὸν ἐκ τῆς ταχείας εἶναι περιστροφῆς. Τί ἐντεῦθεν ἑαυτοῖς διοικούμενοι; Ὠς μηδὲν δόξαι τῶν ὑγρῶν ἀπαναλίσκειν τὸν ἥλιον. Ἐγὼ δὲ, κἂν μὴ ἀληθὲς ᾖ τὸ λεγόμενον, ἀλλʼ ὡς συγκατασκευάζον ἐμοὶ τὸν λόγον οὒκ ἀπωθοῦμαι, Ἐλέγετο γὰρ διὰ τὴν ὲκ τοῦ θερμοῦ δαπάνην ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τῶν ὑδάτων τὸ πλῆθος. Διαφέρει δὲ οῦδὲν ὲκ φύσεως εἶναι θερμὸν, ἢ ἐκ πάθους ἔχειν τὴν πύρωσιν πρός γε τὸ τὰ αὐτὰ συμπτώματα περὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ὕλας ἆπογεννᾷν, Ἐάν τε γὰρ τριβόμενα ξύλα πρὸς ἄλληλα πῦρ καὶ φλόγα ἀνάψῃ, εάν τε ἐκ φλογὸς ἆναπτομένης κατακαυθῇ, ἴσον ἐστὶ καὶ παραπλήσιον ἒξ ἀμφοτέρων τὸ τέλος. Καίτοιγε ὁρῶμεν τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ τὰ πάντα κυβερνῶντος σοφίαν, μετατιθεϊσαν τὸν ἥλιον ἕξ ἐτέρων εἷς ἔτερα, ἵνα μὴ, τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀεὶ προσδιατρίβων, τῇ πλεονεξία του θερμοῦ λυμήνηται τὴν διακόσμησιν· ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν αὐτὸν ἒπὶ τὸ νότιον μέρος κατὰ τὰς χειμερινὰς τροπὰς ἀπάγοντα, νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ ἰσημερινὰ σημεῖα μετατιθέντα, κάκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὰ προσάρκτια ὑπὸ τὰς θερινὰς τροπὰς ἐπανάγοντα ὥστε τῇ κατὰ μικρὸν αυτοῦ μεταβάσει τῷ περὶ γῆν τόπῳ τὴν εὗχρασίαν φυλάσσεσθαι, Σκοπείτωσαν δὲ ἐί μὴ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς περιπίπτουσιν, οἳ γε τὴν θάλασσαν λέγουσι μήτε πλημμυρεῖν τοῖς ποταμοῖς ἔκ τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου δαπάνης, καὶ προσέτι ἁλμυρὰν καὶ πικρὰν ἀπολείπεσθαι, τοῦ λεπτοῦ καὶ ποτίμου ὑπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἀναλωθέντος · ὅπερ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου μάλιστα γίνεται διακρίσεως, τὸ μὲν κοῦφον ἀπάγοντος, τὸ δὲ παχὺ καὶ γεῶδες οἷόν τινα ἰλὺν καὶ ὑποστάθμην ἔναφιὲντος · ἐξ οὗ τὸ πικρὸν καὶ ἁλμυρὸν καὶ ξηραντικὸν τῇ θαλάσση προσεῖναι, Οἱ δὴ ταυτα περὶ θαλάσσης λέγοντες, πάλιν μεταβαλλόμενοι, μηδεμίαν τοῦ ὑγροῦ γίνεσθαι μείωσιν ἐκ τοῦ ἡλίου φασί,

Dia touto Genēthētō stereōma en mesǭ tou hydatos, kai estō diachōrizon ana meson hydatos kai hydatos. Eirētai ti to sēmainomenon para tę̄ Graphę̄ to tou stereōmatos onoma. ’Hoti ouchi tēn antitypon kai steremnion physin, tēn echousan baros kai antereisin, hou tautēn legei stereōma; ē houtōs an kyriōteron hē gē tēs toiautēs klēseōs ēxiōthē. Alla dia tēn physin tōn hyperkeimenōn leptēn ousan kai araian kai oudemią aisthēsei katalēptēn, stereōma touto ōnomase, synkrisei tōn leptotatōn kai tę̄ aisthēsei akatalēptōn, Kai noei moi topon tina diakritikon tou hygrou; to men lepton kai diēthoumenon epi ta hanō diienta, to de pachytaton kai geōdes enaphienta tois katō, hinʼ ex archēs mechri telous hē autē eukrasia syntērēthę̄, kata meros tēs aphaireseōs tōn hygrōn ginomenēs, Sy de tǭ men plēthei tou hydatos apisteis, pros de tou thermou to plēthos ouk apoblepeis ; ho, kan oligon hę̄ tǭ megethei, pollēs esti dia tēn dynamin analōtikon hygrasias. Ephelketai men gar to parakeimenon hygron, hōs dēloi hē sikya ; dapanētikon de esti tou elkysthentos kata tēn eikona tou lychniaiou pyros, ho, dia tēs thryallidos tēn parakeimenēn trophēn epispasamenon, tacheōs dia tēs metabolēs apēnthrakōse. Ton de aithera tis amphiballei mē ouchi pyrōdē einai kai diakaē? Hos ei mē tǭ anankaiǭ tou poiēsantos horǭ kateicheto, ti an ekōlysen auton panta phlogizonta kai katapimprōnta ta synechē, pasan homou tēn en tois ousin exanalōsai notida? Dia tauta hydōr aerion, nephoumenou tou anō topou ek tēs anaphoras tōn atmōn, ous potamoi, kai krēnai, kai tenagē, kai limnai, kai pelagē panta proientai, hōs an mē panta pyraktōn ho aithēr epilaboi; hopou ge kai ton hēlion touton horōmen hōra therous diabrochon pollakis kai tenagōdē chōran en brachytatę̄ chronou anikmon pantelōs kai xēran katalimpanonta. Pou toinyn ekeino to hydōr, Deiknytōsan hēmin hoi ta panta deinoi, Arʼ ouchi panti dēlon, hoti tę̄ thermotēti tou hēliou diatmēthen anēlōthē? Kaitoige oude thermon einai ton hēlion ekeinoi legousiʼ tosouton autois tou legein periesti. Kai skopeite potapę̄ apodeixei apereidomenoi pros tēn enargeian antibainousin. Epeidē leukos esti, phasi, tēn chroian, allʼ ouchi hyperythros, oude xanthos, toutou heneken oude pyrōdēs tēn physin alla kai toutou phasi to thermon ek tēs tacheias einai peristrophēs. Ti enteuthen heautois dioikoumenoi? Ōs mēden doxai tōn hygrōn apanaliskein ton hēlion. Egō de, kan mē alēthes ę̄ to legomenon, allʼ hōs synkataskeuazon emoi ton logon ouk apōthoumai, Elegeto gar dia tēn ek tou thermou dapanēn anankaion einai tōn hydatōn to plēthos. Diapherei de ouden ek physeōs einai thermon, ē ek pathous echein tēn pyrōsin pros ge to ta auta symptōmata peri tas autas hylas apogennąn, Ean te gar tribomena xyla pros allēla pyr kai phloga anapsę̄, ean te ek phlogos anaptomenēs katakauthę̄, ison esti kai paraplēsion ex amphoterōn to telos. Kaitoige horōmen tēn megalēn tou ta panta kybernōntos sophian, metatitheïsan ton hēlion hex eterōn heis etera, hina mē, tois autois aei prosdiatribōn, tę̄ pleonexia tou thermou lymēnētai tēn diakosmēsin; alla nyn men auton epi to notion meros kata tas cheimerinas tropas apagonta, nyn de epi ta isēmerina sēmeia metatithenta, kakeithen epi ta prosarktia hypo tas therinas tropas epanagonta hōste tę̄ kata mikron autou metabasei tǭ peri gēn topǭ tēn heuchrasian phylassesthai, Skopeitōsan de ei mē autoi heautois peripiptousin, hoi ge tēn thalassan legousi mēte plēmmyrein tois potamois ek tēs tou hēliou dapanēs, kai proseti halmyran kai pikran apoleipesthai, tou leptou kai potimou hypo tēs thermēs analōthentos ; hoper ek tēs tou hēliou malista ginetai diakriseōs, to men kouphon apagontos, to de pachy kai geōdes hoion tina ilyn kai hypostathmēn enaphientos ; ex hou to pikron kai halmyron kai xērantikon tę̄ thalassē proseinai, Hoi dē tauta peri thalassēs legontes, palin metaballomenoi, mēdemian tou hygrou ginesthai meiōsin ek tou hēliou phasi,

That is why: "Let there be a firmament in the midst of the water, and let it divide between water and water." It has been said what the name firmament signifies in Scripture: that it does not call firmament the resistant and solid nature that has weight and offers support; otherwise the earth would more properly have been deemed worthy of this name. But because the nature of the things lying above is fine and thin and not perceptible to any sense, it named this a firmament by comparison with things very fine and imperceptible to sense. Picture, then, some place that separates the moisture, letting what is fine and filtered pass upward, and sending what is thickest and earthy down below, so that from the beginning to the end the same good balance may be preserved, as the moisture is taken away little by little. You disbelieve the great quantity of water, but you do not look to the quantity of heat, which, even if it is small in size, is able to consume a great deal of moisture because of its power. For it draws in the moisture near it, as the cupping glass shows, and it consumes what it has drawn, after the manner of the fire of a lamp, which draws up through the wick the fuel beside it and quickly turns it to ash by changing it. And who doubts that the ether is fiery and burning hot? If it were not held back by the necessary limit set by its maker, what would prevent it from setting everything ablaze and burning up all that adjoins it, consuming at once all the moisture in existing things? This is why there is airy water, as the upper region is clouded by the rising of vapors which rivers and springs and marshes and lakes and all the seas send up, so that the ether may not seize and set all things on fire. For we see even this sun of ours, in summertime, often leave a soaked and marshy country completely without moisture and dry in a very short time. Where, then, is that water? Let those who are clever at everything show us. Is it not plain to all that it has been turned to vapor and consumed by the heat of the sun? And yet they say that the sun is not even hot: such a surplus of talk do they have! And see what kind of proof they lean on in resisting what is evident. Because it is white in color, they say, and not reddish or yellow, therefore it is not fiery in nature either; but its heat too, they say, comes from its rapid revolution. What do they gain for themselves by this? That the sun should not seem to consume any moisture. But I, even if what they say is not true, do not reject it, since it helps to build up my argument. For it was said that the quantity of the waters is necessary because of the consumption caused by heat. And it makes no difference whether a thing is hot by nature or has its burning from being acted upon, so far as producing the same effects on the same materials is concerned. For whether pieces of wood rubbed against each other kindle fire and flame, or are burned by a flame set to them, the result of both is equal and alike. And besides, we see the great wisdom of the one who steers all things moving the sun from one region to another, so that by lingering always in the same places it may not ruin the order of things by an excess of heat; but now leading it to the southern part at the winter solstice, now moving it to the equinoctial signs, and from there bringing it back to the northern regions at the summer solstice, so that by its gradual passage the good balance of the region around the earth is preserved. Let them consider whether they are not contradicting themselves, who say that the sea does not overflow from the rivers because of the sun's consumption, and further that it is left salty and bitter because what is fine and drinkable has been consumed by the heat; which happens chiefly through the sun's power of separation, which carries off what is light and leaves behind what is thick and earthy, like a kind of mud and sediment; from which comes the bitterness, saltiness, and drying quality of the sea. Those who say these things about the sea change their ground again and say that no diminution of moisture comes about from the sun.

3.8PG 29:72a–73d

Καὶ ἒκάλεσεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ στερέωμα οὐρανόν· ὡς κυρίως μὲν ἑτέρῳ τῆς προσηγορίας ἐφαρμοζούσης, καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν δὲ καὶ τούτου μεταλαμβάνοντος τῆς κλήσεως. Τετηρήκαμεν δὲ πολλαχοῦ τὸν ὁρώμενον τόπον οὖρανὸν λεγόμενον διὰ τὸ ναστὸν καὶ συνεχὲς τοῦ ἀέρος, ἐναργῶς ἡμῶν ταῖς ὄψεσιν ὑποπίπτοντος, καὶ παρὰ τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι τῆς τοῦ οὒρανοῦ προσηγορίας ἀξιουμένου· ἐν οἷς φησι· Τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὖρανοῦ καὶ πάλιν ' Τὰ πετόμενα κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τό Ἀναβαίνουσιν ἕως τῶν οὑρανῶν. Καὶ Μωϋσῆς, εὐλογῶν τὴν φυλὴν τοῦ Ἰωσήφ, ἀπὸ ὡρῶν οὐρανοῦ, καὶ δρόσου, καὶ ἀπὸ ἡλίου τροπῶν, καὶ συνόδων μηνῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ κορυφῆς ὀρέων καὶ βουνῶν ἀεννάων τὰς εὐλογίας δίδωσιν, ὡς τοῦ περὶ γῆν τόπου διὰ τῆς ἐν τούτοις εὒταξίας εὐθηνουμένου. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ὲν ταῖς κατάραις τῷ ἰσραῆλ, ’Ἔσται σοι, φησὶν, ὁ ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς οὖρανος χαλκοῦς, Τί τοῦτο λέγων; Τὴν παντελῆ ξηρασίαν καὶ ἐπίλειψιν τῶν ἀερίων ὑδάτων, ’διʼ ὧν τῇ γῇ τὸ γόνιμον τῶν καρπῶν ἐνυπάρχει. Ὅταν οὖν ἐκ τοῦ οὖρανοῦ φέρεσθαι λέγῃ δρόσον ἢ ὑετὸν, περὶ ὑδάτων νοοῦμεν ὅσα τήν ἅνω κατέχειν διατέτακται χώραν. Συναγομένων γὰρ τῶν ἀναθυμιάσεων περὶ τὸ ὕψος, καὶ πυκνουμένου του ἀέρος ταῖς ἐκ τῶν πνευμάτων πιλήσεσιν, ὅταν μὲν αἰ τέως ἀτμοειδῶς καὶ λεπτῶς ἓνεσπαρμέναι τῷ νέφει νοτίδες ἀλλήλαις προσχωρήσωσι, σταγόνες γίγνονται, τῷ βάρει τῶν συγκριθέντων φερόμεναι πρὸς τὸ κάτω· καὶ αὕτη ὑετοῦ γένεσιςʼ ὅταν δὲ τὸ ὑγρόν ἐξαφριστῇ, ταῖς βίαις τῶν ἀνέμων ἀνακοπὲν, εἶτα εἰς ἄκρον καταψυχθὲν, ὅλον διόλου παγῇ, θραυομένου τού νέφους, ἡ χιὼν καταφέρεται. Καὶ ὅλως, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, ἔξεστί σοι ὁρᾷν πᾶσαν τοῦ ὑγροῦ τὴν φύσιν περὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ἡμῶν ἀέρα συνισταμένην, Καὶ μηδεὶς τῇ περιεργίᾳ τῶν περὶ οὖρανοῦ φιλοσοφησάντων τὸν ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀκατάσκευον τῶν πνευματικῶν λόγων παραβαλλέτω. ’Ὂσῳ γὰρ τὸ ἐν ταῖς σώφροσι κάλλος τοῦ ἑταιρικοῦ προτιμότερον, τοσοῦτον καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγων πρὸς τοὺς ἔξωθεν τὸ διάφορον, Οἱ μὲν γὰρ κατηναγκασμένον τὸ πιθανὸν τοῖς λόγοις ἐπάγουσιν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ γυμνὴ τεχνασμάτων ἡ ἀλήθεια πρόκειται. Καὶ τί δεῖ πράγματα ἔχειν ἡμᾶς τὸ ψευδὲς αὐτῶν διελέγχοντας, οἷς ἐξαρκεῖ τὰς αὐτῶν ἐκείνῶν βίβλους ἀλληλαις ἀντιπαραθὲντας ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ πολλῇ θεατὰς αὐτῶν τοῦ πολέμου καθῆσθαι; Οὔτε γὰρ ἀριθμῷ ἐλάττους, οὔτε ἀξιώματι ὑφειμένοι, πολυφωνίᾳ δὲ καὶ παρὰ πολὺ διαφέροντες πρὸς τὸν ἐναντιον αὒτοϊς ἀντικαθιστάνται λόγον, οἱ τὸ πᾶν ἐκπυροῦσθαι λέγοντες, καὶ ἀναβιώσκεσθαι πάλιν ἐκ τῶν σπερματικῶν λόγων τῶν ἐναπομενόντων τοῖς ἐκπυρωθεϊσιν· ὅθεν καὶ ἀπείρους φθορὰς κόσμου καὶ παλιγγενεσίας εἰσάγουσιν. Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν, ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα τῆς ἀληθείας ἆποσχιζόμενοι, ’ἐνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν τὰς ἐπὶ τὴν πλάνην ἑαυτοῖς ἔκτροπὰς ἐξευρίσκουσιν.

Kai ekalesen ho Theos to stereōma ouranon; hōs kyriōs men heterǭ tēs prosēgorias epharmozousēs, kathʼ homoiōsin de kai toutou metalambanontos tēs klēseōs. Tetērēkamen de pollachou ton horōmenon topon ouranon legomenon dia to naston kai syneches tou aeros, enargōs hēmōn tais opsesin hypopiptontos, kai para to horasthai tēs tou ouranou prosēgorias axioumenou; en hois phēsi; Ta peteina tou ouranou kai palin ' Ta petomena kata to stereōma tou ouranou. Toiouton esti kai to Anabainousin heōs tōn houranōn. Kai Mōÿsēs, eulogōn tēn phylēn tou Iōsēph, apo hōrōn ouranou, kai drosou, kai apo hēliou tropōn, kai synodōn mēnōn, kai apo koryphēs oreōn kai bounōn aennaōn tas eulogias didōsin, hōs tou peri gēn topou dia tēs en toutois eutaxias euthēnoumenou. Alla kai en tais katarais tǭ israēl, ’Estai soi, phēsin, ho hyper kephalēs ouranos chalkous, Ti touto legōn? Tēn pantelē xērasian kai epileipsin tōn aeriōn hydatōn, ’diʼ hōn tę̄ gę̄ to gonimon tōn karpōn enyparchei. Hotan oun ek tou ouranou pheresthai legę̄ droson ē hyeton, peri hydatōn nooumen hosa tēn hanō katechein diatetaktai chōran. Synagomenōn gar tōn anathymiaseōn peri to hypsos, kai pyknoumenou tou aeros tais ek tōn pneumatōn pilēsesin, hotan men ai teōs atmoeidōs kai leptōs henesparmenai tǭ nephei notides allēlais proschōrēsōsi, stagones gignontai, tǭ barei tōn synkrithentōn pheromenai pros to katō; kai hautē hyetou genesisʼ hotan de to hygron exaphristę̄, tais biais tōn anemōn anakopen, eita eis akron katapsychthen, holon diolou pagę̄, thrauomenou tou nephous, hē chiōn katapheretai. Kai holōs, kata ton auton logon, exesti soi horąn pasan tou hygrou tēn physin peri ton hyper kephalēs hēmōn aera synistamenēn, Kai mēdeis tę̄ periergią tōn peri ouranou philosophēsantōn ton haploun kai akataskeuon tōn pneumatikōn logōn paraballetō. ’Osǭ gar to en tais sōphrosi kallos tou hetairikou protimoteron, tosouton kai tōn hēmeterōn logōn pros tous exōthen to diaphoron, Hoi men gar katēnankasmenon to pithanon tois logois epagousin; entautha de gymnē technasmatōn hē alētheia prokeitai. Kai ti dei pragmata echein hēmas to pseudes autōn dielenchontas, hois exarkei tas autōn ekeinōn biblous allēlais antiparathentas en hēsychią pollę̄ theatas autōn tou polemou kathēsthai? Oute gar arithmǭ elattous, oute axiōmati hypheimenoi, polyphōnią de kai para poly diapherontes pros ton enantion autoïs antikathistantai logon, hoi to pan ekpyrousthai legontes, kai anabiōskesthai palin ek tōn spermatikōn logōn tōn enapomenontōn tois ekpyrōtheïsin; hothen kai apeirous phthoras kosmou kai palingenesias eisagousin. Allʼ ekeinoi men, ephʼ hekatera tēs alētheias aposchizomenoi, ’enthen kai enthen tas epi tēn planēn heautois ektropas exeuriskousin.

"And God called the firmament heaven." The name belongs properly to another, and this one shares in the title by likeness. We have observed that in many places the visible region is called heaven, because of the density and continuity of the air that falls clearly under our sight, and that it is deemed worthy of the name heaven from its being seen, as where it says, "The birds of heaven," and again, "The things that fly along the firmament of heaven." Of this kind too is the saying, "They go up to the heavens." And Moses, blessing the tribe of Joseph, gives the blessings from the seasons of heaven and from dew, and from the turnings of the sun and the conjunctions of the months, and from the top of the mountains and the everlasting hills, since the region around the earth flourishes through the good order of these things. And in the curses upon Israel too: "The heaven over your head," he says, "will be bronze for you." What does he mean by this? Complete drought and failure of the airy waters, through which the fruitfulness of crops is present in the earth. So when it says that dew or rain comes from heaven, we understand it of the waters that have been appointed to occupy the upper region. For when the exhalations are gathered on high and the air is condensed by the pressing of the winds, then, when the moisture that was until then scattered through the cloud in a thin, vaporous form comes together, drops are formed, carried downward by the weight of what has been compacted; and this is the coming into being of rain. And when the moisture is whipped into foam, beaten back by the force of the winds, and then, chilled to the extreme, freezes through and through, the cloud breaks and snow falls. And in general, by the same reasoning, you can see the whole nature of moisture forming in the air above our heads. And let no one compare the simple and unadorned style of the words of the Spirit with the elaborate inquiries of those who have philosophized about heaven. For as much as the beauty of chaste women is preferable to that of a harlot, so great is the difference between our words and those of outsiders. They bring a forced plausibility to their arguments; here the truth lies before us naked of artifice. And why need we trouble ourselves refuting their falsehood, when it is enough for us to set their own books against one another and sit in great quiet as spectators of their war? For neither fewer in number nor lower in reputation, but far surpassing them in noise, those who say that the universe is set on fire and comes to life again from the seminal principles that remain in what has been burned set themselves against the opposite view; whence they also introduce infinite destructions and rebirths of the world. But they, splitting off from the truth on either side, find for themselves on this side and on that the byways that lead to error.

3.9PG 29:73d–76d

Ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐστί τις λόγος περὶ τῶν διακριθέντων ὑδάτων, οἳ προφάσει ἀναγωγῆς, καὶ νοημάτων ὑψηλοτέρων, εἷς ἀλληγορίας κατέφυγον, δυνάμεις λέγοντες πνευματικὰς ἀσωμάτους τροπικῶς ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων σημαίνεσθαι· καὶ ἅνω μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ στερεώματός μεμενηκέναι τὰς κρείττονας, κάτω δὲ τοῖς περιγείοις καὶ ὑλικοῐς τόποις προσαπομεῖναι τὰς πονηράς. Διὰ τοῦτο δὴ, φασὶ, καὶ τὰ ἐπάνω τῶν οὐρανῶν ὕδατα αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεόν· τουτέστι, τὰς ἀγαθὰς δυνάμεις ἀξίας οὔσας διὰ καθάρότητα τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ τὸν πρέποντα αἶνον ἀποδιδόναι τῷ κτίσαντι· τὰ δὲ ὑποκάτω τῶν οὒρανῶν ὕδατα τὰ πνευματικὰ εἶναι τῆς πονηρίας, ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν ὕψους εἷς τὸ τῆς κακίας βάθος καταπεσόντα· ἅπερ, ὡς ταραχώδη ὄντα καὶ στασιαστικὰ, καὶ τοῖς θορύβοις τῶν παθῶν κυμαινόμενα, θάλασσαν ὠνομάσθαι διὰ τὸ εὐμετάβλητον καὶ ἄστατον τῶν κατὰ προαίρεσίν κινημάτων, Τοὺς δὴ τοιούτους λόγους ὡς ὀνειράτων συγκρίσεις καὶ γραώδεις μύθους ἀποπεμψάμενοι, τὸ ὕδωρ ὕδωρ νοήσωμεν, καὶ τὴν διάκρισιν τὴν ὕπὸ τοῦ στερεώματος γινομένην κατὰ τὴν ἀποδοθεῖσαν αἰτίαν δεξώμεθα. Καὶ μέντοι, κᾶν εἷς δοξολογίαν ποτὲ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν ὅλων Δεσπότου τὰ ὕπεράνω τῶν οὖρανῶν παραλαμβάνηται ὕδατα, οὗ λογικὴν αὐτὰ φύσιν παρὰ τοῦτο τιθέμεθα. Οὔτε γὰρ οἱ ούρανοὶ ἔμψυχοι, ἔπειδὴ Διηγοῦνται δόξαν Θεοῦ οὔτε τὸ στερέωμα ζῶόν ἐστιν αἰσθητικὸν, ἐπειδὴ Ἀναγγέλλει ποίησιν τῶν χειρῶν αὖτοῦ. Κᾶν λέγῃ τις οὖρανοὺς μὲν εἶναι τὰς θεωρητικὰς δυνάμεις, στερέωμα δὲ τὰς πρακτικὰς καὶ ποιητικὰς τῶν καθηκόντων, ὡς κεκομφευμένον μὲν τὸν λόγον ἀποδεχόμεθα, ἀληθῆ δὲ εἶναι οὒ πάνυ τι δώσομεν. Ούτω γὰρ ἂν καὶ δρόσος, καὶ πάχνη, καὶ ψῦχος, καὶ καῦμα, ἐπειδὴ ὑμνεῖν παρὰ τῷ Δανιὴλ τὸν τῶν ὅλων Δημιουργον επετάχθη, νοερά τις ἔσται καὶ ἀόρατος φύσις. Ἀλλʼ ὃ ἐν τούτοις λόγος, παρὰ τῶν νοῦν ἑχόντων τεθεωρημένως ἐκλαμβανόμενος, συμπληρωτικός ἐστι τῇς δοξολογίας τοῦ κτίσαντος. Οὐ μόνον γὰρ τὸ ἓπάνω τῶν οὖρανῶν ὕδωρ, ὡς προηγούμενον ταῖς τιμαῖς διὰ τὴν ἑξ ἀρετῆς προσοῦσαν αὖτῷ ὑπεροχὴν τῷ Θεῷ τὸν αἷνον ἀποπληροῖ, ἀλλʼ, Αἰνεῖτε γὰρ αὐτὸν, φησὶ, καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, δράκοντες καὶ πᾶσαι ἄβυσσοι. ’Ὥστε καὶ ἡ ἄβυσσος, ἣν εἰς τὴν χείρονα μοῖραν οἱ ἀλληγοροῦντες ἀπέρριψαν, οὐδὲ αὕτη ἀπόβλητος ἐκρίθη τῷ ψαλμῳδῴ, εἷς τὴν κοινὴν τῆς κτίσεως χοροστασίαν παραληφθεῖσα· ἀλλὰ καὶ αὕτη κατὰ τοὺς ἒνυπάρχοντας αὐτῇ λόγους ἁρμονίως συμπληροῖ τὴν ὑμνῳδίαν τῷ ποιητῇ.

Hēmin de kai pros tous apo tēs Ekklēsias esti tis logos peri tōn diakrithentōn hydatōn, hoi prophasei anagōgēs, kai noēmatōn hypsēloterōn, heis allēgorias katephygon, dynameis legontes pneumatikas asōmatous tropikōs ek tōn hydatōn sēmainesthai; kai hanō men epi tou stereōmatos memenēkenai tas kreittonas, katō de tois perigeiois kai hylikois topois prosapomeinai tas ponēras. Dia touto dē, phasi, kai ta epanō tōn ouranōn hydata ainein ton Theon; toutesti, tas agathas dynameis axias ousas dia katharotēta tou hēgemonikou ton preponta ainon apodidonai tǭ ktisanti; ta de hypokatō tōn ouranōn hydata ta pneumatika einai tēs ponērias, apo tou kata physin hypsous heis to tēs kakias bathos katapesonta; haper, hōs tarachōdē onta kai stasiastika, kai tois thorybois tōn pathōn kymainomena, thalassan ōnomasthai dia to eumetablēton kai astaton tōn kata proairesin kinēmatōn, Tous dē toioutous logous hōs oneiratōn synkriseis kai graōdeis mythous apopempsamenoi, to hydōr hydōr noēsōmen, kai tēn diakrisin tēn hypo tou stereōmatos ginomenēn kata tēn apodotheisan aitian dexōmetha. Kai mentoi, kan heis doxologian pote tou koinou tōn holōn Despotou ta hyperanō tōn ouranōn paralambanētai hydata, hou logikēn auta physin para touto tithemetha. Oute gar hoi ouranoi empsychoi, epeidē Diēgountai doxan Theou oute to stereōma zōon estin aisthētikon, epeidē Anangellei poiēsin tōn cheirōn autou. Kan legę̄ tis ouranous men einai tas theōrētikas dynameis, stereōma de tas praktikas kai poiētikas tōn kathēkontōn, hōs kekompheumenon men ton logon apodechometha, alēthē de einai ou pany ti dōsomen. Outō gar an kai drosos, kai pachnē, kai psychos, kai kauma, epeidē hymnein para tǭ Daniēl ton tōn holōn Dēmiourgon epetachthē, noera tis estai kai aoratos physis. Allʼ ho en toutois logos, para tōn noun hechontōn tetheōrēmenōs eklambanomenos, symplērōtikos esti tę̄s doxologias tou ktisantos. Ou monon gar to hepanō tōn ouranōn hydōr, hōs proēgoumenon tais timais dia tēn hex aretēs prosousan autǭ hyperochēn tǭ Theǭ ton hainon apoplēroi, allʼ, Aineite gar auton, phēsi, kai ta ek tēs gēs, drakontes kai pasai abyssoi. ’Hōste kai hē abyssos, hēn eis tēn cheirona moiran hoi allēgorountes aperripsan, oude hautē apoblētos ekrithē tǭ psalmǭdǭ, heis tēn koinēn tēs ktiseōs chorostasian paralēphtheisa; alla kai hautē kata tous enyparchontas autę̄ logous harmoniōs symplēroi tēn hymnǭdian tǭ poiētę̄.

We also have something to say, about the waters that were divided, to some from within the church who, on the pretext of a higher sense and loftier thoughts, have taken refuge in allegories, saying that spiritual, incorporeal powers are figuratively signified by the waters; that the better ones remained above, over the firmament, while the wicked ones were left below in the earthly and material regions. This is why, they say, the waters above the heavens also praise God: that is, the good powers, being worthy because of the purity of their ruling mind, render fitting praise to the Creator; while the waters below the heavens are the spirits of wickedness, which have fallen from their natural height into the depth of evil; and these, being turbulent and rebellious and tossed by the tumults of the passions, have been named sea because of the changeableness and instability of their voluntary movements. Let us dismiss such accounts as interpretations of dreams and old wives' tales, and let us understand water as water, and accept the division made by the firmament according to the reason that has been given. And indeed, even if the waters above the heavens are sometimes called upon to glorify the common Master of all, we do not on that account posit that they have a rational nature. For the heavens are not ensouled because they "tell the glory of God," nor is the firmament a perceiving living being because it "proclaims the work of his hands." And if anyone says that the heavens are the contemplative powers, and the firmament the active powers that produce what is fitting, we accept the account as clever, but we will not at all grant that it is true. For in that way dew and frost and cold and heat, since in Daniel they are commanded to sing the praises of the Creator of all, would be some intelligent and invisible nature. But the meaning in these passages, understood thoughtfully by those who have sense, is that they fill out the glorification of the Creator. For it is not only the water above the heavens, as though leading in honors because of a superiority belonging to it by virtue, that renders praise to God; but, "Praise him," he says, "you things of the earth, dragons and all abysses." So the abyss too, which the allegorizers cast away to the worse portion, was not judged rejected by the psalmist either, being taken into the common chorus of creation; but it too, according to the principles within it, harmoniously completes the hymn to the Maker.

3.10PG 29:76d–77c

Καὶ εἶδεν ὸ Θεὸς, ὅτι καλόν. Οὒχὶ ὀφθαλμοῖς Θεοῦ τέρψιν παρέχει τὰ παρʼ αὖτοῦ γινόμενα, οὒδὲ τοιαύτη παρʼ αὒτῷ ἡ ἆποδοχὴ τῶν καλῶν, οʼία καὶ παρʼ ἧμιν· ἀλλὰ καλὸν τὸ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς τέχνης ἐκτελεσθὲν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ τέλους εὔχρηστίαν συντεῖνον Ὀ τοίνυν ἐναργῆ τὸν σκοπὸν τῶν γινομένων προθέμενος, τὰ κατὰ μέρος γινόμενα ὡς συμπληρωτικὰ τοῦ τέλους τοῖς τεχνικοῖς ἑαυτοῦ λόγοις ἐπελθὼν ἀπεδέξατο. Ἐπεὶ καὶ χεὶρ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν καὶ ὀφθαλμὸς ἰδίᾳ, καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν τοῦ ἁνδριαντος μελῶν διηρημενως κείμενα, οὒκ ἂν φανείη καλὰ τῷ τυχόντι· πρὸς δὲ τὴν οἰκείαν τάξιν ἀποτεθέντα, τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἀναλογίας, ἐμφανὲς μόλις ποτέ, καὶ τῷ ἰδιώτῃ παρέχεται γνώριμον, Ὀ μέντοι τεχνίτης καὶ πρὸ τῆς συνθέσεως οἶδε τὸ ἑκάστου καλὸν, καὶ ἐπαινεῖ τὸ καθʼ ἕκαστον, πρὸς τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν ἐπαναφέρων τὴν ἔννοιαν, Τοιοῦτος οὖν δή τις καὶ νῦν ἔντεχνος ἐπαινέτης τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἔργων ὁ Θεὸς ἀναγέγραπται· μέλλει δὲ τὸν προσήκοντα ἔπαινον καὶ παντὶ ὁμοῦ τῷ κόσμῳ ἀπαρτισθέντι πληροῦν, Ἀλλὰ γάρ ἐνταῦθα ἡμῖν οἱ περὶ τῆς δευτέρας ἡμέρας καταληξάτωσαν λόγοι, ὥστε τοῖς μὲν φιλοπόνοις ἀκροαταῖς καιρὸν παρασχεῖν τῆς ὧν ἤκουσαν ἐξετάσεως, ὥστε εἴ τι χρήσιμον ἐν αὐτοῖς, τοῦτο τῇ μνήμῃ συσχεϊν, καὶ διὰ τῆς φιλοπόνου μελέτης, οἷον διὰ τινος πέψεως, τὴν τῶν ὠφελίμων ἀνάδοσιν ἀναμεῖναι· τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀσχόλουμένοις δοῦναι σχολὴν διὰ τοῦ μέσου χρόνου τὰς φροντίδας διαθεμένοις, καθαρᾷ μεριμνῶν τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς τὴν ἑσπερινην τῶν λόγων έστιασιν ἀπαντῆσαι. Ὀ δὲ τὰ μεγάλα δημιουργήσας Θεὸς, καὶ τὰ μικρά ταῦτα λεχθῆναι οἰκονομήσας, δῲη ὑμῖν σύνεσιν ἐν παντὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀληθείας, ἵνʼ ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων τὸν ἀόρατον ὲννοῆτε, καὶ ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς τῶν κτισμάτων τὴν πρέπουσαν δόξαν περί τοῦ κτίσαντος ἡμᾶς ἀναλαμβάνητε. Τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὒτοῦ ὕπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήματι νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης· ὥστε καὶ ἐν γῇ, καὶ ἐν ἀέρι, καὶ ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἓν ὕδατι, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ, καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρωμένοις ἐναργῆ λαμβάνειν ἡμᾶς τοῦ εὔεργὲτου τὰ ὑπομνήματα, Οῧτε γὰρ ἁμαρτίαις καιρόν τινα δώσομεν, οὔτε τῷ ἐχθρῷ τόπον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν καταλείψομεν, διά τῆς συνεχους μνήμης ἔνοικον ἔχοντες ἑαυτῶν τὸν Θεόν ᾦ πᾶσα δόξα καὶ προσκύνησις νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αίῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν,

Kai eiden o Theos, hoti kalon. Ouchi ophthalmois Theou terpsin parechei ta parʼ autou ginomena, oude toiautē parʼ autǭ hē apodochē tōn kalōn, oʼia kai parʼ hēmin; alla kalon to tǭ logǭ tēs technēs ektelesthen, kai pros tēn tou telous euchrēstian synteinon O toinyn enargē ton skopon tōn ginomenōn prothemenos, ta kata meros ginomena hōs symplērōtika tou telous tois technikois heautou logois epelthōn apedexato. Epei kai cheir kathʼ heautēn kai ophthalmos idią, kai hekaston tōn tou handriantos melōn diērēmenōs keimena, ouk an phaneiē kala tǭ tychonti; pros de tēn oikeian taxin apotethenta, to ek tēs analogias, emphanes molis pote, kai tǭ idiōtę̄ parechetai gnōrimon, O mentoi technitēs kai pro tēs syntheseōs oide to hekastou kalon, kai epainei to kathʼ hekaston, pros to telos autōn epanapherōn tēn ennoian, Toioutos oun dē tis kai nyn entechnos epainetēs tōn kata meros ergōn ho Theos anagegraptai; mellei de ton prosēkonta epainon kai panti homou tǭ kosmǭ apartisthenti plēroun, Alla gar entautha hēmin hoi peri tēs deuteras hēmeras katalēxatōsan logoi, hōste tois men philoponois akroatais kairon paraschein tēs hōn ēkousan exetaseōs, hōste ei ti chrēsimon en autois, touto tę̄ mnēmę̄ syscheïn, kai dia tēs philoponou meletēs, hoion dia tinos pepseōs, tēn tōn ōphelimōn anadosin anameinai; tois de peri ton bion ascholoumenois dounai scholēn dia tou mesou chronou tas phrontidas diathemenois, katharą merimnōn tę̄ psychę̄ pros tēn hesperinēn tōn logōn estiasin apantēsai. O de ta megala dēmiourgēsas Theos, kai ta mikra tauta lechthēnai oikonomēsas, dǭē hymin synesin en panti tēs heautou alētheias, hinʼ ek tōn horōmenōn ton aoraton ennoēte, kai ek megethous kai kallonēs tōn ktismatōn tēn prepousan doxan peri tou ktisantos hēmas analambanēte. Ta gar aorata autou hypo ktiseōs kosmou tois poiēmati nooumena kathoratai, hē te aïdios autou dynamis kai theiotēs; hōste kai en gę̄, kai en aeri, kai en ouranǭ, kai hen hydati, kai en nykti, kai en hēmerą, kai en pasi tois horōmenois enargē lambanein hēmas tou euergetou ta hypomnēmata, Oÿte gar hamartiais kairon tina dōsomen, oute tǭ echthrǭ topon en tais kardiais hēmōn kataleipsomen, dia tēs synechous mnēmēs enoikon echontes heautōn ton Theon ǭ pasa doxa kai proskynēsis nyn kai aei, kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn,

"And God saw that it was good." The things that come into being from God do not give delight to the eyes of God, nor is his approval of beautiful things the same as ours; but that is beautiful which has been completed according to the principle of the art and tends to the usefulness of its end. So he who had set before himself the clear purpose of what was being made went over the individual works and approved them, as completing the end according to his own principles of art. For a hand by itself, and an eye on its own, and each of the members of a statue lying separately, would not appear beautiful to an ordinary person; but when they are set in their proper order, the beauty of proportion, barely evident before, becomes recognizable even to the layman. The craftsman, however, knows the beauty of each even before they are put together, and praises each individually, referring his thought to their end. Such, then, is how God is now described: as a skilled praiser of the individual works; and he is about to give fitting praise also to the whole world together when it has been completed. But here let our words about the second day come to an end, so as to give the industrious hearers time to examine what they have heard, so that, if there was anything useful in it, they may hold it in memory and, by industrious meditation, as by a kind of digestion, await the distribution of what is beneficial; and to give those busy with their livelihood leisure during the interval, so that, having settled their concerns, they may come with a soul pure of cares to the evening feast of words. May God, who created great things and arranged that these small things should be spoken, give you understanding in everything of his own truth, so that from the things that are seen you may come to know the invisible one, and from the greatness and beauty of created things may take up a fitting thought of the one who created us. For "his invisible things, from the creation of the world, are clearly seen, being understood through the things that are made, both his eternal power and divinity." So in earth and in air and in heaven, in water, in night and in day, and in all things that are seen, we may receive clear reminders of our Benefactor. For we will give no occasion to sins, nor leave room for the enemy in our hearts, if by continual remembrance we have God dwelling in us; to whom be all glory and worship, now and always, and to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 4

4.1PG 29:77c–80c

Εἰσί τινες πόλεις παντοδαποῖς θεάμασι θαυματοποιῶν ἀπὸ βαθέος ὄρθρου μέχρις ἑσπέρας αὖτῆς έστιῶσαι τὰς ὄψεις. Καὶ μέντοι καὶ μελῶν τινῶν κεκλασμένων καὶ διεφθαρμένων καὶ παντάπασι πολλὴν ἀκολασίαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐντικτόντων, ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀκροώμενοι οὐκ ἐμπίμπλανται. Καὶ τους τοιούτους δήμους πολλοὶ μακαρίζουσιν, ὅτι, τὰς κατʼ ἀγορὰν ἐμπορίας, ἣ τὰς ἔκ τῶν τεχνῶν πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἐπινοίας καταλιπόντες, διὰ ῥᾳθυμίας πάσης καὶ ᾗδονῆς τὸν τεταγμένον ἑαυτοῖς τῆς ζωῆς χρόνον διαπερῶσιν· οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι ὀρχήστρα εὒθηνουμένην θεάμασιν ἀκολάστοις κοινὸν καὶ δημόσιον διδασκαλεῖον ἀσελγείας τοῖς συγκάθημένοις ἐστὶ, καὶ τὰ παναρμόνια τῶν αὐλῶν μέλη καὶ ᾄσματα πορνικὰ, ἐγκαθεζόμενα ταῖς τῶν ἀκουσάντων ψυχαῖς, οὒδὲν ἕτερον ἢ πάντας ἀσχημονεῖν ἀναπείθει, τὰ τῶν κιθαριστῶν ἢ τὰ τῶν αὐλητῶν κρούματα μιμουμένους. ’Ἤδη δέ τίνες τῶν ἱππομανούντων καὶ ὄναρ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἵππων μάχονται, ἅρματα μεταζευγνύντες καὶ ἡνιόχους μετατιθέντες, καὶ ὅλως τῆς μεθημερινης ἀφροσύνης οὐδὲ ἐν ταῖς καθʼ ὕπνον φαντασιαις ἀφίστανται, Ἠμεῖς δὲ ἄρα, οὓς ὁ Κύριος, ὁ μέγας θαυματοποιὸς καὶ τεχνίτης, ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπίδειξιν συνεκάλεσε τῶν οἰκείων ἔργων, ἀποκαμούμεθα πρὸς τὴν θέαν, ἢ ἀποκνήσομεν πρὸς τὴν ἀκρόασιν τῶν λογίων τοῦ Πνεύματος; Ἀλλʼ οὒχὶ τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ ποικίλον τῆς θείας δημιουργίας ἐργαστήριον περιστάντες, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄνω χρόνους ἐπανελθόντες τῆ διανοίᾳ ἕκαστος, ὀψόμεθα τὴν διακόσμησιν τοῦ παντός; οὐρανὸν μὲν ἑστάμενον, κατᾶ τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον, ὡσεὶ καμάραν· γῆν δὲ, τὴν ἄπειρον μεγέθει καὶ βάρει, αὐτὴν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς ἑδραζομένην· ἀέρα κεχυμένον, μαλακὸν καὶ ὑγρὸν τῇ φύσει, οἰκείαν μὲν καὶ διηνεκῆ τροφὴν τοῖς ἀναπνέουσι παρεχόμενον, ὑπείκοντα δὲ καὶ περισχιζόμενον τοῖς κινουμένοις διʼ ἁπαλότητα, ὣς μηδὲν ἐμπόδιον εἶναι παρʼ αὐτου τοῖς ὁρμῶσιν, ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ κατόπιν τῶν τεμνόντων αὐτὸν ἀντιπεριισταμένου ῥᾳδίως καὶ περιῤῥέοντος. Ὕδατος δὲ φύσιν τοῦ τε τροφίμου καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας χρείας ἡμῖν εὐτρεπισθέντος, καὶ τὴν εὔτακτον τούτου πρὸς τοὺς ἂφωρισμένους τόπους συναγωγὴν, ἐκ τῶν ἀρτίως ἡμῖν ἀνεγνωσμένων κατόψει.

Eisi tines poleis pantodapois theamasi thaumatopoiōn apo batheos orthrou mechris hesperas autēs estiōsai tas opseis. Kai mentoi kai melōn tinōn keklasmenōn kai diephtharmenōn kai pantapasi pollēn akolasian tais psychais entiktontōn, epi pleiston akroōmenoi ouk empimplantai. Kai tous toioutous dēmous polloi makarizousin, hoti, tas katʼ agoran emporias, hē tas ek tōn technōn pros to zę̄n epinoias katalipontes, dia rhąthymias pasēs kai hę̄donēs ton tetagmenon heautois tēs zōēs chronon diaperōsin; ouk eidotes hoti orchēstra euthēnoumenēn theamasin akolastois koinon kai dēmosion didaskaleion aselgeias tois synkathēmenois esti, kai ta panarmonia tōn aulōn melē kai ąsmata pornika, enkathezomena tais tōn akousantōn psychais, ouden heteron ē pantas aschēmonein anapeithei, ta tōn kitharistōn ē ta tōn aulētōn kroumata mimoumenous. ’Ēdē de tines tōn hippomanountōn kai onar hyper tōn hippōn machontai, harmata metazeugnyntes kai hēniochous metatithentes, kai holōs tēs methēmerinēs aphrosynēs oude en tais kathʼ hypnon phantasiais aphistantai, Ēmeis de ara, hous ho Kyrios, ho megas thaumatopoios kai technitēs, epi tēn epideixin synekalese tōn oikeiōn ergōn, apokamoumetha pros tēn thean, ē apoknēsomen pros tēn akroasin tōn logiōn tou Pneumatos? Allʼ ouchi to mega touto kai poikilon tēs theias dēmiourgias ergastērion peristantes, kai pros tous anō chronous epanelthontes tē dianoią hekastos, opsometha tēn diakosmēsin tou pantos? ouranon men hestamenon, kata ton prophētikon logon, hōsei kamaran; gēn de, tēn apeiron megethei kai barei, autēn ephʼ heautēs hedrazomenēn; aera kechymenon, malakon kai hygron tę̄ physei, oikeian men kai diēnekē trophēn tois anapneousi parechomenon, hypeikonta de kai perischizomenon tois kinoumenois diʼ hapalotēta, hōs mēden empodion einai parʼ autou tois hormōsin, aei pros to katopin tōn temnontōn auton antiperiistamenou rhądiōs kai perirrheontos. Hydatos de physin tou te trophimou kai tou kata tas allas chreias hēmin eutrepisthentos, kai tēn eutakton toutou pros tous aphōrismenous topous synagōgēn, ek tōn artiōs hēmin anegnōsmenōn katopsei.

There are some cities that feast their eyes from early dawn until evening itself on all kinds of shows put on by wonder-workers. And indeed they listen at great length to certain effeminate and corrupt songs that breed much licentiousness in souls, and never have their fill. Many call such peoples blessed, because they leave aside the business of the marketplace and the means of livelihood that come from the trades, and pass the time of life allotted to them in idleness and pleasure, not knowing that a theater abounding in licentious shows is a common and public school of lewdness for those who sit in it, and that the elaborate melodies of the flutes and the harlots' songs, settling in the souls of those who hear them, persuade all of them to nothing else than shameful conduct, as they imitate the strumming of the lyre-players or the piping of the flute-players. Some who are mad about horses even fight over horses in their dreams, unyoking chariots and changing charioteers, and in general do not leave off the day's folly even in the visions of their sleep. And shall we, whom the Lord, the great wonder-worker and craftsman, has called together to the display of his own works, grow weary of the spectacle, or shrink from hearing the words of the Spirit? Shall we not rather stand around this great and varied workshop of divine creation, and, each of us going back in thought to the earliest times, behold the ordering of the universe? Heaven set up, according to the prophetic word, like a vault; the earth, immense in size and weight, settled upon itself; the air poured out, soft and moist by nature, providing a proper and continual food to all who breathe, yielding and parting for those who move through it because of its softness, so that it is no obstacle to those who press forward, always easily giving way behind those who cut through it and flowing around them; the nature of water, both nourishing and made ready for our other needs, and its orderly gathering into its appointed places: you will see these from what has just been read to us.

4.2PG 29:80d–81d

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Συναχθήτω τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν, καὶ ὀφθήτω ἡ ξηρά. Καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως, καὶ συνήχθη τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἱς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ὤφθη ἦ ξηρά. Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν ξηρὰν, γῆν, καὶ τὰ συστήματα τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκάλεσε θαλάσσας. Πόσα μοι πράγματα παρεῖχες ἓν τοῖς κατόπιν λόγοις, ἀπαιτῶν τὴν αἰτίαν πῶς ἀόρατος ἡ γῆ, παντὶ σώματι φυσικῶς χρώματος συμπαρόντος, παντὸς δὲ χρώματος αἰσθητοῦ τῇ ὁράσει καθεστηκότος ; Καὶ τάχα σοι οὒκ ἐδόκει αὐτάρκως ἔχειν τὰ εἰρημένα, ὅτι πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸ ἀόρατον, οὒ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν εἴρητο διὰ τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος ἐπιπρόσθησιν, ὅ τότε τὴν γῆν πᾶσαν περιεκάλυπτεν. ’ἰδοὺ νῦν ἄκουε αὖτῆς ἑαυτὴν τῆς Γραφῆς φανερούσης. Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα, καὶ ὀφθήτω ἡ ξηρά. Συνέλκεται τὰ παραπετάσματα, ’ἕνα ἔμφανὴς γένηται ἡ τέως μὴ ὁρωμένη, ’Ἴσως δʼ ἄν τις κάκεῖνο προς τούτοις ἐπιζητήσειε. Πρῶτον μὲν, διὰ τί ὃ κατὰ φῦσιν ὑπάρχει τῷ ὕδατι φέρεσθαι πρὸς τὸ κάταντες, τοῦτο ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ ὁ λὸγος ἀνάγει ; ’Ἕως μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἰσοπέδου κείμενον τύχῃ τὸ ὕδωρ, στάσιμόν ἐστιν, οὐκ ἔχον ὅπου μεταρρυῇ ἐπειδὰν δέ τινος πρανους λάβηται, εὖθὺς ὁρμήσαντος τοῦ προάγοντος, τὸ συνεχὲς αὐτῷ τὴν βάσιν τοῦ κινηθέντος ἐπιλαμβάνει, καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου τὸ ἐπόμενον· καὶ οὕτως ὑπεκφεύγει μὲν ἀεὶ τὸ προάγον, ἐπωθεῖ δὲ τὸ ἐπερχόμενον καὶ τοσούτῳ ὀξυτέρα ἡ φορὰ γίνεται, ὅσῳπερ ἄν καὶ τὸ βάρος πλεῖον τοῦ καταφερομένου, καὶ τὸ χωρίον κοιλότερον, πρὸς ὅ ἡ ἐπίῤῥυσις. Εἰ οὖν οὕτω πέφυκε τὸ ὓδωρ, παρέλκοι ἂν τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ κελεῦον συναχθῆναι εἷς συναγωγὴν μίαν, ’Ἔμελλε γὰρ πάντως διὰ τὸ κατάῤῥοπον τῆς φύσεως, ἐπὶ τὴν πάντων κοιλοτέραν χώραν αὐτομάτως συνδίδοσθαι, καὶ μὴ πρότερον στήσεσθαι πρὶν ὁμαλισθῆναι τὰ νῶτα. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω χωρίον ἰσόπεδον, ὡς ἡ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐπιφάνεια. ’Ἔπειτα πῶς, φησὶν, εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν ἐκελεύσθη τὰ ὕδατα συνδραμεῖν, ὅπουγε φαίνονται πολλαὶ οὖσαι θάλασσαι, καὶ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων τῆ θέσει διωρισμέναι; Πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὸ πρότερον τῶν ἓπιζητηθέντων ἒκεϊνό φαμεν· ὅτι μαλιστα μὲν σὺ μετὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ δεσποτικὸν ἐπέγνως τοῦ ὓδατος τὰς κινήσεις, ’ὁτι τε περιῤῥεπές ἐστι και ἀστήρικτον, καὶ πρὸς τὰ πρανῆ καὶ κοῖλα φέρεται κατὰ φύσιν πρὸ ’τούτου δὲ, πῶς εἶχε δυνάμεως πρὶν αύτῷ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ προστάγματος τούτου ἐγγενέσθαι δρόμον, οὔτε εἶδες αὗτὸς, οὔτε ἰδόντος ἢκουσας. Νόησον γὰρ, ὃτι Θεοῦ φωνὴ φύσεώς ἐστι ποιητικὴ, καὶ τὸ γενόμενον τότε τῇ κτίσει πρόσταγμα τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἔφεξὴς ἀκολουθίαν τοῖς κτιζομὲνοις παρέσχετο. Ἦμέρα καὶ νὺξ ἅπαξ ἐδημιουργήθη, καὶ ἒξ ἐκείνου καὶ νῦν ἀλλήλας διαδεχόμεναι, καὶ κατʼ ἰσομοιρίαν διαιρούμεναι τον χρόνον οὐκ ἀπολήγουσιν.

Kai eipen ho Theos; Synachthētō to hydōr to hypokatō tou ouranou eis synagōgēn mian, kai ophthētō hē xēra. Kai egeneto houtōs, kai synēchthē to hydōr to hypokatō tou ouranou heis tas synagōgas autōn, kai ōphthē ē xēra. Kai ekalesen ho Theos tēn xēran, gēn, kai ta systēmata tōn hydatōn ekalese thalassas. Posa moi pragmata pareiches hen tois katopin logois, apaitōn tēn aitian pōs aoratos hē gē, panti sōmati physikōs chrōmatos symparontos, pantos de chrōmatos aisthētou tę̄ horasei kathestēkotos ? Kai tacha soi ouk edokei autarkōs echein ta eirēmena, hoti pros hēmas to aoraton, ou pros tēn physin eirēto dia tēn tou hydatos epiprosthēsin, ho tote tēn gēn pasan periekalypten. ’idou nyn akoue autēs heautēn tēs Graphēs phanerousēs. Synachthētō ta hydata, kai ophthētō hē xēra. Synelketai ta parapetasmata, ’hena emphanēs genētai hē teōs mē horōmenē, ’Isōs dʼ an tis kakeino pros toutois epizētēseie. Prōton men, dia ti ho kata physin hyparchei tǭ hydati pheresthai pros to katantes, touto epi to prostagma tou Dēmiourgou ho logos anagei ? ’Heōs men gar an epi tou isopedou keimenon tychę̄ to hydōr, stasimon estin, ouk echon hopou metarryę̄ epeidan de tinos pranous labētai, euthys hormēsantos tou proagontos, to syneches autǭ tēn basin tou kinēthentos epilambanei, kai tēn ekeinou to epomenon; kai houtōs hypekpheugei men aei to proagon, epōthei de to eperchomenon kai tosoutǭ oxytera hē phora ginetai, hosǭper an kai to baros pleion tou katapheromenou, kai to chōrion koiloteron, pros ho hē epirrhysis. Ei oun houtō pephyke to hydōr, parelkoi an to prostagma to keleuon synachthēnai heis synagōgēn mian, ’Emelle gar pantōs dia to katarrhopon tēs physeōs, epi tēn pantōn koiloteran chōran automatōs syndidosthai, kai mē proteron stēsesthai prin homalisthēnai ta nōta. Ouden gar houtō chōrion isopedon, hōs hē tou hydatos epiphaneia. ’Epeita pōs, phēsin, eis synagōgēn mian ekeleusthē ta hydata syndramein, hopouge phainontai pollai ousai thalassai, kai pleiston allēlōn tē thesei diōrismenai? Pros men oun to proteron tōn hepizētēthentōn ekeïno phamen; hoti malista men sy meta to prostagma to despotikon epegnōs tou hydatos tas kinēseis, ’hoti te perirrhepes esti kai astērikton, kai pros ta pranē kai koila pheretai kata physin pro ’toutou de, pōs eiche dynameōs prin autǭ ton ek tou prostagmatos toutou engenesthai dromon, oute eides hautos, oute idontos ēkousas. Noēson gar, hoti Theou phōnē physeōs esti poiētikē, kai to genomenon tote tę̄ ktisei prostagma tēn pros to ephexēs akolouthian tois ktizomenois parescheto. Ēmera kai nyx hapax edēmiourgēthē, kai ex ekeinou kai nyn allēlas diadechomenai, kai katʼ isomoirian diairoumenai ton chronon ouk apolēgousin.

"And God said, Let the water under the heaven be gathered into one gathering, and let the dry land appear. And it was so; and the water under the heaven was gathered into their gatherings, and the dry land appeared. And God called the dry land earth, and the bodies of the waters he called seas." How much trouble you gave me in the earlier discourses, demanding the reason why the earth was invisible, since every body naturally has color, and every color is perceptible to sight! And perhaps what was said did not seem sufficient to you: that "invisible" was said in relation to us, not to its nature, because of the interposition of the water that then covered the whole earth. Now listen to Scripture explaining itself: "Let the waters be gathered, and let the dry land appear." The curtains are drawn aside, so that what was until then not seen may become visible. But perhaps someone might also ask this besides. First, why does the word refer to the Creator's command what belongs to water by nature, to flow downhill? For as long as water happens to lie on level ground, it stays still, having nowhere to flow off to; but when it takes hold of some slope, as soon as the leading part rushes on, what follows takes the place of what has moved, and the next part takes the place of that; and so the leading part always slips away and the following part presses on; and the motion becomes the faster, the greater the weight of what is carried down and the deeper the place into which it flows. If, then, water is by nature like this, the command bidding it be gathered into one gathering would be superfluous. For because of its natural downward tendency it was certainly going to settle of its own accord into the lowest place of all, and not stop until its surface was leveled; for no place is so level as the surface of water. Then, he says, how were the waters commanded to run together into one gathering, when there are evidently many seas, very widely separated from one another in position? To the first of the questions we say this: you came to know the movements of water after the Master's command: that it is unstable and unsettled and is carried by nature toward slopes and hollows. But what power it had before the running given to it by this command came about, you neither saw yourself nor heard from anyone who saw. For understand that the voice of God makes nature, and that the command given then to creation provided created things with their order of succession from then on. Day and night were made once, and from then until now they succeed one another and do not cease dividing time into equal shares.

4.3PG 29:81d–84d

Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα. Ἐκελεύσθη τρέχειν τῶν ὑδάτων ἦ φύσις, καὶ οὐδέποτε κάμνει τῶ προστάγματι ὲκείνῷ κατασπευδομένη διηνεκῶς. Τοῦτο δὲ λέγω, πρὸς τὴν ῥυτὴν ἀφορῶν τῶν ὑδάτων μοῖραν, Τὰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτόματα ῥεῖ, οἷον τὰ κρηναῖα καὶ τὰ ποτάμια· τὰ δὲ συλλογιμαῐά ἐστι καὶ ἀπόρευτα. Ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ νῦν περὶ τῶν ὁρμητικῶν ὑδάτων ὁ λόγος. Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν. Εἴ ποτέ σοι ἐπὶ κρήνης ἑστῶτι ἄφθονον ὕδωρ ἀναδιδούσης ἔννοια ἐγένετο, τίς ὁ ὠθῶν ἐκ τῶν λαγόνων τῆς γῆς τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ ; τίς ὁ ἐπείγων ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσω; ποῖα ταμεῖα ὅθεν προέρχεται; τίς ὁ τόπος ἐφʼ ὃν ἐπείγεται ; πῶς καὶ ταῦτα οὒκ ἐκλείπει, κάκεῖνα οὒκ ἀποπίμπλαται ; Ταῦτα τῆς πρώτης ἐκείνης φωνῆς ἤρτηται. Ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ τρέχειν τῷ ὕδατι τὸ ἐνδόσιμον, Κατὰ πᾶσαν ἱστορίαν ὑδάτων, μέμνησο τῆς πρώτης φωνῆςʼ Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα. ’Ἔδει δραμεῖν αὐτὰ, ’ἱνα τὴν οἰκείαν καταλάβῃ χώραν· εἶτα γενόμενα ἒν τοῖς ἀφωρισμένοις τόποις, μένειν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ μὴ χωρεῖν περαιτέρω, Διὰ τοῦτο, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἐκκλησιαστοῦ λόγον, Πάντες οἱ χείμαρροι ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν πορεύονται, καὶ ἡ θάλασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμπιπλαμένη· ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ ῥεῖν τοῖς ὕδασι διὰ τὸ θεῖον πρόσταγμα, καὶ τὸ εʼἷσω τῶν ὅρων περιγεγράφθαι τὴν θάλασσαν, ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἐστὶ νομοθεσίας Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν. Ἵνα μὴ τὸ ἐπιῤῥέον ὕδωρ, τῶν δεχομένων αὐτὸ χωρίων ὑπερχεόμενον, μετεκβαῖνον ἀεὶ καὶ ἄλλα ἒξ ἄλλων πληροῦν, πᾶσαν κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπικλύσῃ τὴν ἤπειρον, ἐκελεύσθη συναχθῆναι εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν. Διά τοῦτο μαινομένη πολλάκις ἐξ ἂνὲμων ἡ θάλασσα, καὶ εἷς ὕψος μέγιστον διανισταμένη τοῖς κύμασιν, ἐπειδὰν μόνον τῶν αἰγιαλῶν ἅψηται, εἷς ἀφρὸν διαλύσασα τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐπανῆλθεν. Ἢ ἐμὲ οὐ φοβηθήσεσθε, λέγει Κύριος, τὸν τιθέντα ἅμμον ὃριον τῇ θαλάσσῃ; Τῷ ἀσθενεστάτῳ πάντων τῇ ψάμμῳ ἡ ταῖς βίαις ἀφόρητος χαλινοῦται. Ἐπεὶ τί ἐκώλυε τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν ὅλην τὴν Αἴγυπτον κοιλοτέραν οὖσαν ἑαυτῆς ἐπελθεῖν, καὶ συναφθῆναι τῷ παρακειμένῳ τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ πελάγει, εἰ μὴ τῷ προστάγματι ἦν πεπεδημένη τοῦ κτίσαντος; ’Ὅτι γὰρ ταπεινοτέρα τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης ἡ Αἴγυπτος, ἔργῳ ἔπεισαν ἡμᾶς οἱ θελήσαντες ἀλλήλοις τὰ πελάγη συνάψαι, τό τε Αἰγύπτιον καὶ τὸ Ἰνδικὸν, ἐν ᾧ ἡ Ἐρυθρά ἐστι θάλασσα, Διόπερ ἐπέσχον τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν ὅ τε πρῶτος ἀρξάμενος Σέσωστρις ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, καὶ ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα βουληθεὶς ἐπεξεργάσασθαι Δαρεῖος ὁ Μῆδος. Ταῦτά μοι εἴρηται, ’ἕνα νοήσωμεν τοῦ προστάγματος τὴν δύναμιν Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα εἶς συναγωγὴν μίαν. Τουτἑστιν, ’Ἄλλη ἀπὸ ταύτης μὴ ἀπογενηθήτω ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συλλογῇ ἀπομεινάτω τὸ συναγόμενον.

Synachthētō ta hydata. Ekeleusthē trechein tōn hydatōn ē physis, kai oudepote kamnei tō prostagmati ekeinǭ kataspeudomenē diēnekōs. Touto de legō, pros tēn rhytēn aphorōn tōn hydatōn moiran, Ta men gar automata rhei, hoion ta krēnaia kai ta potamia; ta de syllogimaia esti kai aporeuta. Allʼ emoi nyn peri tōn hormētikōn hydatōn ho logos. Synachthētō ta hydata eis synagōgēn mian. Ei pote soi epi krēnēs hestōti aphthonon hydōr anadidousēs ennoia egeneto, tis ho ōthōn ek tōn lagonōn tēs gēs touto to hydōr ? tis ho epeigōn epi ta prosō? poia tameia hothen proerchetai? tis ho topos ephʼ hon epeigetai ? pōs kai tauta ouk ekleipei, kakeina ouk apopimplatai ? Tauta tēs prōtēs ekeinēs phōnēs ērtētai. Ekeithen tou trechein tǭ hydati to endosimon, Kata pasan historian hydatōn, memnēso tēs prōtēs phōnēsʼ Synachthētō ta hydata. ’Edei dramein auta, ’hina tēn oikeian katalabę̄ chōran; eita genomena en tois aphōrismenois topois, menein ephʼ heautōn, kai mē chōrein peraiterō, Dia touto, kata ton tou Ekklēsiastou logon, Pantes hoi cheimarroi epi tēn thalassan poreuontai, kai hē thalassa ouk estin empiplamenē; epeidē kai to rhein tois hydasi dia to theion prostagma, kai to eʼhisō tōn horōn perigegraphthai tēn thalassan, apo tēs prōtēs esti nomothesias Synachthētō ta hydata eis synagōgēn mian. Hina mē to epirrheon hydōr, tōn dechomenōn auto chōriōn hypercheomenon, metekbainon aei kai alla ex allōn plēroun, pasan kata to syneches epiklysę̄ tēn ēpeiron, ekeleusthē synachthēnai eis synagōgēn mian. Dia touto mainomenē pollakis ex anemōn hē thalassa, kai heis hypsos megiston dianistamenē tois kymasin, epeidan monon tōn aigialōn hapsētai, heis aphron dialysasa tēn hormēn epanēlthen. Ē eme ou phobēthēsesthe, legei Kyrios, ton tithenta hammon horion tę̄ thalassę̄? Tǭ asthenestatǭ pantōn tę̄ psammǭ hē tais biais aphorētos chalinoutai. Epei ti ekōlye tēn Erythran thalassan holēn tēn Aigypton koiloteran ousan heautēs epelthein, kai synaphthēnai tǭ parakeimenǭ tę̄ Aigyptǭ pelagei, ei mē tǭ prostagmati ēn pepedēmenē tou ktisantos? ’Hoti gar tapeinotera tēs Erythras thalassēs hē Aigyptos, ergǭ epeisan hēmas hoi thelēsantes allēlois ta pelagē synapsai, to te Aigyption kai to Indikon, en hǭ hē Erythra esti thalassa, Dioper epeschon tēn epicheirēsin ho te prōtos arxamenos Sesōstris ho Aigyptios, kai ho meta tauta boulētheis epexergasasthai Dareios ho Mēdos. Tauta moi eirētai, ’hena noēsōmen tou prostagmatos tēn dynamin Synachthētō ta hydata eis synagōgēn mian. Toutestin, ’Allē apo tautēs mē apogenēthētō allʼ en tę̄ prōtę̄ syllogę̄ apomeinatō to synagomenon.

"Let the waters be gathered." The nature of the waters was commanded to run, and it never grows weary, being continually hastened on by that command. I say this with an eye to the flowing part of the waters. For some flow of themselves, like springs and rivers, while others are collected and do not flow. But my discourse now concerns waters in motion. "Let the waters be gathered into one gathering." If ever, standing by a spring that pours out abundant water, you have had the thought, who is it that drives this water out of the flanks of the earth? Who urges it forward? What are the storehouses from which it comes? What is the place toward which it hastens? How is it that these are not exhausted and those are not filled up? These things hang on that first word. From there the water received its signal to run. In every account of waters, remember the first word: "Let the waters be gathered." They had to run, so as to reach their proper place; then, having arrived in the appointed places, to stay by themselves and go no further. That is why, according to the word of Ecclesiastes, "All the torrents go to the sea, and the sea is not filled"; since both the flowing of the waters by the divine command and the sea's being enclosed within its bounds come from the first legislation: "Let the waters be gathered into one gathering." So that the water flowing in, overflowing the places that received it and always passing on and filling one place after another, should not continuously flood the whole land, it was commanded to be gathered into one gathering. That is why the sea, often raging under the winds and rising with its waves to the greatest height, as soon as it touches the shores, dissolves its rush into foam and goes back. "Will you not fear me, says the Lord, who set the sand as a boundary for the sea?" By sand, the weakest of all things, the sea, unbearable in its violence, is bridled. For what prevented the Red Sea from coming upon the whole of Egypt, which lies lower than it, and joining with the sea adjacent to Egypt, if it had not been fettered by the command of the Creator? That Egypt is lower than the Red Sea, those who wished to join the seas to each other, the Egyptian and the Indian, in which the Red Sea lies, have convinced us by experience. That is why they gave up the attempt: both Sesostris the Egyptian, who first began it, and Darius the Mede, who later wished to complete it. I have said this so that we may understand the power of the command "Let the waters be gathered into one gathering": that is, let no other gathering come to be apart from this one, but let what is gathered remain in the first collection.

4.4PG 29:84d–88c

’Ἔπειτα ὅ εἰπὼν συναχθῆναι τὰ ὕδατα εἷς συναγωγήν μίαν, ἔδειξέ σοι ὅτι πολλὰ ᾖν κατὰ πολλοὺς τόπους διῃρημένα τὰ ὕδατα. Αἵ τε γὰρ τῷν ὁρῶν κοιλότητες, φάραγξι βαθείας ὑπεῤῥηγμέναι, εἶχον τῶν ὑδάτων τὴν συλλογήν, Καὶ προσέτι πεδία πολλά τε καὶ ὕπτια οὐδὲν τῶν μεγίστων πελαγῶν κατὰ τὸ μέγεθος ἀποδέοντα, καὶ αὐλῶνες μυρίοι, καὶ αἱ κοιλάδες κατʼ ἄλλα καὶ ἄλλα σχήματα κοιλαινόμεναι, πάντα ὑδάτων τότε πεπληρωμένα, ἀπεκενώθη τῷ θείῳ προστάγματι, πρὸς μίαν συναγωγὴν τοῦ πανταχόθεν ὕδατος συνελασθέντος. Καὶ μηδεὶς λεγέτω, ὅτι, Εἴπερ ἧν ὕδωρ ἐπάνω της γῆς, πάντως πᾶσαι αἱ κοιλότητες, αἱ νῦν τὴν θάλασσαν ὑποδεξάμεναι, πεπληρωμέναι ὑπῆρχον. Ποῦ τοίνυν ἔμελλον γίνεσθαί τῶν ὑδάτων αἱ συλλογαὶ, προκατειλημμένων τῶν κοίλων, Πρὸς δὴ τοῦτο ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι τότε καὶ τὰ ἀγγεῖα συγκατεσκευάσθη, ὅτε ἔδει εἰς μίαν σύστασιν ἀποκριθῆναι τὸ ὕδωρ. Οὔ γὰρ ἦν ἡ ἔξω Γαδείρων θάλασσαʼ οὑδὲ τὸ μέγα έκεῖνο καὶ ἀτόλμητον πλωτῆρσι πέλαγος, τὸ τὴν Βρεττανικὴν νῆσον καὶ τοὺς ἑσπερίους ’Ἴβηρας περιπτυσσόμενον· ἀλλᾶ τότε τῆς εὑρυχωρίας τῷ προστάγματι τοῦ Θεοῦ δημιουργησθείσης, ἔπʼ αὐτὴν συνεδόθη τῶν ὑδάτων τὰ πλήθη, Πρὸς δέ τὸ, ὅτι ὑπεναντίως ἔχει τῇ πείρᾳ ὁ τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν κοσμοποιίας λόγος (οὐ γὰρ εἰς μίαν συναγωγὴν ὑδάτων τὸ ὕδωρ ἅπαν φαίνεται συνδραμὸν), πολλὰ μὲν ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, καὶ πᾶσιν αὑτόθεν γνώριμα· μήποτε δὲ καὶ τὸ διαμάχεσθαι τοῖς τοιούτοις γελοῖον. Οὐ δήπου γὰρ καὶ τὰ τελματιαϊα, καὶ τὰ ἐξ ὄμβρων συναθροιζόμενα προφέρειν ἡμῖν ὀφείλουσι, καὶ διὰ τούτων τὸν λόγον ἡμῶν ἐλέγχειν οἴεσθαι; Ἀλλᾶ τὴν μεγίστην καὶ τελεωτάτην συνδρομὴν τῶν ὑδάτων ὠνόμασε συναγωγὴν μίαν. Καὶ γὰρ τὰ φρέατα συναγωγαὶ ὑδάτων εἰσὶ χειροποίητοι, ἐπὶ τὸ κοιλανθέν τῆς γῆς τῆς ἐνεσπαρμὲνης νοτίδος ἐπιρρεούσης. Οὑ τοίνυν τὰ τυχόντα τῶν ὑδάτων ἀθροίσματα ἡ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἐμφαίνει προσηγορία, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐξέχουσαν καὶ μεγίστην, ἐν ᾗ πᾶν τὸ στοιχεῖον ἀθρόον διαδείκνυται. ’Ὠσπερ γὰρ τὸ πῦρ καὶ εἷς μικρὰ κατακεκερματισμὲνον ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τῆς ὦδε χρείας, καὶ ἀθρόον ἕπὶ τοῦ αἰθέρος κέχυται· καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ διῄρηται μὲν καὶ κατὰ μικρὰ, καὶ ἁθρόως δὲ τὸν περίγειον ἐκπεριείληφε τόπον οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος, εἰ καῖ μικραί τινες είσι διῃρημέναι συστάσεις, ἀλλὰ μία γέ ἐστι συναγωγὴ ἡ τὸ ὅλον στοιχεῖον τῶν λοιπῶν ἀποκρίνουσα. Αἱ μὲν γαρ λίμναι τε κατὰ τὰ μέρη τῆς ἄρκτου, καὶ ὅσαι περὶ τὸν Ἐλληνικόν εἱσι τόπον, τὴν τε Μακεδονίαν, καὶ τὴν Βιθυνῶν χώραν, καὶ τὴν Παλαιστίνων κατέχουσαι, συναγωγαί είσι δηλονότι· ἀλλὰ νῦν περὶ τῆς μεγίστης ἁπασῶν καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς γῆς παρισουμένης ὁ λόγος. Ἃς πλῆθος μὲν ἔχειν ὕδατος οὐδεὶς ἀντερεῖ, οὗ μην θαλάσσας γε ἄν τις αὒτάς κατὰ τὸν εἰκότα λόγον προσείποιʼ οὔδʼ ἂν ὅτι μάλιστα το ἁλμυρὸν καὶ γεῶδες τινες παραπλήσιον ἔχωσι τῆ μεγάλῃ θαλάσσῃ, ὡς τε Ἀσφαλτῖτις λίμνη ἐπὶ τῆ Ἰουδαίας, καὶ ἡ Σερβωνῖτις ἡ μεταξὺ Αίγύπτου καὶ Παλαιστίνης τὴν Ἀραβικὴν ἔρημον παρατείνουσα. Λίμναι γάρ εἰσιν αὗται, θάλασσα δὲ μία, ὡς οἱ τὴν γῆν περιοδεύσαντες ἱστοροῦσιν, Εἰ καὶ τὴν ’Υρκανίαν οἴονταί τινες, καὶ τὴν Κασπίαν περιγεγράφθαι καθʼ ἑαυτάς ἀλλʼ εἴ γέ τι χρὴ ταῖς τῶν ἱστορησαντων προσέχειν γεωγραφίαις, συντέτρηνται πρὸς ἀλλήλας. καὶ πρὸς τὴν μεγίστην θάλασσαν ἅπασαι συναναστομοῦνται· ὡς καὶ τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσάν φασι πρὸς τὴν ἒπἐκεινα Γαδείρων συνάπτεσθαι, Πῶς οὖν, φησὶν, ὁ Θεὸς τὰ συστήματα τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκάλεσε θαλάσσας; Ὅτι συνέδραμε μὲν εἰς συναγωγὴν μίαν τὰ ὕδατα· τὰ δὲ συστήματα τῶν ὑδάτων, τουτέστι τοὺς κόλπους τοὺς κατʼ ἴδιον ὑπὸ τῆς περικειμένης γῆς ἀποληφθέντας, θαλάσσας ὁ Κύριος προσηγόρευσε, Θάλασσα βόρειος, θάλασσα νότιος, ἑῴα θαλασσα καὶ ἑσπερία ἑτέρα. Καὶ ὀνόματα τῶν πελαγῶν ἰδιάζοντα· Πόντος Εὔξεινος, καὶ Προποντὶς, Ἑλλήσποντος, Αἰγαῖος καὶ Ἰώνιος, Σαρδονικὸν πέλαγος καὶ Σικελικὸν,. καὶ Τυῤῥηνικὸν ἕτερον. Καὶ μυρία γε ὀνόματα πελαγῶν, ἃ μακρὸν ἂν εʼίη νῦν καὶ ἀπειροκαλίας μεστὸν διʼ ἀκριβείας ἀπαριθμήσασθαι. Διὰ τοῦτο ὠνόμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τὰ συστήματα τῶν ὑδάτων θαλάσσας. Ἀλλʼ εἰς τοῦτο μὲν ἡμᾶς ἐξήνεγκεν ἡ ἀκολουθία τοῦ λόγου, ἡμεῖς δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπανέλθωμεν

’Epeita ho eipōn synachthēnai ta hydata heis synagōgēn mian, edeixe soi hoti polla ę̄n kata pollous topous dię̄rēmena ta hydata. Hai te gar tǭn horōn koilotētes, pharanxi batheias hyperrhēgmenai, eichon tōn hydatōn tēn syllogēn, Kai proseti pedia polla te kai hyptia ouden tōn megistōn pelagōn kata to megethos apodeonta, kai aulōnes myrioi, kai hai koilades katʼ alla kai alla schēmata koilainomenai, panta hydatōn tote peplērōmena, apekenōthē tǭ theiǭ prostagmati, pros mian synagōgēn tou pantachothen hydatos synelasthentos. Kai mēdeis legetō, hoti, Eiper hēn hydōr epanō tēs gēs, pantōs pasai hai koilotētes, hai nyn tēn thalassan hypodexamenai, peplērōmenai hypērchon. Pou toinyn emellon ginesthai tōn hydatōn hai syllogai, prokateilēmmenōn tōn koilōn, Pros dē touto eroumen, hoti tote kai ta angeia synkateskeuasthē, hote edei eis mian systasin apokrithēnai to hydōr. Ou gar ēn hē exō Gadeirōn thalassaʼ houde to mega ekeino kai atolmēton plōtērsi pelagos, to tēn Brettanikēn nēson kai tous hesperious ’Ibēras periptyssomenon; alla tote tēs heurychōrias tǭ prostagmati tou Theou dēmiourgēstheisēs, epʼ autēn synedothē tōn hydatōn ta plēthē, Pros de to, hoti hypenantiōs echei tę̄ peirą ho tēs parʼ hēmin kosmopoiias logos (ou gar eis mian synagōgēn hydatōn to hydōr hapan phainetai syndramon), polla men estin eipein, kai pasin hautothen gnōrima; mēpote de kai to diamachesthai tois toioutois geloion. Ou dēpou gar kai ta telmatiaïa, kai ta ex ombrōn synathroizomena propherein hēmin opheilousi, kai dia toutōn ton logon hēmōn elenchein oiesthai? Alla tēn megistēn kai teleōtatēn syndromēn tōn hydatōn ōnomase synagōgēn mian. Kai gar ta phreata synagōgai hydatōn eisi cheiropoiētoi, epi to koilanthen tēs gēs tēs enesparmenēs notidos epirreousēs. Hou toinyn ta tychonta tōn hydatōn athroismata hē tēs synagōgēs emphainei prosēgoria, alla tēn exechousan kai megistēn, en hę̄ pan to stoicheion athroon diadeiknytai. ’Ōsper gar to pyr kai heis mikra katakekermatismenon estin epi tēs ōde chreias, kai athroon hepi tou aitheros kechytai; kai ho aēr dię̄rētai men kai kata mikra, kai hathroōs de ton perigeion ekperieilēphe topon houtō kai epi tou hydatos, ei kai mikrai tines eisi dię̄rēmenai systaseis, alla mia ge esti synagōgē hē to holon stoicheion tōn loipōn apokrinousa. Hai men gar limnai te kata ta merē tēs arktou, kai hosai peri ton Ellēnikon heisi topon, tēn te Makedonian, kai tēn Bithynōn chōran, kai tēn Palaistinōn katechousai, synagōgai eisi dēlonoti; alla nyn peri tēs megistēs hapasōn kai tǭ megethei tēs gēs parisoumenēs ho logos. Has plēthos men echein hydatos oudeis anterei, hou mēn thalassas ge an tis autas kata ton eikota logon proseipoiʼ oudʼ an hoti malista to halmyron kai geōdes tines paraplēsion echōsi tē megalę̄ thalassę̄, hōs te Asphaltitis limnē epi tē Ioudaias, kai hē Serbōnitis hē metaxy Aigyptou kai Palaistinēs tēn Arabikēn erēmon parateinousa. Limnai gar eisin hautai, thalassa de mia, hōs hoi tēn gēn periodeusantes historousin, Ei kai tēn ’Yrkanian oiontai tines, kai tēn Kaspian perigegraphthai kathʼ heautas allʼ ei ge ti chrē tais tōn historēsantōn prosechein geōgraphiais, syntetrēntai pros allēlas. kai pros tēn megistēn thalassan hapasai synanastomountai; hōs kai tēn Erythran thalassan phasi pros tēn epekeina Gadeirōn synaptesthai, Pōs oun, phēsin, ho Theos ta systēmata tōn hydatōn ekalese thalassas? Hoti synedrame men eis synagōgēn mian ta hydata; ta de systēmata tōn hydatōn, toutesti tous kolpous tous katʼ idion hypo tēs perikeimenēs gēs apolēphthentas, thalassas ho Kyrios prosēgoreuse, Thalassa boreios, thalassa notios, heǭa thalassa kai hesperia hetera. Kai onomata tōn pelagōn idiazonta; Pontos Euxeinos, kai Propontis, Hellēspontos, Aigaios kai Iōnios, Sardonikon pelagos kai Sikelikon,. kai Tyrrhēnikon heteron. Kai myria ge onomata pelagōn, ha makron an eʼiē nyn kai apeirokalias meston diʼ akribeias aparithmēsasthai. Dia touto ōnomasen ho Theos ta systēmata tōn hydatōn thalassas. Allʼ eis touto men hēmas exēnenken hē akolouthia tou logou, hēmeis de pros to ex archēs epanelthōmen

Next, by saying that the waters should be gathered into one gathering, he showed you that the waters were many, divided among many places. For the hollows of the mountains, broken open by deep ravines, held collections of water; and besides, many level plains, falling in no way short of the greatest seas in size, and countless glens, and valleys hollowed out in shapes of every kind, all filled with water at that time, were emptied by the divine command, as the water from every side was driven together into one gathering. And let no one say: if there was water over the earth, then certainly all the hollows that now receive the sea were already full; where, then, were the collections of the waters to be made, if the hollows had been taken up beforehand? To this we will say that the receptacles too were made at the same time, when the water had to be separated off into one body. For the sea outside Gadeira did not yet exist, nor that great ocean, not to be ventured by sailors, which embraces the island of Britain and the western Iberians; but then, when the wide space had been created by the command of God, the masses of the waters were brought together into it. As for the objection that our account of the world's making is contrary to experience (for, they say, not all the water appears to have run together into one gathering), there is much one could say, and all of it obvious at once; but perhaps it is even ridiculous to contend with such people. Surely they ought not to bring forward to us marsh waters and the collections formed by rains, and think they refute our account by means of these? But he named the greatest and most complete confluence of the waters "one gathering." For wells too are man-made gatherings of water, as the moisture sown in the earth flows into the hollowed-out part of the ground. So the name "gathering" does not indicate just any collections of water, but the outstanding and greatest one, in which the whole element is displayed together. For as fire is broken up into small portions for our use here and is also poured out all together in the ether, and air is divided into small portions and yet all together encompasses the region around the earth, so also with water: even if there are some small, separate bodies of it, there is still one gathering that separates the whole element from the rest. For the lakes in the northern parts, and those around the region of Greece, occupying Macedonia and the land of the Bithynians and that of the Palestinians, are clearly gatherings; but the discourse now concerns the greatest of all, equal in extent to the earth. That they hold a great quantity of water no one will deny; but no one would reasonably call them seas, not even if some of them very much resemble the great sea in their saltiness and earthiness, like the Asphalt Lake in Judea and the Serbonian Lake, which stretches along the Arabian desert between Egypt and Palestine. For these are lakes, but the sea is one, as those who have traveled around the earth report. Even if some think that the Hyrcanian and the Caspian are enclosed by themselves, yet if one is to pay any attention to the geographies of those who have investigated these things, they are connected with each other and all open together into the greatest sea; as they also say that the Red Sea joins the sea beyond Gadeira. How then, he says, did God call the bodies of the waters seas? Because the waters ran together into one gathering, but the bodies of water, that is, the gulfs cut off separately by the surrounding land, the Lord called seas: a northern sea, a southern sea, an eastern sea, and a western one besides. And the seas have names of their own: the Euxine Pontus, the Propontis, the Hellespont, the Aegean and the Ionian, the Sardinian sea, the Sicilian, and the Tyrrhenian besides. And there are countless names of seas, which it would take long now, and would be in very poor taste, to enumerate precisely. That is why God named the bodies of the waters seas. But the sequence of the argument has carried us off to this; let us return to where we began.

4.5PG 29:88c–92b

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Συναχθήτω τα ὕδατα εἷς συναγωγὴν μίαν, καὶ ὀφθήτω ἡ ξηρά. Οὔκ εἶπε· Καὶ ὀφθήτω ἡ γῆ, ἵνα μὴ πάλιν αὗτὴν ἀκατάσκευον ἐπιδείξῃ, πηλώδη οὖσαν, καὶ ἀναμεμιγμένην τῷ ὕδατι, οὔπω τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπολαβοῦσαν μορφὴν οὐδὲ δύναμιν. Ὁμοῦ δὲ, ἵνα μὴ τῷ ἡλίῳ τοῦ ἀναξηραίνειν τὴν γῆν αἰτίαν προσθῶμεν, πρεσβυτέραν τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου γενέσεως τὴν ξηρότητα τῆς γῆς ὁ Δημιουργὸς παρεσκεύασεν. Ἐπίστησον δὲ τῆ ἐννοίᾳ ὅτι οὗ μόνον τὸ πλεονάζον ὓδωρ τῶν γεγραμμένων, ἀπεῤῥύη τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσον ἀνεμέμίκτο αὒτῇ διὰ βαθους, καὶ τοῦτο ὑπεξῆλθε τῷ ἀπαραιτήτῳ προστάγματι τοῦ Δεσπότου πεισθέν. Καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. Ἀρκοῦσα αὕτη ἡ ἐπαγωγὴ πρὸς τὸ δεῖξαι εἰς ἔργον ἐλθοῦσαν τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ τὴν φωνήν. Πρόσκειται δὲ ἐν πολλοῖς τῶν ἀντιγράφων· Καὶ συνήχθη τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑποκάτω τοῦ οὑρανοῦ εἷς τὰς συναγωγάς αὐτῶν, καὶ ὤφθη ἡ ξηρᾶ · ἅπερ οὔτε τινὲς τῶν λοιπῶν ἐκδεδώκασιν ἑρμηνέων, οὔτε ἡ χρῆσις τῳν Ἐβραίων ἔχουσα φαίνεται, Καὶ γὰρ τῷ ὄντι παρέλκει μετὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τοῦ, ὅτι Ἐγένετο οὕτως ἡ τῶν αὑτῶν πάλιν ἓπεκδιήγησις. Τὰ τοίνυν ἀκριβῆ τῶν ἀντιγράφων ὠβέλισται· ὁ δὲ ὀβελὸς ἀθετήσεως σύμβολον, Καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν ξηρὰν, γῆν, καὶ τὰ συστήματα τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκάλεσε Θαλάσσας. Δια τί καὶ ἐν τοῖς κατόπιν εἷʼρηταιʼ Συναχθήτω τὰ ὕδατα εἷς συναγωγὴν μίαν, καὶ ὀφθήτω ἡ ξηρὰ, καὶ οὐχὶ ἡ γῆ; καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν Ὤφθη ἡ ξηρὰ, καὶ Ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν ξηρὰν, γῆν; ’Ὂτι ἡ μὲν ξηρὰ τὸ ἰδίωμά ἐστι, τὸ οἱονεὶ χαρακτηριστικὸν τῆς φύσεως τοῦ ὑποκειμένου· ἡ δὲ γῆ προσηγορία τίς ἐστι ψιλὴ τοῦ πράγματος, Ὠς γὰρ τὸ λογικὸν ἴδιόν ἐστι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἡ δὲ ἄνθρωπος φωνὴ σημαντική ἐστι τοῦ ζώου ᾦ ὑπάρχει τὸ ἴδιον· οὕτω καὶ τό ξηρὸν ἴδιόν ὶστι τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐξαίρετον, ᾯ τόίνυν ἰδίως ὑπάρχει τὸ ξηρὸν, τοῦτο ἐπικέκληται γῆ· ὥσπερ ᾦ ἰδίως πρόσεστι τὸ χρεμετιστικὸν, τουτο ἐπικέκληται ἵππος. Οὔ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐστι τοῦτο, ἀλλά καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων ἕκαστον ἰδιάζουσαν καὶ ἀποκεκληρωμένην ἔχει ποιότητα διʼ ἧς τῶν τε λοιπῶν ἀποκρίνεται, καὶ αὐτὸ ἕκαστον ὁποῖόν ἐστιν ἐπιγινώσκεται. Τὸ μὲν ὕδωρ ἰδίαν ποιότητα την ψυχρότητα ἔχει· ὁ δὲ ἀὴρ τὴν ὑγρότητα· τὸ δὲ πῦρ τὴν θερμότητα. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὥς πρῶτα στοιχεῖα τῶν συνθέτων κατὰ τὸν εἴρημένον τρόπον τῷ λογισμῷ Θεωρεϊται, τὰ δὲ ἤδη ἐν σώματι κατατεταγμένα καὶ ὑποπίπτοντα τῇ αἰσθήσει συνεζευγμένας ἔχει τὰς ποιότητας. Καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπολελυμένως ἐστὶ μοναχὸν οὐδὲ ἁπλοῦν καὶ εἱλικρινὲς τῶν ὁρωμένων καὶ αἰσθητῶν · ἀλλʼ ἡ μὲν γῆ ξηρὰ καὶ ψυχρὰ, τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ ὑγρὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν, ὁ δὲ ἀὴρ θερμὸς καὶ ὑγρὸς, τὸ δὲ πῦρ Θερμὸν καὶ ξηρόν, Οὕτω γὰρ διὰ τῆς συζύγου ποιότητος ἡ δύναμις προέρχεται τοῦ ἀναμιχθῆναι ἑκάστῳ πρὸς ἕκαστον τῷ τε γὰρ γείτονι στοιχείῳ διὰ τῆς κοινῆς ποιότητος ἕκαστον ἀνακίρναται, καὶ διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ σύνεγγυς κοινωνίας τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ συνάπτεται. Οἶον, ἡ γῆ, ξηρὰ οὖσα καὶ ψυχρὰ, ἑνοῦται μὲν τῷ ὕδατι κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν τῆς ψυχρότητος, ἑνοῦται δὲ διὰ τοῦ ὕδατος τῷ ἀέρι· ἐπειδὴ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων τεταγμένον τὸ ὕδωρ, οἱονεὶ χειρῶν δύο ἐπιβολῇ ἑκατέρᾳ ποιότητι τῶν παρακειμένων ἐφάπτεται τῇ μὲν ψυχρότητι τῆς γῆς, τῇ ὑγρότητι δέ τοῦ ἀέρος. Πάλιν ὁ ἀὴρ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ μεσιτείᾳ διαλλακτὴς γίνεται τῆς μαχομένης φύσεως ὕδατος καὶ πυρὸς, τῷ ὕδατι μὲν διὰ τῆς ὑγρότητος, τῷ πυρὶ δὲ διὰ τοῦ θερμοῦ συμπλεκόμενος. Τὸ δὲ πῦρ, θερμὸν καὶ ξηρὸν ὑπάρχον τὴν φύσιν, τῷ μὲν θερμῷ πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα συνδεῖται, τῷ Ξηρῷ δὲ πάλιν πρὸς τὴν κοινωνίαν τῆς γῆς ἐπανέρχεται, Καὶ οὕτω γίνεται κύκλος καὶ χορὸς ἐναρμόνιος, συμφωνούντων πάντων καὶ συστοιχούντων ἀλλήλοις, ’Ὅθεν κυρίως αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡ προσηγορία τῶν στοιχείων ἐφήρμοσται Ταῦτά μοι εἴρηται παριστῶντι τὴν αἰτίαν διʼ ἣν ὀ Θεὸς τὴν ξηρὰν ἐκάλεσε γῆν, ἀλλ οὗχὶ τὴν γῆν προσεῖπε ξηράν. Διότι τὸ ξηρὸν οὒχὶ τῶν ὕστερον προσγινομένων ἐστὶ τῇ γῇ, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς συμπληρούντων αύτῆς τὴν οὖσίαν, Τὰ δὲ αὐτὴν τοῦ εἶναι αἰτίαν παρέχοντα, πρότερα τῇ φύσει τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα προσγινομένων καὶ προτιμότερα, ’Ὥστε εἰκότως ἐκ τῶν προϋπαρχόντων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἐπενοήθη τῇ γῇ τὰ γνωρίσματα,

Kai eipen ho Theos; Synachthētō ta hydata heis synagōgēn mian, kai ophthētō hē xēra. Ouk eipe; Kai ophthētō hē gē, hina mē palin hautēn akataskeuon epideixę̄, pēlōdē ousan, kai anamemigmenēn tǭ hydati, oupō tēn oikeian apolabousan morphēn oude dynamin. Homou de, hina mē tǭ hēliǭ tou anaxērainein tēn gēn aitian prosthōmen, presbyteran tēs tou hēliou geneseōs tēn xērotēta tēs gēs ho Dēmiourgos pareskeuasen. Epistēson de tē ennoią hoti hou monon to pleonazon hydōr tōn gegrammenōn, aperrhyē tēs gēs, alla kai hoson anememikto autę̄ dia bathous, kai touto hypexēlthe tǭ aparaitētǭ prostagmati tou Despotou peisthen. Kai egeneto houtōs. Arkousa hautē hē epagōgē pros to deixai eis ergon elthousan tou Dēmiourgou tēn phōnēn. Proskeitai de en pollois tōn antigraphōn; Kai synēchthē to hydōr to hypokatō tou houranou heis tas synagōgas autōn, kai ōphthē hē xēra ; haper oute tines tōn loipōn ekdedōkasin hermēneōn, oute hē chrēsis tǭn Ebraiōn echousa phainetai, Kai gar tǭ onti parelkei meta tēn martyrian tou, hoti Egeneto houtōs hē tōn hautōn palin hepekdiēgēsis. Ta toinyn akribē tōn antigraphōn ōbelistai; ho de obelos athetēseōs symbolon, Kai ekalesen ho Theos tēn xēran, gēn, kai ta systēmata tōn hydatōn ekalese Thalassas. Dia ti kai en tois katopin heiʼrētaiʼ Synachthētō ta hydata heis synagōgēn mian, kai ophthētō hē xēra, kai ouchi hē gē? kai entautha palin Ōphthē hē xēra, kai Ekalesen ho Theos tēn xēran, gēn? ’Oti hē men xēra to idiōma esti, to hoionei charaktēristikon tēs physeōs tou hypokeimenou; hē de gē prosēgoria tis esti psilē tou pragmatos, Ōs gar to logikon idion esti tou anthrōpou, hē de anthrōpos phōnē sēmantikē esti tou zōou ǭ hyparchei to idion; houtō kai to xēron idion isti tēs gēs kai exaireton, Hǭ toinyn idiōs hyparchei to xēron, touto epikeklētai gē; hōsper ǭ idiōs prosesti to chremetistikon, touto epikeklētai hippos. Ou monon de epi tēs gēs esti touto, alla kai tōn allōn stoicheiōn hekaston idiazousan kai apokeklērōmenēn echei poiotēta diʼ hēs tōn te loipōn apokrinetai, kai auto hekaston hopoion estin epiginōsketai. To men hydōr idian poiotēta tēn psychrotēta echei; ho de aēr tēn hygrotēta; to de pyr tēn thermotēta. Alla tauta men hōs prōta stoicheia tōn synthetōn kata ton eirēmenon tropon tǭ logismǭ Theōreïtai, ta de ēdē en sōmati katatetagmena kai hypopiptonta tę̄ aisthēsei synezeugmenas echei tas poiotētas. Kai ouden apolelymenōs esti monachon oude haploun kai heilikrines tōn horōmenōn kai aisthētōn ; allʼ hē men gē xēra kai psychra, to de hydōr hygron kai psychron, ho de aēr thermos kai hygros, to de pyr Thermon kai xēron, Houtō gar dia tēs syzygou poiotētos hē dynamis proerchetai tou anamichthēnai hekastǭ pros hekaston tǭ te gar geitoni stoicheiǭ dia tēs koinēs poiotētos hekaston anakirnatai, kai dia tēs pros to synengys koinōnias tǭ antikeimenǭ synaptetai. Oion, hē gē, xēra ousa kai psychra, henoutai men tǭ hydati kata tēn syngeneian tēs psychrotētos, henoutai de dia tou hydatos tǭ aeri; epeidē meson amphoterōn tetagmenon to hydōr, hoionei cheirōn dyo epibolę̄ hekaterą poiotēti tōn parakeimenōn ephaptetai tę̄ men psychrotēti tēs gēs, tę̄ hygrotēti de tou aeros. Palin ho aēr tę̄ heautou mesiteią diallaktēs ginetai tēs machomenēs physeōs hydatos kai pyros, tǭ hydati men dia tēs hygrotētos, tǭ pyri de dia tou thermou symplekomenos. To de pyr, thermon kai xēron hyparchon tēn physin, tǭ men thermǭ pros ton aera syndeitai, tǭ Xērǭ de palin pros tēn koinōnian tēs gēs epanerchetai, Kai houtō ginetai kyklos kai choros enarmonios, symphōnountōn pantōn kai systoichountōn allēlois, ’Hothen kyriōs autois kai hē prosēgoria tōn stoicheiōn ephērmostai Tauta moi eirētai paristōnti tēn aitian diʼ hēn o Theos tēn xēran ekalese gēn, all houchi tēn gēn proseipe xēran. Dioti to xēron ouchi tōn hysteron prosginomenōn esti tę̄ gę̄, alla tōn ex archēs symplērountōn autēs tēn ousian, Ta de autēn tou einai aitian parechonta, protera tę̄ physei tōn meta tauta prosginomenōn kai protimotera, ’Hōste eikotōs ek tōn proÿparchontōn kai presbyterōn epenoēthē tę̄ gę̄ ta gnōrismata,

"And God said, Let the waters be gathered into one gathering, and let the dry land appear." He did not say, "and let the earth appear," so as not to show it again unformed, muddy and mixed with water, not yet having received its proper form and power. At the same time, so that we might not ascribe to the sun the cause of the earth's drying, the Creator made the dryness of the earth older than the sun's coming into being. And notice in the sense of what is written that not only did the surplus water run off the earth, but also whatever had been mixed with it in its depth withdrew, obeying the inexorable command of the Master. "And it was so." This addition is enough to show that the Creator's voice came to fulfillment. In many copies there is added, "And the water under the heaven was gathered into its gatherings, and the dry land appeared"; which some of the other translators have not given, and which the usage of the Hebrews does not appear to have. And truly, after the testimony "It was so," the retelling of the same things again is superfluous. So in the accurate copies these words are marked with an obelus; and the obelus is the sign of rejection. "And God called the dry land earth, and the bodies of the waters he called seas." Why was it said earlier, "Let the waters be gathered into one gathering, and let the dry land appear," and not the earth; and here again, "the dry land appeared," and "God called the dry land earth"? Because dryness is the property, the mark, as it were, that characterizes the nature of the subject, while "earth" is a bare name of the thing. For as rationality is the property of man, while the word "man" signifies the living being to which the property belongs, so too dryness is the property of earth, peculiar to it. That, then, to which dryness properly belongs has been named earth, just as that to which neighing properly belongs has been named horse. And this holds not only for earth: each of the other elements too has a peculiar quality allotted to it, by which it is distinguished from the rest and each is recognized for what it is. Water has coldness as its own quality, air moisture, fire heat. But these are contemplated by reason in the manner described, as the first elements of composite things; those already set in a body and falling under the senses have their qualities paired. And none of the things that are seen and perceived is absolutely single, or simple and pure; but earth is dry and cold, water moist and cold, air hot and moist, fire hot and dry. For it is through the paired quality that the power arises for each to be mixed with each: each is blended with its neighboring element through the quality they share, and through its fellowship with what is next to it is joined to its opposite. For example, earth, being dry and cold, is united with water by the kinship of coldness, and through water it is united with air; since water, set between the two, takes hold of each of the qualities of its neighbors as if with two hands, of the coldness of earth and the moisture of air. Again, air by its own mediation becomes the reconciler of the warring natures of water and fire, being joined to water by moisture and to fire by heat. And fire, being hot and dry by nature, is bound to air by heat, and by dryness comes back again into fellowship with earth. And so there is a circle and a harmonious dance, all of them agreeing and keeping rank with one another; whence the name "elements" has properly been applied to them. I have said this in setting out the reason why God called the dry land earth, and did not call the earth dry. For dryness is not one of the things that came to the earth later, but one of the things that from the beginning complete its being. And what provides the cause of a thing's being is prior in nature to what comes afterward, and more honored. So it was fitting that the marks by which the earth is known were taken from what was there first and older.

4.6PG 29:92b

Καὶ εἶδεν ὁ Θεὸς, ὅτι καλόν. Οὔκ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τερπνήν τινα ὄψιν Θαλάσσης ὁ λόγος ἐνδείκνυται τῷ Θεῷ πεφηνέναι. Οὐ γὰρ ὀφθαλμοῖς βλέπει τὰ κάλλη τῆς κτίσεως ὁ ποιητὴς, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἁῤῥήτῳ σοφίᾳ θεωρεῖ τὰ γινόμενα. Ἥδὺ μὲν γὰρ θέαμα λευκαινομὲνη Θάλασσα, γαλήνης αὐτὴν καθαρᾶς κατεχούσης · ἡδὺ δὲ καὶ ὅταν πραείαις αὔραις τραχυνομένη τὰ νῶτα, πορφύρουσαν χρόαν ἢ κυανῆν τοῖς ὁρῶσι προσβάλλῃ ὅτε οὐδὲ τύπτει βιαίως τὴν γείτονα χέρσον, ἀλλʼ οἷον εἰρηνικαῖς τισιν αὐτὴν περιπλοκαῖς κατασπάζεται. Οὐ μὴν οὕτω καὶ Θεῷ οἴεσθαι χρή τὴν Γραφὴν εἰρηκέναι καλὴν καὶ ἡδεῖαν ὦφθαι τὴν θάλασσαν, ἀλλὰ τὸ καλὸν εκεῖ τῷ λόγῳ τῇς δημιουργίας κρίνεται, Πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι πηγὴ τῆς περὶ γῆν ἁπάσης νοτίδος ἐστὶ τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης ὕδωρ τοῦτο μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἀφανέσι πόροις διαδιδόμενον, ὡς δηλοῦσιν αἶ σομφώδεις τῶν ἠπείρων καὶ ὕπαντροι, ὕφʼ ἂς ἡ ῥοώδης διαυλωνίζουσα θάλασσα, ἐπειδὰν σκολιαῖς καὶ ού πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον φερομέναις ἐναποληφθῇ διεξόδοις, ὑπὸ τοῦ κινοῦντος αὗτὴν πνεύματος ὠθουμένη, φέρεται ἔξω τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν διαρῤάξασα, καὶ γίνεται πότιμος ἐκ τῆς διηθήσεως τὸ πικρὸν ἰαθεῖσα, ’Ἤδη δὲ καὶ θερμοτέρας ἐκ μετάλλων ποιότητος κατὰ τὴν διέξοδον προσλαβοῦσα, ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς τοῦ κινοῦντος αἰτίας ζέουσα γίνεται, ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, καὶ πυρώδης ὅπερ πολλαχοῦ μὲν τῶν νήσων, πολλαχοῦ δὲ τῶν παραλίων τόπων ἔξεστιν ἱστορῆσαι, ’Ὅπου γε καὶ κατὰ τὴν μεσόγειαν τόποι τινὲς τῶν ποταμίων ὑδάτων γείτονες, ὡς μικρὰ μεγάλοις εἰκάσαι, τὰ παραπλήσια πάσχουσι, Πρὸς οὖν τί τοῦτο εἴρηται μοι; Ὅτι πᾶσα ὑπόνομός ἐστιν ἡ γῆ, διὰ πόρων ἀφανῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀρχῶν τῆς θαλάσσης ὕπονοστοῦντος τοῦ ὓδατος,

Kai eiden ho Theos, hoti kalon. Ouk auto touto terpnēn tina opsin Thalassēs ho logos endeiknytai tǭ Theǭ pephēnenai. Ou gar ophthalmois blepei ta kallē tēs ktiseōs ho poiētēs, alla tę̄ harrhētǭ sophią theōrei ta ginomena. Hēdy men gar theama leukainomenē Thalassa, galēnēs autēn katharas katechousēs ; hēdy de kai hotan praeiais aurais trachynomenē ta nōta, porphyrousan chroan ē kyanēn tois horōsi prosballę̄ hote oude typtei biaiōs tēn geitona cherson, allʼ hoion eirēnikais tisin autēn periplokais kataspazetai. Ou mēn houtō kai Theǭ oiesthai chrē tēn Graphēn eirēkenai kalēn kai hēdeian ōphthai tēn thalassan, alla to kalon ekei tǭ logǭ tę̄s dēmiourgias krinetai, Prōton men, hoti pēgē tēs peri gēn hapasēs notidos esti to tēs thalassēs hydōr touto men en tois aphanesi porois diadidomenon, hōs dēlousin ai somphōdeis tōn ēpeirōn kai hypantroi, hyphʼ as hē rhoōdēs diaulōnizousa thalassa, epeidan skoliais kai ou pros to orthion pheromenais enapolēphthę̄ diexodois, hypo tou kinountos hautēn pneumatos ōthoumenē, pheretai exō tēn epiphaneian diarraxasa, kai ginetai potimos ek tēs diēthēseōs to pikron iatheisa, ’Ēdē de kai thermoteras ek metallōn poiotētos kata tēn diexodon proslabousa, ek tēs autēs tou kinountos aitias zeousa ginetai, hōs ta polla, kai pyrōdēs hoper pollachou men tōn nēsōn, pollachou de tōn paraliōn topōn exestin historēsai, ’Hopou ge kai kata tēn mesogeian topoi tines tōn potamiōn hydatōn geitones, hōs mikra megalois eikasai, ta paraplēsia paschousi, Pros oun ti touto eirētai moi? Hoti pasa hyponomos estin hē gē, dia porōn aphanōn ek tōn archōn tēs thalassēs hyponostountos tou hydatos,

"And God saw that it was good." The word does not indicate precisely this, that some delightful sight of the sea appeared to God. For the Maker does not see the beauties of creation with eyes, but contemplates what comes to be by his unspeakable wisdom. A pleasant sight indeed is the sea growing white when a clear calm holds it; pleasant too when, its surface ruffled by gentle breezes, it presents a purple or dark-blue color to those who look on it, when it does not beat violently on the neighboring land but greets it, as it were, with peaceful embraces. Yet we must not think that Scripture said that the sea appeared good and pleasant to God in this way; there the good is judged by the principle of creation. First, because the water of the sea is the source of all the moisture around the earth: it is distributed through hidden passages, as the spongy and cavernous parts of the mainland show, under which the sea runs through channels; when it is shut up in winding passages that do not lead straight upward, it is driven by the wind that moves it and is carried outward, bursting through the surface, and becomes drinkable, its bitterness cured by the filtering. And when on its passage it has taken on a hotter quality from metals, by the same cause that moves it it often becomes boiling and fiery; which may be observed in many places on the islands and in many places on the coasts. Even inland some places near river waters, to compare small things with great, undergo similar things. For what purpose have I said this? Because the whole earth is undermined with passages, the water returning underground through hidden pathways from the sources of the sea.

4.7PG 29:92b–93c

Καλὴ τοίνυν ἡ θάλασσα τῷ Θεῷ καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ βάθει τῆς ἰκμάδος ὑποδρομήν· καλὴ καὶ διότι, ποταμῶν οὖσα δοχεϊον, εἷς ἑαυτὴν τὰ πανταχόθεν καταδέχεται ῥεύματα, καὶ μένει τῶν ὅρων εἵσω τῶν ἐαυτῆς· καλὴ καὶ διότι τοῖς ἀερίοις ὕδασιν ἀρχὴ τις ἔστι καὶ πηγὴ, θαλπομὲνη μὲν τῇ ἀκτῖνι τοῦ ἡλίου, ἀποτιθεμένη δὲ τὸ λεπτὸν τοῦ ὕδατος διὰ τῶν ἀτμῶν, ὅπερ ἑλκυσθὲν εἷς τὸν ἂνω τόπον, εἶτα, καταψυχθὲν διὰ τὸ ὑψηλότερον γενέσθαι τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐδάφους ἀνακλάσεως τῶν ἀκτίνων, καὶ ὃμοῦ τῆς ἐκ τοῦ νέφους σκιᾶς τὴν ψύξιν ἐπιτεινούσης, ὑετὸς γίνεται, καί πιαίνει τὴν γῆν. Καὶ τούτοις οὐδεὶς ἀπιστεῖ πάντως τοὺς ὒποκαιομένους λέβητας ἐννοήσας, οἵ, πλήρεις ὄντες ὑγροῦ, πολλάκις κενοὶ κατελείφθησαν, εἰς ἀτμὸν παντὸς τού ἑψομένου διακριθέντος, Ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης ὕδωρ παρὰ τῶν ναυτιλλομένων ἑψόμενον οἵ, τοὺς ἅτμοὺς σπόγγοις ὑποδεχόμενοι, τὴν χρείαν μετρίως ἐν ταῖς ἀνάγκαις παραμυθοῦνται. Καλὴ δὲ καὶ ἄλλως παρὰ Θεῷ, ὅτι περισφίγγει τὰς νήσους, ὁμοῦ μὲν κόσμον αὐταῖς, ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ ἀσφάλειαν παρεχομένη διʼ ἑαυτῆς· ἔπειτα καὶ ὅτι τὰς πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διεστώσας ἠπείρους συνάπτει διʼ ἑαυτῆς, ἀκώλυτον τοῖς ναυτιλλομένοις τὴν ἐπιμιξίαν παρεχομένη· διʼ ὧν καὶ ἱστορίας τῶν ἀγνοουμένων χαρίζεται, καὶ πλούτου πρόξενος ἐμπόροις γίνεται, καὶ τὰς τοῦ βίου χρείας ἐπανορθοῦται ῥαδίως, ἐξαγωγὴν μὲν τῶν περιττῶν τοῖς εὖθηνουμένοις παρεχομένη, ἐπανόρθωσιν δὲ τοῦ λείποντος χαριζομένη τοῖς ἐνδεέσι. Καὶ πόθεν ἐμοὶ ὅλον ἰδεῖν μετὰ ἀκριβείας τῆς θαλάσσης τὸ κάλλος, ὅσον τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ποιήσαντος κατεφάνη; Εἰ δὲ θάλασσα καλὴ καὶ ἐπαινετὴ τῷ Θεῷ, πῶς οὐχὶ καλλίων ἐκκλησίας τοιαύτης σύλλογος, ἓν ᾗ συμμιγὴς ἦχος, οἷόν τινος κύματος ἠϊόνι προσφερομένου, ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ νηπίων, κατὰ τὰς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἡμῶν δεήσεις, ἐκπέμπεται ; Γαλήνη δὲ βαθεῖα ἀσάλευτον αὐτὴν διασώζει, τῶν πνευμάτων τῆς πονηρίας ταράξαι αὐτὴν τοῖς αἱρετικοῖς λόγοις μὴ δυνηθέντων. Γένοισθε οὖν ἄξιοι τῆς ἀποδοχῆς τοῦ Κυρίου, τὴν εὐταξίαν ταύτην ἐπὶ τὸ εὐπρεπέστατον διασώσαντες, ἒν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν …

Kalē toinyn hē thalassa tǭ Theǭ kai dia tēn en tǭ bathei tēs ikmados hypodromēn; kalē kai dioti, potamōn ousa docheïon, heis heautēn ta pantachothen katadechetai rheumata, kai menei tōn horōn heisō tōn eautēs; kalē kai dioti tois aeriois hydasin archē tis esti kai pēgē, thalpomenē men tę̄ aktini tou hēliou, apotithemenē de to lepton tou hydatos dia tōn atmōn, hoper helkysthen heis ton anō topon, eita, katapsychthen dia to hypsēloteron genesthai tēs apo tou edaphous anaklaseōs tōn aktinōn, kai homou tēs ek tou nephous skias tēn psyxin epiteinousēs, hyetos ginetai, kai piainei tēn gēn. Kai toutois oudeis apistei pantōs tous ypokaiomenous lebētas ennoēsas, hoi, plēreis ontes hygrou, pollakis kenoi kateleiphthēsan, eis atmon pantos tou hepsomenou diakrithentos, Alla kai auto estin idein to tēs thalassēs hydōr para tōn nautillomenōn hepsomenon hoi, tous hatmous spongois hypodechomenoi, tēn chreian metriōs en tais anankais paramythountai. Kalē de kai allōs para Theǭ, hoti perisphingei tas nēsous, homou men kosmon autais, homou de kai asphaleian parechomenē diʼ heautēs; epeita kai hoti tas pleiston allēlōn diestōsas ēpeirous synaptei diʼ heautēs, akōlyton tois nautillomenois tēn epimixian parechomenē; diʼ hōn kai historias tōn agnooumenōn charizetai, kai ploutou proxenos emporois ginetai, kai tas tou biou chreias epanorthoutai rhadiōs, exagōgēn men tōn perittōn tois euthēnoumenois parechomenē, epanorthōsin de tou leipontos charizomenē tois endeesi. Kai pothen emoi holon idein meta akribeias tēs thalassēs to kallos, hoson tǭ ophthalmǭ tou poiēsantos katephanē? Ei de thalassa kalē kai epainetē tǭ Theǭ, pōs ouchi kalliōn ekklēsias toiautēs syllogos, hen hę̄ symmigēs ēchos, hoion tinos kymatos ēïoni prospheromenou, andrōn kai gynaikōn kai nēpiōn, kata tas pros ton Theon hēmōn deēseis, ekpempetai ? Galēnē de batheia asaleuton autēn diasōzei, tōn pneumatōn tēs ponērias taraxai autēn tois hairetikois logois mē dynēthentōn. Genoisthe oun axioi tēs apodochēs tou Kyriou, tēn eutaxian tautēn epi to euprepestaton diasōsantes, en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn …

The sea, then, is good in God's sight also because of the underground course of moisture in the depth; good too because, being the receptacle of rivers, it receives into itself the streams from every side and stays within its own bounds; good too because it is a kind of beginning and source of the waters in the air: warmed by the ray of the sun, it gives off the fine part of the water as vapor; this is drawn up into the upper region, and then, cooled because it has risen higher than the rays reflected from the ground, while the shade of the cloud at the same time increases the cold, it becomes rain and fattens the earth. And no one will doubt this at all who thinks of cauldrons heated from below, which, though full of liquid, are often left empty, all that was being boiled having been dispersed into vapor. One may also see sea water itself being boiled by sailors, who catch the vapors in sponges and so moderately relieve their need in emergencies. The sea is good in God's sight in other ways too: because it girds the islands round about, giving them by itself both adornment and safety; and then because it joins together the mainlands that lie farthest apart, providing unhindered intercourse to those who sail; through this it grants knowledge of things unknown, becomes for merchants the agent of wealth, and easily supplies the needs of life, giving those who have abundance an outlet for their surplus and granting the needy the making-up of what they lack. But how can I see with precision the whole beauty of the sea, as it appeared to the eye of the one who made it? And if the sea is good and praiseworthy to God, how is not the assembly of such a church far more beautiful, in which a mingled sound, like a wave borne against the shore, of men and women and children, is sent forth in our prayers to God? And a deep calm keeps it unshaken, since the spirits of wickedness have not been able to trouble it with heretical words. May you, then, be worthy of the Lord's approval, preserving this good order in the most seemly way, in Christ Jesus our Lord …

Chapter 5

5.1PG 29:93c–96c

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸςʼ Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος, καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπὸν κατὰ γένος, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. Ἀκολούθως μετὰ τὸ ἀναπαύσασθαι τὴν γῆν ἆποσκευασαμένην τὸ βάρος τοῦ ὓδατος, τὸ πρόσταγμα αὐτῇ γέγονε βλαστῆσαι πρῶτον βοτάνην, ἔπειτα ξύλον· ὅπερ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁρῶμεν γινόμενον. Ἦ γὰρ τότε φωνὴ, καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἐκεῖνο πρόσταγμα, οἷον νόμος τις ἐγένετο φύσεως, καὶ ἐναπέμεινε τῇ γῇ, τὴν τοῦ γενιᾷν αὐτῇ καὶ καρποφορεῖν δύναμιν εἰς τὸ ἑξῆς παρεχόμενος. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ. Πρῶτόν ἔστιν ἐν τῇ γενέσει τῶν φυομένων ἡ βλάστησις· ἔπειτα, ὅταν προκύψῃ μικρὸν τὰ βλαστήματα, βοτάνη γίνεται· εἶτʼ ἐπειδὰν αὐξηθῇ, χόρτος ἐστὶ, κατὰ μικρὸν διαρθρουμένων τῶν φυομένων, καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ σπέρμα τελειώσεως προϊόντων, Τὸ γὰρ χλοερὸν καὶ ποάζον παραπλήσιόν ἔστιν ἁπάντων. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου. Καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἡ γῆ προφερέτω τὴν βλάστησιν, οὐδεμιᾶς συνεργείας ἑτέρωθεν δεομένη. Ἐπειδὴ τινες οἴονται τὸν ἣλιον αἴτιον εἶναι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς φυομένων, τῇ ὁλκῇ τοῦ θερμοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἒπιφάνειαν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ βάθους δύναμιν ἐπισπώμενον· διὰ τοῦτο πρεσβυτέρα τοῦ ἡλίου ἡ περὶ γῆν διακόσμησιςʼ ἵνα καὶ τοῦ προσκυνεῖν τὸν ἥλιον, ὡς αὐτὸν τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ζωῆς παρεχόμενον, οἱ πεπλανημένοι παύσωνται, Ἐὰν ἄρα πεισθῶσιν, ὅτι πρὸ τῆς ἐκείνου γενέσεως τὰ περὶ τὴν γῆν πάντα διακεκόσμητο, καὶ τοῦ ἀμέτρου περὶ αὐτὸν θαύματος καθυφῶσιν, ἐνθυμηθέντες, ὅτι χόρτου καὶ βοτάνης νεώτερός ἐστι κατὰ τὴν γένεσιν. Ἀρα οὖν τοῖς μέν βοσκήμασιν ἡ τροφὴ προαπετέθη, τὸ δὲ ἡμέτερον οὐδεμιᾶς ἐφάνη προνοίας ἄξιον; Ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν ὁ βουσί καὶ ἵπποις τὸν χιλὸν προαποθέμενος, σοὶ τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν παρασκευάζει· ὃ γὰρ τὰ κτήνεά σοι διατρέφων τὴν σὴν συναύξει τοῦ βίου κατασκευήν· ἔπειτα ἡ τῶν σπερμάτων γένεσις τί ἂλλο ἐστὶ …

Kai eipen ho Theosʼ Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma kata genos, kai xylon karpimon poioun karpon kata genos, hou to sperma autou en autǭ. Akolouthōs meta to anapausasthai tēn gēn aposkeuasamenēn to baros tou hydatos, to prostagma autę̄ gegone blastēsai prōton botanēn, epeita xylon; hoper eti kai nyn horōmen ginomenon. Ē gar tote phōnē, kai to prōton ekeino prostagma, hoion nomos tis egeneto physeōs, kai enapemeine tę̄ gę̄, tēn tou geniąn autę̄ kai karpophorein dynamin eis to hexēs parechomenos. Blastēsatō hē gē. Prōton estin en tę̄ genesei tōn phyomenōn hē blastēsis; epeita, hotan prokypsę̄ mikron ta blastēmata, botanē ginetai; eitʼ epeidan auxēthę̄, chortos esti, kata mikron diarthroumenōn tōn phyomenōn, kai mechri tēs epi to sperma teleiōseōs proïontōn, To gar chloeron kai poazon paraplēsion estin hapantōn. Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou. Kathʼ heautēn hē gē propheretō tēn blastēsin, oudemias synergeias heterōthen deomenē. Epeidē tines oiontai ton hēlion aition einai tōn apo tēs gēs phyomenōn, tę̄ holkę̄ tou thermou pros tēn epiphaneian tēn ek tou bathous dynamin epispōmenon; dia touto presbytera tou hēliou hē peri gēn diakosmēsisʼ hina kai tou proskynein ton hēlion, hōs auton tēn aitian tēs zōēs parechomenon, hoi peplanēmenoi pausōntai, Ean ara peisthōsin, hoti pro tēs ekeinou geneseōs ta peri tēn gēn panta diakekosmēto, kai tou ametrou peri auton thaumatos kathyphōsin, enthymēthentes, hoti chortou kai botanēs neōteros esti kata tēn genesin. Ara oun tois men boskēmasin hē trophē proapetethē, to de hēmeteron oudemias ephanē pronoias axion? Alla malista men ho bousi kai hippois ton chilon proapothemenos, soi ton plouton kai tēn apolausin paraskeuazei; ho gar ta ktēnea soi diatrephōn tēn sēn synauxei tou biou kataskeuēn; epeita hē tōn spermatōn genesis ti allo esti …

"And God said, Let the earth put forth the plant of grass, sowing seed according to its kind, and the fruit-bearing tree producing fruit according to its kind, whose seed is in it." Fittingly, after the earth had rested, having put off the weight of the water, the command came to it to put forth first the plant, then the tree; which we still see happening even now. For the voice of that time and that first command became, as it were, a law of nature, and remained in the earth, providing it from then on with the power to bear and to bring forth fruit. "Let the earth put forth." In the generation of growing things the first stage is sprouting; then, when the shoots have peeped out a little, it becomes plant; then, when it has grown, it is grass, the growing things gradually becoming articulated and advancing to their completion in seed. For the green and grassy stage is alike in all of them. "Let the earth put forth the plant of grass." Let the earth bring forth its growth by itself, needing no cooperation from anywhere else. Since some think that the sun is the cause of what grows from the earth, drawing up the power from the depth to the surface by the pull of its heat, for this reason the adornment of the earth is older than the sun, so that those who have gone astray may stop worshiping the sun as the one who provides the cause of life. If, then, they are persuaded that everything around the earth had been set in order before its coming into being, they will also abate their boundless wonder at it, considering that it is younger in its coming into being than grass and plants. Was food, then, laid up beforehand for the cattle, while our own kind appeared worthy of no providence? On the contrary: above all, he who laid up fodder beforehand for oxen and horses is preparing wealth and enjoyment for you; for he who feeds your cattle increases the means of your life. Then too, what else is the generation of seeds but …

5.2PG 29:96d–100b

Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα, φησί, κατὰ γένος. Ὥστε, κἂν τι γένος βοτάνης ἑτέροις διαφέρῃ, κάκείνων τὸ κέρδος πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἓπανέρχεται, καὶ ἡμῖν ἡ χρῆσις τῶν σπερμάτων ἀφώρισται· ὥστε εἶναι τὸν νοῦν τῶν εἰρημένων τοιοῦτον· Βλαστησάτω ἦ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, καὶ σπέρμα σπεῖρον κατὰ γένος. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὸ τῆς λέξεως ἀκόλουθον ἀποκαταστῆναι δυνήσεται, ἀκαταλλήλως νῦν τῆς συντάξεως ἔχειν δοκοὺσης, καὶ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως οἰκονομουμένων διασωθήσεται, Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ βλάστησις, εἶτα χλόη, εἶτα χόρτου αὔξησις, εἶτα ὁ ἂπαρτισμὸς τῶν αὐξομένων; διὰ τοῦ σπέρματος. Πῶς οὖν, φασὶ, πάντα τὰ ἐκ τῆς γῆς φυόμενα σπερματίζοντα ὁ λόγος ἐνδείκνυται, ὅπου γε οὔτε κάλαμος, οὔτε ἄγρωστις, οὔτε ἡ μίνθη, οὗ κρόκος, οὐ σκόροδον, οὐ βούτομον, οὔδʼ ἄλλα μυρία γένη σπερματίζοντα φαίνεται; Πρὸς δὴ τοῦτο φαμεν, ὅτι πολλὰ τῶν φυομένων ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ πυθμένος καὶ τῆς ῥίζης ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν τῶν σπερμάτων. Ὥσπερ ὁ κάλαμος μετὰ τὴν ἐτήσιον αὔξησιν ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίζης ἀφίησί τινα προβολὴν, σπέρματος λόγον ἔχουσαν πρὸς τὸ μέλλον. Τοῦτο δὲ ποιεῖ καὶ ἄλλα μυρία, ὅσα διὰ γῆς νεμόμενα ἐν ταῖς ῥίζαις τὴν διαδοχὴν κέκτηται. Ὥστε παντός ἐστιν ἀληθέστερον τὸ ἑκάστῳ τῶν φυομένων ἢ σπέρμα εἶναι, ἢ δύναμίν τινα σπερματικὴν ἐνυπάρχειν. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ, Κατὰ γένος, Οὒ γὰρ ἡ προβολὴ τοῦ καλάμου ἐλαίας ἐστὶ ποιητικὴ, ἀλλʼ ἐκ καλάμου μὲν ἕτερος κάλαμος, ἐκ δὲ τῶν σπερμάτων τὰ συγγενῆ τοῖς καταβληθεῖσιν ἀποβλαστάνει, Καὶ οὕτω τὸ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει προβληθὲν παρὰ τῆς γῆς μέχρι νῦν διασώζεται, τῇ ἀκολουθίᾳ τῆς διαδοχῆς φυλασσομένου τοῦ γένους. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ. Νόησόν μοι ἐκ μικρᾶς φωνῆς, καὶ προστάγματος οὕτω βραχέος, τὴν κατεψυγμένην καὶ ἄγονον ὠδίνουσαν ἀθρόως καὶ πρὸς καρπογονίαν συγκινουμένην, ὥσπερ τινὰ σκυθρωπὴν καὶ πενθήρη στολὴν ἀποθεμένην, μεταμφιεννυμένην τὴν φαιδροτέραν, καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις κόσμοις ἀγαλλομένην, καὶ τὰ μυρία γένη τῶν φυομένων προβάλλουσαν. Βούλομαί σοι σφοδρότερον τὸ θαῦμα τῆς κτίσεως ἐνιδρυνθῆναι, ἵνʼ ὅπουπερ ἂν εὑρεθῇς, καὶ ὁποίῳ δήπου γένει τῶν φυομένων παραστῇς, ἐναργῆ λαμβάνῃς τοῦ κτίσαντος τὴν ὑπόμνησιν. … εἰς ἔννοιαν ἔρχου τῆς ἀνβρωπίνης φύσεως, μεμνημένος τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ σοφοῦ Ἠσαίου, ὅτι Πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. Τὸ γὰρ ὀλιγοχρόνιον τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ τὸ ἐν ὀλίγῳ περιχαρὲς καὶ ἱλαρὸν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐημερίας, … παρὰ τῷ προφήτῃ … τῆς εἰκόνος. Σήμερον εὐθαλὴς τῷ σώματι, κατασεσαρκωμένος ὑπὸ τρυφῆς, ἐπανθοῦσαν ἔχων τὴν εὔχροιαν ὕπὸ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαι ἀκμῆς, σφριγῶν καὶ σύντονος, καὶ ἀνυπόστατος τὴν ὁρμὴν, αὔριον ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ἐλεεινὸς, ἢ τῷ χρόνῳ μαρανθεὶς, ἢ νόσῳ διαλυθείς. Ὁ δεῖνα περίβλεπτος ἐπὶ χρημάτων περιουσίᾳ · καὶ πλῆθος περὶ αὑτὸν κολάκων δορυφορία φίλων προσποιητῶν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ χάριν θηρευόντων · πλῆθος συγγενείας, καὶ ταύτης κατεσχηματισμένης· ἑσμὸς τῶν ἑπομένων μυρίος, τῶν τε ἐπὶ σιτίων καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς χρείας αὒτῴ προσεδρευόντων, οὓς καὶ προϊὼν καὶ πάλιν ἐπανιὼν ἐπισυρόμενος ἐπίφθονός ἔστι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι. Προσθες τῷ πλούτῳ καί πολιτικήν τινα δυναστείαν, ἢ καὶ τὰς ἐκ βασιλέων τιμάς · ἢ ἐθνῶν ἐπιμέλειαν ἢ στρατοπέδων ἡγεμονίαν τὸν κήρυκα μέγα βοῶντα πρὸ αὐτοῦ· τοὺς ῥαβδούχους ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν βαρυτάτην κατάπληξιν τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐμβάλλοντας · τὰς πληγάς· τὰς δημεύσεις· τὰς ἀπαγωγάς· τὰ δεσμωτήρια, ἐξ ὧν ἀφόρητος αὐτῷ παρὰ τῶν ὑποχειρίων συναθροίζεται φόβος. Καὶ τί μετὰ τοῦτο, μία νὺξ, ἢ πυρετὸς εἷς, ἢ πλευρῖτις, ἢ περιπνευμονία, ἀνάρπαστον ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀπάγουσα τὸν ἄνθρωπον οἴχεται, πᾶσαν τὴν κατʼ αὐτὸν σκηνὴν ἐξαπίνης ἀπογυμνώσασα, καὶ ἦ δόξα ἐκείνη ὥσπερ ἒνύπνιον ἀπηλέγχθη. ’Ὥστε ὲπιτέτευκται τῲ προφήτῃ ἠ πρὸς τὸ άδρανέστατον ἄνθος ὁμοίωσις τῆς ἂνθρωπίνης δόξης.

Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma, phēsi, kata genos. Hōste, kan ti genos botanēs heterois diapherę̄, kakeinōn to kerdos pros hēmas hepanerchetai, kai hēmin hē chrēsis tōn spermatōn aphōristai; hōste einai ton noun tōn eirēmenōn toiouton; Blastēsatō ē gē botanēn chortou, kai sperma speiron kata genos. Houtō gar kai to tēs lexeōs akolouthon apokatastēnai dynēsetai, akatallēlōs nyn tēs syntaxeōs echein dokousēs, kai to anankaion tōn hypo tēs physeōs oikonomoumenōn diasōthēsetai, Prōton men gar blastēsis, eita chloē, eita chortou auxēsis, eita ho apartismos tōn auxomenōn? dia tou spermatos. Pōs oun, phasi, panta ta ek tēs gēs phyomena spermatizonta ho logos endeiknytai, hopou ge oute kalamos, oute agrōstis, oute hē minthē, hou krokos, ou skorodon, ou boutomon, oudʼ alla myria genē spermatizonta phainetai? Pros dē touto phamen, hoti polla tōn phyomenōn ek tēs gēs epi tou pythmenos kai tēs rhizēs echei tēn dynamin tōn spermatōn. Hōsper ho kalamos meta tēn etēsion auxēsin apo tēs rhizēs aphiēsi tina probolēn, spermatos logon echousan pros to mellon. Touto de poiei kai alla myria, hosa dia gēs nemomena en tais rhizais tēn diadochēn kektētai. Hōste pantos estin alēthesteron to hekastǭ tōn phyomenōn ē sperma einai, ē dynamin tina spermatikēn enyparchein. Kai touto esti to, Kata genos, Ou gar hē probolē tou kalamou elaias esti poiētikē, allʼ ek kalamou men heteros kalamos, ek de tōn spermatōn ta syngenē tois katablētheisin apoblastanei, Kai houtō to en tę̄ prōtę̄ genesei problēthen para tēs gēs mechri nyn diasōzetai, tę̄ akolouthią tēs diadochēs phylassomenou tou genous. Blastēsatō hē gē. Noēson moi ek mikras phōnēs, kai prostagmatos houtō bracheos, tēn katepsygmenēn kai agonon ōdinousan athroōs kai pros karpogonian synkinoumenēn, hōsper tina skythrōpēn kai penthērē stolēn apothemenēn, metamphiennymenēn tēn phaidroteran, kai tois oikeiois kosmois agallomenēn, kai ta myria genē tōn phyomenōn proballousan. Boulomai soi sphodroteron to thauma tēs ktiseōs enidrynthēnai, hinʼ hopouper an heurethę̄s, kai hopoiǭ dēpou genei tōn phyomenōn parastę̄s, enargē lambanę̄s tou ktisantos tēn hypomnēsin. … eis ennoian erchou tēs anbrōpinēs physeōs, memnēmenos tēs eikonos tou sophou Ēsaiou, hoti Pasa sarx hōs chortos, kai pasa doxa anthrōpou hōs anthos chortou. To gar oligochronion tēs zōēs, kai to en oligǭ perichares kai hilaron tēs anthrōpinēs euēmerias, … para tǭ prophētę̄ … tēs eikonos. Sēmeron euthalēs tǭ sōmati, katasesarkōmenos hypo tryphēs, epanthousan echōn tēn euchroian hypo tēs kata tēn hēlikiai akmēs, sphrigōn kai syntonos, kai anypostatos tēn hormēn, aurion ho autos houtos eleeinos, ē tǭ chronǭ marantheis, ē nosǭ dialytheis. Ho deina peribleptos epi chrēmatōn periousią ; kai plēthos peri hauton kolakōn doryphoria philōn prospoiētōn tēn apʼ autou charin thēreuontōn ; plēthos syngeneias, kai tautēs kateschēmatismenēs; hesmos tōn hepomenōn myrios, tōn te epi sitiōn kai tōn kata tas chreias autǭ prosedreuontōn, hous kai proïōn kai palin epaniōn episyromenos epiphthonos esti tois entynchanousi. Prosthes tǭ ploutǭ kai politikēn tina dynasteian, ē kai tas ek basileōn timas ; ē ethnōn epimeleian ē stratopedōn hēgemonian ton kēryka mega boōnta pro autou; tous rhabdouchous enthen kai enthen barytatēn kataplēxin tois archomenois emballontas ; tas plēgas; tas dēmeuseis; tas apagōgas; ta desmōtēria, ex hōn aphorētos autǭ para tōn hypocheiriōn synathroizetai phobos. Kai ti meta touto, mia nyx, ē pyretos heis, ē pleuritis, ē peripneumonia, anarpaston ex anthrōpōn apagousa ton anthrōpon oichetai, pasan tēn katʼ auton skēnēn exapinēs apogymnōsasa, kai ē doxa ekeinē hōsper enypnion apēlenchthē. ’Hōste epiteteuktai tǭ prophētę̄ ē pros to adranestaton anthos homoiōsis tēs anthrōpinēs doxēs.

"Let the earth put forth the plant of grass, sowing seed," he says, "according to its kind." So that even if some kind of plant differs from the rest, the profit from those too returns to us, and the use of the seeds has been set apart for us; so the sense of what is said is this: "Let the earth put forth the plant of grass, and seed sowing according to its kind." For in this way both the sequence of the wording, whose construction now seems awkward, can be restored, and the necessary order of the things arranged by nature will be preserved. For first comes sprouting, then the green shoot, then the growth of the grass, then the completion of what grows, through the seed. How then, they say, does the word show all things that grow from the earth as bearing seed, when neither the reed, nor dog's-tooth grass, nor mint, nor crocus, nor garlic, nor flowering rush, nor countless other kinds appear to bear seed? To this we say that many of the things that grow from the earth have the power of seeds in their base and root. For example, the reed, after its yearly growth, sends out from its root a shoot that serves as a seed for the future. Countless others do the same, which, spreading through the earth, have their succession in their roots. So nothing is truer than that every growing thing either has seed or has some seminal power present in it. And this is what "according to its kind" means. For the shoot of a reed does not produce an olive tree; but from a reed comes another reed, and from seeds spring up plants akin to those that were sown. And thus what was put forth by the earth at the first coming into being is preserved until now, the kind being kept by the sequence of succession. "Let the earth put forth." Picture for me how, from a small word and so brief a command, the earth, chilled and barren, was suddenly in labor and stirred to bring forth fruit, as if, putting off a sad and mournful garment, it put on a brighter one, rejoiced in its own adornments, and brought forth the countless kinds of growing things. I want the wonder of creation to be planted in you more firmly, so that wherever you are, and by whatever kind of plant you stand, you may receive a clear reminder of the Creator. … come to the thought of human nature, remembering the image of the wise Isaiah: "All flesh is as grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass." For the shortness of life, and the gladness and cheer of human prosperity that lasts a little while, … found in the prophet a most fitting image. Today a man flourishes in body, fattened by luxury, with a fair complexion blooming from the vigor of his age, robust and strong, irresistible in his impetus; tomorrow this same man is pitiable, withered by time or broken down by disease. So-and-so is admired for the abundance of his wealth; around him is a crowd of flatterers, a bodyguard of pretended friends hunting the favor he gives; a crowd of relatives, and these too putting on a show; a countless swarm of attendants, both those who wait on him for their meals and those who serve his needs, whom he drags along with him going out and coming back, so that he is envied by those who meet him. Add to his wealth some political power too, or honors from emperors, or the government of nations, or the command of armies; the herald shouting loudly before him; the rod-bearers on this side and that striking the deepest terror into the governed; the beatings, the confiscations, the arrests, the prisons, from which an unbearable fear of him gathers among his subjects. And then what? One night, or one fever, or a pleurisy, or a pneumonia snatches the man away from among men and is gone, suddenly stripping off all his stage, and that glory has been exposed as a dream. So the prophet has hit the mark in likening human glory to the frailest flower.

5.3PG 29:100b–101a

Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, σπεῖρον σπέρμα κατὰ γένος καὶ καθʼ ὁμοιότητα, ’Ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἡ τάξις τῶν φυομένων μαρτυρεῖ τῇ πρώτῃ διακοσμήσει, Ἠ γὰρ βλάστησις καθηγεῖται πάσης βοτάνης καὶ πάσης πόας, Εἴτε γὰρ ἀπὸ ῥίζης ἐκδίδοταί τι ἐκ τῆς κάτωθεν προβολῆς, ὡς κρόκος καὶ ἄγρωστις, ἀναβλαστῆσαι δεῖ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἔξω προκύψαι· εἴτε ἀπὸ σπέρματος, καὶ οὕτως ἀνάγκη πρῶτον βλάστησιν, εἶτα βοτάνην γενέσθαι, εἷτα χόρτον χλοάζοντα, εἶτα τὸν καρπὸν ἐπι ξηρᾶς ἤδη καὶ παχείας τῆς καλάμης ἀδρυνόμενον Βλαστησάτω ἦ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου. ’Ὅταν εἷς γῆν καταπέσῃ τὸ σπέρμα συμμέτρως νοτίδος καὶ θέρμης ἔχουσαν, χαῦνον γενόμενον ’καὶ πολύπορον, τῆς παρακειμένης γῆς περιδραξάμενον, τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ σύμφυλα πρὸς ἑαυτὸ επισπᾶται, Ἐμπίπτοντα δὲ τοῖς πόροις καὶ περιολισθαίνοντα τῆς γῆς τὰ λεπτότατα μόρια, ἐπὶ πλέον ἆνευρύνει τοὺς ὄγκους αὐτοῦ, ὥστε ῥιζοῦσθαι μὲν εἷς τὸ κάτω, ἐπὶ τὸ ἂνω δὲ προκύπτειν, ἰσαρίθμων ταῖς ῥίζαις τῶν καλάμων προβαλλομένων. Θαλπομένου δὲ ἀεὶ τοῦ βλαστήματος, συρομένην διὰ τῶν ῥιζῶν τὴν νοτίδα, τῇ ὀλκῇ τοῦ θερμοῦ συνεπάγεσθαι τοῦ τροφίμου τῆς γῆς ὅσον μέτριον, καὶ τοῦτο καταμερίζειν εἷς καλάμην καὶ φλοιὸν, καὶ τὰς θήκας τοῦ σίτου, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν σῖτον καὶ τοὺς ἀνθέρικας ’ καὶ οὕτω κατὰ μικρὸν τῆς αὐξήσεως γινομένης, ἐπὶ τὸ οἰκεῖον μέτρον ἕκαστον τῶν φυομένων ἀποκαθίστασθαι, εἴτε τι τῶν σιτηρῶν, εἴτε τῶν χεδρόπων, εἴτε τῶν λαχανωδῶν ἢ φρυγανικῶν τυγχάνοι, Εἷς χόρτος καὶ μία βοτάνη ἐξαρκεῖ τὴν διάνοιάν σου πᾶσαν είς τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς ἐξεργασαμένης αὐτὰ τέχνης ἀπασχολῆσαι πῶς γόνασι διαζώννυται ἡ καλάμη τοῦ σίτου, ἵνα ὣσπερ σύνδεσμοί τινες ῥᾳδίως τὸ βάρος τῶν ἀσταχύων φέρωσιν, ὅταν πλήρεις ὄντες καρπῶν πρὸς την γῆν κατακλίνωνται. Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ μὲν βρόμος διόλου κενὸς, ἃτε μηδενί τὴν κεφαλὴν βαρυνόμενος τὸν δὲ σῖτον τοῖς συνδέσμοις τούτοις ἡ φύσις κατησφαλίσατο. Ἐν θήκῃ δὲ τὸν κὸκκον ἀποθεμένη, ὡς μὴ εὐδιάρπαστον εἶναι τοῖς σπερμολόγοις· ἔτι καὶ τῇ προβολῇ τῶν ἀνθερίκων οἷον ἀκίσι τὰς ἐκ τῶν μικρῶν ζώων ἀφίστησι βλάβας.

Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, speiron sperma kata genos kai kathʼ homoiotēta, ’Eti kai nyn hē taxis tōn phyomenōn martyrei tę̄ prōtę̄ diakosmēsei, Ē gar blastēsis kathēgeitai pasēs botanēs kai pasēs poas, Eite gar apo rhizēs ekdidotai ti ek tēs katōthen probolēs, hōs krokos kai agrōstis, anablastēsai dei kai epi to exō prokypsai; eite apo spermatos, kai houtōs anankē prōton blastēsin, eita botanēn genesthai, heita chorton chloazonta, eita ton karpon epi xēras ēdē kai pacheias tēs kalamēs adrynomenon Blastēsatō ē gē botanēn chortou. ’Hotan heis gēn katapesę̄ to sperma symmetrōs notidos kai thermēs echousan, chaunon genomenon ’kai polyporon, tēs parakeimenēs gēs peridraxamenon, ta oikeia kai symphyla pros heauto epispatai, Empiptonta de tois porois kai periolisthainonta tēs gēs ta leptotata moria, epi pleon aneurynei tous onkous autou, hōste rhizousthai men heis to katō, epi to anō de prokyptein, isarithmōn tais rhizais tōn kalamōn proballomenōn. Thalpomenou de aei tou blastēmatos, syromenēn dia tōn rhizōn tēn notida, tę̄ olkę̄ tou thermou synepagesthai tou trophimou tēs gēs hoson metrion, kai touto katamerizein heis kalamēn kai phloion, kai tas thēkas tou sitou, kai auton ton siton kai tous antherikas ’ kai houtō kata mikron tēs auxēseōs ginomenēs, epi to oikeion metron hekaston tōn phyomenōn apokathistasthai, eite ti tōn sitērōn, eite tōn chedropōn, eite tōn lachanōdōn ē phryganikōn tynchanoi, Heis chortos kai mia botanē exarkei tēn dianoian sou pasan eis tēn theōrian tēs exergasamenēs auta technēs apascholēsai pōs gonasi diazōnnytai hē kalamē tou sitou, hina hōsper syndesmoi tines rhądiōs to baros tōn astachyōn pherōsin, hotan plēreis ontes karpōn pros tēn gēn kataklinōntai. Dia touto ho men bromos diolou kenos, hate mēdeni tēn kephalēn barynomenos ton de siton tois syndesmois toutois hē physis katēsphalisato. En thēkę̄ de ton kokkon apothemenē, hōs mē eudiarpaston einai tois spermologois; eti kai tę̄ probolę̄ tōn antherikōn hoion akisi tas ek tōn mikrōn zōōn aphistēsi blabas.

"Let the earth put forth the plant of grass, sowing seed according to its kind and according to its likeness." Even now the order of growing things bears witness to the first arrangement. For sprouting leads the way for every plant and every herb. Whether something comes up from a root, from a shoot below, like the crocus and dog's-tooth grass, it must sprout again and peep out above ground; or whether from a seed, in this case too there must first be sprouting, then a plant, then green grass, then the fruit ripening on a stalk already dry and stout. "Let the earth put forth the plant of grass." When the seed falls into earth that has moisture and warmth in due measure, it becomes loose and porous, takes hold of the earth around it, and draws to itself what is proper and akin to it. The finest particles of earth, falling into its pores and slipping in around them, widen its bulk still further, so that it puts down roots below and peeps out above, the stalks put forth being equal in number to the roots. And as the shoot is continually warmed, the moisture drawn up through the roots brings along with it, by the pull of the heat, a moderate portion of the earth's nourishment, and distributes this to the stalk and the husk, to the sheaths of the grain, to the grain itself, and to the beards; and so, the growth taking place little by little, each growing thing reaches its proper measure, whether it happens to be one of the grains, or of the pulses, or of the vegetables, or of the shrubs. A single blade of grass and a single plant are enough to occupy your whole mind in contemplating the art that fashioned them: how the stalk of wheat is girded with knots, so that, like bands, they may easily bear the weight of the ears when, full of fruit, they bend down toward the earth. That is why oats are hollow throughout, since their head is weighed down by nothing, while nature has secured wheat with these bands. It has laid up the grain in a sheath, so that it may not be easily snatched by grain-pickers, and further, by the projection of the beards, as with points, it keeps off the damage done by small creatures.

5.4PG 29:101a–104a

Τί εἴπω ; τί σιωπήσω; Ἐν πλουσίοις τῆς κτίσεως θησαυροῖς ἄπορος μὲν ἡ εὕρεσις τοῦ τιμιωτέρου, δυσφορωτάτη δὲ ἠ ζημία τοῦ παρεθέντος. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χὸρτου. Καὶ εὐθέως συνεξεδὸθη τοϊς τροφίμοις τὰ δηλητήρια· μετὰ τοῦ σίτου τὸ κώνειον, μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν τροφίμων ἐλλέβορος, καὶ ἆκὸνιτον, καὶ μανδραγὸρας, καὶ ὁ τῆς μήκωνος ὀπὸς. Τί οὗν; ἀφέντες τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς χρησίμοις τὴν χάριν ὁμολογεῖν, ἐγκαλέσομεν τῷ Δημιουργῷ ἐπὶ τοῖς φθαρτικοϊς ἡμῶν τῆς ζωῆς ; ἐκεῖνο δὲ οὒ λογισόμεθα, ὅτι οὐ πάντα τῆς γαστρὸς ἕνεκεν τῆς ἡμετέρας δεδημιούργηται: Ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν μὲν αἱ ἀποτεταγμέναι τροφαὶ προχειροι, καὶ πᾶσιν εὕγνωστοι· ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν γενομένων ἴδιὸν τινα λογον ἐν τῇ κτίσει πληροῖ. Μὴ γὰρ, ἐπειδή σοι δηλητήριον τὸ ταύριον αἷμα, τούτου ἕνεκεν ἔδει ἢ μὴ παραχθῆναι τὸ ζῶον, ἤ παραχθὲν ἄναιμον εἶναι, οὐ τῆς ἰσχύος πρὸς τοσαῦτα ημῶν ἐπιδεῖται ὁ βὶος ; Ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν αὐτάρκης ὁ σύνοικος λόγος πρὸς τὴν φυλακην τῶν ὀλεθρίων. Οὐ δήπου γὰρ πρόβατα μὲν καὶ αἶγες ἴσασιν ἀποφεύγειν τὰ κακοῦντα αὐτῶν τὴν ζωὴν, μόνῃ τῇ αἰσθήσει τὸ βλαβερον διακρίνονταʼ σοὶ δὲ, ᾦ καὶ λόγος πάρεστι, καὶ ἰατρικὴ τέχνη τὸ χρήσιμον ἐκπορίζουσα, καὶ ἡ τῶν προλαβόντων πεῖρα, τῶν βλαπτόντων τὴν φυγὴν ὑποβάλλουσα, χαλεπόν ἐστιν, εἰπέ μοι, ἐκκλῖναι τὰ δηλητήρια ; ’Ἔστι δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ἀργῶς, οὐδὲν ἀχρήστως γεγινημένον, ’Ἦ γὰρ τροφὴν παρέχει τινὶ τῶν ἁλόγων, ἢ καὶ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς παρὰ τῆς ἰατρικῆς τέχνης εἰς παραμυθίαν τινῶν ἀρρωστημάτων ἐξεύρηται. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ κώνειον οἱ ψᾶρες βόσκονται, διὰ τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ σώματος τὴν ὲκ τοῦ δηλητηρίου βλάβην ἀποδιδράσκοντεςʼ λεπτοὺς γὰρ ἔχοντες τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς καρδίας πόρους, φθάνουσιν ἐκπέψαι τὸ καταποθὲν, πρὶν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ψῦξιν τῶν καιρίων καθαψασθαι. Ἐλλέβορος δὲ ὀρτύγων ἐστὶ τρόφὴ, ἰδιότητι κράσεως τὴν βλάβην ἀποφευγόντων. ’Ἔστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα εν καιρῷ ποτε καὶ ἡμῖν χρήσιμα. Διὰ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ ὕπνον ἰατροὶ κατεπάγουσιν· ὀπίῳ δὲ τὰς σφοδρὰς ὀδύνας ’τῶν σωμάτων κατακοιμὶζουσιν. ’Ἤδη δέ τινες τῷ κωνείῳ καὶ τὸ λυσσῶδες τῶν ὀρέξεων κατεμάραναν· καὶ τῷ ἐλλεβόρῳ πολλὰ τῶν χρονίων παθῶν ἐξεμόχλευσαν, Ὠστε ὃ ἐνόμιζες ἔχειν κατὰ τοῦ κτίσαντος ἔγκλημα, τοῦτό σοι εἰς προσθήκην εὔχαριστίας περιελήλυθεν,

Ti eipō ? ti siōpēsō? En plousiois tēs ktiseōs thēsaurois aporos men hē heuresis tou timiōterou, dysphorōtatē de ē zēmia tou parethentos. Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou. Kai eutheōs synexedothē toïs trophimois ta dēlētēria; meta tou sitou to kōneion, meta tōn loipōn trophimōn elleboros, kai akoniton, kai mandragoras, kai ho tēs mēkōnos opos. Ti houn? aphentes to epi tois chrēsimois tēn charin homologein, enkalesomen tǭ Dēmiourgǭ epi tois phthartikoïs hēmōn tēs zōēs ? ekeino de ou logisometha, hoti ou panta tēs gastros heneken tēs hēmeteras dedēmiourgētai: Allʼ hēmin men hai apotetagmenai trophai procheiroi, kai pasin heugnōstoi; hekaston de tōn genomenōn idion tina logon en tę̄ ktisei plēroi. Mē gar, epeidē soi dēlētērion to taurion haima, toutou heneken edei ē mē parachthēnai to zōon, ē parachthen anaimon einai, ou tēs ischyos pros tosauta ēmōn epideitai ho bios ? Alla soi men autarkēs ho synoikos logos pros tēn phylakēn tōn olethriōn. Ou dēpou gar probata men kai aiges isasin apopheugein ta kakounta autōn tēn zōēn, monę̄ tę̄ aisthēsei to blaberon diakrinontaʼ soi de, ǭ kai logos paresti, kai iatrikē technē to chrēsimon ekporizousa, kai hē tōn prolabontōn peira, tōn blaptontōn tēn phygēn hypoballousa, chalepon estin, eipe moi, ekklinai ta dēlētēria ? ’Esti de toutōn ouden argōs, ouden achrēstōs geginēmenon, ’Ē gar trophēn parechei tini tōn halogōn, ē kai hēmin autois para tēs iatrikēs technēs eis paramythian tinōn arrōstēmatōn exeurētai. To men gar kōneion hoi psares boskontai, dia tēn kataskeuēn tou sōmatos tēn ek tou dēlētēriou blabēn apodidraskontesʼ leptous gar echontes tous epi tēs kardias porous, phthanousin ekpepsai to katapothen, prin tēn apʼ autou psyxin tōn kairiōn kathapsasthai. Elleboros de ortygōn esti trophē, idiotēti kraseōs tēn blabēn apopheugontōn. ’Esti de kai auta tauta en kairǭ pote kai hēmin chrēsima. Dia men gar tou hypnon iatroi katepagousin; opiǭ de tas sphodras odynas ’tōn sōmatōn katakoimizousin. ’Ēdē de tines tǭ kōneiǭ kai to lyssōdes tōn orexeōn katemaranan; kai tǭ elleborǭ polla tōn chroniōn pathōn exemochleusan, Ōste ho enomizes echein kata tou ktisantos enklēma, touto soi eis prosthēkēn eucharistias perielēlythen,

What shall I say? What shall I pass over in silence? Among the rich treasures of creation it is impossible to find the more precious, and the loss of what is passed over is very hard to bear. "Let the earth put forth the plant of grass." And at once poisonous plants were brought forth together with the nourishing ones: with the wheat, hemlock; with the other foods, hellebore and aconite and mandrake and the juice of the poppy. What then? Shall we leave off acknowledging our thanks for useful things and accuse the Creator for the things that destroy our life? And shall we not reckon this: that not everything has been created for the sake of our belly? The foods assigned to us are ready at hand and well known to all, and each of the things that have come into being fulfills its own particular principle in creation. Because the blood of a bull is poisonous to you, ought that animal, for that reason, either not to have been brought into being, or, once brought into being, to have been bloodless? Does not our life need its strength for so many tasks? But for you the reason that dwells within you is sufficient to guard against deadly things. Surely sheep and goats know how to avoid what harms their life, distinguishing what is hurtful by sense alone; and for you, who have reason and the art of medicine providing what is useful, and the experience of those before you suggesting the avoidance of harmful things, is it hard, tell me, to steer clear of poisons? Not one of these has been made idly, not one uselessly. Either it provides food for one of the irrational animals, or it has been discovered by the art of medicine for us as well, to relieve certain illnesses. For starlings feed on hemlock and escape the harm of the poison because of the constitution of their body: since the passages to their heart are narrow, they digest what they have swallowed before its chill can take hold of their vital parts. Hellebore is food for quails, which escape the harm through the peculiarity of their temperament. And these very things are sometimes useful to us at the right time. For by means of … physicians induce sleep, and with opium they lull severe pains of the body to sleep. Some have even subdued the frenzy of the appetites with hemlock, and with hellebore have rooted out many chronic illnesses. So what you thought you had as a charge against the Creator has turned out for you as an addition to your thanksgiving.

5.5PG 29:104a–105b

Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, Πόσην αὐτόματον λέγει τροφὴν ὲν τούτοις, τήν τε ἐν ῥίζαις, καὶ τὴν ἓν αὐτῇ τῇ βοτάνη, καὶ τὴν ἑν καρποῖς ἤδη ! πόσην δὲ τὴν ἐξ ἐπιμελείας καὶ γεωργίας ἡμῖν προσγινομένην! Οὔκ εὐθὺς ἐκέλευσε σπέρμα καὶ καρπὸν ἀναδοθῆναι, ἄλλα βλαστῆσαι καὶ χλοάσαι τὴν γῆν, καὶ τότε εἰς σπέρμα τελειωθῆναι· ἵνα τὸ πρῶτον ἐκεῖνο πρόσταγμα διδάσκαλον τῇ φύσει γένηται πρὸς τὴν ἓξῆς ἀκολουθίαν, Πῶς οὖν κατὰ γένος, φασὶν, ἡ γῆ προφέρει τὰ σπέρματα, ὁπότε, σῖτον πολλάκις καταβαλόντες, τὸν μέλανα τοῦτον πυρὸν συγκομίζομεν; Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο οὐχὶ πρὸς ἕτερον γένος ἐστὶ μεταβολὴ, ἄλλʼ οἷονεῖ νόσος τις καὶ ἀρρωστία τοῦ σπέρματος, Οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθετο τὸ εἶναι σῖτος, ἀλλʼ ἐμελάνθη διὰ τῆς καύσεως, ὡς καὶ ἐξ αὑτῆς ἐστι τῆς προσηγορίας μαθεῖν. Τῇ ὑπερβολῇ γὰρ τοῦ κρύους ὑπερκαεὶς, πρὸς ἑτέραν καὶ χρόαν καὶ γεῦσιν μετέπεσε. Καὶ μέντοι καὶ πάλιν λέγεται, ἒπειδᾶν γῆς ἐπετηδείας καὶ ἀέρων εὐκράτων λάβηται, πρὸς τὸ ἀρχαῖον εἶδος ἐπανιέναι, Ὥστε οὐδὲν παρὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα εὕροις ἄν ἐν τοϊς φυομένοις ἐπιτελούμενον, Ἦ δὲ λεγομένη αἴρα, καὶ ὅσα λοιπὰ νόθα σπέρματα τοῖς τροφίμοις ἐγκαταμέμικται, ἃπερ ζιζάνια προσαγορεύειν σύνηθες Γραφῇ, οὐκ ὲκ τῆς τοῦ σίτου μεταβολῆς γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἒξ οἰκείας ἀρχῆς υπέστη, ἴδιον ἔχοντα γένος, ’Ἂπερ τὴν εἰκόνα πληροῖ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ τοῦ Κυρίου διδάγματα, καὶ μὴ γνησίως μαθητευομένων τῷ λόγῳ, ἁλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πονηροῦ διδασκαλίας διεφθαρμένων, καταμιγνόντων δὲ ἑαυτοὺς τῷ ὑγιαίνοντι σώματι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ἵνʼ ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς τὰς παρʼ ἑαυτῶν βλάβας ταῖς ἀκεραιοτέροις ἐμβάλωσιν. ’Ἤδη δὲ ὁ Κύριος καὶ τὴν τελείωσιν τῶν εἷς αὒτὸν πεπιστευκότων τῇ τῶν σπερμάτων αύξήσει παρεικάζει, λέγωνʼ Ὠς ὃταν ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ καθεύδῃ, καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα καί ἡμέραν, καὶ ὁ σπόρος ἐγείρηται, καὶ μηκύνηται, ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός. Αύτομάτη γὰρ ἡ γῆ καρποφορεῖ πρῶτον χόρτον, εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα πλήρη σῖτον ἓν τῷ στάχυϊ. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην. Καὶ ἐν ἀκαριαίᾳ χρόνου ῥοπῇ ἀπὸ τῆς βλαστήσεως ’ἀρξαμένη ἡ γῆ, ἵνα φυλάξῃ τοὺς νόμους τοῦ κτίσαντος, πᾶσαν ἰδέαν αὐξήσεως διεξελθοῦσα, εὐθὺς πρὸς τὸ τέλειον ἤγαγε τὰ βλαστήματα. Καὶ λειμῶνες μὲν ἦσαν βαθεῖς τῇ ἀφθονίᾳ τοῦ χόρτου, τῶν δὲ πεδίων τὰ … φρίσσοντα τοῖς ληΐοις, εἰκόνα πελάγους κυμαίνοντος ἐν τῇ κινήσει τῶν ἀσταχύων ἀπέσωζε. Πᾶσα δὲ βοτάνη καὶ πᾶν λαχανηρὸν γένος ’καὶ εἴ τι ὲν φρυγάνοις, καὶ εἴ τι ἐν ὀσπρίοις, κατά πᾶσαν ἀφθονίαν τότε τῆς γῆς ὑπερειχεν, Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπότευγμά τι ἧν ἐν τοῖς τὸτε προβληθεϊσιν, οὔτε γεωργῶν ἀπειρίας, οὔτε ἀέρων δυσκρασίας, οὕτε τινὸς ἄλλης αἰτίας τοϊς γινομένοις λυμαινομένης, Οὔ μὴν οῦδὲ ἡ καταδίκη ἐνεπόδιζε τῇ εὖθηνίᾳ τῆς γῆς. Πρεσβύτερα γὰρ ταῦτα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, διʼ ἢν κατεκρίθημεν ἐν ἱδρῶτι τοῦ προσώπου ἡμῶν ἐσθίειν τὸν ἄρτον.

Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn chortou, Posēn automaton legei trophēn en toutois, tēn te en rhizais, kai tēn hen autę̄ tę̄ botanē, kai tēn hen karpois ēdē ! posēn de tēn ex epimeleias kai geōrgias hēmin prosginomenēn! Ouk euthys ekeleuse sperma kai karpon anadothēnai, alla blastēsai kai chloasai tēn gēn, kai tote eis sperma teleiōthēnai; hina to prōton ekeino prostagma didaskalon tę̄ physei genētai pros tēn hexēs akolouthian, Pōs oun kata genos, phasin, hē gē propherei ta spermata, hopote, siton pollakis katabalontes, ton melana touton pyron synkomizomen? Alla touto ouchi pros heteron genos esti metabolē, allʼ hoionei nosos tis kai arrōstia tou spermatos, Ou gar apetheto to einai sitos, allʼ emelanthē dia tēs kauseōs, hōs kai ex hautēs esti tēs prosēgorias mathein. Tę̄ hyperbolę̄ gar tou kryous hyperkaeis, pros heteran kai chroan kai geusin metepese. Kai mentoi kai palin legetai, epeidan gēs epetēdeias kai aerōn eukratōn labētai, pros to archaion eidos epanienai, Hōste ouden para to prostagma heurois an en toïs phyomenois epiteloumenon, Ē de legomenē aira, kai hosa loipa notha spermata tois trophimois enkatamemiktai, haper zizania prosagoreuein synēthes Graphę̄, ouk ek tēs tou sitou metabolēs ginetai, allʼ ex oikeias archēs ypestē, idion echonta genos, ’Aper tēn eikona plēroi tōn paracharassontōn ta tou Kyriou didagmata, kai mē gnēsiōs mathēteuomenōn tǭ logǭ, hallʼ ek tēs tou ponērou didaskalias diephtharmenōn, katamignontōn de heautous tǭ hygiainonti sōmati tēs Ekklēsias, hinʼ ek tou aphanous tas parʼ heautōn blabas tais akeraioterois embalōsin. ’Ēdē de ho Kyrios kai tēn teleiōsin tōn heis auton pepisteukotōn tę̄ tōn spermatōn auxēsei pareikazei, legōnʼ Ōs hotan anthrōpos balę̄ ton sporon epi tēs gēs, kai katheudę̄, kai egeirētai nykta kai hēmeran, kai ho sporos egeirētai, kai mēkynētai, hōs ouk oiden autos. Automatē gar hē gē karpophorei prōton chorton, eita stachyn, eita plērē siton hen tǭ stachyï. Blastēsatō hē gē botanēn. Kai en akariaią chronou rhopę̄ apo tēs blastēseōs ’arxamenē hē gē, hina phylaxę̄ tous nomous tou ktisantos, pasan idean auxēseōs diexelthousa, euthys pros to teleion ēgage ta blastēmata. Kai leimōnes men ēsan batheis tę̄ aphthonią tou chortou, tōn de pediōn ta … phrissonta tois lēïois, eikona pelagous kymainontos en tę̄ kinēsei tōn astachyōn apesōze. Pasa de botanē kai pan lachanēron genos ’kai ei ti en phryganois, kai ei ti en ospriois, kata pasan aphthonian tote tēs gēs hypereichen, Oude gar apoteugma ti hēn en tois tote problētheïsin, oute geōrgōn apeirias, oute aerōn dyskrasias, houte tinos allēs aitias toïs ginomenois lymainomenēs, Ou mēn oude hē katadikē enepodize tę̄ euthēnią tēs gēs. Presbytera gar tauta tēs hamartias, diʼ ēn katekrithēmen en hidrōti tou prosōpou hēmōn esthiein ton arton.

"Let the earth put forth the plant of grass." How much food, growing of itself, does he speak of in these words: that in roots, that in the plant itself, and that in the fruits already! And how much more comes to us from care and farming! He did not command seed and fruit to be produced at once, but the earth to sprout and turn green, and then to be brought to completion in seed, so that that first command might become nature's teacher for the order that follows. How then, they say, does the earth produce its seeds according to kind, when often, having sown wheat, we gather in this black grain? But this is not a change into another kind; it is a sort of sickness and infirmity of the seed. For it has not put off being wheat, but has been blackened by burning, as one can learn from the very name. Burned by excess of cold, it has changed to another color and taste. And indeed it is said that, when it finds suitable soil and temperate weather, it returns again to its original form. So you would find nothing among growing things that is brought about contrary to the command. The so-called darnel, and all the other bastard seeds that are mixed in with food crops, which Scripture usually calls tares, do not come from a change in the wheat, but came into being from their own origin, having a kind of their own. They fill out the image of those who corrupt the Lord's teachings, who have not been genuinely taught by the word but corrupted by the teaching of the evil one, and who mix themselves into the healthy body of the church, so as to inflict their harm secretly on the simpler. The Lord also likens the perfecting of those who have believed in him to the growth of seeds, saying: "As when a man casts seed upon the earth, and sleeps and rises night and day, and the seed springs up and grows, he does not know how. For the earth bears fruit by itself, first the blade, then the ear, then the full grain in the ear." "Let the earth put forth the plant." And in an instant of time the earth, beginning from sprouting so as to keep the laws of the Creator, went through every form of growth and at once brought its shoots to completion. The meadows were deep with abundant grass, and the fertile plains, bristling with crops, presented in the movement of the ears the image of a surging sea. Every plant and every kind of vegetable, and whatever there is among shrubs and among legumes, then rose above the earth in all abundance. For there was no failure in what was then put forth, neither from the inexperience of farmers, nor from bad weather, nor from any other cause harming what grew. Nor did the sentence of condemnation yet hinder the earth's abundance. For these things are older than the sin for which we were condemned to eat our bread in the sweat of our face.

5.6PG 29:105b–109b

Ἀλλά Καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον, φησὶ, ποιοῦν καρπὸν οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὖτῷ κατά γένος καὶ καθʼ ὁμοιότητα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ ῥήματι πᾶσαι μὲν λόχμαι κατεπυκνοῦντο πάντα δὲ ἀνετρεχε δένδρα, τά τε πρὸς μήκιστον ὕψος διανίστασθαι πεφυκότα, ἐλάται καὶ κέδροι, καὶ κυπάρισσοι, καὶ πεῦκαι · πάντες δὲ θάμνοι εὐθὺς ἦσαν ἀμφίκομοι καὶ δασεῖς ' καὶ τὰ στεφανωματικὰ λεγόμενα τῶν φυτῶν, αἳ τε ῥοδωνιαὶ, καὶ μυρσίναι, καὶ δάφναι, πάντα ἐν μίᾳ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ, οὒκ ὄντα πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῆς γῆς, εἰς τὸ εἶναι παρηλθε μετά τῆς οἰκείας ἕκαστον ἰδιότητος, ἐναργεστάταις μὲν διαφοραῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἑτερογενῶν χωριζόμενα, οἰκείῳ δὲ ἕκαστον γνωριζόμενον χαρακτῆρι, Πλήν γε ὅτι τὸ ῥόδον τότε ἄνευ ἀκάνθης ἦν, ὕστερον δὲ τῷ κάλλει τοῦ ἄνθους ἡ ἄκανθα παρεζεύχθη ἵνα τῷ τερπνῷ τῆς ἀπολαῦσεως ἐγγύθεν ἔχωμεν παρακειμένην τὴν λύπην, μεμνημένοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας, διʼ ἣν ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους ἡμῖν ἀνατέλλειν κατεδικάσθη ἡ γῆ. Ἀλλὰ προσετάχθη, φησὶ, Ξύλον κάρπιμον, ποιοῦν καρπὸν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ὲν αὐτῷ, ἐκδοῦναι ἡ γῆ· πολλὰ δὲ τῶν δένδρων ὁρῶμεν οὔτε καρποῖς οὔτε σπέρματι κεχρημένα. Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ’Ὅτι τὰ τιμιώτερα τῇ φύσει προηγουμένης τῆς μνήμης τετύχηκεν ἔπειτα, ὅτι ἀκριβῶς θεωροῦντι καὶ πάντα φανήσεται ἢ σπέρματι κεχρημένα, ἢ τὰ ἰσοδυναμοῦντα τοϊς σπέρμασιν ἔχοντα. Αἴγειροι γὰρ καί ἰτέαι, καὶ πτελέαι, καὶ λεῦκαι, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, καρπὸν μὶν οὐδένα δοκεῖ φέρειν ἐκ τοῦ προδήλου, σπέρμα δὲ ἕκαστον τούτων ἔχον ἀκριβῶς ἄν τις ἐξετάζων ἐξεύροι. Ὀ γὰρ ὑποκείμενος τῷ φύλλῳ κόκκος, ὃν μίσχον τινες τῶν περὶ τὰς ὀνοματοποιίας ἐσχολακότων προσαγορεύουσι, τοῦτο σπέρματος ἔχει δύναμιν. ’Ὅσα γὰρ ἀπὸ κλάδων γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἐντεῦθεν ὡς τὰ πολλὰ προβάλλει τὰς ῥίζας. Τάχα δὲ σπέρματος ἐπέχουσι λόγον καὶ αἱ τῶν ῥιζῶν ἀποφύσεις, ἃς παρασπῶντες οἱ φυτοκόμοι τὸ γένος αὔξουσι, Πρότερον μέντοι, ὥσπερ ἔφαμεν, μνήμης ἠξιώθη τὰ σὺνεκτικώτερα τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν, ὅσα ἔμελλε, τοῖς οἰκείοις καρποῖς τὸν ἄνθρωπον δεξιούμενὰ, ἄφθονον αὐτῷ παρασκευάζειν τὴν δίαιταν ἄμπελος μὲν οἶνον γεννῶσα εὒφραίνειν μέλλοντα καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἐλαία δὲ καρπὸν παρεχομένη ίλαρύνειν δυνάμενον πρόσωπον ἐν ἐλαίῳ. Πόσα συνέτρεχε κατὰ ταυτὸν ἡπειγμένως ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως παραγόμενα! Ἡ ῥίζα τῆς ἀμπέλου τὰ κλήματα έν κύκλῳ εὖθαλῆ καὶ μεγάλα ὑπὲρ γῆς κεχυμένα · ὁ βλαστὸς, οἱ ἕλικες, ὁ ἔμφαξ, οἱ βότρυες. Ἀρκεῖ σου τῇ ὄψει καὶ ἄμπελος συνετῶς ὁραθεῖσα ὑπόμνησίν σοι τῆς φύσεως ἐμποιῆσαι. Μέμνησαι γὰρ δηλονότι τῆς τοῧ Κυρίου εἰκόνος, ὅτι ἄμπελον ἑαυτὸν λέγει, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα τὸν γεωργὸν, καὶ τοὺς καθʼ ἕνα ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐμπεφυτευμένους τῇ Ἐκκλησία κλήματα προσηγόρευσε · καὶ προσκαλεῖται ἡμᾶς εἷς πολυκαρπίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἀχρηστίαν καταγνωσθέντες τῷ πυρὶ παραδοθῶμεν · καὶ οὒ παύεται πανταχοῦ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ταῖς ἀμπέλοις ἐξομοιῶν. Ἀμπελὼν γὰρ ἐγενήθη τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ, φησὶν, ὲν κέρατι, ἐν τόπῳ πίονι καὶ, Ἀμπελῶνα ἐφύτευσα, καὶ περιέθηκα φραγμὸν. Τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας ψυχὰς δηλονότι λέγει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, αἷς φραγμὸν περιέθηκε τὴν ἐκ τῶν προσταγμάτων ἀσφάλειαν καὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων. Παρεμβαλεῖ γὰρ ἅγγελος Κυρίου κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὒτὸν. ’Ἔπειτα καὶ οἱονεὶ χάρακας ἡμῖν παρακατέπηξε θέμενος ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησία πρῶτον ἂποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλους. Καὶ τοϊς τῶν παλαιῶν καὶ μακαρίων ἀνδρῶν ὑποδείγμασιν είς ὕψος ἡμῶν ἀνάγων τὰ φρονήματα, οὒκ ἀφῆκεν ἒρῤιμμένα χαμαὶ, καὶ τοῦ πατεῖσθαι ἄξια. Βούλεται δὲ ἡμᾶς καὶ οἷονεί ἕλιξί τισι ταῖς περιπλοκαῖς τῆς ἀγάπης τῶν πλησίον ἀντέχεσθαι, καὶ ἐπαναπαύεσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἵνʼ, ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ ἅνω τὴν ὁρμὴν ἔχοντες, οἷον τινες ἀναδενδράδες ταῖς κορυφαῖς τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων ἑαυτοὺς περιζωννύωσιν. Ἀπαιτεϊ δὲ ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸ καταδέχεσθαι σκαπτομένους. Ἀποσκάπτεται δὲ ψυχὴ ἐν τῇ ἀποθέσει τῶν τοῦ κόσμου μεριμνῶν, αἳ εἰσὶ ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν, Ὥστε ὁ τὴν σαρκίνην ἀγάπην ἀποθέμενος, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὰ χρήματα φιλίαν, ἢ τὴν περὶ … δοξάριον τοῦτο πτόησιν ἀπόπτυστον καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητον ἡγησάμενος, ὥσπερ ἐσκάφη καὶ ἀνέπνευσεν ἀποσκευασάμενος τὸ μάταιον βάρος τοῦ γηΐνου φρονήματος, Δεῖ δὲ, κατὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς παροιμίας, μηδὲ ὑλομανεϊν, τουτέστι, μὴ ἐπιδεικτικῶς πολιτεύεσθαι, μηδὲ τον παρὰ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἔπαινον θηρᾶσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἔγκαρπον εἶναι, τῷ ἀληθινῷ γεωργῷ τὴν ἐπίδειξιν τῶν ἔργων ταμιευόμενον. Σὺ δὲ καὶ ὡς ἐλαία κατάκαρπος ἔσο ὲν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ. μηδέποτε γυμνούμενος τῆς ἐλπίδος, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ θάλλουσαν ἔχων περὶ σεαυτὸν τὴν διὰ πίστεως σωτηρίαν, Οὕτω γὰρ τὸ ἀειθαλὲς τοῦ φυτοῦ μι-

Alla Kai xylon karpimon, phēsi, poioun karpon hou to sperma autou en autǭ kata genos kai kathʼ homoiotēta epi tēs gēs. Epi toutǭ tǭ rhēmati pasai men lochmai katepyknounto panta de anetreche dendra, ta te pros mēkiston hypsos dianistasthai pephykota, elatai kai kedroi, kai kyparissoi, kai peukai ; pantes de thamnoi euthys ēsan amphikomoi kai daseis ' kai ta stephanōmatika legomena tōn phytōn, hai te rhodōniai, kai myrsinai, kai daphnai, panta en mią kairou rhopę̄, ouk onta proteron hyper tēs gēs, eis to einai parēlthe meta tēs oikeias hekaston idiotētos, enargestatais men diaphorais apo tōn heterogenōn chōrizomena, oikeiǭ de hekaston gnōrizomenon charaktēri, Plēn ge hoti to rhodon tote aneu akanthēs ēn, hysteron de tǭ kallei tou anthous hē akantha parezeuchthē hina tǭ terpnǭ tēs apolauseōs engythen echōmen parakeimenēn tēn lypēn, memnēmenoi tēs hamartias, diʼ hēn akanthas kai tribolous hēmin anatellein katedikasthē hē gē. Alla prosetachthē, phēsi, Xylon karpimon, poioun karpon epi tēs gēs, hou to sperma autou en autǭ, ekdounai hē gē; polla de tōn dendrōn horōmen oute karpois oute spermati kechrēmena. Ti oun eroumen? ’Hoti ta timiōtera tę̄ physei proēgoumenēs tēs mnēmēs tetychēken epeita, hoti akribōs theōrounti kai panta phanēsetai ē spermati kechrēmena, ē ta isodynamounta toïs spermasin echonta. Aigeiroi gar kai iteai, kai pteleai, kai leukai, kai hosa toiauta, karpon min oudena dokei pherein ek tou prodēlou, sperma de hekaston toutōn echon akribōs an tis exetazōn exeuroi. O gar hypokeimenos tǭ phyllǭ kokkos, hon mischon tines tōn peri tas onomatopoiias escholakotōn prosagoreuousi, touto spermatos echei dynamin. ’Hosa gar apo kladōn ginesthai pephyken, enteuthen hōs ta polla proballei tas rhizas. Tacha de spermatos epechousi logon kai hai tōn rhizōn apophyseis, has paraspōntes hoi phytokomoi to genos auxousi, Proteron mentoi, hōsper ephamen, mnēmēs ēxiōthē ta synektikōtera tēs zōēs hēmōn, hosa emelle, tois oikeiois karpois ton anthrōpon dexioumena, aphthonon autǭ paraskeuazein tēn diaitan ampelos men oinon gennōsa euphrainein mellonta kardian anthrōpou elaia de karpon parechomenē ilarynein dynamenon prosōpon en elaiǭ. Posa synetreche kata tauton hēpeigmenōs hypo tēs physeōs paragomena! Hē rhiza tēs ampelou ta klēmata en kyklǭ euthalē kai megala hyper gēs kechymena ; ho blastos, hoi helikes, ho emphax, hoi botryes. Arkei sou tę̄ opsei kai ampelos synetōs horatheisa hypomnēsin soi tēs physeōs empoiēsai. Memnēsai gar dēlonoti tēs toÿ Kyriou eikonos, hoti ampelon heauton legei, kai ton Patera ton geōrgon, kai tous kathʼ hena hēmōn dia tēs pisteōs empephyteumenous tę̄ Ekklēsia klēmata prosēgoreuse ; kai proskaleitai hēmas heis polykarpian, hina mē achrēstian katagnōsthentes tǭ pyri paradothōmen ; kai ou pauetai pantachou tas psychas tōn anthrōpōn tais ampelois exomoiōn. Ampelōn gar egenēthē tǭ ēgapēmenǭ, phēsin, en kerati, en topǭ pioni kai, Ampelōna ephyteusa, kai periethēka phragmon. Tas anthrōpinas psychas dēlonoti legei ton ampelōna, hais phragmon periethēke tēn ek tōn prostagmatōn asphaleian kai tēn phylakēn tōn angelōn. Parembalei gar hangelos Kyriou kyklǭ tōn phoboumenōn auton. ’Epeita kai hoionei charakas hēmin parakatepēxe themenos en tę̄ Ekklēsia prōton apostolous, deuteron prophētas, triton didaskalous. Kai toïs tōn palaiōn kai makariōn andrōn hypodeigmasin eis hypsos hēmōn anagōn ta phronēmata, ouk aphēken errimmena chamai, kai tou pateisthai axia. Bouletai de hēmas kai hoionei helixi tisi tais periplokais tēs agapēs tōn plēsion antechesthai, kai epanapauesthai autois, hinʼ, aei pros to hanō tēn hormēn echontes, hoion tines anadendrades tais koryphais tōn hypsēlotatōn heautous perizōnnyōsin. Apaiteï de hēmas kai to katadechesthai skaptomenous. Aposkaptetai de psychē en tę̄ apothesei tōn tou kosmou merimnōn, hai eisi tais kardiais hēmōn, Hōste ho tēn sarkinēn agapēn apothemenos, kai tēn pros ta chrēmata philian, ē tēn peri … doxarion touto ptoēsin apoptyston kai eukataphronēton hēgēsamenos, hōsper eskaphē kai anepneusen aposkeuasamenos to mataion baros tou gēïnou phronēmatos, Dei de, kata ton logon tēs paroimias, mēde hylomaneïn, toutesti, mē epideiktikōs politeuesthai, mēde ton para tōn exōthen epainon thērasthai, allʼ enkarpon einai, tǭ alēthinǭ geōrgǭ tēn epideixin tōn ergōn tamieuomenon. Sy de kai hōs elaia katakarpos eso en tǭ oikǭ tou Theou. mēdepote gymnoumenos tēs elpidos, allʼ aei thallousan echōn peri seauton tēn dia pisteōs sōtērian, Houtō gar to aeithales tou phytou mi-

But "and the fruit-bearing tree," he says, "producing fruit whose seed is in it, according to its kind and according to its likeness, upon the earth." At this word all the thickets grew dense; all the trees shot up, both those whose nature it is to rise to the greatest height, firs and cedars and cypresses and pines, and all the bushes were at once leafy all round and thick; and the so-called garland plants, rose bushes and myrtles and laurels: all of them, which did not exist before on the earth, came into being in a single moment of time, each with its own peculiar character, separated from those of other kinds by the clearest differences, each recognized by its own mark. Except that the rose was then without thorns; afterward the thorn was yoked to the beauty of the flower, so that we might have grief lying close beside the delight of enjoyment, remembering the sin for which the earth was condemned to bring forth thorns and thistles for us. But the earth was commanded, he says, to give forth the fruit-bearing tree producing fruit on the earth, whose seed is in it; yet we see many trees that have neither fruit nor seed. What shall we say, then? That the things more precious by nature have received mention first; and then, that to one who looks closely all of them will be found either to have seed or to have what is equivalent to seeds. For black poplars and willows and elms and white poplars and the like do not seem to bear any visible fruit, but anyone who examines carefully will find that each of them has seed. For the grain lying under the leaf, which some of those who have busied themselves with naming things call the stalk, has the power of a seed. For whatever naturally grows from branches generally puts forth its roots from there. And perhaps the offshoots of the roots too hold the place of seed, which the gardeners tear off and so increase the kind. But first, as we said, mention was made of the things that most sustain our life, those that were to welcome man with their own fruits and provide him with abundant fare: the vine, producing wine that was to gladden the heart of man; the olive, providing fruit able to make the face cheerful with oil. How many things ran together at the same moment, brought forth in haste by nature! The root of the vine; the branches, flourishing and great, spread out round about over the earth; the bud, the tendrils, the unripe grape, the clusters. A vine, observed with understanding, is enough to give your eye a reminder of your own nature. For you surely remember the Lord's image, in which he calls himself a vine and the Father the vinedresser, and named each one of us, planted in the church through faith, branches; and he calls us to bear much fruit, so that we may not be condemned for uselessness and handed over to the fire. And he does not cease everywhere comparing the souls of men to vines. "My beloved had a vineyard," he says, "on a hill, in a fertile place"; and, "I planted a vineyard, and put a hedge around it." Clearly he calls human souls the vineyard, around which he set as a hedge the security that comes from the commandments and the guard of the angels. For "the angel of the Lord will encamp around those who fear him." Then he also fixed stakes beside us, as it were, setting in the church "first apostles, second prophets, third teachers." And raising our thoughts on high by the examples of the ancient and blessed men, he has not let them lie cast on the ground and fit to be trodden underfoot. He wants us also to cling to our neighbors with the embraces of love, as with tendrils, and to rest upon them, so that, always having our impulse upward, we may, like climbing vines, wind ourselves around the tops of the loftiest. He also requires us to accept being dug around. And the soul is dug around in putting off the cares of the world, which are burdens on our hearts. So he who has put off fleshly love and fondness for money, and has judged the passion for this paltry glory … to be loathsome and contemptible, has as it were been dug around and breathed again, having put off the vain weight of earthly-mindedness. And, according to the saying of the proverb, we must not run wild in wood, that is, not live for show nor hunt after praise from outsiders, but be fruitful, storing up the display of our works for the true Vinedresser. And you, be "like a fruitful olive in the house of God," never stripped of hope, but always having salvation through faith flourishing about you. For in this way you will imitate the evergreen character of the plant …

5.7PG 29:109b–112a

Ἀλλʼ ἐπανέλθωμεν πρὸς την ἔρευναν τῶν τεχνικῶν διατάξεων. Πόσα τότε γένη φυτῶν ἐπανέδραμε, τα μὲν ἔγκαρπα, τὰ δὲ ὲρέψιμα, ἄλλα πρὸς ναυπηγίαν ἐπιτήδεια, ἄλλα πρὸς καῦσιν! Ἐν τούτοις πάλιν ποικίλη μὲν ὲν ἑκάστω δένδρῳ ἠ τῶν μερῶν αὐτοῦ διακόσμησις, δυσέφικτος δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐξεύρεσις τῆς ἑκάστου ἰδιότητος, καὶ ἡ θεωρία τῆς πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν ἑτερογενῶν διαφοράς. Πῶς τα μὲν αὐτῶν βαθύρριζα, τὰ δὲ ἀκρόρῤιζα καὶ τὰ μὲν ὀρθοφυῆ καὶ μονοστέλεχα, τὰ δὲ χαμαίζηλα καὶ εὒθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίζης εἰς πολλὰς ἐκφύσεις διῃρημένα, Πῶς ὅσον μὲν οἱ κλάδοι προμήκεις ἐπὶ πολὺ τοῦ ἀέρος ἐκτεταμένοι, τούτων καὶ αἱ ῥίζαι βαθεῖαι, ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐν κύκλῳ διανεμόμεναι, οἷον θεμελίους τινὰς ἀναλογοῦντας τῷ βάρει τῶν ἄνωθεν ὺποτιθείσης τῆς φύσεως, Πόσαι τῶν φλοιῶν αἱ διαφοραί! Τὰ μὲν γὰρ λειόφλοια τῶν φυτῶν, τὰ δὲ ῥηξίφλοια· καὶ τὰ μὲν μονόλοπα αὖτῶν, τὰ δὲ πολύπτυχα. Ὃ δὲ θαυμαστὸν, ὅτι καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης νεότητος καὶ τοῦ γήρως εὕροις ἂν καὶ ἐν τοῖς φυτοῖς παραπλήσια τὰ συμπτώματα. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ νέοις, καὶ εὖθαλέσιν ὁ φλοιὸς περιτὲταται τοῖς δέ γηράσκουσιν οἷον ῥυσσοῦται καὶ ὲκτραχύνεται, Καὶ τὰ μὲν κοπέντα ἐπιβλαστάνει τὰ δὲ μένει ἀδιάδοχα, ὥσπερ τινὰ θάνατον την τομὴν ὑπομείναντα. ’Ἢδη δέ τινες τετηρήκασιν ἑκτεμνομένας ἢ καὶ ἒπικαιομένας τὰς πίτυς εἰς δρυμῶνας μεθίστασθαι, Τινὰ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐκ φύσεως κακίαν ἐπιμελειαις γεωργῶν θεραπευόμενα ἔγνωμεν ' οἷον τὰς ὀξείας ῥοιὰς, καὶ τῶν ἀμυγδαλῶν τὰς πικροτέρας, ὅταν διατρηθεϊσαι τὸ πρὸς τῇ ῥίζῃ στέλεχος σφῆνα πεύκης λιπαρὸν τῆς ἐντεριώνης μέσης διελαθέντα δέξωνται, εἰς εὖχρῃστίαν μεταβάλλουσι τότε τοῦ χυμοῦ τὴν δυσχήρειαν, Μηδεὶς οὖν ἐν κακίᾳ διάγων, ἑαυτὸν ἀπογινωσκέτω, εἰδὼς ὅτι γεωργία μὲν τὰς τῶν φυτῶν ποιότητας μεταβάλλει, ἡ δὲ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλεια δυνατή ἐστι παντοδαπῶν ἀῤῥωστημάτων ἐπικρατῆσαι, Ἡ δὲ περὶ τὰς καρπογονίας διαφορὰ τῶν καρπίμων φυτῶν τοσαύτη, ὅσην οὔδʼ ἂν ἐπελθεῖν τις δυνηθείη τῷ λόγῳ. οὗ γὰρ μόνον ἒν τοῖς ἑτερογενέσιν αἱ διαφοραὶ τῶν καρπῶν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ ἐν αὗτῷ τῷ εἴδει τοῦ δένδρου πολὺ τὸ διάφορον · ὅπουγε καὶ ἄλλος μὲν χαρακτὴρ τοῦ καρποῦ τῶν ἀρρένων, ἄλλος δὲ τῶν θηλειῶν, παρὰ τῶν φυτουργῶν διακέκριται, οἵ γε καὶ τοὺς φοίνικας εἷς ἄρρενας καὶ θηλείας διιστῶσι, Καὶ ἴδοις ἄν ποτε τὴν παρʼ αὒτῶν ὀνομαζομένην θήλειαν καθιεῖσαν τοὺς κλάδους, οίον ὀργῶσαν, καὶ τῆς συμπλοκῆς ἐφιεμένην τοῦ ἄῤῥενος, τοὺς δὲ θεραπευτὰς τῶν φυτῶν ἐμβάλλοντας τοῖς κλάδοις, οἷόν τινα σπέρματα τῶν ἀῤῥένων, τοὺς λεγομένους ψῆνας· καὶ οὕτως οἷον ἒν συναισθήσει τῆς ἀπολαύσεως γίνεσθαι καὶ ἀνορθοῦσθαι πάλιν τοὺς κλάδους, καὶ πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον σχῆμα τοῦ φυτοῦ τὴν κόμην ἀποκαθίστασθαι. Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῶν συκῶν φασιν. ’Ὅθεν οἱ μὲν τὰς ἀγρίας συκᾶς παραφυτεύουσι ταῖς ἡμέροις · οἱ δὲ τοὺς ὀλύνθους ἐνδήσαντες, τῶν εὖκάρπων καὶ ἡμέρων συκῶν τὴν ἀτονίαν ἰῶνται, ῥέοντα ἤδη καὶ σκεδαννύμενον τὸν καρπὸν τοῖς ὀλύνθοις ἐπέχοντες. Τί σοι τὸ παρὰ τῆς φύσεως αἴνιγμα βούλεται ; ’Ὅτι χρὴ πολλάκις ἡμᾶς καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τῆς πίστεως εὐτονίαν τινὰ προσλαμβάνειν εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων ἐπίδειξιν. Ἐὰν γὰρ ἴδῃς τὸν ἒν ἐθνικῷ, ἢ ἀπό τινος αἱρέσεως ἐνδιαστρόφου τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀπεσχισμένον, βίου σώφρονος καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς κατὰ τὸ ἦθος εὐταξίας ἐπιμελούμενον, πλεῖον σεαυτοῦ τὸ σπουδαῖον ἐπίτεινον, ἵνα γένῃ παραπλήσιος τῆ καρποφόρῳ συκῇ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἀγρίων παρουσίας ἀθροιζούσῃ τήν δύναμιν, καὶ τὴν μὲν ῥύσιν ἐπεχούσῃ, ἐπιμελέστερον δὲ τὸν καρπὸν ἐκτρεφούσῃ.

Allʼ epanelthōmen pros tēn ereunan tōn technikōn diataxeōn. Posa tote genē phytōn epanedrame, ta men enkarpa, ta de erepsima, alla pros naupēgian epitēdeia, alla pros kausin! En toutois palin poikilē men en hekastō dendrǭ ē tōn merōn autou diakosmēsis, dysephiktos de kai hē exeuresis tēs hekastou idiotētos, kai hē theōria tēs pros hekaston tōn heterogenōn diaphoras. Pōs ta men autōn bathyrriza, ta de akrorriza kai ta men orthophyē kai monostelecha, ta de chamaizēla kai euthys apo tēs rhizēs eis pollas ekphyseis dię̄rēmena, Pōs hoson men hoi kladoi promēkeis epi poly tou aeros ektetamenoi, toutōn kai hai rhizai batheiai, epi pleiston en kyklǭ dianemomenai, hoion themelious tinas analogountas tǭ barei tōn anōthen ypotitheisēs tēs physeōs, Posai tōn phloiōn hai diaphorai! Ta men gar leiophloia tōn phytōn, ta de rhēxiphloia; kai ta men monolopa autōn, ta de polyptycha. Ho de thaumaston, hoti kai tēs anthrōpinēs neotētos kai tou gērōs heurois an kai en tois phytois paraplēsia ta symptōmata. Tois men gar neois, kai euthalesin ho phloios peritetatai tois de gēraskousin hoion rhyssoutai kai ektrachynetai, Kai ta men kopenta epiblastanei ta de menei adiadocha, hōsper tina thanaton tēn tomēn hypomeinanta. ’Ēdē de tines tetērēkasin hektemnomenas ē kai epikaiomenas tas pitys eis drymōnas methistasthai, Tina de kai tēn ek physeōs kakian epimeleiais geōrgōn therapeuomena egnōmen ' hoion tas oxeias rhoias, kai tōn amygdalōn tas pikroteras, hotan diatrētheïsai to pros tę̄ rhizę̄ stelechos sphēna peukēs liparon tēs enteriōnēs mesēs dielathenta dexōntai, eis euchrę̄stian metaballousi tote tou chymou tēn dyschēreian, Mēdeis oun en kakią diagōn, heauton apoginōsketō, eidōs hoti geōrgia men tas tōn phytōn poiotētas metaballei, hē de katʼ aretēn psychēs epimeleia dynatē esti pantodapōn arrhōstēmatōn epikratēsai, Hē de peri tas karpogonias diaphora tōn karpimōn phytōn tosautē, hosēn oudʼ an epelthein tis dynētheiē tǭ logǭ. hou gar monon en tois heterogenesin hai diaphorai tōn karpōn, allʼ ēdē kai en hautǭ tǭ eidei tou dendrou poly to diaphoron ; hopouge kai allos men charaktēr tou karpou tōn arrenōn, allos de tōn thēleiōn, para tōn phytourgōn diakekritai, hoi ge kai tous phoinikas heis arrenas kai thēleias diistōsi, Kai idois an pote tēn parʼ autōn onomazomenēn thēleian kathieisan tous kladous, oion orgōsan, kai tēs symplokēs ephiemenēn tou arrhenos, tous de therapeutas tōn phytōn emballontas tois kladois, hoion tina spermata tōn arrhenōn, tous legomenous psēnas; kai houtōs hoion en synaisthēsei tēs apolauseōs ginesthai kai anorthousthai palin tous kladous, kai pros to oikeion schēma tou phytou tēn komēn apokathistasthai. Ta auta de tauta kai peri tōn sykōn phasin. ’Hothen hoi men tas agrias sykas paraphyteuousi tais hēmerois ; hoi de tous olynthous endēsantes, tōn eukarpōn kai hēmerōn sykōn tēn atonian iōntai, rheonta ēdē kai skedannymenon ton karpon tois olynthois epechontes. Ti soi to para tēs physeōs ainigma bouletai ? ’Hoti chrē pollakis hēmas kai para tōn allotriōn tēs pisteōs eutonian tina proslambanein eis tēn tōn agathōn ergōn epideixin. Ean gar idę̄s ton en ethnikǭ, ē apo tinos haireseōs endiastrophou tēs Ekklēsias apeschismenon, biou sōphronos kai tēs loipēs kata to ēthos eutaxias epimeloumenon, pleion seautou to spoudaion epiteinon, hina genę̄ paraplēsios tē karpophorǭ sykę̄ ek tēs tōn agriōn parousias athroizousę̄ tēn dynamin, kai tēn men rhysin epechousę̄, epimelesteron de ton karpon ektrephousę̄.

But let us return to the investigation of the arrangements of art. How many kinds of plants then sprang up: some fruit-bearing, some for roofing, others suited to shipbuilding, others for burning! Among these again, the arrangement of the parts in each tree is varied, and it is hard to discover the peculiar character of each and to observe its difference from each of the others of different kinds. How some of them are deep-rooted, others shallow-rooted; some grow straight and with a single trunk, others are low and at once divided from the root into many offshoots! How the trees whose branches stretch far out into the air also have deep roots spreading very widely round about, nature laying down, as it were, foundations proportionate to the weight above! How many differences of bark there are! Some plants have smooth bark, others cracked bark; some have a single layer, others many folds. And what is wonderful is that you would find in plants too things like the accidents of human youth and old age: in the young and flourishing the bark is stretched tight, while in those growing old it becomes, as it were, wrinkled and rough. Some, when cut, sprout again, while others remain without successors, as if they had undergone a kind of death in the cutting. Some have even observed that pines, when cut down or burned, change into oak forests. We know too that some have had their natural defect remedied by the care of farmers: for example sour pomegranates and the more bitter almonds, when they are bored through at the trunk near the root and receive a fat wedge of pine driven through the middle of the pith, change the unpleasantness of their juice into usefulness. So let no one living in vice despair of himself, knowing that, while farming changes the qualities of plants, the soul's care for virtue is able to overcome infirmities of every kind. And the difference among fruit-bearing plants in their bearing of fruit is so great that no one could go through it in words. For the differences of fruits are not only among those of different kinds, but there is much variety even within the same species of tree; for the growers distinguish one character in the fruit of the male trees and another in that of the female, and they even divide palms into male and female. And you may sometimes see the one they call female letting down her branches, as if in heat and longing for union with the male; and those who tend the plants throw among her branches what are, as it were, the seeds of the male, the so-called psenes; and so she seems to come into a sense of enjoyment, and raises her branches again, and her foliage returns to the proper shape of the plant. They say the same about fig trees too. Hence some plant wild figs beside the cultivated ones, while others tie on the green wild figs and so cure the weakness of the fruitful, cultivated figs, checking the fruit that is already dropping and falling away. What does this riddle of nature mean for you? That we must often take from those who are outside the faith too some vigor for the display of good works. For if you see someone among the pagans, or someone cut off from the church by some heresy, taking care of a sober life and of good order in the rest of his conduct, increase your own zeal still further, so that you may become like the fruitful fig tree, which gathers strength from the presence of the wild ones, checks the dropping of its fruit, and nourishes it with greater care.

5.8PG 29:112a–113d

Τοιαῦται μὲν οὖν αἱ περὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῶν διαφοραὶ, ὡς ἐλάχιστα εἰπεῖν ἀπὸ πλείστων. Αὐτῶν δὲ τῶν καρπῶν τίς ἂν ἐπέλθοι τὴν ποικιλίαν, τὰ σχήματα, τὰς χρόας τῶν χυμῶν τὴν ἰδιότητα, τὸ ἀφʼ ἑκάστου χρήσιμον ; Πῶς τινὰ μὲν γυμνὰ πεπαίνεται τῷ ἡλίῳ, τινὰ δὲ ἐν ἐλύτροις κεκαλυμμένα τελειοῦται; καὶ ὧν μὲν ἁπαλὸς ὁ καρπὸς, παχὺ τοῦ φύλλου τὸ σκεπαστήριον, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς συκῆς, ὧν δὲ οἱ καρποὶ στεγανώτεροι, ἐλαφρὰ τῶν φύλλων ἡ προβολὴ, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς καρύας; ’Ὅτι ἐκεῖνα μὲν διὰ τὸ ἀσθενὲς πλείονος ἐδεῖτο τῆς βοηθείας· τούτοις δʼ ἂν προσβλαβὴς ἐγένετο ἡ παχυτέρα περιβολὴ ἑκ τῆς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν σκιᾶς, Πῶς κατέσχισται τῆς ἀμπέλου τὸ φύλλον, ἵνα καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἀέρος βλάβας ὁ βότρυς ἀντέχῃ, καὶ τὴν ἀκτῖνα τοῦ ἡλίου διὰ τῆς ἀραιότητος δαψιλῶς ὑποδέχηται; Οὐδὲν ἀναίτιον, οὐδὲν ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου· πάντα ἔχει τινὰ σοφίαν ἀπόρρητον. Τίς ἂν ἐφίκοιτο λόγος; Πῶς ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς πάντα μετʼ ἀκριβείας ἐπέλθοι, ὥστε καὶ κατιδεῖν τὰς ἰδιότητας, καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἕκαστον διαφορὰς ἐναργῶς διακρῖναι, ’καὶ τὰς κεκρυμμένας αἰτίας ἀνενδοιάστως ἐξευρεῖν; ’Ἕν ὕδωρ, διὰ τῆς ῥίζης ἑλκόμενον, ἄλλως μὲν τρέφει τὴν ῥίζαν αὐτὴν, ἄλλως δὲ τὸν φλοιὸν τοῦ στελέχους, καί ἄλλως τὸ ξύλον, καὶ τὴν ἐντεριώνην ἑτέρως, Τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ φύλλον γίνεται, καὶ εἰς ἀκρέμονας καὶ κλάδους κατασχίζεται, καὶ τοῖς καρποῖς παρέχει τὴν αὔξησιν, καὶ δάκρυον του φυτοῦ καὶ ὀπὸς ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας προέρχεται· οἷς πόση πρὸς ἄλληλά ἐστιν ἡ διαφορὰ, οὐδεὶς ἂν λόγος ἐξίκοιτο. ’Ἄλλο γὰρ τοῦ σχίνου τὸ δάκρυον, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ ὀπὸς τοῦ βαλσάμου· καὶ νάρθηκὲς τινες ἐπὶ τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ Λιβύης ἕτερον ὀπῶν γένος ἀποδακρύουσι, Λόγος δέ τίς ἔστι καὶ τὸ ἤλεκτρον ὀπὸν εἶναι φυτῶν εἰς λίθου φύσιν ἀποπηγνύμενον. Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τῷ λόγῳ τὰ ἐμφαινόμενα κάρφη καί τὰ λεπτότατα τῶν ζώων· ἅπερ, ἁπαλοῦ ὄντος τοῦ ὀποῦ, ἐναποληφθέντα κατέχεται, Καὶ ὅλως τὴν κατᾶ τὰς ποιότητας τῶν ὀπῶν διαφορὰν ὁ μὴ τῇ πείρᾳ διδαχθεὶς οὐδένα λόγον εὑρήσει τὴν ἐνέργειαν παριστῶντα, Πῶς πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς νοτίδος ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ οἶνος συνίσταται, ἓν δὲ τῇ ἐλαίᾳ τὸ ἔλαιον; Καὶ οὒ τοῦτο μόνον θαυμαστὸν, πῶς ὧδε μὲν τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀπεγλυκάνθη, ἐκεῖ δὲ λιπαρὸν γέγονεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς γλυκέσι καρποῖς ἀμύθητος ἡ παραλλαγὴ τῆς ποιότητος. Ἄλλο γὰρ τὸ ἐν ἀμπέλῳ γλυκὺ καὶ ἄλλο τὸ ἐν μηλέᾳ, καὶ σύκῳ, καὶ φοίνικι. ’Ἔτι σε βούλομαι περὶ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ταύτην φιλοτεχνῆσαι, πῶς τὸ αὐτὸ ὕδωρ νῦν μὲν λεῖόν ἐστι τῇ αἰσθήσει, ὅταν ὲν τοῖσδέ τισι τοῖς φυτοῖς γενόμενόν ἀπογλυκανθῇ· νῦν δὲ πληκτικόν ἐστι τῆς γεύσεως, ὅταν διʼ ἄλλων φυτῶν ἐνεχθὲν ἇποξύνηται. Καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην πικρότητα μεταβάλλον ἐκτραχύνει τὴν αἴσθησιν, ὅταν ἐν τῇ σκαμμωνίᾳ γένηται· καὶ ἐν μὲν ταῖς βαλανοις ἢ τῷ τῆς κρανείας πρὸς τὴν στυφὴν καὶ αὐστηρὰν ποιότητα μεταβάλλει· ἐν δὲ ταῖς τερεβίνθοις καὶ ταῖς καρύοις πρὸς ἁπαλὴν καὶ ἐλαιώδη φύσιν μεθίσταται.

Toiautai men oun hai peri ton tropon tēs geneseōs autōn diaphorai, hōs elachista eipein apo pleistōn. Autōn de tōn karpōn tis an epelthoi tēn poikilian, ta schēmata, tas chroas tōn chymōn tēn idiotēta, to aphʼ hekastou chrēsimon ? Pōs tina men gymna pepainetai tǭ hēliǭ, tina de en elytrois kekalymmena teleioutai? kai hōn men hapalos ho karpos, pachy tou phyllou to skepastērion, hōs epi tēs sykēs, hōn de hoi karpoi steganōteroi, elaphra tōn phyllōn hē probolē, hōs epi tēs karyas? ’Hoti ekeina men dia to asthenes pleionos edeito tēs boētheias; toutois dʼ an prosblabēs egeneto hē pachytera peribolē hek tēs apʼ autōn skias, Pōs kateschistai tēs ampelou to phyllon, hina kai pros tas ek tou aeros blabas ho botrys antechę̄, kai tēn aktina tou hēliou dia tēs araiotētos dapsilōs hypodechētai? Ouden anaition, ouden apo tautomatou; panta echei tina sophian aporrēton. Tis an ephikoito logos? Pōs anthrōpinos nous panta metʼ akribeias epelthoi, hōste kai katidein tas idiotētas, kai tas pros hekaston diaphoras enargōs diakrinai, ’kai tas kekrymmenas aitias anendoiastōs exeurein? ’Hen hydōr, dia tēs rhizēs helkomenon, allōs men trephei tēn rhizan autēn, allōs de ton phloion tou stelechous, kai allōs to xylon, kai tēn enteriōnēn heterōs, To auto kai phyllon ginetai, kai eis akremonas kai kladous kataschizetai, kai tois karpois parechei tēn auxēsin, kai dakryon tou phytou kai opos ek tēs autēs aitias proerchetai; hois posē pros allēla estin hē diaphora, oudeis an logos exikoito. ’Allo gar tou schinou to dakryon, kai allos ho opos tou balsamou; kai narthēkes tines epi tēs Aigyptou kai Libyēs heteron opōn genos apodakryousi, Logos de tis esti kai to ēlektron opon einai phytōn eis lithou physin apopēgnymenon. Martyrei de tǭ logǭ ta emphainomena karphē kai ta leptotata tōn zōōn; haper, hapalou ontos tou opou, enapolēphthenta katechetai, Kai holōs tēn kata tas poiotētas tōn opōn diaphoran ho mē tę̄ peirą didachtheis oudena logon heurēsei tēn energeian paristōnta, Pōs palin apo tēs autēs notidos en men tę̄ ampelǭ oinos synistatai, hen de tę̄ elaią to elaion? Kai ou touto monon thaumaston, pōs hōde men to hygron apeglykanthē, ekei de liparon gegonen, allʼ hoti kai en tois glykesi karpois amythētos hē parallagē tēs poiotētos. Allo gar to en ampelǭ glyky kai allo to en mēleą, kai sykǭ, kai phoiniki. ’Eti se boulomai peri tēn exetasin tautēn philotechnēsai, pōs to auto hydōr nyn men leion esti tę̄ aisthēsei, hotan en toisde tisi tois phytois genomenon apoglykanthę̄; nyn de plēktikon esti tēs geuseōs, hotan diʼ allōn phytōn enechthen hapoxynētai. Kai palin eis tēn eschatēn pikrotēta metaballon ektrachynei tēn aisthēsin, hotan en tę̄ skammōnią genētai; kai en men tais balanois ē tǭ tēs kraneias pros tēn styphēn kai austēran poiotēta metaballei; en de tais terebinthois kai tais karyois pros hapalēn kai elaiōdē physin methistatai.

Such, then, are the differences in the manner of their generation, to mention a very few out of very many. As for the fruits themselves, who could go through their variety, their shapes, their colors, the peculiar character of their juices, the usefulness of each? How some ripen bare under the sun, while others mature covered in husks? And why those whose fruit is tender have a thick covering of leaves, as with the fig, while those whose fruits are more solid have a light covering of leaves, as with the walnut? Because the former, owing to their weakness, needed more help, while for the latter a thicker covering would have been harmful because of the shade it would cast. How the leaf of the vine is deeply cut, so that the cluster may withstand the harms that come from the air and also receive the sun's ray abundantly through the openings! Nothing is without cause, nothing by chance; all things have a certain unspeakable wisdom. What word could reach it? How could the human mind go through everything with precision, so as to perceive their peculiar characters, to distinguish clearly their differences from one another, and to discover without doubt their hidden causes? One water, drawn up through the root, nourishes the root itself in one way, the bark of the trunk in another, the wood in another, and the pith in yet another. It also becomes leaf, is divided into boughs and branches, and gives the fruits their growth; and the tear and the juice of the plant come from the same cause; and how great their differences from one another are, no word could express. For the tear of the mastic is one thing, the juice of the balsam another; and certain fennels in Egypt and Libya weep out yet another kind of juice. There is also an account that amber is the juice of plants hardened into the nature of stone. The account is borne out by the bits of straw and the tiniest creatures that appear in it, which were caught while the juice was soft and are held fast. And in general, one who has not learned from experience the difference among the qualities of juices will find no word to set out their effects. How again, from the same moisture, wine is formed in the vine and oil in the olive? And this is not the only wonder, how here the liquid became sweet and there oily; but also that among sweet fruits the variety of quality is beyond telling. For the sweetness in the vine is one thing, in the apple another, and in the fig and the date others. I want you also to apply your skill to this inquiry: how the same water is now smooth to the senses, when, having entered certain plants, it has been sweetened; now sharp to the taste, when, having passed through other plants, it has turned sour; and again, changing into the utmost bitterness, it roughens the sense, when it comes into scammony; and in acorns, or in the fruit of the cornel, it changes to an astringent and harsh quality, while in terebinths and walnuts it passes into a soft and oily nature.

5.9PG 29:113d–116c

Καὶ τί δεῖ τὰ πόρρω λέγειν, ὅπου γε ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς συκῆς πρὸς τὰς ἐναντιωτάτας μεταβαίνει ποιότητας; Πικρότατον μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ὀπῷ, γλυκύτατον δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καρπῷ. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀμπέλου στυπτικώτατον μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκρεμόνων, ἥδιστον δὲ ἐν τοῖς βότρυσιν, Αἰ δὲ κατὰ τὰς χρόας διαφοραὶ πόσαι! Ἴδοις ἂν ἐν λειμῶνι τὸ αὖτὸ ὕδωρ ἓρυθραινόμενον μὲν ὲν τῷδε τῷ ἄνθει, καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ πορφυροῦν, καὶ κυανὸν ἐν τῷδε, καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λευκόν καὶ πλείονα πάλιν τῆς ἓν ταῖς χρόαις ποικιλίας τὴν κατὰ τὰς όδμὰς διαφορὰν παρεχόμενον· Ἀλλὰ γάρ ὁρῶ μοι τὸν λόγον ἀπληστίᾳ τῆς θεωρίας εἰς ἀμετρίαν ἐκπίπτοντα, ὃν ἐὰν μὴ δήσας πρὸς ἀνάγκην ἐπαγάγω τῆς κτίσεως, ἐπιλείψει με ἡ ἡμέρα τὴν μεγᾶλην σοφίαν ἐκ τῶν μικροτάτων ὑμῖν παριστῶντα. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ ξύλον κάρπιμον, ποιοῦν καρπὸν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Καὶ εὐθὺς αἱ κορυφαὶ των ὀρέων ἐκόμων· καὶ ἐφιλοτεχνοῦντο παράδεισοι, καὶ ποταμῶν ὄχθαι μυρίοις γένεσι φυτῶν ὡραϊζοντο. Καὶ τὰ μὲν τήν ἀνθρωπίνην ηὐτρέπιστο κατακοσμῆσαι τράπεζαν· τὰ δὲ βοσκήμασι τροφὴν παρεσκεύαζεν ἐκ τῶν φύλλων, ἐκ τῶν καρπῶν, ’Ἄλλοι τὰς ἐκ τῇς ἰατρικῆς ὠφελείας ἡμῖν προεξένει · τοὺς χυλοὺς, τοὺς ὀποὺς, τὰ κάρφη, τοὺς φλοιοὺς, τὸν καρπὸν· καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς ὅσα ἡ χρονία πεῖρα ἐξεῦρεν, ἐκ τῶν κατὰ μέρος περιπτώσεων συλλεγομένη τὸ χρήσιμον, ταῦτα ἡ ὀξεῖα τοῦ κτίσαντος πρόνοια ἐξ ἀρχῆς προβλεψαμένη, εἷς γένεσιν ἤγαγε, Σὺ δὲ ὅταν ἴδῃς τὰ ἥμερα, τὰ ἄγρια, τὰ φίλυδρα, τὰ χερσαῖα, τὰ ἀνθοφοροῦντα, ἢ τὰ ἀνανθῆ, ἐν μικρῷ τὸν μέγαν ἐπιγινώσκων, πρόσθες ἀεὶ τῷ θαύματι, καὶ αὔξησόν μοι τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ κτίσαντος, Ἐξέταζε, πῶς τὰ μὲν ἀειθαλῆ ἐποίησε, τὰ δὲ γυμνούμενα· καὶ τῶν ἀειθαλὼν τὰ μὲν φυλλοβόλα, τὰ δὲ ἀείφυλλα. Φυλλοβολεῖ γὰρ καὶ ἐλαία καὶ πίτυς, εἰ καὶ λεληθότως ὑπαλλάσσει τὰ φύλλα, ὥστε μηδέποτε δοκεῖν τῆς κόμης ἀπογυμνοῦσθαι. Ἀείφυλλον δέ ὁ φοίνιξ, τῷ αὐτῷ φύλλῳ ἐκ τῆς πρώτης βλαστήσεως εἰς τέλος συμπαραμένοντι, ’Ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνο σκόπει, πῶς ἡ μυρίκη ὤσπερ ἀμφίβιόν εστι, καὶ τοῖς φιλυδροις συναριθμούμενον, καὶ, κατὰ τὰς ἐρήμους πληθυνόμενον. Διὸ καὶ ὁ Ἰερεμῖας δικαίως τὰ διπλᾶ καὶ ἐπαμφοτερίζοντα τῶν ἠθῶν τῷ τοιούτω φυτῷ παρεικάζει,

Kai ti dei ta porrō legein, hopou ge epi tēs autēs sykēs pros tas enantiōtatas metabainei poiotētas? Pikrotaton men gar estin en tǭ opǭ, glykytaton de en autǭ tǭ karpǭ. Kai epi tēs ampelou styptikōtaton men epi tōn akremonōn, hēdiston de en tois botrysin, Ai de kata tas chroas diaphorai posai! Idois an en leimōni to auto hydōr herythrainomenon men en tǭde tǭ anthei, kai en allǭ porphyroun, kai kyanon en tǭde, kai en heterǭ leukon kai pleiona palin tēs hen tais chroais poikilias tēn kata tas odmas diaphoran parechomenon; Alla gar horō moi ton logon aplēstią tēs theōrias eis ametrian ekpiptonta, hon ean mē dēsas pros anankēn epagagō tēs ktiseōs, epileipsei me hē hēmera tēn megalēn sophian ek tōn mikrotatōn hymin paristōnta. Blastēsatō hē gē xylon karpimon, poioun karpon epi tēs gēs. Kai euthys hai koryphai tōn oreōn ekomōn; kai ephilotechnounto paradeisoi, kai potamōn ochthai myriois genesi phytōn hōraïzonto. Kai ta men tēn anthrōpinēn ēutrepisto katakosmēsai trapezan; ta de boskēmasi trophēn pareskeuazen ek tōn phyllōn, ek tōn karpōn, ’Alloi tas ek tę̄s iatrikēs ōpheleias hēmin proexenei ; tous chylous, tous opous, ta karphē, tous phloious, ton karpon; kai hapaxaplōs hosa hē chronia peira exeuren, ek tōn kata meros periptōseōn syllegomenē to chrēsimon, tauta hē oxeia tou ktisantos pronoia ex archēs problepsamenē, heis genesin ēgage, Sy de hotan idę̄s ta hēmera, ta agria, ta philydra, ta chersaia, ta anthophorounta, ē ta ananthē, en mikrǭ ton megan epiginōskōn, prosthes aei tǭ thaumati, kai auxēson moi tēn agapēn tou ktisantos, Exetaze, pōs ta men aeithalē epoiēse, ta de gymnoumena; kai tōn aeithalōn ta men phyllobola, ta de aeiphylla. Phyllobolei gar kai elaia kai pitys, ei kai lelēthotōs hypallassei ta phylla, hōste mēdepote dokein tēs komēs apogymnousthai. Aeiphyllon de ho phoinix, tǭ autǭ phyllǭ ek tēs prōtēs blastēseōs eis telos symparamenonti, ’Epeita kakeino skopei, pōs hē myrikē ōsper amphibion esti, kai tois philydrois synarithmoumenon, kai, kata tas erēmous plēthynomenon. Dio kai ho Ieremias dikaiōs ta dipla kai epamphoterizonta tōn ēthōn tǭ toioutō phytǭ pareikazei,

And why speak of things far apart, when in the same fig tree the water passes into the most opposite qualities? It is very bitter in the sap, and very sweet in the fruit itself. And in the vine it is most astringent in the boughs, and most pleasant in the clusters. And how many are the differences of color! You may see in a meadow the same water turning red in this flower, purple in another, dark blue in this one, and white in another; and again producing a difference of scents greater than the variety of colors. But I see that my discourse, through insatiable desire for contemplation, is falling into excess; and unless I bind it and bring it back to the necessity of the creation, the day will fail me while I set before you the great wisdom from the smallest things. "Let the earth put forth the fruit-bearing tree, producing fruit upon the earth." And at once the mountain peaks were covered with foliage; gardens were artfully laid out; and the banks of rivers were beautified with countless kinds of plants. Some had been prepared to adorn the human table; others provided food for cattle from their leaves and their fruits; others procured for us the benefits of medicine: the juices, the saps, the twigs, the bark, the fruit. In short, everything that long experience has discovered, collecting what is useful from particular cases, the keen providence of the Creator foresaw from the beginning and brought into being. And you, when you see the cultivated and the wild, the plants that love water and those of dry land, those that bear flowers and those without flowers, recognizing the great one in the small, always add to your wonder and increase, I pray you, your love for the Creator. Examine how he made some evergreen and others that are stripped of leaves; and among the evergreens, some that shed their leaves and others that keep them always. For the olive and the pine shed their leaves, even if they change them unnoticed, so that they never seem to be stripped of their foliage; while the palm keeps its leaves always, the same leaf remaining from its first sprouting to the end. Then consider this too: how the tamarisk is, as it were, amphibious, counted among the water-loving plants and yet multiplying in the deserts. That is why Jeremiah rightly likens double and wavering characters to such a plant.

5.10PG 29:116c–117a

Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ. Τὸ μικρὸν τοῦτο πρόσταγμα εὖθῦς φύσις μεγάλη καὶ λόγος ἔντεχνος ἦν, θᾶττον τοῦ ἡμετέρου νοήματος τὰς μυρίας τῶν φυομένων ἰδιότητας ἐκτελῶν, Ἐκεῖνο ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐνυπάρχον τῇ γῇ τὸ πρόσταγμα, ἐπείγει αὐτὴν καθʼ ἑκάστην ἔτους περίοδον ἐξάγειν τὴν δύναμιν ἑαυτῆς ὅσην ἔχει πρός τε βοτανῶν καὶ σπερμάτων καὶ δένδρων γένεσιν, Ὡς γὰρ οἱ στρόβιλοι ἐκ τῆς πρώτης αὐτοῖς ἐνδοθεῖσης πληγῆς τὰς ἐφεξῆς ποιοῦνται περιστροφας, ὅταν πήξαντες τὸ κέντρον ἐν ἑαυτοῖς περιφέρωνταιʼ οὕτω καὶ ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἀκολουθία, ἐκ τοῦ πρώτου προστάγματος τὴν ἀρχὴν δεξαμένη, πρὸς πάντα τὸν ἐφεξῆς διεξέρχεται χρόνον, μέχρις ἂν πρὸς τὴν κοινὴν συντέλειαν τοῦ παντὸς, καταντήσῃ. Ἐφʼ ἢ καὶ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἔγκαρποι καὶ πλήρεις ἔργων ἀγαθῶν ἐπειγώμεθα, ἵνα, φυτευθέντες ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ Κυρίου, ἓν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐξανθήσωμεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾦ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἷς τοὺς αὶῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, Ἀμήν,

Blastēsatō hē gē. To mikron touto prostagma euthys physis megalē kai logos entechnos ēn, thatton tou hēmeterou noēmatos tas myrias tōn phyomenōn idiotētas ektelōn, Ekeino eti kai nyn enyparchon tę̄ gę̄ to prostagma, epeigei autēn kathʼ hekastēn etous periodon exagein tēn dynamin heautēs hosēn echei pros te botanōn kai spermatōn kai dendrōn genesin, Hōs gar hoi strobiloi ek tēs prōtēs autois endotheisēs plēgēs tas ephexēs poiountai peristrophas, hotan pēxantes to kentron en heautois peripherōntaiʼ houtō kai hē tēs physeōs akolouthia, ek tou prōtou prostagmatos tēn archēn dexamenē, pros panta ton ephexēs diexerchetai chronon, mechris an pros tēn koinēn synteleian tou pantos, katantēsę̄. Ephʼ ē kai hēmeis pantes enkarpoi kai plēreis ergōn agathōn epeigōmetha, hina, phyteuthentes en tǭ oikǭ Kyriou, hen tais aulais tou Theou hēmōn exanthēsōmen en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, ǭ hē doxa kai to kratos heis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn, Amēn,

"Let the earth put forth." This small command at once became a great nature and a skillful principle, accomplishing the countless peculiar characters of growing things faster than our thought. That command, present in the earth still now, urges it every year to bring out all the power it has for the generation of plants, seeds, and trees. For as tops, from the first blow given to them, make their successive turns when, having fixed their point, they spin round on themselves, so too the sequence of nature, having received its beginning from the first command, goes on through all the time that follows, until it reaches the common consummation of the universe. Toward this let us all too hasten, fruitful and full of good works, so that, "planted in the house of the Lord, we may flourish in the courts of our God," in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 6

6.1PG 29:117a–120b

Τὸν ἀθλητῶν θεατὴν μετέχειν τινὸς προσῆκε καὶ αὺτὸν εὐτονίας. Καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν πανηγυρικῶν θεσμῶν ἅν τις κατίδοι, οἳ τοὺς συγκαθεζομένους εἷς τὸ στάδιον γυμνῇ καθῆσθαι τῇ κεφαλῇ διαγορεύουσιν ’ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ’ίνα μὴ θεατὴς μόνον ἀγωνιστῶν, ἀλλά καὶ ἀγωνιστὴς ἕκαστος αὒτὸς ἐν τῷ μέρει τυγχάνῃ. Οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ τὸν τῶν μεγάλων καὶ ὑπερφυῶν θεαμάτων ἐξεταστὴν, καὶ τὸν τῆς μεγάλης ὄντως καὶ ἀποῤῥήτου σοφίας ἀκροατὴν προσήκει οἴκοθεν ἔχειν ἥκοντά τινας ἀφορμὰς πρὸς τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν προκειμένων, καὶ κοινωνεῖν ἐμοὶ τῆς ἀγωνίας εἰς δύναμιν, οὒχὶ κριτὴν μᾶλλον ἢ συναγωνιστὴν παρεστῶτα· μήποτε ἄρα διαλάθῃ ἡμᾶς τῆς ἀληθείας ἡ εὕρεσις, καὶ τὸ ἐμὸν σφάλμα κοινὴ ζημία τῶν ἀκουόντων γένηται, Πρὸς οὖν τί ταῦτα λέγω; Οτι, ἐπειδὴ πρόκειται ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν τοῦ κόσμου σύστασιν ἐξέτασις καὶ θεωρία τοῦ παντὸς, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου σοφίας τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχουσα, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὦν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θεράποντα ὁ Θεὸς ἐξεπαίδευσεν, ἐν εἴδει λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ οὗ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων, ἀνάγκη που πάντως τοὺς τῶν μεγάλων φιλοθεάμονας μή ἀγύμναστον ἔχειν τὸν νοῦν πρὸς τὴν τῶν προκειμένων ἧμϊν κατανόησιν. Εἴ ποτε οὖν, ἐν αἰθρίᾳ νυκτερινῇ, πρὸς τὰ ἄῤῥητα κάλλη τῶν ἄστρων ἐνατενίσας, ἔννοιαν ἔλαβες τοῦ τεχνίτου τῶν ὅλων, τίς ὁ τοῖς ἄνθεσι τούτοις διαποικίλας τὸν ούρανον, καὶ ὅπως ἐν τοῖς ὁρωμένοις πλέον τοῦ τερπνοῦ τὸ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι· πάλιν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εἰ νήφοντι τῷ λογισμῷ κατέμαθες τὰ τῆς ἡμέρας θαύματα, καὶ διὰ τῶν ὁρωμένων ἀνελογίσω τὸν οὐχ ὁρώμενον, παρεσκευασμένος ἥκεις ἀκροατὴς καὶ πρέπων τῷ πληρώματι τοῦ σεμνοῦ τούτου καὶ μακαρίου θεάτρου. Δεῦρο δὴ οὖν, ὥσπερ οἱ τοὺς ἀήθεις τῶν πόλεων τῆς χειρὸς λαβόμενοι περιηγοῦνται, οὕτω δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὰ κεκρυμμένα θαύματα ὑμᾶς τῆς μεγάλης ταύτης πόλεως ξεναγήσω. Ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, ἐν ᾗ ἡ ἀρχαία πατρὶς ἡμῶν, ἧς μετανέστησεν ἡμᾶς ὁ ἀνθρωποκτόνος δαίμων, τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δελέασμασιν ἀνδραποδίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον ' ἐνταῦθα κατόψει τὴν πρώτην τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν, καὶ τὸν εὐθὺς ἡμᾶς ἐπικαταλαβόντα θάνατον ὃν ἐγέννησεν ἦ ἁμαρτία, τὸ πρωτότοκον ἔκγονον τοῦ ἀρχεκάκου δαίμονος. Καὶ γνωρίσεις σαυτὸν γήινον μὲν τῇ φύσει, ἔργον δὲ θείων χειρῶν δυνάμει μὲν καὶ παραπολὺ τῶν ἀλόγων λειπόμενον, ἄρχοντα δὲ χειροτονητὸν τῶν ἀλόγων καὶ τῶν ἀψύχων ' ταῖς μὲν ἐκ τῆς φύσεως παρασκευαῖς ἐλαττούμενον, τῇ δὲ τοῦ λόγου περιουσίᾳ πρὸς οὖρανὸν αὐτὸν ὑπεραρθῆναι δυνάμενον. Ἐὰν ταῦτα μάθωμεν, ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιγνωσόμεθα, Θεὸν γνωρίσομεν, τὸν κτίσαντα προσκυνήσομεν, τῷ Δεσπότῃ δουλεύσομεν, τὸν Πατέρα δοξάσομεν, τὸν τροφέα ἡμῶν ἀγαπήσομεν, τὸν εὗεργέτην αἰδεσθησὸμεθα, τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν τῆς παρούσης καὶ τῆς μελλούσης προσκυνοῦντες οὐκ ἀπολήξομεν, τὸν διʼ οὗ παρέσχετο ἤδη πλούτου καὶ τὰ ὲν ἐπαγγελίαις πιστούμενον, καὶ τῇ πείρᾳ τῶν παρόντων βεβαιοῦντα ἡμῖν τὰ προσδοκώμενα. Εἰ γὰρ τὰ πρόσκαιρα τοιαῦτα, ποταπὰ τὰ αἰώνια; Καὶ εἰ τὰ ὁρώμενα οὕτω καλὰ, ποταπὰ τὰ ἀόρατα; Εἰ οὐρανοῦ μέγεθος μέτρον ἀνθρωπίνης διανοίας ἐκβαίνει, τῶν ἀϊδίων τὴν φύσιν τίς ἄρα νοῦς ἐξιχνιάσαι δυνήσεται ; Εἰ ὁ τῇ φθορᾷ ὑποκείμενος ἥλιος οὕτω καλὸς, οὕτω μέγας, ὀξὺς μὲν κινηθῆναι, εὔτακτος δὲ τὰς περιόδους ἀποδιδοὺς, σύμμετρον μὲν ἔχων τὸ μέγεθος τῷ παντὶ, ὥστε μὴ ἐκβαίνειν τὴν πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἀναλογίαν· τῷ δὲ κάλλει τῆς φύσεως οἷόν τις ὀφθαλμὸς διαυγὴς ἐμπρέπων τῇ κτίσει · εἰ ἀκόρεστος τούτου ἡ θέα, ποταπὸς τῷ κάλλει ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιος ; Εἰ τυφλῷ ζημία τοῦτον μὴ βλέπειν, ποταπή ζημία τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς στερηθῆναι;

Ton athlētōn theatēn metechein tinos prosēke kai auton eutonias. Kai touto ek tōn panēgyrikōn thesmōn han tis katidoi, hoi tous synkathezomenous heis to stadion gymnę̄ kathēsthai tę̄ kephalę̄ diagoreuousin ’ emoi dokein, ’ina mē theatēs monon agōnistōn, alla kai agōnistēs hekastos autos en tǭ merei tynchanę̄. Houtō toinyn kai ton tōn megalōn kai hyperphyōn theamatōn exetastēn, kai ton tēs megalēs ontōs kai aporrhētou sophias akroatēn prosēkei oikothen echein hēkonta tinas aphormas pros tēn theōrian tōn prokeimenōn, kai koinōnein emoi tēs agōnias eis dynamin, ouchi kritēn mallon ē synagōnistēn parestōta; mēpote ara dialathę̄ hēmas tēs alētheias hē heuresis, kai to emon sphalma koinē zēmia tōn akouontōn genētai, Pros oun ti tauta legō? Oti, epeidē prokeitai hēmin eis tēn tou kosmou systasin exetasis kai theōria tou pantos, ouk ek tēs tou kosmou sophias tas archas echousa, allʼ ex ōn ton heautou theraponta ho Theos exepaideusen, en eidei lalēsas pros auton, kai hou diʼ ainigmatōn, anankē pou pantōs tous tōn megalōn philotheamonas mē agymnaston echein ton noun pros tēn tōn prokeimenōn hēmïn katanoēsin. Ei pote oun, en aithrią nykterinę̄, pros ta arrhēta kallē tōn astrōn enatenisas, ennoian elabes tou technitou tōn holōn, tis ho tois anthesi toutois diapoikilas ton ouranon, kai hopōs en tois horōmenois pleon tou terpnou to anankaion esti; palin en hēmerą ei nēphonti tǭ logismǭ katemathes ta tēs hēmeras thaumata, kai dia tōn horōmenōn anelogisō ton ouch horōmenon, pareskeuasmenos hēkeis akroatēs kai prepōn tǭ plērōmati tou semnou toutou kai makariou theatrou. Deuro dē oun, hōsper hoi tous aētheis tōn poleōn tēs cheiros labomenoi periēgountai, houtō dē kai autos epi ta kekrymmena thaumata hymas tēs megalēs tautēs poleōs xenagēsō. En tę̄ polei tautę̄, en hę̄ hē archaia patris hēmōn, hēs metanestēsen hēmas ho anthrōpoktonos daimōn, tois heautou deleasmasin andrapodisas ton anthrōpon ' entautha katopsei tēn prōtēn tou anthrōpou genesin, kai ton euthys hēmas epikatalabonta thanaton hon egennēsen ē hamartia, to prōtotokon ekgonon tou archekakou daimonos. Kai gnōriseis sauton gēinon men tę̄ physei, ergon de theiōn cheirōn dynamei men kai parapoly tōn alogōn leipomenon, archonta de cheirotonēton tōn alogōn kai tōn apsychōn ' tais men ek tēs physeōs paraskeuais elattoumenon, tę̄ de tou logou periousią pros ouranon auton hyperarthēnai dynamenon. Ean tauta mathōmen, heautous epignōsometha, Theon gnōrisomen, ton ktisanta proskynēsomen, tǭ Despotę̄ douleusomen, ton Patera doxasomen, ton trophea hēmōn agapēsomen, ton heuergetēn aidesthēsometha, ton archēgon tēs zōēs hēmōn tēs parousēs kai tēs mellousēs proskynountes ouk apolēxomen, ton diʼ hou parescheto ēdē ploutou kai ta en epangeliais pistoumenon, kai tę̄ peirą tōn parontōn bebaiounta hēmin ta prosdokōmena. Ei gar ta proskaira toiauta, potapa ta aiōnia? Kai ei ta horōmena houtō kala, potapa ta aorata? Ei ouranou megethos metron anthrōpinēs dianoias ekbainei, tōn aïdiōn tēn physin tis ara nous exichniasai dynēsetai ? Ei ho tę̄ phthorą hypokeimenos hēlios houtō kalos, houtō megas, oxys men kinēthēnai, eutaktos de tas periodous apodidous, symmetron men echōn to megethos tǭ panti, hōste mē ekbainein tēn pros to holon analogian; tǭ de kallei tēs physeōs hoion tis ophthalmos diaugēs emprepōn tę̄ ktisei ; ei akorestos toutou hē thea, potapos tǭ kallei ho tēs dikaiosynēs hēlios ? Ei typhlǭ zēmia touton mē blepein, potapē zēmia tǭ hamartōlǭ tou alēthinou phōtos sterēthēnai?

The spectator of athletes ought himself to have some share of vigor. One can see this from the rules of the festivals, which direct those seated in the stadium to sit with bare heads, so that, it seems to me, each may be not only a spectator of the contestants but in a measure himself a contestant. So too the one who examines great and supernatural spectacles, the hearer of truly great and unspeakable wisdom, ought to come bringing from home some resources for contemplating what is set before us, and to share in the contest with me as far as he can, standing by not so much as a judge as a fellow contestant, lest the discovery of the truth escape us, and my error become a common loss for the hearers. Why do I say this? Because, since what lies before us is an examination of the constitution of the world and a contemplation of the universe that takes its starting points not from the wisdom of the world but from what God taught his servant, speaking to him in visible form and not through riddles, it is altogether necessary that those who love great spectacles should not have their minds untrained for understanding what is set before us. If ever, then, on a clear night, gazing at the unspeakable beauties of the stars, you have formed the thought of the Craftsman of all, who it is that embroidered heaven with these flowers, and how in what is seen the necessary outweighs the delightful; if again by day you have studied the wonders of the day with a sober mind, and through the things that are seen have reasoned your way to the one who is not seen: then you come as a prepared hearer, fit to fill this august and blessed theater. Come, then: as those who take strangers to a city by the hand and lead them around, so I too will guide you as strangers to the hidden wonders of this great city. In this city lies our ancient homeland, from which the man-slaying demon removed us, having enslaved man by his baits. Here you will see the first coming into being of man, and the death that at once overtook us, which sin begot, the firstborn offspring of the demon who is the author of evil. And you will come to know yourself: earthy by nature, but a work of divine hands; falling far short of the irrational animals in strength, but appointed ruler of the irrational and the inanimate; inferior in natural equipment, but able by the abundance of reason to rise up to heaven itself. If we learn these things, we will know ourselves, we will know God, we will worship the Creator, serve the Master, glorify the Father, love our Nourisher, revere our Benefactor, and never cease to worship the author of our present and future life, who through the wealth he has already given assures us of what lies in the promises, and by the experience of present things confirms for us what we hope for. For if temporal things are such, what will eternal things be? And if visible things are so beautiful, what will invisible things be? If the greatness of heaven exceeds the measure of human understanding, what mind will be able to trace the nature of everlasting things? If the sun, subject to corruption, is so beautiful and so great, swift in its motion and orderly in completing its circuits, proportioned in size to the universe so as not to exceed its due relation to the whole, and by the beauty of its nature shining in creation like a clear eye; if the sight of it never satisfies, how beautiful will the sun of righteousness be? If it is a loss for a blind man not to see this sun, what a loss it is for a sinner to be deprived of the true light!

6.2PG 29:120b–121b

Καὶ εἶπεν ὃ Θεός· Γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰς φαῦσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ’ ὥστε διαχωρίζειν ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτός, Οὐρανὸς ’προειλήφει καὶ γῆ τὸ φῶς ἐπὶ τούτοις δεδημιούργητο· ἣμέρα καὶ νὺξ διεκέκριτο πάλιν στερέωμα, καὶ ξηρᾶς φανέρωσις, Τὸ ὕδωρ συνήθροιστο εἷς συνεστηκυῖαν καὶ ἀφωρισμένην συναγωγήν. Ἦ γῆ πεπλήρωτο τοῖς οἰκείοις γεννήμασι, τά τε μυρία γένη τῶν βοτανῶν ἒκβλαστήσασα, καὶ παντοδαποῖς εἴδεσι φυτῶν εὒθηνουμένη. Ἥλιος δὲ οὔπω ἦν καὶ σελήνη, ἵνα μήτε φωτὸς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ πατέρα τὸν ἥλιον ὀνομάσωσι, μήτε τῶν ὲκ τῆς γῆς φυομένων δημιουργὸν οἱ τὸν Θεὸν ἀγνοήσαντες νομίσωσι. Διὰ τοῦτο τετάρτη ἡμέρα καὶ τότε εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸς. Γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. ’Ὅταν τὸν εἰπόντα διδαχθῆς, εὐθὺς τῇ ἐννοίᾳ σύναπτε τὸν ἀκούσαντα. Εἶπεν ὁ Θεὸς ’ Γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες, καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς δύο φωστῆρας. Τίς εἶπε, καὶ τίς ἐποίησεν; Οὐκ ἐννοεῖς ἐν τούτοις τὸ διπλοῦν τῶν προσώπων; Πανταχοῠ τῇ ἱστορίᾳ τὸ δόγμα τῆς θεολογίας μυστικῶς παρέσπαρται. Καὶ ἡ χρεία πρόσκειται τῆς τῶν φωστήρων γενέσεως· Εἰς φαῦσιν, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Εἰ προειλήφει τοῦ φωτὸς ἡ γένεσις, πῶς νῦν ὃ ἥλιος πάλιν εἰς φαῦσιν λέγεται γεγονέναι; Πρῶτον μὲν οὗν τῆς λέξεως τὸ ἰδιότροπον μηδένα σοι κινείτω γέλωτα, εἴπερ μὴ, ἑπόμεθα ταῖς παρʼ ὑμῖν ἐκλογαῖς τῶν ῥημάτων, μηδὲ τὸ τῆς θέσεως αὐτῶν εὔρυθμον ἐπιτηδεύομεν, Οὐ γὰρ τορευταὶ λέξεων παρʼ ἡμῖν· οὐδὲ τὸ εὔηχον τῶν φωνῶν, ἀλλὰ τό εὔσημον τῶν ὀνομάτων πανταχοῦ προτιμότερον, Σκόπει τοίνυν εί μὴ διὰ τῆς φαύσεως ἀρκούντως ἐνέφηνεν ὃ ἐβούλετο · ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ φωτισμοῦ τὴν φαῦσιν εἴρηκεν. ’Ἔστι δὲ οὐδὲν μαχόμενον τοῦτο τοῖς περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς εἰρημένοις. Τότε μὲν γὰρ αὐτὴ τοῦ φωτὸς ἡ φύσις παρήχθη· νῦν δὲ τὸ ἡλιακὸν τοῦτο σῶμα ὅχημα εἶναι τῷ πρωτογόνῳ ἒκείνῳ φωτὶ παρεσκεύασται. Ὠς γὰρ ἄλλο τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἄλλο ὁ λύχνος· τὸ μὲν τὴν τοῦ φωτίζειν δύναμιν ἕχον, τὸ δὲ παραφαίνειν τοϊς δεομένοις πεποιημένον · οὕτω καὶ τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ ἐκείνῳ καὶ εἰλικρινεῖ καὶ ἀΰλῳ φωτὶ ὄχημα νῦν οἱ φωστῆρες κατεσκευάσθησαν. Ὡς γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόστολος λέγει τινας φωστῆρας ἐν κόσμῳ, ἄλλο δέ ἔστι φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τὸ ἀληθινὸν, οὗ κατὰ μέθεξιν οἱ ἅγιοι φωστῆρες ἐγίνοντο τῶν ψυχῶν, ἃς ἐπαίδευον, τοῦ σκότους τῆς ἀγνοίας αὐτὰς ῥυόμενοι· οὕτω καὶ νῦν τὸν ἥλιον τοῦτον τῷ φανοτάτῳ ἐκείνῳ ἐπισκευάσας φωτὶ ὁ τῶν ὅλων δημιουργὸς περὶ τὸν κόσμον ἀνῆψεν,

Kai eipen ho Theos; Genēthētōsan phōstēres en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou eis phausin epi tēs gēs ’ hōste diachōrizein ana meson tēs hēmeras kai ana meson tēs nyktos, Ouranos ’proeilēphei kai gē to phōs epi toutois dedēmiourgēto; hēmera kai nyx diekekrito palin stereōma, kai xēras phanerōsis, To hydōr synēthroisto heis synestēkuian kai aphōrismenēn synagōgēn. Ē gē peplērōto tois oikeiois gennēmasi, ta te myria genē tōn botanōn ekblastēsasa, kai pantodapois eidesi phytōn euthēnoumenē. Hēlios de oupō ēn kai selēnē, hina mēte phōtos archēgon kai patera ton hēlion onomasōsi, mēte tōn ek tēs gēs phyomenōn dēmiourgon hoi ton Theon agnoēsantes nomisōsi. Dia touto tetartē hēmera kai tote eipen ho Theos. Genēthētōsan phōstēres en tǭ stereōmati tou ouranou. ’Hotan ton eiponta didachthēs, euthys tę̄ ennoią synapte ton akousanta. Eipen ho Theos ’ Genēthētōsan phōstēres, kai epoiēsen ho Theos tous dyo phōstēras. Tis eipe, kai tis epoiēsen? Ouk ennoeis en toutois to diploun tōn prosōpōn? Pantachou tę̄ historią to dogma tēs theologias mystikōs parespartai. Kai hē chreia proskeitai tēs tōn phōstērōn geneseōs; Eis phausin, phēsin, epi tēs gēs. Ei proeilēphei tou phōtos hē genesis, pōs nyn ho hēlios palin eis phausin legetai gegonenai? Prōton men houn tēs lexeōs to idiotropon mēdena soi kineitō gelōta, eiper mē, hepometha tais parʼ hymin eklogais tōn rhēmatōn, mēde to tēs theseōs autōn eurythmon epitēdeuomen, Ou gar toreutai lexeōn parʼ hēmin; oude to euēchon tōn phōnōn, alla to eusēmon tōn onomatōn pantachou protimoteron, Skopei toinyn ei mē dia tēs phauseōs arkountōs enephēnen ho ebouleto ; anti gar tou phōtismou tēn phausin eirēken. ’Esti de ouden machomenon touto tois peri tou phōtos eirēmenois. Tote men gar autē tou phōtos hē physis parēchthē; nyn de to hēliakon touto sōma hochēma einai tǭ prōtogonǭ ekeinǭ phōti pareskeuastai. Ōs gar allo to pyr kai allo ho lychnos; to men tēn tou phōtizein dynamin hechon, to de paraphainein toïs deomenois pepoiēmenon ; houtō kai tǭ katharōtatǭ ekeinǭ kai eilikrinei kai aÿlǭ phōti ochēma nyn hoi phōstēres kateskeuasthēsan. Hōs gar ho Apostolos legei tinas phōstēras en kosmǭ, allo de esti phōs tou kosmou to alēthinon, hou kata methexin hoi hagioi phōstēres eginonto tōn psychōn, has epaideuon, tou skotous tēs agnoias autas rhyomenoi; houtō kai nyn ton hēlion touton tǭ phanotatǭ ekeinǭ episkeuasas phōti ho tōn holōn dēmiourgos peri ton kosmon anēpsen,

"And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of heaven for illumination upon the earth, to divide between the day and between the night." Heaven and earth had come first; after these light had been created, day and night had been distinguished; then the firmament, and the appearing of the dry land. The water had been collected into a fixed and bounded gathering. The earth had been filled with its own products, having sprouted the countless kinds of plants and abounding in trees of every sort. But there was not yet a sun, nor a moon, so that those who did not know God might not name the sun the author and father of light, nor think it the maker of what grows from the earth. That is why it was on the fourth day that God said, "Let there be lights in the firmament of heaven." When you have been taught who spoke, at once join in your thought the one who heard. "God said, Let there be lights; and God made the two lights." Who spoke, and who made? Do you not perceive in these words the twofold persons? Everywhere the doctrine of theology is mystically sown through the history. And the purpose of the creation of the lights is added: "for illumination," he says, "upon the earth." If the coming into being of light had come first, how is the sun now said to have been made for illumination? First, let the peculiarity of the expression move no one to laughter, if we do not follow your choices of words nor practise a rhythmical arrangement of them. For among us there are no polishers of phrases, nor is euphony of sound prized; everywhere the clarity of the words is preferred. Consider, then, whether by "illumination" he has not sufficiently shown what he meant: for instead of "lighting" he said "illumination." And this does not conflict with what was said about light. For then the very nature of light was brought forth; now this solar body has been prepared to be a vehicle for that firstborn light. For as fire is one thing and the lamp another, the one having the power of giving light, the other made to shine for those who need it, so too the lights have now been made as a vehicle for that most pure, unmixed, and immaterial light. For as the apostle speaks of some as lights in the world, while the true light of the world is something else, by participation in which the saints became lights to the souls they taught, rescuing them from the darkness of ignorance; so now too the Creator of all, having furnished this sun with that most brilliant light, kindled it around the world.

6.3PG 29:121b–125a

Καὶ μηδενὶ ἄπιστον εἶναι δοκείτω τὸ εἰρημένον ὅτι ἄλλο μέν τι τοῦ φωτὸς ἡ λαμπρότης ἄλλο δὲ τι τὸ ὑποκείμενον τῷ φωτὶ σῶμα. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ὲκ τοῦ τὰ σύνθετα πάντα οὕτω παρʼ ἡμῶν διαιρεῖσθαι, εἵς τε τὴν δεκτικὴν οὐσίαν καὶ εἷς τὴν ἐπισυμβᾶσαν αὐτῇ ποιότητα. Ὡς οὖν ἕτερον μέν τι τῇ φύσει ἡ λευκότης, ἕτερον δέ τι τὸ λελευκασμένον σῶμα, οὕτω καὶ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα, διάφορα ὄντα τῇ φύσει, ἥνωται τῇ δυνάμει του κτίσαντος. Καὶ μή μοι λέγε ἀδύνατα εἶναι ταῦτα ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διαιρεῖσθαι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἒγῶ τὴν διαίρεσιν τοῦ φωτὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλιακοῦ σώματος ἐμοὶ καὶ σοὶ δυνατὴν εἶναί φημι, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ ἡμῖν τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ ἐστὶ χωριστὰ, ταῦτα δύναται καὶ αὒτῇ τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ παρὰ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῆς φύσεως αὐτῶν διαστῆναι. Ἐπεὶ καὶ σοὶ τὴν καυστικὴν δύναμιν τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπὸ τῆς λαμπρότητος χωρίσαι ἀμήχανον ὁ δὲ Θεὸς, παραδόξῳ θεᾶματι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Θερᾶποντα ἐπιστρέψαι βουλόμενος, πὺρ ἐπέθηκε τῇ βάτῳ ἀπὸ μόνης τῆς λαμπρότητος ἐνεργοῦν, τὴν δὲ τοῦ καίειν δύναμιν σχολάζουσαν ἕχον. Ὠς καὶ ὁ Ψαλμῳδὺς μαρτυρεῖ λέγων. Φωνή Κυρίου διακόπτοντος φλόγα πυρός. Ἐν ταῖς τῶν βεβιωμένων ἡμῖν ἀνταποδόσεσι λόγος τις ὴμᾶς ἒν ἀπορρήτῳ παιδεύει, διαιρεθήσεσθαι τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν φύσιν, καὶ τὸ μὲν φῶς εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν τοῖς δικαίοις, τὸ δὲ τῆς καύσεως ὀδυνηρὸν τοῖς κολαζομένοις ἀποταχθήσεσθαι. Ἔπειτα μέντοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν περὶ σελήνην παθῶν δυνατὸν ἡμᾶς τὴν πίστιν τῶν ζητουμένων εὕρασθαι. Λήγουσα γὰρ, καὶ μειουμένη, οὐχὶ τῷ παντὶ ἑαυτῆς σώματι δαπανᾶται, ἀλλά τὸ περικείμενον φῶς ἀποτιθεμένη καὶ προσλαμβάνουσα πάλιν, ἐλαττώσεως ημῖν καὶ αὒξήσεως τὰς φαντασίας παρέχεται. Τοῦ δὲ μὴ αὒτὸ τὸ σῶμα αὗτῆς ληγούσης ἀπαναλίσκεσθαι ἐναργὲς μαρτύριον τὰ ὁρώμενα, ’Ἔξεστι γάρ σοι καὶ ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ ἀέρι καὶ πάσης ἀχλύος ἀπηλλαγμένῳ, ὅταν μάλιστα μηνοειδὴς τυγχάνῃ κατά τὸ σχῆμα ἔπιτηρήσαντι, κατιδεῖν το ἀλαμπὲς αὐτῆς καὶ ἀφώτιστον καὶ τηλικαύτης ἁψῖδος περιγραφόμενον, ἡλίκη ἓν ταῖς πανσελήνοις τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἐκπληροῖ, ’Ὥστε τηλαυγῶς ἀπηρτισμένον καθορᾶσθαι τὸν κύκλον τῷ περιλαμπομὲνῳ μέρει τὸν σκιερὸν καὶ ἀερώδη κόλπον συναναφερούσης τῆς ὅψεως. Καὶ μή μοι λέγε ἐπείσακτον εἶναι τῆς σελήνης τὸ φῶς, διότι μειοῦται μὲν πρός ἥλιον φερομένη, αὔξεται δὲ πάλιν ἀφισταμένη. Ούδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἡμῖν εξετάζειν έν τῷ παρόντι πρόκειται, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἕτερον μὲν αὐτῆς τὸ σῶμα, ἕτερον δὲ τὸ φωτίζον, Τοιοῦτον δή τί μοι νόει καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡλίου πλὴν ὅτι ὁ μὲν, λαβὼν ἅπαξ καὶ ἐγκεκραμένον ἑαυτῷ τό φῶς ἔχων, οὒκ ἀποτίθεται ἡ δὲ, συνεχῶς οἷον ἀποδυομένη καὶ πάλιν ἒπαμφιαζομένη τὸ φῶς, διʼ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἡλίου εἰρημένα πιστοῦται, Οὗτοι καὶ διαχωρίζειν ἐτάχθησαν ἀνά μέσον τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτος, Ἄνω μὲν γὰρ διεχώρισεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνά μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνά μέσον τοῦ σκότους· τότε δὲ τὴν φύσιν αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον ἀπέστησεν ὥστε ἀμίκτως ἔχειν πρὸς ἄλληλα, καὶ φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος μηδεμίαν εἶναι κοινωνίαν. Ὃ γὰρ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐστὶν ἡ σκιὰ, τοῦτο οἴεσθαι χρὴ ἐν νυκτὶ τοῦ σκότους εἶναι τὴν φύσιν. Εἰ γὰρ πᾶσα σκιὰ, αὐγῆς τινος διαφαινούσης, ἀντικειμένως τῷ φωτὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σωμᾶτων ἐκπίπτει καὶ ἕωθεν μὲν πρὸς δυσμὰς τέταται ἑσπέρας δὲ πρὸς ἀνατολὴν ἀποκλίνει, ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσημβρίᾳ ἀρκτῴα γίνεται · καὶ ἡ νὺξ ἐπὶ τὸ ἐναντίον τοῖς ἀκτῖσιν ὑποχωρεῖ, οὐδὲν ἕτερον οὖσα κατά τὴν φύσιν ἢ σκίασμα γῆς. Ὡς γὰρ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἦ σκιὰ τῷ ἀντιφράσσοντι τὴν αὒγὴν παρίσταται, οὕτως ἡ νὺξ σκιαζομὲνου τοῦ περὶ γῆν ἀέρος συνίστασθαι πέφυκε. Τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅτι διεχώρισεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους· ἐπειδὴ τὸ σκότος ὑποφεύγει τοῦ φωτὸς τὰς ἐπιδρομὰς, ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ δημιουργίᾳ φυσικῆς αὐτοῖς τῆς ἀλλοτριώσεως κατασκευασθείσης πρὸς ἄλληλα. Νῦν δὲ ἥλιον ἐπέταξε τοῖς μέτροις τῆς ἡμέρας ° καὶ σελήνην, ὅταν τοτὲ πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον κύκλον ἀπαρτισθῇ, ἀρχηγὸν εἶναι τῆς νυκτός. Σχεδὸν γὰρ τότε κατά διάμετρον οἱ φωστῆρες ἀλλήλοις ἀντικαθίστανται, ἈνατέλΑοντος μὲν γὰρ τοῦ ἡλίου, έν ταῖς πανσελήνοις κατάγεται πρὸς τὸ ἀφανὲς ἦ σελήνη δυομένου δὲ πάλιν τοῦ ἡλίου, αὕτη πολλάκις ἐξ ἀνατολῶν ἀντανίσχει. Εἰ δὲ κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα σχήματα οὐ συμπαρεκτείνεται τῇ νυκτὶ τὸ σεληναῖον φῶς, οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν προκείμενον λόγον Πλὴν ὅτι, ὅταν ἑαυτῆς τελειοτάτη τυγχάνῃ …

Kai mēdeni apiston einai dokeitō to eirēmenon hoti allo men ti tou phōtos hē lamprotēs allo de ti to hypokeimenon tǭ phōti sōma. Prōton men oun ek tou ta syntheta panta houtō parʼ hēmōn diaireisthai, heis te tēn dektikēn ousian kai heis tēn episymbasan autę̄ poiotēta. Hōs oun heteron men ti tę̄ physei hē leukotēs, heteron de ti to leleukasmenon sōma, houtō kai ta nyn eirēmena, diaphora onta tę̄ physei, hēnōtai tę̄ dynamei tou ktisantos. Kai mē moi lege adynata einai tauta apʼ allēlōn diaireisthai. Oude gar egō tēn diairesin tou phōtos apo tou hēliakou sōmatos emoi kai soi dynatēn einai phēmi, allʼ hoti ha hēmin tę̄ epinoią esti chōrista, tauta dynatai kai autę̄ tę̄ energeią para tou poiētou tēs physeōs autōn diastēnai. Epei kai soi tēn kaustikēn dynamin tou pyros apo tēs lamprotētos chōrisai amēchanon ho de Theos, paradoxǭ theamati ton heautou Theraponta epistrepsai boulomenos, pyr epethēke tę̄ batǭ apo monēs tēs lamprotētos energoun, tēn de tou kaiein dynamin scholazousan hechon. Ōs kai ho Psalmǭdys martyrei legōn. Phōnē Kyriou diakoptontos phloga pyros. En tais tōn bebiōmenōn hēmin antapodosesi logos tis ēmas en aporrētǭ paideuei, diairethēsesthai tou pyros tēn physin, kai to men phōs eis apolausin tois dikaiois, to de tēs kauseōs odynēron tois kolazomenois apotachthēsesthai. Epeita mentoi kai ek tōn peri selēnēn pathōn dynaton hēmas tēn pistin tōn zētoumenōn heurasthai. Lēgousa gar, kai meioumenē, ouchi tǭ panti heautēs sōmati dapanatai, alla to perikeimenon phōs apotithemenē kai proslambanousa palin, elattōseōs ēmin kai auxēseōs tas phantasias parechetai. Tou de mē auto to sōma hautēs lēgousēs apanaliskesthai enarges martyrion ta horōmena, ’Exesti gar soi kai en katharǭ tǭ aeri kai pasēs achlyos apēllagmenǭ, hotan malista mēnoeidēs tynchanę̄ kata to schēma epitērēsanti, katidein to alampes autēs kai aphōtiston kai tēlikautēs hapsidos perigraphomenon, hēlikē hen tais panselēnois tēn pasan autēn ekplēroi, ’Hōste tēlaugōs apērtismenon kathorasthai ton kyklon tǭ perilampomenǭ merei ton skieron kai aerōdē kolpon synanapherousēs tēs hopseōs. Kai mē moi lege epeisakton einai tēs selēnēs to phōs, dioti meioutai men pros hēlion pheromenē, auxetai de palin aphistamenē. Oude gar ekeino hēmin exetazein en tǭ paronti prokeitai, allʼ hoti heteron men autēs to sōma, heteron de to phōtizon, Toiouton dē ti moi noei kai epi tou hēliou plēn hoti ho men, labōn hapax kai enkekramenon heautǭ to phōs echōn, ouk apotithetai hē de, synechōs hoion apodyomenē kai palin epamphiazomenē to phōs, diʼ heautēs kai ta peri tou hēliou eirēmena pistoutai, Houtoi kai diachōrizein etachthēsan ana meson tēs hēmeras kai ana meson tēs nyktos, Anō men gar diechōrisen ho Theos ana meson tou phōtos kai ana meson tou skotous; tote de tēn physin autōn pros to enantion apestēsen hōste amiktōs echein pros allēla, kai phōti pros skotos mēdemian einai koinōnian. Ho gar en hēmerą estin hē skia, touto oiesthai chrē en nykti tou skotous einai tēn physin. Ei gar pasa skia, augēs tinos diaphainousēs, antikeimenōs tǭ phōti apo tōn sōmatōn ekpiptei kai heōthen men pros dysmas tetatai hesperas de pros anatolēn apoklinei, en de tę̄ mesēmbrią arktǭa ginetai ; kai hē nyx epi to enantion tois aktisin hypochōrei, ouden heteron ousa kata tēn physin ē skiasma gēs. Hōs gar en hēmerą ē skia tǭ antiphrassonti tēn augēn paristatai, houtōs hē nyx skiazomenou tou peri gēn aeros synistasthai pephyke. Touto toinyn esti to eirēmenon, hoti diechōrisen ho Theos ana meson tou phōtos kai ana meson tou skotous; epeidē to skotos hypopheugei tou phōtos tas epidromas, en tę̄ prōtę̄ dēmiourgią physikēs autois tēs allotriōseōs kataskeuastheisēs pros allēla. Nyn de hēlion epetaxe tois metrois tēs hēmeras ° kai selēnēn, hotan tote pros ton idion kyklon apartisthę̄, archēgon einai tēs nyktos. Schedon gar tote kata diametron hoi phōstēres allēlois antikathistantai, AnatelAontos men gar tou hēliou, en tais panselēnois katagetai pros to aphanes ē selēnē dyomenou de palin tou hēliou, hautē pollakis ex anatolōn antanischei. Ei de kata ta alla schēmata ou symparekteinetai tę̄ nykti to selēnaion phōs, ouden pros ton prokeimenon logon Plēn hoti, hotan heautēs teleiotatē tynchanę̄ …

And let no one find incredible what has been said, that the brightness of light is one thing and the body underlying the light another. First, from the fact that we divide all composite things in this way, into the receptive substance and the quality that has come upon it. As whiteness is one thing by nature and the whitened body another, so too the things now spoken of, though different in nature, have been united by the power of the Creator. And do not tell me that these cannot be separated from each other. For I do not say that the separation of the light from the body of the sun is possible for you and me; but that what is separable for us in thought can also be separated in actual operation by the maker of their nature. For you too cannot separate the burning power of fire from its brightness; yet God, wishing to turn his servant aside by a marvelous sight, set fire on the bush, working by its brightness alone, while its power of burning stayed idle. As the Psalmist also testifies, saying, "The voice of the Lord who divides the flame of fire." In the recompense for the lives we have lived, a word teaches us in secret that the nature of fire will be divided, and the light assigned to the righteous for enjoyment, the pain of burning to those who are punished. Then too, from what happens to the moon we can find proof of what is being examined. For when it wanes and diminishes, it is not consumed in its whole body, but by putting off and taking on again the light around it, it gives us the appearances of decrease and increase. That its body itself is not consumed when it wanes, what is seen is clear evidence. For you can, in clean air free of all mist, especially when it happens to be crescent-shaped, if you watch carefully, see its dark and unlit part bounded by an arc as great as that which fills the whole of it at full moon; so that the full circle is seen plainly completed, as the eye takes in, together with the illuminated part, the shadowy and airy hollow. And do not tell me that the moon's light is borrowed, since it decreases as it moves toward the sun and increases as it moves away. That is not what we have set ourselves to examine now, but that its body is one thing and what illuminates it another. Understand something of the same kind with the sun too, except that the sun, having received the light once and holding it mixed with itself, does not put it off, while the moon, continually as it were undressing and dressing again in the light, by her own case confirms what has been said about the sun. These were also appointed to divide between the day and between the night. Earlier God divided between the light and between the darkness; then he set their natures in opposition, so that they are unmixed with each other and light has no fellowship with darkness. For what the shadow is by day, that we must think the nature of darkness is by night. For if every shadow, when some brightness shines, falls from bodies opposite the light, stretching toward the west in the morning, inclining toward the east in the evening, and turning north at midday, night too withdraws to the side opposite the rays, being nothing else by nature but the shadow of the earth. For as by day the shadow is cast beside what blocks the radiance, so night naturally forms when the air around the earth is shaded. This, then, is what was said: "God divided between the light and between the darkness," since darkness flees before the onrush of light, a natural estrangement between them having been established at the first creation. But now he appointed the sun to the measures of the day, and the moon, whenever she completes her own circle, to be the ruler of the night. For at that time the lights stand almost diametrically opposite each other: when the sun rises at full moon, the moon goes down into invisibility, and when the sun sets again, she often rises in her turn from the east. If in her other phases the light of the moon does not extend over the whole night, that has nothing to do with the present argument. Except that, when she is at her fullest …

6.4PG 29:125a–128a

Καὶ ἔστωσαν εἷς σημεῖα, καὶ εἷς καιροὺς καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας, καὶ εἷς ἐνιαυτοὺς. Ἀναγκαῖαι πρὸς τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν φωστηρων σημειώσεις, Ἐὰν γὰρ μή τις πέρα τοῦ μέτρου τὰ ἀπʼ αὒτῶν σημεῖα περιεργᾶζηται, χρησίμους αὐτῶν τὰς ἐκ τῆς μακρᾶς ἐμπειρίας παρατηρήσεις εὑρήσει, Πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ περὶ ἐπομβρίας ἔστι μαθεῖν, πολλὰ δὲ περὶ αὖχμῶν καὶ πνευμάτων κινήσεως μερικῶν ἦ καθόλου, βιαίων ἢ ἀνειμένων, Ἓν γάρ τι τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου παραδεικνυμένων καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῖν παραδέδωκεν εἰπὼν, ὅτι Χειμὼν ἔσταιʼ στυγνάζει γὰρ πυρράζων ὁ οὐρανός, Ἐπειδὰν γὰρ διʼ ἀχλύος ἡ ἀναφορὰ γένηται τοῦ ἡλίου, ἀμαυροῦνται μὲν αἱ ἀκτῖνες, ἀνθρακώδης δὲ καὶ ὕφαιμος τὴν χρόαν ὁρᾶται, τῆς παχύτητος τοῦ ἀέρος ταύτην ἐμποιούσης τὴν φαντασίαν ταῖς ὂψεσι. Μὴ διαχυθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀκτῖνος ὁ πεπυκνωμένος τέως καὶ συνεστὼς ἀὴρ δῆλός ἐστι διὰ τὴν ἑπιρῤοιαν τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἀτμῶν κρατηθῆναι μὴ δυνηθεὶς, ἀλλὰ τῶ πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ὑγροῦ χειμῶνα ἐπάξει τοῖς χωρίοις περὶ ἃ συναθροίζεται. Ὀμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπειδὰν ἡ σελήνη περιλιμνάζηται· καὶ τῷ ἡλίῳ δὲ ὅταν αἱ λεγόμεναι ἅλωες περιγραφῶσιν ἢ ὕδατος ἀερίου πλῆθος, ἢ πνευμάτων βιαίων κίνησιν ὑποφαίνουσιν· ἢ καὶ, οὕς ὀνομάζουσιν ἀνθηλίους, ὅταν συμπεριτρέχωσι τῇ τοῦ ἡλίου φορᾷ, συμπτωμάτων τινῶν ἀερίων σημεῖα γίνεται, ’Ὠσπερ οὖν καὶ αἱ ῥάβδοι, αἱ κατὰ τὴν χρόαν τῆς ἴριδος εἰς ὀρθὸν τοῖς νέφεσιν ἐμφαινόμεναι, ὄμβρους ἢ χειμῶνας ἐξαισίους ἢ ὅλως τὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον μεταβολὴν τοῦ ἀέρος ἐνδείκνυνται. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ σελήνην αὐξομένην ἢ λήγουσαν οἱ τούτοις ἐσχολακότες τετηρήκασι σημειώδη, ὡς τοῦ περὶ γῆν ἀέρος ἀναγκαίως τοῖς σχήμασιν αὐτῆς συμμεταβαλλομένου. Λεπτὴ μὲν γὰρ οὖσα περὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν καί καθαρὰ, σταθερὰν εὐδίαν κατεπαγγέλλεται· παχεῖᾶ δὲ ταῖς κεραίαις καὶ ὒπέρυθρος φαινομένη, ἢ ὕδωρ λάβρον ἀπὸ νεφῶν, ἢ νότου βιαίαν κίνησιν ἀπειλεῖ. Τὴν δὲ ἐκ τούτων σημείωσιν ὅσον τῷ βίῳ παρέχεται τὸ ὠφέλιμον, τίς ἀγνοεῖ ; ’Ἔξεστι μὲν γὰρ τῷ πλωτῆρι εἵσω λιμένων κατέχειν το σκάφος, τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πνευμάτων κινδύνους προορωμένῳ· ’έξεστι δὲ τῷ ὁδοιπόρῳ πόῤῥωθεν ἒκκλίνειν τὰς βλάβας, ἐκ τῆς στυγνότητος τοῦ ἀέρος τὴν μεταβολὴν ἀναμένοντι. Γεωργοὶ δὲ, οἱ περὶ τὰ σπέρματα καὶ τὰς τῶν φυτῶν θεραπείας πονούμενοι, πάσας ἐντεῦθεν εὑρίσκουσι τὰς εὐκαιρίας τῶν ἔργων, ’Ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς διαλύσεως ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ ἄστροις σημεῖα φανήσεσθαι ὁ Κύριος … αἷμα, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς. Ταῦτα σημεῖα τῆς τοῦ παντὸς συμπληρώ-

Kai estōsan heis sēmeia, kai heis kairous kai eis hēmeras, kai heis eniautous. Anankaiai pros ton anthrōpinon bion hai apo tōn phōstērōn sēmeiōseis, Ean gar mē tis pera tou metrou ta apʼ autōn sēmeia periergazētai, chrēsimous autōn tas ek tēs makras empeirias paratērēseis heurēsei, Polla men gar peri epombrias esti mathein, polla de peri auchmōn kai pneumatōn kinēseōs merikōn ē katholou, biaiōn ē aneimenōn, Hen gar ti tōn apo tou hēliou paradeiknymenōn kai ho Kyrios hēmin paradedōken eipōn, hoti Cheimōn estaiʼ stygnazei gar pyrrazōn ho ouranos, Epeidan gar diʼ achlyos hē anaphora genētai tou hēliou, amaurountai men hai aktines, anthrakōdēs de kai hyphaimos tēn chroan horatai, tēs pachytētos tou aeros tautēn empoiousēs tēn phantasian tais opsesi. Mē diachytheis de hypo tēs aktinos ho pepyknōmenos teōs kai synestōs aēr dēlos esti dia tēn hepirroian tōn ek tēs gēs atmōn kratēthēnai mē dynētheis, alla tō pleonasmǭ tou hygrou cheimōna epaxei tois chōriois peri ha synathroizetai. Omoiōs de kai epeidan hē selēnē perilimnazētai; kai tǭ hēliǭ de hotan hai legomenai halōes perigraphōsin ē hydatos aeriou plēthos, ē pneumatōn biaiōn kinēsin hypophainousin; ē kai, hous onomazousin anthēlious, hotan symperitrechōsi tę̄ tou hēliou phorą, symptōmatōn tinōn aeriōn sēmeia ginetai, ’Ōsper oun kai hai rhabdoi, hai kata tēn chroan tēs iridos eis orthon tois nephesin emphainomenai, ombrous ē cheimōnas exaisious ē holōs tēn epi pleiston metabolēn tou aeros endeiknyntai. Polla de kai peri selēnēn auxomenēn ē lēgousan hoi toutois escholakotes tetērēkasi sēmeiōdē, hōs tou peri gēn aeros anankaiōs tois schēmasin autēs symmetaballomenou. Leptē men gar ousa peri tritēn hēmeran kai kathara, statheran eudian katepangelletai; pacheia de tais keraiais kai yperythros phainomenē, ē hydōr labron apo nephōn, ē notou biaian kinēsin apeilei. Tēn de ek toutōn sēmeiōsin hoson tǭ biǭ parechetai to ōphelimon, tis agnoei ? ’Exesti men gar tǭ plōtēri heisō limenōn katechein to skaphos, tous ek tōn pneumatōn kindynous proorōmenǭ; ’exesti de tǭ hodoiporǭ porrhōthen ekklinein tas blabas, ek tēs stygnotētos tou aeros tēn metabolēn anamenonti. Geōrgoi de, hoi peri ta spermata kai tas tōn phytōn therapeias ponoumenoi, pasas enteuthen heuriskousi tas eukairias tōn ergōn, ’Ēdē de kai tēs tou pantos dialyseōs en hēliǭ kai selēnę̄ kai astrois sēmeia phanēsesthai ho Kyrios … haima, kai hē selēnē ou dōsei to phengos autēs. Tauta sēmeia tēs tou pantos symplērō-

"And let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and for years." The signs given by the lights are necessary for human life. For if one does not pry beyond measure into the signs they give, he will find the observations drawn from long experience of them useful. For much can be learned about rainy weather, and much about droughts and the movement of winds, partial or general, violent or gentle. The Lord too has handed down to us one of the things shown by the sun, saying, "There will be a storm, for the sky is red and lowering." For when the sun rises through mist, its rays are dimmed, and it is seen coal-like and blood-red in color, the thickness of the air producing this appearance to the eyes. And the air, until then condensed and compacted, not having been dispersed by the ray, has clearly not been able to prevail because of the inflow of vapors from the earth, but will bring a storm through the excess of moisture on the regions over which it is gathered. Likewise when the moon is surrounded by a pool; and when what are called halos are drawn around the sun, they indicate either a mass of airy water or a movement of violent winds; or when the so-called mock suns run along with the course of the sun, they become signs of certain happenings in the air. So too the rods that appear upright on the clouds in the colors of the rainbow indicate rains, or extraordinary storms, or in general the greatest change in the air. Those who have studied these things have also observed many signs in the waxing or waning moon, since the air around the earth necessarily changes along with its phases. When it is thin and clear around the third day, it promises settled fair weather; but when it appears thick in its horns and reddish, it threatens either heavy rain from the clouds or a violent movement of the south wind. Who does not know how much benefit the signs drawn from these things give to life? The sailor can keep his ship inside the harbor, foreseeing the dangers from the winds; the traveler can avoid harm from far off, expecting the change from the gloominess of the air. And farmers, who toil over seeds and the care of plants, find from here all the right times for their work. And the Lord has foretold that at the dissolution of the universe signs will appear in sun and moon and stars: … "blood, and the moon will not give her light." These are signs of the completion of the universe …

6.5PG 29:128a–129c

Ἀλλʼ οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ γεγραμμένα πηδῶντες, εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν τῆς γενεθλιαλογίας τὸν λόγον εἵλκουσι, καὶ λέγουσιν ἠρτῆσθαι τὴν ἡμετέραν ζωήν τῇ κινήσει τῶν οὗρᾶνίων· καὶ διά τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν ἄστρων γίνεσθαι παρὰ τῶν Χαλδαίων τὰς σημειώσεις τῶν περὶ ἡμᾶς συμπτωμάτων. Καὶ ἁπλοῦν ὄντα τῆς Γραφῆς τὸν λόγον, ’Ἔστωσαν εἰς σημεῖα, οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν ἀέρα τροπῶν, οὐδὲ τῶν περὶ τὰς ὥρας μεταβολῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν βίων ἀποκληρώσεως, πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν ἑαυτοῖς, ἐξακούουσι. Τί γάρ φασιν; Ὅτι τῶνδε μὲν τῶν κινουμένων ἄστρων ἡ ἐπιπλοκὴ, πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῷ ζωδιακῷ κειμένους κατὰ τοιόνδε σχῆμα συνελθόντων ἀλλήλοις, τὰς τοιάσδε γενέσεις ἀποτελεῖ· ἡ δὲ τοιάδε σχέσις τῶν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀποκλήρωσιν τοῦ βίου ποιεῖ. Περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἄχρηστον ἴσως σαφηνείας ἕνεκεν μικρὸν ἄνωθεν ἀναλαβόντας εἰπεῖν, Ἐρῶ δὲ οὐδὲν ἐμαυτοῦ ἴδιον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκείνων πρὸς τὸν κατʼ αὐτῶν ἔλεγχον ἀποχρήσομαι, τοῖς μὲν ἤδη προειλημμένοις εἷς τὴν βλάβην ἴασίν ’τινα παρεχόμενος, τοὶς δὲ λοιποῖς ἀσφάλειαν πρὸς τὸ μὴ τοῖς ὁμοίοις περιπεσεῖν. Οἱ τὴν γενεθλιαλογίαν εὑρόντες, καταμαθόντες ὅτι ἐν τῷ πλάτει τοῦ χρόνου πολλὰ τῶν σχημάτων αὐτοὺς διαφεύγει, εἰς στενὸν παντελῶς συνέκλεισαν τοῦ χρόνου τὰ μέτρα· ὡς καὶ παρὰ τὸ μικρότατον καὶ βραχύτατον, οἷόν φησιν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, τὸ ἐν ἀτόμῳ, καὶ τὸ ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, μεγίστης οὔσης διαφορᾶς γενέσει πρὸς γένεσιν· καὶ τὸν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ ἀκαριαίῳ γεννηθέντα τύραννον εἶναι πόλεων, καὶ ἄρχοντα δήμων, ὑπερπλουτοῦντα καὶ δυναστεύοντα· τὸν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ ῥοπῇ τοῦ καιροῦ γεννηθέντα, προσαίτην τινὰ καὶ ἀγύρτην, θύρας ἐκ θυρῶν ἀμείβοντα τῆς ἔφʼ ἡμέραν τροφῆς ἕνεκα. Διᾶ τοῦτο τὸν ζωοφόρον λεγόμενον κύκλον διελόντες εἰς δώδεκα μέρη, ἐπειδὴ διὰ τριάκοντα ἡμερῶν ἐκβαίνει τὸ δωδέκατον τῆς ἀπλανοῦς λεγομένης σφαίρας ὁ ἥλιος, εἰς τριάκοντα μοίρας τῶν δωδεκατημορίων ἕκαστον διῃρήκασιν. Εἶτα ἑκάστην μοῖραν εἷς ἑξήκοντα διελόντες, ἕκαστον πάλιν τῶν ἑξηκοστῶν ἑξηκοντάκις ἔτεμον. Τιθέντες τοίνυν τὰς γενέσεις τῶν τικτομένων, ἴδωμεν εἰ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν ταύτην τῆς τοῦ χρόνου διαιρέσεως ἀποσῶσαι δυνήσονται, Ὀμοῦ τε γὰρ ἐτέχθη τὸ παιδίον, καὶ ἡ μαῖα κατασκοπεῖ τὸ γεννηθέν ἄρρεν ἢ Θῆλυ · εἶτα ἀναμένει τὸν κλαυθμὸν, ὅπερ σημεῖόν ἐστι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ τεχθέντος, Πόσα βούλει ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ παραδραμεῖν ἐξηκοστά ; Εἶπε τῷ Χαλδαίῳ τὸ γεννηθέν, Διὰ πόσων, βούλει, θῶμεν τῶν λεπτοτάτων τῆς μαίας τὴν φωνὴν παρελθεῖν ἄλλως τε καὶ εἰ τύχοι ἔξω τῆς γυναικωνίτιδος ἑστὼς ὃ τὴν ὤραν ἆποτιθὲμενος; Δεῖ γὰρ τὸν τὰ ὡροσκοπεῖα καταμαθεῖν μέλλοντα πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν τὴν ὥραν ἀπογράφεσθαι, εἴτε ἦμερινὰ ταῦτα, εἴτε νυκτερινὰ τυγχάνοι, Πόσων ἑξηκοστῶν σμῆνος ἐν τούτῳ πάλιν παρατρέχει τῷ χρόνῳ; Ἀνάγκη γὰρ εὑρεθῆναι τὸν ὡροσκοποῦντα ἀστέρα οὐ μόνον κατὰ πόστου δωδεκατημορίου ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ ποίας μοίρας τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου, καὶ ἐν πόστῳ ἑξηκοστῷ, εἰς ἃ ἔφαμεν διαιρεϊσθαι ’τὴν μοῖραν· ἢ, ἵνα τὸ ἀκριβὲς εὑρεθῇ, ἐν πόστῳ ἑξηκοστῷ τῶν ὑποδιῃρημὲνων ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων ἐξηκοστῶν, Καὶ ταύτην τὴν οὕτω λεπτὴν καὶ ἀκατάληπτον εὕρεσιν τοῦ χρόνου ἐφʼ ἑκάστου τῶν πλανητῶν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ποιεῖσθαι λέγουσιν, ὥστε εὑρεθῆναι ποταπὴν εἶχον σχέσιν πρὸς τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς, καὶ ποταπὸν ἧν τὸ σχῆμα αὐτῶν πρὸς ἆλλήλους ἐν τῇ τότε γενέσει τοῦ τικτομένου, ’Ὥστε εἰ τῆς ὥρας ἐπιτυχεῖν ἀκριβῶς ἀδύνατον, ἡ δὲ τοῦ βραχυτάτου παραλλαγὴ τοῦ παντὸς διαμαρτεῖν ποιεῖ, καταγέλαστοι καὶ οἱ περὶ τὴν ἀνύπαρκτον ταύτην τέχνην ἒσχολακότες, καὶ οἱ πρὸς αὖτοὺς κεχηνότες ὡς δυναμένους εἰδέναι τὰ κατʼ αύτούς.

Allʼ hoi hyper ta gegrammena pēdōntes, eis tēn synēgorian tēs genethlialogias ton logon heilkousi, kai legousin ērtēsthai tēn hēmeteran zōēn tę̄ kinēsei tōn houraniōn; kai dia touto ek tōn astrōn ginesthai para tōn Chaldaiōn tas sēmeiōseis tōn peri hēmas symptōmatōn. Kai haploun onta tēs Graphēs ton logon, ’Estōsan eis sēmeia, ouchi epi tōn peri ton aera tropōn, oude tōn peri tas hōras metabolōn, allʼ epi tēs tōn biōn apoklērōseōs, pros to dokoun heautois, exakouousi. Ti gar phasin? Hoti tōnde men tōn kinoumenōn astrōn hē epiplokē, pros tous en tǭ zōdiakǭ keimenous kata toionde schēma synelthontōn allēlois, tas toiasde geneseis apotelei; hē de toiade schesis tōn autōn tēn enantian apoklērōsin tou biou poiei. Peri hōn ouk achrēston isōs saphēneias heneken mikron anōthen analabontas eipein, Erō de ouden emautou idion, alla tois autōn ekeinōn pros ton katʼ autōn elenchon apochrēsomai, tois men ēdē proeilēmmenois heis tēn blabēn iasin ’tina parechomenos, tois de loipois asphaleian pros to mē tois homoiois peripesein. Hoi tēn genethlialogian heurontes, katamathontes hoti en tǭ platei tou chronou polla tōn schēmatōn autous diapheugei, eis stenon pantelōs synekleisan tou chronou ta metra; hōs kai para to mikrotaton kai brachytaton, hoion phēsin ho Apostolos, to en atomǭ, kai to en rhipę̄ ophthalmou, megistēs ousēs diaphoras genesei pros genesin; kai ton en toutǭ tǭ akariaiǭ gennēthenta tyrannon einai poleōn, kai archonta dēmōn, hyperploutounta kai dynasteuonta; ton de en tę̄ heterą rhopę̄ tou kairou gennēthenta, prosaitēn tina kai agyrtēn, thyras ek thyrōn ameibonta tēs ephʼ hēmeran trophēs heneka. Dia touto ton zōophoron legomenon kyklon dielontes eis dōdeka merē, epeidē dia triakonta hēmerōn ekbainei to dōdekaton tēs aplanous legomenēs sphairas ho hēlios, eis triakonta moiras tōn dōdekatēmoriōn hekaston dię̄rēkasin. Eita hekastēn moiran heis hexēkonta dielontes, hekaston palin tōn hexēkostōn hexēkontakis etemon. Tithentes toinyn tas geneseis tōn tiktomenōn, idōmen ei tēn akribeian tautēn tēs tou chronou diaireseōs aposōsai dynēsontai, Omou te gar etechthē to paidion, kai hē maia kataskopei to gennēthen arren ē Thēly ; eita anamenei ton klauthmon, hoper sēmeion esti tēs zōēs tou techthentos, Posa boulei en toutǭ tǭ chronǭ paradramein exēkosta ? Eipe tǭ Chaldaiǭ to gennēthen, Dia posōn, boulei, thōmen tōn leptotatōn tēs maias tēn phōnēn parelthein allōs te kai ei tychoi exō tēs gynaikōnitidos hestōs ho tēn ōran apotithemenos? Dei gar ton ta hōroskopeia katamathein mellonta pros akribeian tēn hōran apographesthai, eite ēmerina tauta, eite nykterina tynchanoi, Posōn hexēkostōn smēnos en toutǭ palin paratrechei tǭ chronǭ? Anankē gar heurethēnai ton hōroskopounta astera ou monon kata postou dōdekatēmoriou estin, alla kai kata poias moiras tou dōdekatēmoriou, kai en postǭ hexēkostǭ, eis ha ephamen diaireïsthai ’tēn moiran; ē, hina to akribes heurethę̄, en postǭ hexēkostǭ tōn hypodię̄rēmenōn apo tōn prōtōn exēkostōn, Kai tautēn tēn houtō leptēn kai akatalēpton heuresin tou chronou ephʼ hekastou tōn planētōn anankaion einai poieisthai legousin, hōste heurethēnai potapēn eichon schesin pros tous aplaneis, kai potapon hēn to schēma autōn pros allēlous en tę̄ tote genesei tou tiktomenou, ’Hōste ei tēs hōras epitychein akribōs adynaton, hē de tou brachytatou parallagē tou pantos diamartein poiei, katagelastoi kai hoi peri tēn anyparkton tautēn technēn escholakotes, kai hoi pros autous kechēnotes hōs dynamenous eidenai ta katʼ autous.

But those who leap beyond what is written have dragged the saying into the advocacy of casting nativities, and they say that our life depends on the movement of the heavenly bodies, and that this is why the Chaldeans draw from the stars the signs of what befalls us. And the simple word of Scripture, "Let them be for signs," they take, as suits themselves, not of the changes in the air, nor of the alterations of the seasons, but of the allotment of our lives. For what do they say? That such an interweaving of these moving stars with the stars lying in the zodiac, when they come together with one another in such a figure, produces such births, while such another relation of the same stars produces the opposite lot in life. About these things it is perhaps not useless, for the sake of clarity, to speak, taking the matter up a little from the beginning. I will say nothing of my own, but will use their own words to refute them, offering some remedy to those already caught in the harm, and to the rest a safeguard against falling into the same. Those who invented the casting of nativities, having realized that in the breadth of time many of the figures escape them, narrowed the measures of time to the utmost, as though in the smallest and shortest moment, as the apostle says, "in an atom," and "in the twinkling of an eye," there were the greatest difference between one birth and another; and the one born in this instant would be a tyrant of cities and a ruler of peoples, exceedingly rich and powerful, while the one born at the next moment of time would be a beggar and a vagrant, going from door to door for his daily food. That is why, having divided the so-called zodiac circle into twelve parts, since the sun passes through the twelfth part of the so-called fixed sphere in thirty days, they have divided each of the twelfths into thirty degrees. Then, dividing each degree into sixty, they cut each of the sixtieths again sixty times. Let us then set down the births of those born, and see whether they will be able to keep this precision in the division of time. As soon as the child is born, the midwife examines whether the newborn is male or female; then she waits for the cry, which is the sign that the child is alive. How many sixtieths do you suppose pass in this time? She tells the Chaldean what has been born. Through how many of the very smallest units, would you have us suppose, does the midwife's voice pass, especially if the one recording the hour happens to be standing outside the women's quarters? For the one who is going to learn the horoscope must record the hour precisely, whether it falls by day or by night. How great a swarm of sixtieths runs past again in this time? For the star that marks the hour must be found not only in which twelfth it is, but in which degree of the twelfth, and in which sixtieth, into which we said the degree is divided; or, that precision may be reached, in which sixtieth of those subdivided from the first sixtieths. And they say that this so fine and incomprehensible finding of the time must be made for each of the planets, so as to find what relation they had to the fixed stars, and what figure they formed with one another at the moment of the child's birth. So if it is impossible to hit the hour exactly, and the slightest deviation makes one miss everything, then both those who busy themselves with this nonexistent art and those who gape at them as able to know their affairs are laughable.

6.6PG 29:129c–132b

Οἷα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀποτελεσματικά; Ὁ δεῖνα οὖλος, φησὶ, τὴν τρίχα, καὶ χαροπός Κριοῦ γὰρ ἔχει τὴν ὥραν· τοιοῦτον δέ πως ὀφθῆναι τὸ ζῶον. Ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγαλόφρων ’ ἐπειδὴ ἡγεμονικὸν ὁ Κριός· καὶ προετικὸς, καὶ πάλιν ποριστικός · ἐπειδή τὸ ζῶον τοῦτο καὶ ἀποτίθεται ἀλύπως τὸ ἔριον, καὶ πάλιν παρὰ τῆς φύσεως ῥᾳδίως ἐπαμφιέννυται, Ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Ταυριανὸς τληπαθὴς, φησὶ, καὶ δουλικός· ἐπειδὴ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ὁ ταῦρος, Καὶ ὁ Σκορπιανὸς πλήκτης διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ θηρίον ὁμοίωσιν. Ὀ δὲ Ζυγιανὸς δίκαιος, διὰ τὴν παρʼ ἡμῖν τῶν ζυγῶν ἰσότητα, Τούτων τί ἂν γένοιτο καταγελαστότερον; Ὀ Κριὸς, ἀφʼ οὖ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λαμβάνεις, οὐρανοῦ μέρος ἐστὶ τὸ δωδέκατον, ἐν ᾧ γενόμενος ὁ ἥλιος τῶν ἐαρινῶν σημείων ἅπτεται. Καὶ Ζυγὸς, καὶ Ταῦρος ὡσαύτως, ἕκαστον τούτων δωδεκατημόριόν ἐστι τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ λεγομένου κύκλου. Πῶς οὖν ἐκεῖθεν τὰς προηγουμένας αἰτίας λέγων ὑπάρχειν τοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίοις, ἐκ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν βοσκημάτων τῶν γεννωμένων ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἤθη χαρακτηρίζεις; Εὐμετάδοτος γὰρ ὁ Κριανὸς, οὒκ ἐπειδὴ τοιούτου ἤθους ποιητικὸν ἐκεῖνο τὸ μέρος τοῧ ούρανοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τοιαύτης φύσεώς ἐστι τὸ πρόβατον. Τί οὖν δυσωπεϊς μὲν ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀξιοπιστίας τῶν ἄστρων, πείθειν δὲ ἐπιχειρεῖς διὰ τῶν βληχημάτων; Εἰ μὲν γὰρ παρὰ τῶν ζώων λαβὼν ὁ οὖρανὸς ἔχει τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἠθῶν ἰδιώματα, καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπόκειται ἀλλοτρίαις ἀρχαῖς, ἐκ τῶν βοσκημάτων ἔχων τὰς αἶτίας ἀπηρτημένας · εἰ δὲ καταγέλαστον τοῦτο εἷπεῖν, καταγελαστότερον πολλῷ ὲκ τῶν μηδὲν κοινωνούντων ’ἐπάγειν ἐπιχειρεῖν τῷ λόγῳ τας πιθανότητας. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν αὐτῶν τὰ σοφὰ τοῖς ἀραχνείοις ὑφάσμασιν ἔοικεν, οἷς ὅταν τι τῶν ἀσθενῶν ἐνσχεθῇ, καταδεθέντα κρατεῖται ἐπειδὰν δὲ τῶν ἰσχυροτέρων τι ζώων ἐγγίσῃ, αὐτό τε ῥᾳδίως διεκπίπτει, καὶ τὰ ἀδρανῆ ὑφάσματα διέρρηξε καὶ ἠφάνισε,

Hoia de kai ta apotelesmatika? Ho deina oulos, phēsi, tēn tricha, kai charopos Kriou gar echei tēn hōran; toiouton de pōs ophthēnai to zōon. Alla kai megalophrōn ’ epeidē hēgemonikon ho Krios; kai proetikos, kai palin poristikos ; epeidē to zōon touto kai apotithetai alypōs to erion, kai palin para tēs physeōs rhądiōs epamphiennytai, Alla kai ho Taurianos tlēpathēs, phēsi, kai doulikos; epeidē hypo zygon ho tauros, Kai ho Skorpianos plēktēs dia tēn pros to thērion homoiōsin. O de Zygianos dikaios, dia tēn parʼ hēmin tōn zygōn isotēta, Toutōn ti an genoito katagelastoteron? O Krios, aphʼ ou tēn genesin tou anthrōpou lambaneis, ouranou meros esti to dōdekaton, en hǭ genomenos ho hēlios tōn earinōn sēmeiōn haptetai. Kai Zygos, kai Tauros hōsautōs, hekaston toutōn dōdekatēmorion esti tou zōdiakou legomenou kyklou. Pōs oun ekeithen tas proēgoumenas aitias legōn hyparchein tois tōn anthrōpōn biois, ek tōn parʼ hēmin boskēmatōn tōn gennōmenōn anthrōpōn ta ēthē charaktērizeis? Eumetadotos gar ho Krianos, ouk epeidē toioutou ēthous poiētikon ekeino to meros toÿ ouranou, allʼ epeidē toiautēs physeōs esti to probaton. Ti oun dysōpeïs men hēmas apo tēs axiopistias tōn astrōn, peithein de epicheireis dia tōn blēchēmatōn? Ei men gar para tōn zōōn labōn ho ouranos echei ta toiauta tōn ēthōn idiōmata, kai autos hypokeitai allotriais archais, ek tōn boskēmatōn echōn tas aitias apērtēmenas ; ei de katagelaston touto heipein, katagelastoteron pollǭ ek tōn mēden koinōnountōn ’epagein epicheirein tǭ logǭ tas pithanotētas. Alla tauta men autōn ta sopha tois arachneiois hyphasmasin eoiken, hois hotan ti tōn asthenōn enschethę̄, katadethenta krateitai epeidan de tōn ischyroterōn ti zōōn engisę̄, auto te rhądiōs diekpiptei, kai ta adranē hyphasmata dierrēxe kai ēphanise,

And what of their predictions of outcomes? So-and-so, they say, is curly-haired and bright-eyed, for he has the Ram for his hour, and such is somehow the look of that animal. He is also high-minded, since the Ram is a leader; and generous, and again good at providing, since this animal puts off its wool without pain and is easily clothed again by nature. And the one born under the Bull, he says, is long-suffering and servile, since the bull is under the yoke. And the one born under the Scorpion is quick to strike, because of his likeness to that creature. And the one born under the Balance is just, because of the equality of our scales. What could be more laughable than these things? The Ram, from which you take the birth of a man, is the twelfth part of heaven, on reaching which the sun touches the points of spring. And the Balance and the Bull likewise: each of these is a twelfth of the so-called zodiac circle. How then, while saying that the primary causes of men's lives lie there, do you characterize the characters of those who are born by the cattle among us? For the one born under the Ram is generous, not because that part of heaven produces such a character, but because the sheep has such a nature. Why then do you overawe us with the credibility of the stars, while trying to persuade us with bleatings? For if heaven has taken such peculiarities of character from the animals, then it too is subject to principles foreign to it, having its causes depending on the cattle; and if it is laughable to say this, it is much more laughable to try to bring plausibility to one's argument from things that have nothing in common. But these clever notions of theirs are like spiders' webs: when anything weak is caught in them, it is bound and held fast; but when one of the stronger creatures comes near, it easily breaks through itself and tears the feeble webs apart and destroys them.

6.7PG 29:132b–133d

Καὶ οὒκ ἐπὶ τούτων ἵστανται μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὧν ἡ προαίρεσις ἑκάστου ἡμῶν κυρία (λέγω δὴ, τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἀρετῆς ἢ κακίας), καὶ τούτων τὰς αἰτίας τοῖς οὐρανίοις συνάπτουσιν, Οἷς τὸ ἀντιλέγειν ἄλλως μὲν καταγέλαστον, διὰ δὲ τὸ προκατέχεσθαι τοὺς πολλοὺς τῇ ἀπάτῃ, ἀναγκαῖον ’ἴσως μὴ σιωπῆ παρελθεῖν. Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνο αὖτοὺς ἐρωτήσωμεν, εἰ μή ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας μυριάκις ἀμείβεται τῶν ἀστέρων τὰ σχήματα ; Ἀεικίνητοι γὰρ ὅντες οἱ πλανῆται λεγόμενοι, καὶ οἱ μὲν θᾶττον ἐπικαταλαμβάνοντες ἀλλήλους, οἱ δὲ βραδυτὲρας τὰς περιόδους ποιούμενοι, ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ὥρας πολλάκις καὶ ὁρῶσιν ἀλλήλους καί-ἀποκρύπτονται, μεγίστην τε ἔχει δύναμιν ἐν ταῖς γενέσεσι τὸ ἣ παρὰ ἀγαθοποιοῦ ἐφορᾶσθαι, ἢ κακοποιοῦ, ὡς αὐτοὶ λέγουσι. Καὶ πολλάκις καθʼ ὃν ἐπεμαρτύρει ὁ ἀγαθοποιὸς ἀστὴρ τὸν καιρὸν οὐκ ἐξευρόντες, ’παρὰ τὴν ἐνὸς τῶν λεπτοτάτων ἄγνοιαν, ὡς ἐν τῷ κακοδαιμονήματι αὐτὸν κείμενον ἀπεγράψαντο. Τοῖς γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων συγχρήσασθαι ῥήμασιν ἀναγχάζομαι. Ἐν δὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις λόγοις πολὺ μὲν τὸ ἀνόητον, πολλαπλάσιον δὲ τὸ ἀσεβές. Οἱ γὰρ κακοποιοὶ τῶν ἀστέρων τῆς ἑαυτῶν πονηρίας ἐπὶ τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν μετατιθέασιν. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ φύσεως αὒτῶν τὸ κακὸν, ὁ δημιουργὸς ἔσται τοῦ κακοῦ ποιητής· εἰ δὲ προαιρέσει κακύνονται, πρῶτον μὲν ’ἐσται ζῶα προαιρετικὰ, λελυμέναις καὶ αὐτοκρατορικαῖς ταῖς ὁρμαῖς κεχρημένα· ὅπερ μανίας ἐστὶν ἐπέκεινα καταψεύδεσθαι τῶν ἀψύχων. Ἔπειτα πόσον τὸ ἄλογον, τὸ κακὸν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν μὴ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν διανέμειν ἑκάστῳ, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ἐν τῷδε τῷ τόπῳ γέγονεν, ἀγαθοποιὸν ὑπάρχειν, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὑπὸ τοῦδε ὁρᾶται, κακοποιὸν γίνεσθαι τὸν αὐτόν καὶ ἐπειδὰν πάλιν μικρόν τι παρεκκλίνῃ τοῦ σχήματος, εὐθὺς τῆς κακίας ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι; Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἷς τοσοῦτον, Εἰ δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀκαριαῖον τοῦ χρόνου ἐπʼ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο μεθαρμόζονται σχῆμα, ἐν δὲ ταῖς μυρίαις ταύταις μεταβολαῖς, πολλάκις τῆς ἡμὲρας, οἱ τῶν βασιλικῳν γενέσεων ἀποτελοῦνται σχηματισμοίʼ διὰ τί οὐκ ἐφʼ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας γεννῶνται βασιλεῖς ; ἢ διὰ τί ὅλως πατρικαὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς εἰσι βασιλείας διαδοχαί; Οὒ δὴπου γὰρ ἕκαστος τῶν βασιλέων παρατετηρημένως εἰς τὸ βασιλικὸν τῶν ἀστέρων σχῆμα τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ τὴν γένεσιν ἐναρμόζει. Τίς γὰρ ἀνθρώπων κύριος τοῦ τοιούτου; Πῶς οὖν Ὀζίας ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἰωάθαμ ; Ἰωάθαμ τὸν Ἄχαζ; Ἄχαζ τὸν Ἐζεκίαν; καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐν τούτοις δουλικῇ συνέτυχεν ὥρᾳ γενέσεως; Ἔπειτα εἰ καὶ τῶν κατᾶ κακίαν καὶ ἀρετὴν ἐνεργημάτων οὒκ ἐκ τοῦ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν εἰσιν αἱ ἀρχαὶ, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς γενέσεως αἱ ἀνάγκαι, περιττοὶ μὲν οἱ νομοθέται, τὰ πρακτέα ἡμῖν καὶ τὰ φευκτὰ διορίζοντες, περιττοὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ δικασταὶ, ἀρετὴν τιμῶντες, καὶ πονηρίαν κολάζοντες. Οὗ γὰρ τοῦ κλέπτου τὸ ἀδίκημα, οὐδὲ τοῦ φονέως· ᾦ γε οὐδὲ βουλομένῳ δυνατὸν ἧν κρατεῖν τῆς χειρὸς διὰ τὸ ἄναπὸδραστον τῆς ἐπὶ τὰς πράξεις αὐτὸν κατεπειγούσης ἀνάγκης. Ματαιὸτατοι δὲ πάντων καὶ οἱ περὶ τὰς τέχνας πονούμενοι· ἀλλʼ εὐθηνήσει μὲν ὁ γεωργὸς, μήτε σπέρματα καταβάλλων, μὴτε δρεπάνην θηξάμενος· ὐπερπλουτήσει δὲ ὁ ἔμπορος, κἂν βούληται, κἂν μὴ, τῆς εἱμαρμένης αὒτῷ συναθροιζούσης τὰ χρήματα. Αἱ δὲ μεγάλαι τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐλπίδες φροῦδαι ἡμῖν οἰχήσονται, οὔτε δικαιοσύνης τιμωμένης, οὔτε κατακρινομένης τῆς ἁμαρτίας, διὰ τὸ μηδὲν κατὰ προαίρεσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. ’Ὀπου γὰρ ἀνάγκη καὶ εἱμαρμένη κρατεῖ, οὐδεμίαν ἔχει χώραν τὸ πρὸς ἀξίαν, ὅ τῆς δικαιοκρισίας ἐξαίρετόν ἐστι. Καὶ πρὸς μὲν ἐκείνους ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον. Οὔτε γὰρ ὑμεῖς πλειόνων δεῖσθε λόγων παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ὑγιαίνοντες, οὔτε καιρὸς οὐκ ἐνδίδωσι πέρα τοῦ μέτρου πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀποτείνεσθαι.

Kai ouk epi toutōn histantai monon, alla kai hōn hē proairesis hekastou hēmōn kyria (legō dē, tōn epitēdeumatōn aretēs ē kakias), kai toutōn tas aitias tois ouraniois synaptousin, Hois to antilegein allōs men katagelaston, dia de to prokatechesthai tous pollous tę̄ apatę̄, anankaion ’isōs mē siōpē parelthein. Prōton men oun ekeino autous erōtēsōmen, ei mē ephʼ hekastēs hēmeras myriakis ameibetai tōn asterōn ta schēmata ? Aeikinētoi gar hontes hoi planētai legomenoi, kai hoi men thatton epikatalambanontes allēlous, hoi de bradyteras tas periodous poioumenoi, epi tēs autēs hōras pollakis kai horōsin allēlous kai-apokryptontai, megistēn te echei dynamin en tais genesesi to hē para agathopoiou ephorasthai, ē kakopoiou, hōs autoi legousi. Kai pollakis kathʼ hon epemartyrei ho agathopoios astēr ton kairon ouk exeurontes, ’para tēn enos tōn leptotatōn agnoian, hōs en tǭ kakodaimonēmati auton keimenon apegrapsanto. Tois gar autōn ekeinōn synchrēsasthai rhēmasin ananchazomai. En dē tois toioutois logois poly men to anoēton, pollaplasion de to asebes. Hoi gar kakopoioi tōn asterōn tēs heautōn ponērias epi ton poiēsanta autous tēn aitian metatitheasin. Ei men gar ek physeōs autōn to kakon, ho dēmiourgos estai tou kakou poiētēs; ei de proairesei kakynontai, prōton men ’estai zōa proairetika, lelymenais kai autokratorikais tais hormais kechrēmena; hoper manias estin epekeina katapseudesthai tōn apsychōn. Epeita poson to alogon, to kakon kai to agathon mē kata tēn axian dianemein hekastǭ, allʼ epeidē en tǭde tǭ topǭ gegonen, agathopoion hyparchein, kai epeidē hypo toude horatai, kakopoion ginesthai ton auton kai epeidan palin mikron ti parekklinę̄ tou schēmatos, euthys tēs kakias epilanthanesthai? Kai tauta men heis tosouton, Ei de kathʼ hekaston akariaion tou chronou epʼ allo kai allo metharmozontai schēma, en de tais myriais tautais metabolais, pollakis tēs hēmeras, hoi tōn basilikǭn geneseōn apotelountai schēmatismoiʼ dia ti ouk ephʼ hekastēs hēmeras gennōntai basileis ? ē dia ti holōs patrikai parʼ autois eisi basileias diadochai? Ou dēpou gar hekastos tōn basileōn paratetērēmenōs eis to basilikon tōn asterōn schēma tou idiou huiou tēn genesin enarmozei. Tis gar anthrōpōn kyrios tou toioutou? Pōs oun Ozias egennēse ton Iōatham ? Iōatham ton Achaz? Achaz ton Ezekian? kai oudeis en toutois doulikę̄ synetychen hōrą geneseōs? Epeita ei kai tōn kata kakian kai aretēn energēmatōn ouk ek tou ephʼ hēmin eisin hai archai, allʼ ek tēs geneseōs hai anankai, perittoi men hoi nomothetai, ta praktea hēmin kai ta pheukta diorizontes, perittoi de kai hoi dikastai, aretēn timōntes, kai ponērian kolazontes. Hou gar tou kleptou to adikēma, oude tou phoneōs; ǭ ge oude boulomenǭ dynaton hēn kratein tēs cheiros dia to anapodraston tēs epi tas praxeis auton katepeigousēs anankēs. Mataiotatoi de pantōn kai hoi peri tas technas ponoumenoi; allʼ euthēnēsei men ho geōrgos, mēte spermata kataballōn, mēte drepanēn thēxamenos; yperploutēsei de ho emporos, kan boulētai, kan mē, tēs heimarmenēs autǭ synathroizousēs ta chrēmata. Hai de megalai tōn Christianōn elpides phroudai hēmin oichēsontai, oute dikaiosynēs timōmenēs, oute katakrinomenēs tēs hamartias, dia to mēden kata proairesin hypo tōn anthrōpōn epiteleisthai. ’Opou gar anankē kai heimarmenē kratei, oudemian echei chōran to pros axian, ho tēs dikaiokrisias exaireton esti. Kai pros men ekeinous epi tosouton. Oute gar hymeis pleionōn deisthe logōn parʼ heautōn hygiainontes, oute kairos ouk endidōsi pera tou metrou pros autous apoteinesthai.

And they do not stop at these things; even of the things over which each one's own choice is master (I mean the pursuits of virtue or of vice) they attach the causes to the heavenly bodies. To contradict them would otherwise be laughable, but because many are already in the grip of the deception, it is perhaps necessary not to pass it by in silence. First, then, let us ask them whether the figures of the stars do not change countless times every day. For the so-called planets are always moving, some overtaking one another more quickly, others making slower circuits, so that often within the same hour they both see one another and are hidden; and in births, as they themselves say, it has the greatest power whether one is looked upon by a beneficent star or by a maleficent one. And often, not finding the moment at which the beneficent star was bearing witness, through ignorance of one of the smallest units, they have registered the child as lying under an evil genius. I am compelled to use their own words. In such talk there is much folly, and many times more impiety. For the maleficent stars shift the blame for their own wickedness onto the one who made them. If evil is theirs by nature, the Creator will be the maker of evil; but if they are made evil by choice, then first they will be living beings with the power of choice, using free and self-governing impulses; and it is beyond all madness to tell such lies about things without souls. Then, how great the absurdity is, to distribute evil and good to each not according to desert, but to say that because a star has come to be in this place it is beneficent, and because it is looked upon by that one the same star becomes maleficent, and when it inclines a little from the figure again it at once forgets its wickedness! But so much for this. If at every instant of time they are shifted from one figure to another, and in these countless changes, many times a day, the configurations of royal births are completed, why are kings not born every day? Or why at all do hereditary successions of kingship exist among them? For surely each king does not carefully fit the birth of his own son to the royal figure of the stars; for what man is master of such a thing? How then did Uzziah beget Jotham, Jotham Ahaz, Ahaz Hezekiah, and none of them happened on a servile hour of birth? Then, if the beginnings of the acts of vice and virtue are not in what is in our power, but are necessities arising from our birth, superfluous are the lawgivers who define what we must do and what we must avoid, and superfluous too the judges who honor virtue and punish wickedness. For the wrong is not the thief's, nor the murderer's, if even when he wished it he could not restrain his hand, because of the inescapable necessity driving him to his deeds. And most foolish of all are those who toil at the arts: the farmer will prosper without sowing seed or sharpening a sickle; the merchant will become exceedingly rich whether he wishes or not, as fate gathers his money for him. And the great hopes of Christians will vanish and be gone, since neither is righteousness honored nor sin condemned, because nothing is done by men by choice. For where necessity and fate rule, there is no room for desert, which is the special mark of just judgment. So much against them. For you, being sound of yourselves, do not need more words, nor does the time allow us to go on against them beyond measure.

6.8PG 29:133d–137c

Πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἐξῆς τῶν ῥημάτων ἐπανέλθωμεν, Ἔστωσαν, φησὶν, εἰς σημεῖα, καὶ εἰς καιροὺς, καὶ εἰς ἡμέρας, καὶ εἷς ἐνιαυτούς. Εἴρηται ἡμῖν τὰ περὶ τῶν σημείων. Καιροὺς δὲ ἡγούμεθα λέγειν τὰς τῶν ὡρῶν ἐναλλαγὰς, χειμῶνος, καὶ ἔαρος, καὶ θέρους, καὶ μετοπώρου· ἃς εὐτάκτως περιοδεύειν ἡμᾶς τὸ τεταγμένον τῆς κινήσεως τῶν φωστήρων παρέχει. Χειμὼν μὲν γὰρ γίνεται, τοῖς νοτίοις μέρεσι τοῦ ἡλίου προσδιατρίβοντος, καὶ πολὺ τὸ νυκτερινὸν σκίασμα περὶ τὸν καθʼ ἡμᾶς τόπον ἀποτελοῦντος· ὥστε καταψύχεσθαι μὲν τὸν περὶ γῆν ἀέρα, πάσας δὲ τὰς ὑγρὰς ἀναθυμιάσεις συνισταμένας περὶ ἡμᾶς, ὄμβρων τε αἰτίαν καὶ κρυμῶν καὶ νιφάδος ἀμυθήτου παρέχειν. Ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἐπανιὼν πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν μεσημβρινῶν χωρίων ἐπὶ τοῦ μέσου γένηται, ὥστε ἐξίσου μερίζειν νυκτὶ πρὸς ἡμέραν τὸν χρόνον ὅσῳ πλεῖον τοῖς ὑπὲρ γῆς προσδιατρίβει τόποις, τοσούτῳ κατὰ μέρος ἐπανάγει τὴν εὖκρασὶαν, Καὶ γίνεται ἔαρ, πᾶσι μὲν φυτοῖς τῆς βλαστήσεως ἀρχηγὸν, δένδρων δὲ τοῖς πλείστοις παρέχον τὴν ἀναβίωσιν, ζώοις δὲ χερσαίοις καὶ ἐνύδροις ἅπασι τὸ γένος φυλάσσον ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἐπιγινομένων διαδοχῆς, Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἤδη πρὸς θερινὰς τροπὰς ἔπʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἄρκτον ἀπελαύνων ὁ ἥλιος, τὰς μεγίστας ἡμῖν τῶν ἡμερῶν παρίστησι. Καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον προσομιλεῖν τῷ ἀέρι, αὒτόν τε καταφρύγει τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ἡμῶν ἀέρα, καὶ τὴν γῆν πᾶσαν καταξηραίνει, τοῖς τε σπέρμασιν ἐκ τούτου συνεργῶν πρὸς τὴν ἅδρυνσιν, καὶ τοὺς τῶν δένδρων καρποὺς κατεπείγων ἐπὶ τὴν πέψιν· ὅτε καὶ φλογωδέστατός ἐστιν ἑαυτοῦ ὁ ἣλιος, βραχείας ποιῶν τὰς σκιὰς ὲπὶ τῆς μεσημβρίας, διὰ τὸ ἀφʼ ὑψηλοῦ τὸν περὶ ἡμᾶς καταλάμπειν τόπον, Μέγισται γάρ εἰσιν ἡμερῶν, ἐν αἷς βραχύταταί εἰσιν αἱ σκιαὶ, καὶ βραχύταται πάλιν αἱ τὰς σκιὰς ἔχουσαι μακροτάτας, Καὶ τοῦτο παρʼ ἡμῖν τοῖς ἐτεροσκίοις λεγομένοις ὅσοι τὰ ἀρκτῷα τῆς γῆς ἐποικοῦμεν· ἐπεί εἰσί γε ἢδη τινὲς οἳ κατὰ δύο ἡμέρας τοῦ παντὸς ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ ἄσκιοι παντελῶς κατὰ τὴν μεσημβρίαν γινόμενοι, οὕς κατά κορυφῆς ἐπιλάμπων ὁ ἥλιος, ἐξίσου πανταχόθεν περιφωτίζει, ὥστε καὶ τῶν ἐν βάθει φρεᾶτων τὸ ὕδωρ διὰ στομίων στενῶν καταλάμπεσθαι· ὅθεν αὐτούς τινες καὶ ἀσκίους καλοῦσιν. Οἱ δὲ ἐπέκεινα τῆς ἀρωματοφόρου γῆς ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τὰς σκιὰς παραλλάσσουσιν, Μόνοι γὰρ ἐν τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένῃ ἐπὶ τὰ νότια κατά τὴν μεσημβρίαν τὰς σκιὰς ἀποπέμπουσιν· ὅθεν αὐτούς τινες καὶ ἀμφισκίους ὠνόμασαν. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα πρὸς τὸ βόρειον μέρος παροδεύσαντος ἢδη γίνεται τοῦ ἡλίου. Ἐκ δὲ τούτων εἰκάζειν ἔστι τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἡλιακῆς ἀκτῖνος ἐγγινομένην πύρωσιν τῷ ἀέρι, ὅση τίς ἐστι, καὶ ποταπῶν ἀποτελεστικὴ συμπτωμάτων, Ἐντεῦθεν διαδεξαμένη ἡμᾶς ἡ τοῦ μετοπώρου ὥρα, ὑποθραύει μὲν τοῦ πνίγους τὸ ὑπερβάλλον, κατὰ μικρὸν δὲ ὑφιεῖσα τῆς θέρμης, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν κρᾶσιν μεσότητος ἀβλαβῶς ἡμᾶς διʼ ἑαυτῆς τῷ χειμῶνι προσάγει· δηλονότι τοῦ ἡλίου πάλιν ἀπὸ τῶν προσαρκτίων ἐπὶ τὰ νότια ὑποστρέφοντος, Αὖται τῶν ὡρῶν αἱ περιτροπαὶ, ταῖς κινήσεσιν ἑπόμεναι τοῦ ἡλίου, τὸν βίον ἡμῖν οἷκονομοῦσιν, ’Ἔστωσαν δέ, φησὶ, καὶ είς ἡμέρας οὐχ ὥστε ἡμέρας ποιεῖν, ἁλλʼ ὥστε κατάρχειν τῶν ἡμερῶν, Ἡμέρα γὰρ καὶ νὺξ πρεσβύτερα τῆς τῶν φωστήρων γενέσεως. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐνδείκνυται ἡμῖν καὶ ὁ ψαλμὸς λέγων ’ ’Ἔθετο ἥλιον εἷς ἐξουσίαν τῆς ἡμέρας, σελήνην και ἀστέρας εἰς ἐξουσίαν τῆς νυκτός. Πῶς οὖν ἔχει τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῆς ἡμέρας ὁ ἥλιος; Ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐν ἐαυτῷ περιφέρων, ἐπειδάν ποτε τόν καθʼ ἡμᾶς ὁρίζοντα ὑπερέρῃ, ἡμέραν παρέχει διαλύσας τὸ σκότος. ’Ὥστε οὒκ ἅν τις ἁμάρτοι, ἡμέραν ὁρισάμενος εἶναι τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου πεφωτισμένον ἀέρα ἢ, ἡμέραν εἶναι χρόνου μέτρον ἐν ᾧ ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ γῆν ἡμισφαιρίῳ ὁ ἥλιος διατρίβει. Ἀλλά καὶ εἷς ἐνιαυτοὺς ἐτάχθησαν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη. Σελήνη μὲν, ἐπειδὰν δωδεκάκις τὴν ἑαυτῆς ἀποκατάστασιν …

Pros de ta exēs tōn rhēmatōn epanelthōmen, Estōsan, phēsin, eis sēmeia, kai eis kairous, kai eis hēmeras, kai heis eniautous. Eirētai hēmin ta peri tōn sēmeiōn. Kairous de hēgoumetha legein tas tōn hōrōn enallagas, cheimōnos, kai earos, kai therous, kai metopōrou; has eutaktōs periodeuein hēmas to tetagmenon tēs kinēseōs tōn phōstērōn parechei. Cheimōn men gar ginetai, tois notiois meresi tou hēliou prosdiatribontos, kai poly to nykterinon skiasma peri ton kathʼ hēmas topon apotelountos; hōste katapsychesthai men ton peri gēn aera, pasas de tas hygras anathymiaseis synistamenas peri hēmas, ombrōn te aitian kai krymōn kai niphados amythētou parechein. Epeidan de epaniōn palin apo tōn mesēmbrinōn chōriōn epi tou mesou genētai, hōste exisou merizein nykti pros hēmeran ton chronon hosǭ pleion tois hyper gēs prosdiatribei topois, tosoutǭ kata meros epanagei tēn eukrasian, Kai ginetai ear, pasi men phytois tēs blastēseōs archēgon, dendrōn de tois pleistois parechon tēn anabiōsin, zōois de chersaiois kai enydrois hapasi to genos phylasson ek tēs tōn epiginomenōn diadochēs, Ekeithen de ēdē pros therinas tropas epʼ autēn tēn arkton apelaunōn ho hēlios, tas megistas hēmin tōn hēmerōn paristēsi. Kai dia to epi pleiston prosomilein tǭ aeri, auton te kataphrygei ton hyper kephalēs hēmōn aera, kai tēn gēn pasan kataxērainei, tois te spermasin ek toutou synergōn pros tēn hadrynsin, kai tous tōn dendrōn karpous katepeigōn epi tēn pepsin; hote kai phlogōdestatos estin heautou ho hēlios, bracheias poiōn tas skias epi tēs mesēmbrias, dia to aphʼ hypsēlou ton peri hēmas katalampein topon, Megistai gar eisin hēmerōn, en hais brachytatai eisin hai skiai, kai brachytatai palin hai tas skias echousai makrotatas, Kai touto parʼ hēmin tois eteroskiois legomenois hosoi ta arktǭa tēs gēs epoikoumen; epei eisi ge ēdē tines hoi kata dyo hēmeras tou pantos eniautou kai askioi pantelōs kata tēn mesēmbrian ginomenoi, hous kata koryphēs epilampōn ho hēlios, exisou pantachothen periphōtizei, hōste kai tōn en bathei phreatōn to hydōr dia stomiōn stenōn katalampesthai; hothen autous tines kai askious kalousin. Hoi de epekeina tēs arōmatophorou gēs epʼ amphotera tas skias parallassousin, Monoi gar en tę̄ kathʼ hēmas oikoumenę̄ epi ta notia kata tēn mesēmbrian tas skias apopempousin; hothen autous tines kai amphiskious ōnomasan. Tauta de panta pros to boreion meros parodeusantos ēdē ginetai tou hēliou. Ek de toutōn eikazein esti tēn ek tēs hēliakēs aktinos enginomenēn pyrōsin tǭ aeri, hosē tis esti, kai potapōn apotelestikē symptōmatōn, Enteuthen diadexamenē hēmas hē tou metopōrou hōra, hypothrauei men tou pnigous to hyperballon, kata mikron de hyphieisa tēs thermēs, dia tēs kata tēn krasin mesotētos ablabōs hēmas diʼ heautēs tǭ cheimōni prosagei; dēlonoti tou hēliou palin apo tōn prosarktiōn epi ta notia hypostrephontos, Autai tōn hōrōn hai peritropai, tais kinēsesin hepomenai tou hēliou, ton bion hēmin hoikonomousin, ’Estōsan de, phēsi, kai eis hēmeras ouch hōste hēmeras poiein, hallʼ hōste katarchein tōn hēmerōn, Hēmera gar kai nyx presbytera tēs tōn phōstērōn geneseōs. Touto gar endeiknytai hēmin kai ho psalmos legōn ’ ’Etheto hēlion heis exousian tēs hēmeras, selēnēn kai asteras eis exousian tēs nyktos. Pōs oun echei tēn exousian tēs hēmeras ho hēlios? Hoti to phōs en eautǭ peripherōn, epeidan pote ton kathʼ hēmas horizonta hypererę̄, hēmeran parechei dialysas to skotos. ’Hōste ouk han tis hamartoi, hēmeran horisamenos einai ton hypo tou hēliou pephōtismenon aera ē, hēmeran einai chronou metron en hǭ en tǭ hyper gēn hēmisphairiǭ ho hēlios diatribei. Alla kai heis eniautous etachthēsan hēlios kai selēnē. Selēnē men, epeidan dōdekakis tēn heautēs apokatastasin …

Let us return to the words that follow. "Let them be," he says, "for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and for years." We have spoken about the signs. By seasons we take him to mean the changes of the seasons: winter, spring, summer, and autumn, which the ordered movement of the lights enables to come round for us in good order. Winter comes when the sun lingers in the southern parts and produces much nighttime shadow in our region, so that the air around the earth is chilled, and all the moist exhalations, gathering about us, provide the cause of rains and frosts and untold snow. But when, returning again from the southern regions, it comes to the middle, so as to divide time equally between night and day, the longer it lingers in the regions above the earth, the more it brings back the mild balance by degrees. And spring comes, the leader of sprouting for all plants, giving most trees their revival, and preserving the kinds of all land and water animals through the succession of their offspring. From there the sun, driving on toward the summer solstice in the direction of the north itself, presents us with the longest of the days. And because it keeps company with the air for the longest time, it scorches the air above our heads and dries out the whole earth, thereby helping the seeds toward ripeness and urging the fruits of the trees on to maturity; at that time the sun is at its most fiery, making the shadows short at midday, because it shines down on our region from on high. For those are the longest days in which the shadows are shortest, and those are the shortest in which the shadows are longest. So it is among us who are called "heteroskioi" (shadowed on one side), we who inhabit the northern parts of the earth. For there are some who on two days of the whole year become altogether shadowless at midday, on whom the sun shines from directly overhead and lights them equally from every side, so that even the water at the bottom of wells is lit up through their narrow mouths; whence some call them "askioi" (shadowless). Those beyond the spice-bearing land shift their shadows to both sides; for they alone in our inhabited world cast their shadows to the south at midday; whence some have named them "amphiskioi" (shadowed on both sides). All these things happen when the sun has already passed over into the northern part. From these one can conjecture how great the heat is that arises in the air from the sun's ray, and what effects it brings about. Next the season of autumn takes us over, breaking the excess of the stifling heat and gradually relaxing the warmth, and by the moderation of its temperature bringing us harmlessly through itself to winter, as the sun returns again from the northern regions to the south. These revolutions of the seasons, following the movements of the sun, govern our life. "And let them be," he says, "for days": not to make days, but to rule the days. For day and night are older than the coming into being of the lights. This the psalm too shows us, saying, "He set the sun for authority over the day, the moon and the stars for authority over the night." How does the sun have authority over the day? Because, carrying the light about in itself, whenever it rises above our horizon it produces day by dissolving the darkness. So one would not err in defining day as the air lit by the sun, or day as the measure of time in which the sun is in the hemisphere above the earth. But sun and moon were also appointed for years. The moon, when it has completed its own cycle twelve times …

6.9PG 29:137c–141a

Καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς δύο φωστῆρας τοὺς μεγάλους, Ἐπειδὴ τὸ μέγα τὸ μὲν ἀπόλυτον ἔχει τὴν ἔννοιαν ὡς μέγας ὁ οὐρανὸς, καὶ μεγάλη ἡ γῆ, καὶ μεγάλη ἡ θάλασσα· τὰ δὲ ὥς τὰ πολλὰ πέφυκε πρὸς ἕτερον ἀναφέρεσθαι, ὡς μέγας ὁ ἵππος καὶ ὁ βοῦς· οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ὄγκων, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὰ ὅμοια παραθέσει τὴν μαρτυρίαν τοῦ μεγέθους τὰ τοιαῦτα λαμβάνει· πῶς τοίνυν τοῦ μεγάλου τήν ἔννοιαν ἐκδεξόμεθα ; Πότερον ὡς τὸν μύρμηκα, ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν φύσει μικρῶν, μέγα προσαγορεύομεν διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὰ ὁμογενῆ σύγκρισιν τὴν ὑπεροχὴν μαρτυροῦντες ; ἢ τὸ μέγα νῦν οὕτως, ὡς ἓν τῇ οἰκείᾳ τῶν φωστήρων κατασκευῇ τοῦ μεγέθους ἐμφαινομένου ; Ἐγὼ μὲν οἶμαι τοῦτο. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ μείζους τῶν μικροτέρων ἀστέρων, διὰ τοῦτο μεγάλοι · ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τοσοῦτοι τὴν περιγραφὴν, ὥστε ἐξαρκεῖν τὴν ἀπʼ αὗτῶν ἀναχεομένην. καὶ οὗρανὸν περιλάμπειν καὶ τὸν ἀέρα, καὶ ὁμοῦ πάσῃ τῇ γῇ καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ συμπαρεκτείνεσθαι, Οἵ γε κατὰ πᾶν μέρος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινόμενοι, καὶ ἀνατέλλοντες καὶ δυόμενοι καὶ τὸ μέσον ἕπέχοντες, ἴσοι πανταχόθεν τοϊς ἀνθρώποις προφαίνονται, ὅπερ ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει σαφῆ τῆς τοῦ μεγέθους περιουσίας, τῷ μηδὲν αὐτοῖς ἒπισημαίνειν τὸ πλάτος τῆς γῆς πρὸς τὸ μείζονας δοκεῖν ἢ ἐλάττονας εἶναι. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ πὸῤῥωθεν ἀφεστῶτα μικρότερά πως ὁρῶμεν · οἷς δʼ ἂν μᾶλλον ἒγγίσωμεν, μᾶλλον αὒτῶν τὸ μέγεθος ἐξευρίσκομεν. Τῷ δὲ ἡλίῳ οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐγγυτέρω καὶ οὐδεὶς ποῤῥωτὲρω, ἀλλὰ ἀπʼ ἴσου τοῦ διαστήματος τοϊς κατὰ πᾶν μέρος τῆς γῆς κατῳκισμένοις προσβάλλει, Σημεῖον δὲ, ὅτι καὶ Ἰνδοὶ καὶ Βρεττανοὶ τὸν ἴσον βλέπουσιν. Οὔτε γὰρ τοῖς τὴν ἐῴαν οἰκοῦσι καταδυόμενος τοῦ μεγέθους ὑφίησιν, οὔτε τοῖς πρὸς δυσμαῖς κατῳκισμένοις ἀνατέλλων ἐλάττων φαίνεται ’ οὔτε μὴν ἐν τῷ μεσουρανήματι γινόμενος, τῆς ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα ὄψεως παραλλάττει. ’Μὴ ἐξαπατάτω σε τὸ φαινόμενον ’ μηδʼ ὅτι πηχυαῖος τοῖς ὁρῶσι δοκεῖ, τοσοῦτον αὐτόν εἶναι λογίσῃ. Συναιρεϊσθαι γὰρ πέφυκεν ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις διαστήμασι τα μεγέθη τῶν ὁρωμένων, τῆς ὁρατικῆς δυνάμεως οὔκ ἐξικνουμένης τὸν μεταξὺ τόπον διαπερᾷν, ἀλλʼ οἱονεὶ ἐνδαπανωμένης τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ κατʼ ὀλίγον αὒτῆς μέρος προσβαλλούσης τοῖς ὁρατοῖς. Μικρὰ οὖν ἡ ὄψις ἡμῶν γινομένη, μικρὰ ἐποίησε νομίζεσθαι τὰ ὁρώμενα, τὸ οἰκεῖον πάθος τοῖς ὁρατοῖς ἐπιφέρουσα. Ὥστε εἰ ψεύδεται ἡ ὄψις, ἄπιστον τὸ κριτήριον. Ὑπομνήσθητι τῶν οἰκείων παθῶν, καὶ παρὰ σεαυτοῦ ἔξεις τῶν λεγομένων τὴν πίστιν, Εἴ ποτε ὰπὸ ἀκρωρείας μεγάλης πεδίον εἶδες πολύ τε καὶ ὕπτιον, ἡλίκα μὲν σοι τών βοῶν κατεφάνη τὰ ζεύγη; πηλίκοι δὲ οἱ ἀροτῆρες αὗτοί; Εἰ μὴ μυρμήκων τινά σοι παρέσχον φαντασίαν ; Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς ἐπὶ μέγα πέλαγος τετραμμένης τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰς ὄψεις ἐπέβαλες, ἡλίκαι μέν σοι ἔδοξαν εἶναι τῶν νήσων αἱ μέγισται; πηλίκη δέ σοι κατεφάνη μία τῶν μυριοφόρων ὁλκάδων λευκοῖς ἱστίοις ὑπὲρ κυανῆς κομιζομένη θαλάσσης; Εἰ μὴ πάσης περιστερᾶς μικροτέραν σοι παρέσχετο τὴν φαντασίαν ; Διότι, καθάπερ ἔφην, ἐνδαπανηθεϊσα τῷ ἂὲρι ἡ ὄψις, ἐξίτηλος γινομένη, πρὸς τὴν ἀκριβῆ κατάληψιν τῶν ὁρωμένων οὒκ ἐξαρκεῖ. Ἤδη δέ που καὶ τῶν ὁρῶν τὰ μέγιστα, βαθείαις φάραγξιν ἐκτετμημένα, περιφερῆ καὶ λεῖα ἡ ὄψις εἶναί φησι, ταῖς ἐξοχαῖς προσβάλλουσα μόναις, ταῖς δὲ μεταξῦ κοιλότησιν ἐμβῆναι διʼ ἀτονίαν μὴ δυναμένη. Οὕτως οὐδὲ τὰ σχήματα τῶν σωμάτων ὃποϊά ἐστι διασώζει ἀλλὰ περιφερεῖς οἴεται εἶναι τοὺς τετραγώνους τῶν πύργων. ’Ὥστε πανταχόθεν δῆλον, ὅτι ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις ἀποστάσεσιν οὒκ ἔναρθρον, ἀλλὰ συγκεχυμένην τῶν σωμάτων λαμβάνει τὴν εἰκασίαν, Μέγας οὖν ὁ φωστὴρ, κατὰ τήν τῆς Γραφῆς μαρτυρίαν, καὶ ἀπειροπλασίων τοῦ φαινομένου,

Kai epoiēsen ho Theos tous dyo phōstēras tous megalous, Epeidē to mega to men apolyton echei tēn ennoian hōs megas ho ouranos, kai megalē hē gē, kai megalē hē thalassa; ta de hōs ta polla pephyke pros heteron anapheresthai, hōs megas ho hippos kai ho bous; ou gar en tę̄ hyperbolę̄ tōn tou sōmatos onkōn, allʼ en tę̄ pros ta homoia parathesei tēn martyrian tou megethous ta toiauta lambanei; pōs toinyn tou megalou tēn ennoian ekdexometha ? Poteron hōs ton myrmēka, ē allo ti tōn physei mikrōn, mega prosagoreuomen dia tēn pros ta homogenē synkrisin tēn hyperochēn martyrountes ? ē to mega nyn houtōs, hōs hen tę̄ oikeią tōn phōstērōn kataskeuę̄ tou megethous emphainomenou ? Egō men oimai touto. Ou gar epeidē meizous tōn mikroterōn asterōn, dia touto megaloi ; allʼ epeidē tosoutoi tēn perigraphēn, hōste exarkein tēn apʼ hautōn anacheomenēn. kai houranon perilampein kai ton aera, kai homou pasę̄ tę̄ gę̄ kai tę̄ thalassę̄ symparekteinesthai, Hoi ge kata pan meros tou ouranou ginomenoi, kai anatellontes kai dyomenoi kai to meson hepechontes, isoi pantachothen toïs anthrōpois prophainontai, hoper apodeixin echei saphē tēs tou megethous periousias, tǭ mēden autois episēmainein to platos tēs gēs pros to meizonas dokein ē elattonas einai. Ta men gar porrhōthen aphestōta mikrotera pōs horōmen ; hois dʼ an mallon engisōmen, mallon autōn to megethos exeuriskomen. Tǭ de hēliǭ oudeis estin engyterō kai oudeis porrhōterō, alla apʼ isou tou diastēmatos toïs kata pan meros tēs gēs katǭkismenois prosballei, Sēmeion de, hoti kai Indoi kai Brettanoi ton ison blepousin. Oute gar tois tēn eǭan oikousi katadyomenos tou megethous hyphiēsin, oute tois pros dysmais katǭkismenois anatellōn elattōn phainetai ’ oute mēn en tǭ mesouranēmati ginomenos, tēs ephʼ hekatera opseōs parallattei. ’Mē exapatatō se to phainomenon ’ mēdʼ hoti pēchyaios tois horōsi dokei, tosouton auton einai logisę̄. Synaireïsthai gar pephyken en tois megistois diastēmasi ta megethē tōn horōmenōn, tēs horatikēs dynameōs ouk exiknoumenēs ton metaxy topon diaperąn, allʼ hoionei endapanōmenēs tǭ mesǭ, kai katʼ oligon autēs meros prosballousēs tois horatois. Mikra oun hē opsis hēmōn ginomenē, mikra epoiēse nomizesthai ta horōmena, to oikeion pathos tois horatois epipherousa. Hōste ei pseudetai hē opsis, apiston to kritērion. Hypomnēsthēti tōn oikeiōn pathōn, kai para seautou exeis tōn legomenōn tēn pistin, Ei pote apo akrōreias megalēs pedion eides poly te kai hyption, hēlika men soi tōn boōn katephanē ta zeugē? pēlikoi de hoi arotēres hautoi? Ei mē myrmēkōn tina soi pareschon phantasian ? Ei de kai apo skopias epi mega pelagos tetrammenēs tę̄ thalassę̄ tas opseis epebales, hēlikai men soi edoxan einai tōn nēsōn hai megistai? pēlikē de soi katephanē mia tōn myriophorōn holkadōn leukois histiois hyper kyanēs komizomenē thalassēs? Ei mē pasēs peristeras mikroteran soi parescheto tēn phantasian ? Dioti, kathaper ephēn, endapanētheïsa tǭ aeri hē opsis, exitēlos ginomenē, pros tēn akribē katalēpsin tōn horōmenōn ouk exarkei. Ēdē de pou kai tōn horōn ta megista, batheiais pharanxin ektetmēmena, peripherē kai leia hē opsis einai phēsi, tais exochais prosballousa monais, tais de metaxy koilotēsin embēnai diʼ atonian mē dynamenē. Houtōs oude ta schēmata tōn sōmatōn hopoïa esti diasōzei alla periphereis oietai einai tous tetragōnous tōn pyrgōn. ’Hōste pantachothen dēlon, hoti en tais megistais apostasesin ouk enarthron, alla synkechymenēn tōn sōmatōn lambanei tēn eikasian, Megas oun ho phōstēr, kata tēn tēs Graphēs martyrian, kai apeiroplasiōn tou phainomenou,

"And God made the two great lights." Since "great" sometimes has an absolute sense, as when heaven is great, and earth is great, and the sea is great, while for the most part it is naturally referred to something else, as a great horse and a great ox (for such things receive the testimony of their greatness not from an excess in the bulk of their bodies but from comparison with their like): how, then, shall we take the notion of "great" here? As we call the ant, or something else small by nature, great, attesting its superiority by comparison with its own kind? Or is "great" said here in the sense that greatness is displayed in the very constitution of the lights? I think the latter. For they are not great because they are bigger than the smaller stars, but because they are of such a circumference that the light poured out from them suffices both to illuminate heaven and the air and at the same time to extend over the whole earth and the sea. In whatever part of the sky they are, rising, setting, or holding the middle, they appear equal to men from every side, which offers clear proof of the abundance of their size, since the breadth of the earth makes no difference to them, so that they would seem bigger or smaller. For things standing at a distance we see as somewhat smaller, and the nearer we come to them, the more we discover their size. But no one is nearer the sun and no one farther; it strikes those who dwell in every part of the earth from an equal distance. The sign of this is that Indians and Britons see it as the same. For it neither lessens its size for those who live in the east as it sets, nor appears smaller as it rises to those who dwell toward the west; nor, when it is in mid-heaven, does it differ from the view on either side. Do not let the appearance deceive you, and because it seems to those who look at it a cubit across, do not reckon that it is that size. For at very great distances the sizes of the things seen are naturally contracted, since the power of sight does not manage to cross the space between, but is, as it were, spent in the middle and strikes the visible objects with only a small part of itself. So our sight, having become small, makes the things seen be thought small, bestowing its own condition on what is seen. So if sight lies, the criterion is untrustworthy. Remember your own experiences, and you will have from yourself the proof of what is said. If ever from a great mountain ridge you have seen a broad and level plain, how large did the yokes of oxen appear to you? How large the ploughmen themselves? Did they not give you the impression of ants? And if from a lookout facing the great ocean you have cast your eyes on the sea, how large did the greatest of the islands seem to you? How large did one of the great merchant ships appear, sailing with white sails over the dark blue sea? Did it not give you an impression smaller than any dove? Because, as I said, the sight, spent in the air and growing faint, does not suffice for an exact grasp of the things seen. And sight declares even the greatest mountains, cut by deep ravines, to be rounded and smooth, striking only the projections and unable through weakness to enter the hollows between. So it does not even preserve the shapes of bodies as they are, but thinks square towers round. So it is plain from every side that at the greatest distances it receives no distinct image of bodies but a confused one. The light, then, is great, according to the testimony of Scripture, and infinitely larger than it appears.

6.10PG 29:141a–144b

Κάκεϊνο δέ σοι ἐναργὲς ἔστω τοῦ μεγέθους σημεῖον. Ἀπείρων ὄντων τῷ πλήθει τῶν κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων, τὸ παρʼ αὑτῶν συνερανιζόμενον φῶς οὑκ ἐξαρκεῖ τῆς νυκτὸς τὴν κατήφειαν διαλῦσαι. Μόνος δὲ οὗτος, ὑπερφανεὶς τοῦ ὁρίζοντος, μᾶλλον δὲ ἔτι καὶ προσδοκώμενος, πρὶν καὶ ὑπερσχεῖν ὅλως τῆς γῆς, ἠφάνισε μὲν τό σκότος, ὑπερηύγασε δὲ τοὺς ἀστέρας, καὶ πεπηγότα τέως καὶ συμπεπιλημένον τὸν περὶ γῆν ἀέρα κατέτηξε καὶ διέχεεν. ’Ὀθεν καὶ ἂνεμοι ἑωθινοὶ καὶ δρόσοι ἐν αἰθρίᾳ τὴν γῆν περιρρέουσι. Τοσαύτην δὲ οὖσαν τὴν γῆν πῶς ἅν ἠδυνήθη ἐν μιᾷ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ τὴν πᾶσαν καταφωτίζειν, εἰ μὴ ἀπὸ μεγάλου τοῦ κύκλου τὴν αὐγὴν ἐπηφίει; Ἐνταῦθά μοι τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ τεχνίτου κατάμαθε, πῶς τῷ διαστήματι τούτῳ σύμμετρον ἔδωκεν αὖτῷ τὴν θερμότητα, Τοσοῦτον γάρ ἐστιν αὑτοῦ τὸ πυρῶδες, ὡς μήτε διʼ ὑπερβολὴν καταφλέξαι τὴν γῆν, μήτε διὰ τὴν ἔλλειψιν κατεψυγμένην αὐτὴν καὶ ἄγονον ἀπολιπεῖν. Ἀδελφὰ δὲ τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς σελήνης νοείσθω. Μέγα γὰρ καὶ τὸ ταύτης σῶμα, καὶ φανότατόν γε μετὰ τὸν ἥλιον, Οὔκ ἀεὶ μέντοι ὁρατὸν αὑτῆς διαμένει τὸ μέγεθος· ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν ἀπηρτισμένη τῷ κύκλῳ, νῦν δὲ ἐλλεὶπουσα καὶ μειουμένη φαίνεται, καθʼ ἕτερον ἑαυτῆς μέρος προδεικνῦσα τὸ λεῖπον, Ἄλλῳ μὲν γὰρ μέρει σκιάζεται αὐξομένη, ἄλλο δὲ μέρος αὐτῆς ἓν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς λήξεως ἀποκρύπτεται. Λόγος δέ τις ἅῤῥητος τοῦ σοφοῦ δημιουργοῦ τῆς ποικὶλης ταύτης ἐναλλαγῆς τών σχημάτων, ’Ἢ γὰρ ὥστε ἡμῖν ὑπόδειγμα ἐναργὲς παρέχειν τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως· ὅτι οὐδὲν μὸνιμον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος πρόεισιν εἰς τὸ τέλειον, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὴν οἷκεὶαν ἀκμὴν φθάσαντα καὶ τὸ ἀκρότατον μέτρον ἑαυτῶν αὑξηθέντα, πάλιν ταῖς κατὰ μικρὸν ὑφαιρέσεσι φθίνει τε καὶ διόλλυται, καὶ μειούμενα καθαιρεῖται. Ὥστε ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν σελήνην θεάματος παιδεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς τὰ ἡμέτερα, καὶ τῆς ταχείας τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων περιτροπῆς λαμβάνοντας ἔννοιαν, μὴ μέγα φρονεῖν ταῖς εὐημερίαις τοῦ βίου, μὴ ἐπαγάλλεσθαι δυναστείαις, μὴ ἐπαίρεσθαι πλούτου ἀδηλότητι, περιφρονεῖν τῆς σαρκὸς περὶ ἢν ἡ ἀλλοίωσις, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἧς τὸ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἀκίνητον. Εἰ δὲ λυπεῖ σε ἡ σελήνη ταῖς κατὰ μικρὸν ὑφαιρέσεσι τὸ φέγγος ἐξαναλίσκουσα· λυπείτω σε πλέον ψυχὴ ἀρετὴν κτησαμένη, καὶ διὰ ὰπροσεξίας τὸ καλὸν ἀφανίζουσα, καὶ μηδέποτε ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς διαθέσεως μένουσα, ἀλλὰ πυκνὰ τρεπομένη καὶ μεταβαλλομένη διὰ τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀνίδρυτον. Τῷ ὄντι γὰρ κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον, Ὁ ἄφρων ὡς σελήνη ἀλλοιοῦται. Οἶμαι δὲ καὶ τῇ τῶν ζώων κατασκευῇ, καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς ἀπὸ γῆς φυομένοις, μὴ μικρὰν ὑπάρχειν ἐκ τῆς κατὰ τὴν σελήνην μεταβολῆς τὴν συντέλειαν, ’Ἄλλως γὰρ διατίθεται μειουμένης αὐτῆς, καὶ ἄλλως αὐξομένης τὰ σώματα· νῦν μὲν ληγούσης ἀραιὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ κενὰ, νῦν δὲ αὐξομένης καὶ πρὸς τὸ πλῆρες ἐπειγομένης καὶ αὖτὰ πάλιν ἀναπληρούμενα· διότι ὑγρότητα τινα Θερμότητι κεκραμένην ἐπὶ τὸ βαθος φθάνουσαν λεληθότως ἐνίησι. Δηλοῦσι δὲ οἱ καθεύδοντες ὑπὸ σελήνην, ὑγρότητος περισσῆς τὰς τῆς κεφαλῆς εὔρυχωρίας πληρούμενοι· καὶ τὰ νεοσφαγῆ τῶν κρεῶν ταχὺ τρεπόμενα τῇ προσβολῇ τῆς σελήνηςʼ καὶ ζώων ἐγκέφαλοι, καὶ τῶν θαλαττίων τὰ ὑγρότατα, καὶ αἱ τῶν δένδρων ἐντεριῶναι. Ἃ πάντα οὐκ ἂν ἐξήρκεσε τῇ ἑαυτῆς ἀλλοιώσει συμμεθιστᾷν, εἰ μὴ ὑπερφυές τι ἧν καὶ ὑπερέχον δυνάμει κατὰ τὴν τῆς Γραφῆς μαρτυρίαν,

Kakeïno de soi enarges estō tou megethous sēmeion. Apeirōn ontōn tǭ plēthei tōn katʼ ouranon asterōn, to parʼ hautōn syneranizomenon phōs houk exarkei tēs nyktos tēn katēpheian dialysai. Monos de houtos, hyperphaneis tou horizontos, mallon de eti kai prosdokōmenos, prin kai hyperschein holōs tēs gēs, ēphanise men to skotos, hyperēugase de tous asteras, kai pepēgota teōs kai sympepilēmenon ton peri gēn aera katetēxe kai diecheen. ’Othen kai anemoi heōthinoi kai drosoi en aithrią tēn gēn perirreousi. Tosautēn de ousan tēn gēn pōs han ēdynēthē en mią kairou rhopę̄ tēn pasan kataphōtizein, ei mē apo megalou tou kyklou tēn augēn epēphiei? Entautha moi tēn sophian tou technitou katamathe, pōs tǭ diastēmati toutǭ symmetron edōken autǭ tēn thermotēta, Tosouton gar estin hautou to pyrōdes, hōs mēte diʼ hyperbolēn kataphlexai tēn gēn, mēte dia tēn elleipsin katepsygmenēn autēn kai agonon apolipein. Adelpha de tois eirēmenois kai ta peri tēs selēnēs noeisthō. Mega gar kai to tautēs sōma, kai phanotaton ge meta ton hēlion, Ouk aei mentoi horaton hautēs diamenei to megethos; alla nyn men apērtismenē tǭ kyklǭ, nyn de elleipousa kai meioumenē phainetai, kathʼ heteron heautēs meros prodeiknysa to leipon, Allǭ men gar merei skiazetai auxomenē, allo de meros autēs hen tǭ kairǭ tēs lēxeōs apokryptetai. Logos de tis harrhētos tou sophou dēmiourgou tēs poikilēs tautēs enallagēs tōn schēmatōn, ’Ē gar hōste hēmin hypodeigma enarges parechein tēs hēmeteras physeōs; hoti ouden monimon tōn anthrōpinōn, alla ta men ek tou mē ontos proeisin eis to teleion, ta de pros tēn hoikeian akmēn phthasanta kai to akrotaton metron heautōn hauxēthenta, palin tais kata mikron hyphairesesi phthinei te kai diollytai, kai meioumena kathaireitai. Hōste ek tou kata tēn selēnēn theamatos paideuesthai hēmas ta hēmetera, kai tēs tacheias tōn anthrōpinōn peritropēs lambanontas ennoian, mē mega phronein tais euēmeriais tou biou, mē epagallesthai dynasteiais, mē epairesthai ploutou adēlotēti, periphronein tēs sarkos peri ēn hē alloiōsis, epimeleisthai de tēs psychēs hēs to agathon estin akinēton. Ei de lypei se hē selēnē tais kata mikron hyphairesesi to phengos exanaliskousa; lypeitō se pleon psychē aretēn ktēsamenē, kai dia aprosexias to kalon aphanizousa, kai mēdepote epi tēs autēs diatheseōs menousa, alla pykna trepomenē kai metaballomenē dia to tēs gnōmēs anidryton. Tǭ onti gar kata to eirēmenon, Ho aphrōn hōs selēnē alloioutai. Oimai de kai tę̄ tōn zōōn kataskeuę̄, kai tois loipois tois apo gēs phyomenois, mē mikran hyparchein ek tēs kata tēn selēnēn metabolēs tēn synteleian, ’Allōs gar diatithetai meioumenēs autēs, kai allōs auxomenēs ta sōmata; nyn men lēgousēs araia gignomena kai kena, nyn de auxomenēs kai pros to plēres epeigomenēs kai auta palin anaplēroumena; dioti hygrotēta tina Thermotēti kekramenēn epi to bathos phthanousan lelēthotōs eniēsi. Dēlousi de hoi katheudontes hypo selēnēn, hygrotētos perissēs tas tēs kephalēs eurychōrias plēroumenoi; kai ta neosphagē tōn kreōn tachy trepomena tę̄ prosbolę̄ tēs selēnēsʼ kai zōōn enkephaloi, kai tōn thalattiōn ta hygrotata, kai hai tōn dendrōn enteriōnai. Ha panta ouk an exērkese tę̄ heautēs alloiōsei symmethistąn, ei mē hyperphyes ti hēn kai hyperechon dynamei kata tēn tēs Graphēs martyrian,

Let this too be a clear sign of its size for you. Though the stars in heaven are countless in number, the light they contribute together is not enough to dispel the gloom of night. But this one alone, appearing above the horizon, or rather while it is still awaited, before it has even risen fully above the earth, has made the darkness vanish, outshone the stars, and melted and spread out the air around the earth, which until then was congealed and compressed. Hence morning winds arise, and dews pour around the earth in clear weather. And how could it, the earth being so great, light up the whole of it in one moment of time, if it did not send forth its radiance from a great circle? Here learn the wisdom of the Craftsman: how he gave it heat proportioned to this distance. For its fieriness is just so great as neither to burn up the earth by excess nor to leave it chilled and barren by deficiency. Let what concerns the moon be understood as akin to what has been said. For its body too is great, and the brightest after the sun. Yet its size does not always remain visible; now it appears complete in its circle, now deficient and diminished, showing what it lacks on one side or the other. For in one part it is shadowed while it waxes, and another part of it is hidden at the time of its waning. And there is some unspoken reason of the wise Creator for this varied change of shapes: to give us a clear example of our own nature, that nothing in human things is lasting, but some things advance from not being to perfection, while others, having reached their own prime and grown to their greatest measure, waste away again by gradual losses and perish, and are destroyed by diminishing; so that from the sight of the moon we may be taught our own condition, and, taking a notion of the swift turning of human affairs, may not think highly of the prosperities of life, nor exult in power, nor be lifted up by the uncertainty of riches, but despise the flesh, which is subject to change, and care for the soul, whose good is unmoved. And if the moon grieves you as it uses up its light by gradual losses, let a soul grieve you more, which has acquired virtue and through carelessness destroys its beauty, and never remains in the same disposition, but turns and changes often because of the instability of its judgment. For truly, as it is said, "The fool changes like the moon." I think also that the changing of the moon contributes no small part to the constitution of animals and of the other things that grow from the earth. For bodies are disposed in one way when it wanes and in another when it waxes: when it is waning they become thin and empty, and when it waxes and hastens to fullness they too are filled again, because it imperceptibly sends into their depth a kind of moisture mixed with heat. This is shown by those who sleep under the moon, whose cranial cavities are filled with excess moisture; and by freshly slaughtered meat, which quickly turns at the moon's touch; and by the brains of animals, the moistest parts of sea creatures, and the pith of trees. The moon would not have been able to make all these change along with its own change, if it were not something surpassing and exceeding in power, according to the testimony of Scripture.

6.11PG 29:144b–148a

Καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν ἀέρα δὲ πάθη ταῖς μεταβολαῖς ταύτης συνδιατίθεται, ὡς μαρτυροῦσιν ἡμῖν αἵ τε κατὰ τὴν νουμηνίαν πολλάκις ἀπὸ γαλήνης καὶ νηνεμίας αἰφνίδιοι ταραχαὶ, νεφῶν κλονουμένων καὶ συμπιπτόντων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ αἱ περὶ τοὺς εὒρίπους παλίῤῥοιαι, καὶ ἡ περὶ τὸν λεγόμενον ὠκεανὸν ἄμπωτις ἢν ταῖς περιόδοις τῆς σελήνης τεταγμένως ἑπομένην ἒξεῦρον οἱ προσοικοῦντες, Οἱ μὲν γὰρ εὔριποι μεταῤῥὲουσιν ἔφʼ ἑκάτερα κατὰ τὰ λοιπὰ σχήματα τῆς σελήνης· ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τῆς γενέσεως οὐδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον ἀτρεμοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ έν σάλῳ καὶ ταλαντώσει διηνεκεῖ καθεστήκασιν, ἓως ἄν, έκφανεῖσα πάλιν, ἀκολουθίαν τινὰ τῇ παλιρῥοίᾳ παράσχηται, Ἡ δὲ ἑσπερία θάλασσα τὰς ἀμπώτεις ὑφίσταται, νῦν μὲν ὑπονοστοῦσα, πάλιν δὲ ἐπικλύζουσα, ὥσπερ ἀναπνοαῖς τῆς σελὴνης ὑφελκομένη πρὸς τὸ ὀπίσω, καὶ πάλιν ταῖς ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἐκπνοίαις, εἷς τὸ οἰκεῖον μέτρον προωθουμένη, Ταῦτά μοι εʼἷρηται πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ κατὰ τοὺς φωστῆρας μεγέθους, καὶ σύστασιν τοῦ μηδὲ μεχρι συλλαβῆς ἀργόν τι εἶναι τῶν θεοπνεύστων ῥημάτων καίτοι γε οὔδενὸς ἥψατο σχεδὸν τῶν καιρίων ὁ λόγοςʼ πολλὰ γὰρ περὶ μεγεθῶν καί ἀποστημάτων ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἔστιν ἐξευρεῖν τοῖς λογισμοῖς τῷ μὴ παρέργως τὰς ἐνεργείας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἐπεσκεμμένῳ. Εὐγνωμόνως οὖν δεῖ κατηγορεῖν ἡμᾶς τῆς ἐαυτὼν ἀσθενείας, ’ίνα μὴ τῷ ἡμετέρῳ λόγῳ μετρῆται τῶν δημιουργημάτων τὰ μέγιστα, ἀλλὰ ἐξ ὀλίγων τῶν εἰρημένων παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς ἀναλογίζεσθαι, πόσα τινά ἐστι καὶ πηλίκα τὰ παρεθέντα, Μὴ τοίνυν μηδέ σελήνην ὀφθαλμῷ μετρήσῃς, ἆλλᾶ λογισμῷ, ὃς πολλῴ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἄκριβἐστερός ἐστι πρὸς ἀληθείας εὕρεσιν. Μῦθοί τινες καταγέλαστοι ὑπὸ γραϊδίων κωθωνιζομένων παραληρούμενοι πανταχοῦ διεδόθησαν, ὅτι μαγγανείαις τισὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἕδρας ἁποκινηθεῖσα σελήνη πρὸς γῆν καταφέρεται. Πῶς μὲν οὖν κινήσει γοήτων ἐπαοιδὴ, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐθεμελίωσεν ὁ Ὕψιστος; Ποῖος δʼ ἂν καὶ τόπος κατασπασθεῖσαν αὒτὴν ὕπεδέξατο ; Βούλει ἀπὸ μικρῶν τεκμηρίων λαβεῖν τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτῆς τὴν ἀπόδειξιν; Αἱ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην πόλεις πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων ἀπῳκισμέναι ταῖς κατὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν τετραμμέναις ῥυμοτομίαις ἒξίσου πᾶσαι τὸ σεληναῖον φῶς ὑποδέχονται, Αἷς εἰ μὴ πάσαις ἀντιπρόσωπος ἦν, τοὺς μὲν ἐπʼ εὐθείας τῶν στενωπῶν πάντως ἂν κατεφώτισε, τοὺς δὲ τὸ πλάτος αὐτῆς ὑπερπίπτοντας ἐγκεκλιμέναις ἂν ταῖς αὐγαῖς ἐπὶ τὰ πλάγια παραφερομέναις προσέβαλλεν. Ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λύχνων ἔστιν ἰδεῖν κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους γινόμενον. Ἐπειδὰν πλείους περιστῶσιν αὒτὸν, ἡ μὲν τοῦ κατʼ εὒθεῖαν ἑστῶτος σκιὰ πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον ἀποτείνεται, αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ καθʼ ἑκάτερον μέρος ἐκκλίνουσιν. Ὥστε εἰ μὴ ἄπλετόν τι ἦν καὶ ὑπερέχον μεγέθει τό σεληνιακὸν σῶμα, οὒκ ἂν ὁμοίως ἄντιπαρετείνετο πᾶσιν. Ὀμοίως γὰρ αὐτῆς ἆπὸ τῶν ἰσημερινῶν τόπων ἀνατελλούσης οἳ τε προσοικοῦντες τῇ κατεψυγμένη καὶ ὑπὸ τὰς περιστροφὰς τῆς ἄρκτου κείμενοι μεταλαμβάνουσι, και οἱ κατὰ τα κοῖλα τῆς μεσημβρίας τῆς διακεκαυμένης γείτονες ’ οἷς πᾶσι κατὰ τὸ πλάτος ἀντιπαρήκουσα, σαφεστάτην μαρτυρίαν τοῦ μεγέθους παρέχεται. Τίς οὖν ἀντερεῖ μὴ οὒχὶ παμμέγεθες αὒτῆς εἶναι τὸ σῶμα, τὸ τηλικούτοις ὁμοῦ καὶ τοσούτοις διαστήμασιν ἐξισούμενον ; Καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ μεγεθῶν ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον. Ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ χαρισάμενος διάνοιαν ἐκ τῶν μικροτάτων τῆς κτίσεως τὴν μεγάλην τοῦ τεχνίτου σοφίαν καταμανθάνειν, παράσχοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν μεγάλων μείζονας λαμβάνειν τὰς ἐννοίας τοῦ κτίσαντος. Καίτοι γε συγκρίσει τοῦ ποιητοῦ ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη ἐμπίδος καὶ μύρμηκος ἐπέχουσι λόγον. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἀξίαν τοῦ μεγέθους τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἐκ τούτων λαβεῖν τὴν θεωρίαν, ἀλλὰ μικραῖς τισι καί ἀμυδραῖς ἐμφάσεσι διʼ αὐτῶν προβιβασθῆναι, ὥσπερ καὶ διʼ ἑκάστου τῶν μικροτάτων ἐν ζώοις ἢ ἐν βοταναις. Ἀρκεσθῶμεν τοῖς εἶρημὲνοις · ἐγὼ μὲν εὔχαριστήσας τῷ τὴν μικράν μοι ταύτην διακονίαν τοῦ λόγου χαρισαμὲνῳ, ὑμεῖς δὲ τῷ διατρέφοντι ὑμᾶς ταῖς πνευματικαῖς τροφαῖς, ὃς καὶ νῦν ὕμᾶς οἷον κριθίνῳ τινὶ ἄρτῳ τῇ εὐτελείᾳ τῆς ἡμετέρας φωνῆς διέθρεψε · καὶ διατρέφοι γε εἰς ἀεὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως χαριζομενος ὑμῖν τὴν φανέρωσιν τοῦ Πνεύματος ἓν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἦ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, Ἀμήν,

Kai ta peri ton aera de pathē tais metabolais tautēs syndiatithetai, hōs martyrousin hēmin hai te kata tēn noumēnian pollakis apo galēnēs kai nēnemias aiphnidioi tarachai, nephōn klonoumenōn kai sympiptontōn allēlois, kai hai peri tous euripous palirrhoiai, kai hē peri ton legomenon ōkeanon ampōtis ēn tais periodois tēs selēnēs tetagmenōs hepomenēn exeuron hoi prosoikountes, Hoi men gar euripoi metarrheousin ephʼ hekatera kata ta loipa schēmata tēs selēnēs; en de tǭ kairǭ tēs geneseōs oude to brachytaton atremousin, allʼ en salǭ kai talantōsei diēnekei kathestēkasin, heōs an, ekphaneisa palin, akolouthian tina tę̄ palirrhoią paraschētai, Hē de hesperia thalassa tas ampōteis hyphistatai, nyn men hyponostousa, palin de epiklyzousa, hōsper anapnoais tēs selēnēs hyphelkomenē pros to opisō, kai palin tais apʼ autēs ekpnoiais, heis to oikeion metron proōthoumenē, Tauta moi eʼhirētai pros apodeixin tou kata tous phōstēras megethous, kai systasin tou mēde mechri syllabēs argon ti einai tōn theopneustōn rhēmatōn kaitoi ge oudenos hēpsato schedon tōn kairiōn ho logosʼ polla gar peri megethōn kai apostēmatōn hēliou kai selēnēs estin exeurein tois logismois tǭ mē parergōs tas energeias autōn kai tas dynameis epeskemmenǭ. Eugnōmonōs oun dei katēgorein hēmas tēs eautōn astheneias, ’ina mē tǭ hēmeterǭ logǭ metrētai tōn dēmiourgēmatōn ta megista, alla ex oligōn tōn eirēmenōn parʼ heautois analogizesthai, posa tina esti kai pēlika ta parethenta, Mē toinyn mēde selēnēn ophthalmǭ metrēsę̄s, alla logismǭ, hos pollǭ tōn ophthalmōn akribesteros esti pros alētheias heuresin. Mythoi tines katagelastoi hypo graïdiōn kōthōnizomenōn paralēroumenoi pantachou diedothēsan, hoti manganeiais tisi tēs oikeias hedras hapokinētheisa selēnē pros gēn katapheretai. Pōs men oun kinēsei goētōn epaoidē, hēn autos ethemeliōsen ho Hypsistos? Poios dʼ an kai topos kataspastheisan autēn hypedexato ? Boulei apo mikrōn tekmēriōn labein tou megethous autēs tēn apodeixin? Hai kata tēn oikoumenēn poleis pleiston allēlōn apǭkismenai tais kata tēn anatolēn tetrammenais rhymotomiais exisou pasai to selēnaion phōs hypodechontai, Hais ei mē pasais antiprosōpos ēn, tous men epʼ eutheias tōn stenōpōn pantōs an katephōtise, tous de to platos autēs hyperpiptontas enkeklimenais an tais augais epi ta plagia parapheromenais proseballen. Hoper kai epi tōn lychnōn estin idein kata tous oikous ginomenon. Epeidan pleious peristōsin auton, hē men tou katʼ eutheian hestōtos skia pros to orthion apoteinetai, hai de loipai kathʼ hekateron meros ekklinousin. Hōste ei mē apleton ti ēn kai hyperechon megethei to selēniakon sōma, ouk an homoiōs antipareteineto pasin. Omoiōs gar autēs apo tōn isēmerinōn topōn anatellousēs hoi te prosoikountes tę̄ katepsygmenē kai hypo tas peristrophas tēs arktou keimenoi metalambanousi, kai hoi kata ta koila tēs mesēmbrias tēs diakekaumenēs geitones ’ hois pasi kata to platos antiparēkousa, saphestatēn martyrian tou megethous parechetai. Tis oun anterei mē ouchi pammegethes autēs einai to sōma, to tēlikoutois homou kai tosoutois diastēmasin exisoumenon ? Kai ta men peri megethōn hēliou kai selēnēs epi tosouton. Hēmin de ho charisamenos dianoian ek tōn mikrotatōn tēs ktiseōs tēn megalēn tou technitou sophian katamanthanein, paraschoi kai ek tōn megalōn meizonas lambanein tas ennoias tou ktisantos. Kaitoi ge synkrisei tou poiētou hēlios kai selēnē empidos kai myrmēkos epechousi logon. Ou gar estin axian tou megethous tou Theou tōn holōn ek toutōn labein tēn theōrian, alla mikrais tisi kai amydrais emphasesi diʼ autōn probibasthēnai, hōsper kai diʼ hekastou tōn mikrotatōn en zōois ē en botanais. Arkesthōmen tois eirēmenois ; egō men eucharistēsas tǭ tēn mikran moi tautēn diakonian tou logou charisamenǭ, hymeis de tǭ diatrephonti hymas tais pneumatikais trophais, hos kai nyn hymas hoion krithinǭ tini artǭ tę̄ euteleią tēs hēmeteras phōnēs diethrepse ; kai diatrephoi ge eis aei kata tēn analogian tēs pisteōs charizomenos hymin tēn phanerōsin tou Pneumatos hen Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ ē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn, Amēn,

The conditions of the air also change along with its changes, as we are shown by the sudden disturbances that often follow calm and stillness at the new moon, when the clouds are shaken and dash against one another; and by the back-and-forth flows in the straits; and by the ebb around the so-called Ocean, which those who live beside it have found to follow the periods of the moon in regular order. For the straits flow back and forth in either direction during the other phases of the moon, but at the time of its birth they are not still even for the briefest moment, but remain in continual tossing and swaying, until the moon, appearing again, gives some order to the reflux. And the western sea undergoes ebbs, now withdrawing, now flooding again, as if drawn back by the moon's inhalations and pushed forward again to its proper measure by its exhalations. I have said these things to demonstrate the size of the lights and to establish that not even a syllable of the God-inspired words is idle; and yet our discourse has touched almost none of the important points. For much can be discovered by reasoning about the sizes and distances of the sun and moon by one who has examined their operations and powers not in passing. We must, then, candidly acknowledge our own weakness, so that the greatest of created works may not be measured by our word, but each may infer for himself, from the few things said, how many and how great are the things passed over. So do not measure the moon with your eye either, but with reason, which is far more exact than the eyes for the discovery of truth. Laughable myths, babbled by tipsy old women, have spread everywhere, that the moon, moved from its proper seat by certain sorceries, is brought down to the earth. How will the incantation of sorcerers move what the Most High himself founded? And what place would receive it if it were pulled down? Do you want proof of its size from small evidences? The cities of the inhabited world, though very far apart from one another, all receive the moonlight equally in the streets that face the east. If it did not face all of them, it would fully light up only those streets directly opposite it, while it would strike those falling beyond its breadth with inclined rays carried off to the sides. This can be seen happening with lamps in houses: when several people stand around one, the shadow of the one standing directly opposite stretches straight out, while the others incline to either side. So if the moon's body were not something immense and surpassing in size, it would not extend equally opposite all. For when it rises from the equinoctial regions, both those who live near the frozen zone, lying under the revolutions of the Bear, and those who are neighbors to the hollows of the burning south share in it alike; and extending opposite all of them across its breadth, it gives the clearest testimony of its size. Who, then, will deny that its body is enormous, being equal at once to such great and so many distances? So much about the sizes of the sun and moon. May he who has granted us understanding to learn the great wisdom of the Craftsman from the smallest things of creation grant us also to receive from the great things greater thoughts of the Creator. And yet, compared with their Maker, sun and moon hold the place of a gnat and an ant. For it is not possible to gain from these a contemplation worthy of the greatness of the God of all; we can only be led forward through them by small and faint glimpses, as also through each of the smallest things among animals or plants. Let us be content with what has been said: I giving thanks to him who has granted me this small ministry of the word, and you to him who nourishes you with spiritual food, who even now has fed you, as with a kind of barley bread, by the plainness of our voice; and may he feed you forever, granting you, according to the proportion of faith, the manifestation of the Spirit, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 7

7.1PG 29:148a–149c

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν κατὰ γένος, καί πετεινὰ πετόμενα κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὖρανοῦ κατὰ γένος, Μετᾶ τὴν τῶν φωστήρων δημιουργίαν καὶ τὰ ὕδατα λοιπὸν πληροῦται ζώων, ὥστε καί ταύτην διακοσμηθῆναι την λῆξιν, Ἀπέλαβε μὲν γὰρ ἡ γῆ τὸν ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων βλαστημᾶτων κόσμον · ἀπέλαβε δὲ ὁ οὖρανὸς τῶν ἄστρων τὰ ἄνθη, καὶ οἱονεὶ διδύμων ὀφθαλμῶν τῇ συζυγίᾳ τῶν μεγάλων φωστήρων κατεκοσμήθη. Λειπόμενον ἦν καὶ τοῖς ὕδασι τὸν οἰκεῖον κόσμον ἀποδοθῆναι, Ἦλθε πρόσταγμα, καὶ εὗθὺς καὶ ποταμοὶ ἐνεργοὶ, καὶ λίμναι γόνιμοι τῶν οἰκείων ἕκαστον αὖτών καὶ κατὰ φύσιν γενῶν. Καὶ ἡ θάλασσα τὰ παντοδαπᾶ γένη τῶν πλωτῶν ὤδινε, καὶ οὐδὲ ὅσον ἐν ἱλύσι καὶ τέλμασι τοῦ ὕδατος ἦν, οὑδὲ τοῦτο ἀργὸν, οὐδὲ ἄμοιρον τῆς κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν συντελείας ἀπέμεινε, Βάτραχοι γὰρ καὶ ἐμπίδες καί κώνωπες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπεγεννῶντο δηλονότι. Τὰ γὰρ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁρώμενα ἀπόδειξίς ἐστι τῶν παρελθόντων. Οὕτω πᾶν ὕδωρ ἠπείγετο τῳ δημιουργικῷ προστάγματι ὑπουργεῖν· καὶ ὧν οὔδʼ ἃν τὰ γένη τις ἐξαριθμήσασθαι δυνηθείη, τούτων τὴν ζῶὴν εὐθὺς ἐνεργὸν καὶ κινουμένην ἀπέδειξεν ἡ μεγάλη καὶ ἄφατος τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμις, ὁμοῦ τῷ προστάγματι τῆς πρὸς τὸ ζωογονεῖν ἒπιτηδειότητος ἐγγενομένης τοῖς ὕδασιν, Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν. Νῦν πρῶτον ἔμψυχον καὶ αἰσθήσεως μετέχον ζῶον δημιουργεῖται. Φυτὰ γὰρ καὶ δένδρα, κᾶν ζῇν λέγηται διᾶι τὸ μετέχειν τῆς θρεπτικῆς καὶ αὖξητικῆς δυνάμεως, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ ζῶα, οὒδέ ἔμψυχα, Τούτου γε ἕνεκα, Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετά. Πᾶν τὸ νηκτικὸν, κᾶν τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐπινήχηται, κᾶν διὰ βάθους τέμνῃ τὸ ὕδωρ, τῆς τῶν ἑρπηστικῶν ἐστι φύσεως, ἐπισυρόμενον τῷ τοῦ ὕδατος σώματι. Κᾶν ὑπόποδα δὲ καὶ πορευτικὰ ὑπάρχῃ τινὰ τῶν ἐνύδρων (μάλιστα μὲν ἀμφίβια τὰ πολλὰ τούτων ἐστίν οἷον φῶκαι, καὶ κροκόδειλοι, καὶ οἱ ποτάμιοι ’ίπποι, καὶ βάτραχοι, καὶ καρκῖνοι), ἀλλʼ οὖν προηγούμενον ἔχει τὸ νηκτικόν. Διὰ τοῦτο, Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετά, Ἐν τούτοις τοῖς μικροῖς ῥήμασι τί παρεῖται γένος; τί οὒκ ἐμπεριείληπται τῷ προστάγματι τῆς δημιουργίας; Οὐ τὰ ζωοτοκοῦντα, οἷον φῶκαι καὶ δελφῖνες καὶ νάρκαι, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις, τὰ σελάχη λεγόμενα; οὐ τὰ ᾠοτόκα, ἅπερ ἐστὶ πάντα σχεδὸν τῶν ἰχθύων τὰ γένη; οὐχ ὅσα λεπιδωτὰ, ούχ ὅσα φολιδωτὰ, οὔχ οἷς ἐστι πτερύγια καὶ οἷς μή; Ἠ μὲν φωνὴ τοῦ προστάγματος μικρὰ, μᾶλλον δὲ ούδὲ φωνὴ, ἀλλά ῥοπὴ μόνον καὶ ὁρμὴ τοῦ θελήματος· τὸ δὲ τῆς ἐν τῷ προστάγματι διανοίας πολύχουν τοσοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὅσαι καὶ αἰ τῶν ἰχθύων διαφοραὶ καὶ κοινότητες, οἷς πᾶσι διʼ ἀκριβείας ἐπεξελθεῖν ἴσον ἔστι καὶ κύματα πελάγους ἀπαριθμεῖσθαι, ἢ ταῖς κοτύλαις πειρᾶσθαι τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς θαλάσσης ἀπομετρεῖν. Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετά. Ἐν τούτοις ἔνι τὰ πελάγια, τὰ αἷγιαλώδη, τὰ βύθια, τὰ πετρώδη, τὰ ἀγελαῖα,τὰ σποραδικὰ, τὰ κήτη, τὰ ὑπέρογκα, τὰ λεπτότατα τῶν ἰχθύων. Τῇ γὰρ αὐτῇ δυνάμει, καὶ τῷ ἴσῳ προστάγματι, τό τε μέγα καὶ τὸ μικρὸν μεταλαγχάνει τοῦ εἶναι. Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα. ’Ἔδειξέ σοι τὴν φυσικὴν τῶν νηκτῶν πρὸς τὸ ὕδωρ συγγένειαν· διὸ μικρὸν οἱ ἰχθύες χωρισθέντες τοῦ ὕδατος διαφθείρονται. Οὗδὲ γὰρ ἔχουσιν ἀναπνοὴν, ὥστε ἕλκειν τὸν ἀέρα τοῦτον· ἀλλʼ ὅπερ τοϊς χερσαίοις ἐστὶν ἀὴρ, τοῦτο τῷ πλωτῷ γένει τὸ ὕδωρ. Καὶ ἡ αἰτία δήλη· ὅτι ἡμῖν μὲν ὁ πνεύμων ἔγκειται, ἀραιὸν καὶ πολύπορον σπλάγχνον, ὃ διὰ τῆς τοῦ θώρακος διαστολῆς τὸν ἀέρα δεχόμενον, τὸ ἔνδον ἡμῶν θερμὸν διαῤῥιπίζει καὶ ἀναψύχει· ἐκείνοις δὲ ἡ τῶν βραγχίων διαστολὴ καὶ ἐπίπτυξις, δεχομένων τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ διιέντων, τὸν τῆς ἀναπνοῆς λόγον ἀποπληροῖ, ’Ἰδιος κλῆρος τῶν ἰχθύων, ἰδία φύσις, δίαιτα κεχωρισμένη, ἷδιότροπος ἡ ζωή, Διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲν τιθασσεύεσθαί τι τῶν νηκτῶν καταδέχεται, ούδὲ ὅλως ὑπομένει χειρὸς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐπιβολὴν

Kai eipen ho Theos; Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn kata genos, kai peteina petomena kata to stereōma tou ouranou kata genos, Meta tēn tōn phōstērōn dēmiourgian kai ta hydata loipon plēroutai zōōn, hōste kai tautēn diakosmēthēnai tēn lēxin, Apelabe men gar hē gē ton ek tōn oikeiōn blastēmatōn kosmon ; apelabe de ho ouranos tōn astrōn ta anthē, kai hoionei didymōn ophthalmōn tę̄ syzygią tōn megalōn phōstērōn katekosmēthē. Leipomenon ēn kai tois hydasi ton oikeion kosmon apodothēnai, Ēlthe prostagma, kai heuthys kai potamoi energoi, kai limnai gonimoi tōn oikeiōn hekaston autōn kai kata physin genōn. Kai hē thalassa ta pantodapa genē tōn plōtōn ōdine, kai oude hoson en hilysi kai telmasi tou hydatos ēn, houde touto argon, oude amoiron tēs kata tēn ktisin synteleias apemeine, Batrachoi gar kai empides kai kōnōpes ex autōn apegennōnto dēlonoti. Ta gar eti kai nyn horōmena apodeixis esti tōn parelthontōn. Houtō pan hydōr ēpeigeto tǭ dēmiourgikǭ prostagmati hypourgein; kai hōn oudʼ han ta genē tis exarithmēsasthai dynētheiē, toutōn tēn zōēn euthys energon kai kinoumenēn apedeixen hē megalē kai aphatos tou Theou dynamis, homou tǭ prostagmati tēs pros to zōogonein epitēdeiotētos engenomenēs tois hydasin, Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn. Nyn prōton empsychon kai aisthēseōs metechon zōon dēmiourgeitai. Phyta gar kai dendra, kan zę̄n legētai diai to metechein tēs threptikēs kai auxētikēs dynameōs, allʼ ouchi kai zōa, oude empsycha, Toutou ge heneka, Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta. Pan to nēktikon, kan tę̄ epiphaneią tou hydatos epinēchētai, kan dia bathous temnę̄ to hydōr, tēs tōn herpēstikōn esti physeōs, episyromenon tǭ tou hydatos sōmati. Kan hypopoda de kai poreutika hyparchę̄ tina tōn enydrōn (malista men amphibia ta polla toutōn estin hoion phōkai, kai krokodeiloi, kai hoi potamioi ’ippoi, kai batrachoi, kai karkinoi), allʼ oun proēgoumenon echei to nēktikon. Dia touto, Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta, En toutois tois mikrois rhēmasi ti pareitai genos? ti ouk emperieilēptai tǭ prostagmati tēs dēmiourgias? Ou ta zōotokounta, hoion phōkai kai delphines kai narkai, kai ta homoia toutois, ta selachē legomena? ou ta ǭotoka, haper esti panta schedon tōn ichthyōn ta genē? ouch hosa lepidōta, ouch hosa pholidōta, ouch hois esti pterygia kai hois mē? Ē men phōnē tou prostagmatos mikra, mallon de oude phōnē, alla rhopē monon kai hormē tou thelēmatos; to de tēs en tǭ prostagmati dianoias polychoun tosouton estin, hosai kai ai tōn ichthyōn diaphorai kai koinotētes, hois pasi diʼ akribeias epexelthein ison esti kai kymata pelagous aparithmeisthai, ē tais kotylais peirasthai to hydōr tēs thalassēs apometrein. Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta. En toutois eni ta pelagia, ta haigialōdē, ta bythia, ta petrōdē, ta agelaia,ta sporadika, ta kētē, ta hyperonka, ta leptotata tōn ichthyōn. Tę̄ gar autę̄ dynamei, kai tǭ isǭ prostagmati, to te mega kai to mikron metalanchanei tou einai. Exagagetō ta hydata. ’Edeixe soi tēn physikēn tōn nēktōn pros to hydōr syngeneian; dio mikron hoi ichthyes chōristhentes tou hydatos diaphtheirontai. Houde gar echousin anapnoēn, hōste helkein ton aera touton; allʼ hoper toïs chersaiois estin aēr, touto tǭ plōtǭ genei to hydōr. Kai hē aitia dēlē; hoti hēmin men ho pneumōn enkeitai, araion kai polyporon splanchnon, ho dia tēs tou thōrakos diastolēs ton aera dechomenon, to endon hēmōn thermon diarrhipizei kai anapsychei; ekeinois de hē tōn branchiōn diastolē kai epiptyxis, dechomenōn to hydōr kai diientōn, ton tēs anapnoēs logon apoplēroi, ’Idios klēros tōn ichthyōn, idia physis, diaita kechōrismenē, hidiotropos hē zōē, Dia touto ouden tithasseuesthai ti tōn nēktōn katadechetai, oude holōs hypomenei cheiros anthrōpinēs epibolēn

"And God said, Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls according to their kind, and birds flying along the firmament of heaven according to their kind." After the creation of the lights, the waters too are now filled with living things, so that this region also might be adorned. The earth had received its adornment from its own growths; heaven had received the flowers of the stars and had been adorned with the pair of the great lights, as with twin eyes. It remained for the waters too to be given their proper adornment. The command came, and at once rivers were active and lakes fruitful, each of them with the kinds proper and natural to it. The sea was in labor with every kind of swimming thing; and not even what water there was in mud and marshes was left idle or without a share in completing creation: frogs and gnats and mosquitoes were clearly born from them. For what is still seen even now is proof of what is past. So all water hastened to serve the Creator's command; and the great and unspeakable power of God at once made active and moving the life of creatures whose very kinds no one could count, as the fitness to bring forth life came into the waters together with the command. "Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls." Now for the first time an animate living being, sharing in sensation, is created. For plants and trees, even if they are said to live because they share in the power of nourishment and growth, are nevertheless not animals, nor animate. For this reason: "Let the waters bring forth creeping things." Every swimming thing, whether it swims on the surface of the water or cuts through the water in its depth, is of the nature of creeping things, since it drags itself along the body of the water. And even if some water creatures have feet and walk (most of these are amphibious, such as seals, crocodiles, hippopotamuses, frogs, and crabs), swimming is still their primary trait. That is why: "Let the waters bring forth creeping things." In these few words what kind is left out? What is not included in the command of creation? Not the live-bearing, like seals and dolphins and torpedo rays and those like them, the so-called cartilaginous fishes? Not the egg-laying, which are nearly all the kinds of fish? Not the scaly, not the plated, not those that have fins and those that have none? The voice of the command is small, or rather not even a voice, but only the inclination and impulse of the will; but the meaning in the command is as manifold as are the differences and common features of the fishes, to go through all of which with precision is like counting the waves of the sea or trying to measure out the water of the sea in cups. "Let the waters bring forth creeping things." Among these are the creatures of the open sea, of the shore, of the deep, of the rocks; those that go in shoals and those that are solitary; the sea monsters, the huge, and the tiniest of fishes. For by the same power and the same command both the great and the small receive their being. "Let the waters bring forth." He has shown you the natural kinship of swimming things with water; that is why fish, separated from the water for a little while, die. For they have no breathing by which to draw in this air of ours; what air is to land animals, water is to the swimming kind. And the cause is clear: in us there is the lung, a porous organ full of passages, which receives the air through the expansion of the chest and fans and cools the heat within us; but in them the opening and closing of the gills, which take in the water and let it out, fulfills the function of breathing. The fishes have their own lot, their own nature, a separate way of life, a life of their own kind. That is why none of the swimming things will be tamed, nor will it endure the touch of a human hand at all.

7.2PG 29:149c–152c

Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν κατά γένος. Ἑκάστου γένους τὰς ἀπαρχὰς νῦν, οἱονεὶ σπέρματά τινα τῆς φύσεως, προβληθῆναι κελεύει· τὸ δὲ πλῆθος αὖτῶν ἐν τῇ μετὰ ταῦτα διαδοχῇ ταμιεύεται, ὅταν αὐξάνεσθαι αὔτα καὶ πληθύνεσθαι δέῃ, ’Ἄλλου γένους ἐστὶ τὰ ὀστρακόδερμα προσαγορευόμενα. οἷον κόγχαι, καὶ κτένες, καὶ κοχλίαι θαλάσσιοι, καὶ στρόμβοι, καὶ αἱ μυρίαι τῶν ὀστρέων διαφοραί, ’Ἄλλο πάλιν παρὰ ταῦτα γένος, τὰ μαλακόστρακα προσειρημένα, κάραβοι, καὶ καρκῒνοι, καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις. ’Ἕτερον παρά ταῦτα γένος ἐστὶ τὰ μαλάκια οὕτω προσαγορευθέντα, ὅσων ἦ σὰρξ ἀπαλὴ καὶ χαύνη· πολύποδες, καὶ σηπίαι, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις. Καὶ ἐν τούτοις πάλιν διαφοραὶ μυρίαι. Δράκοντες γὰρ καὶ μύραιναι καὶ ἐγχέλυες, αἱ κατὰ τοὺς ἰλυώδεις ποταμοὺς καὶ λίμνας γινόμεναι, τοῖς ἰοβόλοις μᾶλλον τῶν ἑρπετῶν, ἢ τοῖς ἰχθύσι κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα τῆς φύσεως προσεγγίζουσιν. Ἄλλο γένος τὸ τῶν ὡοτοκούντων, καὶ ἄλλο τὸ τῶν ζωοτοκούντων, Ζωοτοκεῖ δὲ τὰ γαλεώδη καὶ οἱ κυνίσκοι, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τὰ σελάχη λεγόμενα. Καὶ τῶν κητῶν τὰ πλεῖστα ζωοτόκα. δελφῖνες καὶ φῶκαι, ἃ καὶ νεαροὺς ἔτι τοὺς σκύμνους, διαπτοηθέντας ὑπὸ αἰτίας τινὸς, λέγεται πᾶλιν τῇ γαστρὶ ὑποδεχόμεναι περιστέλλειν. Ἐξαγαγὲτω τὰ ὕδατα κατὰ γένος. Ἕτερον γένος τὸ κητῶδες, καὶ τὸ τῶν λεπτῶν ἰχθύων ἕτερον. Πάλιν ἓν τοῖς ἰχθύσι μυρίαι διαφοραὶ κατὰ γένη διῃρημέναι· ῶν καὶ ὀνόματα ἴδια, καὶ τροφὴ παρηλλαγμένη, καὶ σχῆμα, καὶ μέγεθος, καὶ σαρκῶν ποιότητες, πάντα μεγίσταις διαφοραῖς ἀλλήλων κεχωρισμένα, καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις καὶ ἑτέροις εἴδεσι καθεστῶτα. Ποϊοι μὲν οὖν θυννοσκόποι τῶν γενῶν τὰς διαφορὰς ἡμῖν ἀπαριθμήσασθαι δύνανται; Καίτοι φασὶν αὐτοὺς ἐν μεγάλαις ἀγέλαις ἰχθύων καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἀπαγγέλλειν· Τίς δὲ τῶν περὶ αἰγιαλοὺς καὶ ἀκτὰς καταγηρασάντων δύναται ἧμιν τὴν ἱστορίαν πάντων διʼ ἀκριβείας γνωρίσαι; Ἄλλα γνωρίζουσιν οἱ τὴν Ἰνδικὴν ἁλιεύοντες θάλασσανʼ ἄλλα οἱ τὸν Αἰγύπτιον ἀγρεύοντες κόλπον· ἄλλα νησιῶται· καὶ ἄλλα Μαυρούσιοι. Πάντα δὲ ὁμοίως μικρά τε καὶ μεγάλα τὸ πρῶτον ἐκεῖνο πρόσταγμα καὶ ἡ ἄφατος ἐκείνη παρήγαγε δύναμις. Πολλαὶ τῶν βίων αἱ παραλλαγαίʼ πολλαὶ καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰς διαδοχὰς ἑκάστου γένους διαφοραί, Οὔκ ὲπωάζουσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν ἰχθύων ὥσπερ αἱ ὄρνιθες, οὔτε καλιὰς πήγνυνται, οὕτε μετα πόνων ἐκτρέφουσι ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἔκγονα· ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὑποδεξάμενον ἐκπεσὸν τὸ ᾠὸν, ἐζωοποίησεν. Καὶ ἑκάστῳ γένει ἦ διαδοχὴ ἀπαράλλακτος καὶ ἀνεπίμικτος πρὸς ἑτέραν φύσιν· οὐχ οἷαι τῶν ἡμιόνων ἐπὶ τῆς χέρσου, καί τινων ὀρνίθων ἐπιπλοκαὶ παραχαρασσόντων τὰ γένη, Οὐδὲν παρὰ τοῖς ἰχθύσιν ἐξ ἡμισείας ὥπλισται τοῖς ὁδοῦσιν, ὡς βοῦς παρʼ ἡμῖν καὶ πρόβατον· οὐδὲ γὰρ μηρυκάζει τι παρʼ αὐτοῖς, εἰ μὴ τὸν σκάρον μόνον ἱστοροῦσί τινες, Πάντα δὲ ὀξυτάταις ἀκμαῖς ὀδόντων καταπεπύκνωται, ἵνα μὴ τῇ χρονίᾳ μασήσει ἡ τροφὴ διαρρέῃ· ἔμελλε γὰρ, εἰ μὴ ὀξέως κατᾶτεμνομένη τῇ γαστρὶ παρεπέμπετο, ἐν τῇ λεπτοποιήσει διαφορεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῦ ὕδατος,

Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn kata genos. Hekastou genous tas aparchas nyn, hoionei spermata tina tēs physeōs, problēthēnai keleuei; to de plēthos autōn en tę̄ meta tauta diadochę̄ tamieuetai, hotan auxanesthai auta kai plēthynesthai deę̄, ’Allou genous esti ta ostrakoderma prosagoreuomena. hoion konchai, kai ktenes, kai kochliai thalassioi, kai stromboi, kai hai myriai tōn ostreōn diaphorai, ’Allo palin para tauta genos, ta malakostraka proseirēmena, karaboi, kai karkïnoi, kai ta paraplēsia toutois. ’Heteron para tauta genos esti ta malakia houtō prosagoreuthenta, hosōn ē sarx apalē kai chaunē; polypodes, kai sēpiai, kai ta homoia toutois. Kai en toutois palin diaphorai myriai. Drakontes gar kai myrainai kai enchelyes, hai kata tous ilyōdeis potamous kai limnas ginomenai, tois iobolois mallon tōn herpetōn, ē tois ichthysi kata tēn homoiotēta tēs physeōs prosengizousin. Allo genos to tōn hōotokountōn, kai allo to tōn zōotokountōn, Zōotokei de ta galeōdē kai hoi kyniskoi, kai hapaxaplōs ta selachē legomena. Kai tōn kētōn ta pleista zōotoka. delphines kai phōkai, ha kai nearous eti tous skymnous, diaptoēthentas hypo aitias tinos, legetai palin tę̄ gastri hypodechomenai peristellein. Exagagetō ta hydata kata genos. Heteron genos to kētōdes, kai to tōn leptōn ichthyōn heteron. Palin hen tois ichthysi myriai diaphorai kata genē dię̄rēmenai; ōn kai onomata idia, kai trophē parēllagmenē, kai schēma, kai megethos, kai sarkōn poiotētes, panta megistais diaphorais allēlōn kechōrismena, kai en heterois kai heterois eidesi kathestōta. Poïoi men oun thynnoskopoi tōn genōn tas diaphoras hēmin aparithmēsasthai dynantai? Kaitoi phasin autous en megalais agelais ichthyōn kai ton arithmon apangellein; Tis de tōn peri aigialous kai aktas katagērasantōn dynatai hēmin tēn historian pantōn diʼ akribeias gnōrisai? Alla gnōrizousin hoi tēn Indikēn halieuontes thalassanʼ alla hoi ton Aigyption agreuontes kolpon; alla nēsiōtai; kai alla Maurousioi. Panta de homoiōs mikra te kai megala to prōton ekeino prostagma kai hē aphatos ekeinē parēgage dynamis. Pollai tōn biōn hai parallagaiʼ pollai kai hai peri tas diadochas hekastou genous diaphorai, Ouk epōazousin hoi pleistoi tōn ichthyōn hōsper hai ornithes, oute kalias pēgnyntai, houte meta ponōn ektrephousi heautōn ta ekgona; alla to hydōr, hypodexamenon ekpeson to ǭon, ezōopoiēsen. Kai hekastǭ genei ē diadochē aparallaktos kai anepimiktos pros heteran physin; ouch hoiai tōn hēmionōn epi tēs chersou, kai tinōn ornithōn epiplokai paracharassontōn ta genē, Ouden para tois ichthysin ex hēmiseias hōplistai tois hodousin, hōs bous parʼ hēmin kai probaton; oude gar mērykazei ti parʼ autois, ei mē ton skaron monon historousi tines, Panta de oxytatais akmais odontōn katapepyknōtai, hina mē tę̄ chronią masēsei hē trophē diarreę̄; emelle gar, ei mē oxeōs katatemnomenē tę̄ gastri parepempeto, en tę̄ leptopoiēsei diaphoreisthai para tou hydatos,

"Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls according to their kind." He commands the firstfruits of each kind to be put forth now, as seeds of nature, so to speak; their multitude is kept in store for the succession that follows, when they are to grow and multiply. Of another kind are the creatures called shell-skinned, such as mussels, scallops, sea snails, whelks, and the countless varieties of oysters. Another kind besides these are those called soft-shelled: crayfish, crabs, and the like. Yet another kind besides these are the so-called soft creatures, whose flesh is tender and loose: octopuses, cuttlefish, and the like. And among these again there are countless differences. For sea serpents, morays, and the eels found in muddy rivers and lakes come closer in the likeness of their nature to venomous reptiles than to fishes. The egg-laying kind is one, the live-bearing another. Sharks and dogfish are live-bearing, and in general the so-called cartilaginous fishes. Most of the sea monsters are live-bearing too, dolphins and seals, which are said, when their young are still small and are frightened by some cause, to take them back into their belly and shelter them. "Let the waters bring forth according to their kind." The kind of the sea monsters is one, and that of the small fishes another. Among the fishes again there are countless differences divided by kind: they have names of their own, different food, shape, size, and qualities of flesh, all separated from one another by the greatest differences and set in various species. What tunny-watchers can enumerate for us the differences of the kinds? Yet they say these men even report the number of fish in great shoals. And which of those who have grown old on beaches and shores can make known to us precisely the account of them all? Those who fish the Indian sea know some, those who hunt the Egyptian gulf others, islanders others, and Moors others. But all alike, small and great, that first command and that unspeakable power brought forth. Many are the variations in their ways of life, many the differences in how each kind succeeds itself. Most fishes do not brood like birds, nor build nests, nor rear their young with toil; the water receives the egg that has fallen out and brings it to life. And for each kind the succession is unchanged and unmixed with another nature; there are no crossings like those of the mules on land, or of certain birds, which counterfeit the kinds. No fish is armed with teeth by halves, as the ox and the sheep are among us; for none of them chews the cud, except that some report it of the parrot fish alone. All are thickly set with very sharp points of teeth, so that the food may not slip away in long chewing; for if it were not quickly cut up and sent on to the belly, it would be carried off by the water while it was being ground down.

7.3PG 29:152d–156b

Τροφὴ δὲ ἰχθύσιν ἄλλοις ἄλλη κατὰ γένος διωρισμένη. Oi μὲν γὰρ ἱλύϊ τρέφονται, οἱ δὲ τοῖς φυκίοις ἄλλοι ταῖς βοτάναις ταῖς ἐντρεφομὲναις τῷ ὕδατι ἀρκούνται. Ἀλληλοφάγοι δὲ τῶν ἰχθύων οἱ πλεῖστοι, καὶ ὁ μικρότερος παρʼ ἓκείνοις βρῶμᾶ ὶστι τοῦ μείζονος. Κἂν ποτε συμβῇ τὸν του ἐλάττονος κρατήσαντα ἐτέρου γενέσθαι θήραμα, ὑπὸ τὴν μίαν ἄγονται γαστέρα τοῦ τελευταίου. Τί οὖν ἡμεῖς οἳ ἄνθρωποι ἄλλο τι ποιοῦμεν ἐν τῇ καταδυναστεία τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων; τί διαφέρει τοῦ τελευταίου ἰχθύος ὁ τῇ λαιμάργῳ φιλοπλουτίᾳ τοῖς ἀπληρώτοις τῆς πλεονεξίας αὐτοῦ κόλποις ἐναποκρύπτων τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς; Ἐκεῖνος εἶχε τὰ τοῦ πένητος· σὺ τοῦτον λαβὼν μέρος ἐποιήσω τῆς περιουσίας σεαυτοῦ. Ἀδίκων ἀδικώτερος ἀνεφάνης, καὶ πλεονεκτικώτερος πλεονέκτου, Ὅρα μὴ τὸ αὐτό σε πέρας τῶν ἰχθύων ἐκδέξηται, ἅγκιστρόν που, ἢ κύρτος, ἢ δίκτυον, Πάντως γὰρ καί ἡμεῖς πολλὰ τῶν ἀδίκων διεξελθόντες, τὴν τελευταίαν τιμωρίαν οὒκ ἀποδρασόμεθα. ’Ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀσθενεῖ ζώῳ πολὺ τὸ πανοῦργον καὶ ἐπίβουλον καταμαθὼν, βούλομαί σε φυγεῖν τὴν τῶν κακούργων μίμησιν. Ὁ καρκῖνος τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμεῖ τοῦ ὀστρέου· ἀλλὰ δυσάλωτος ἡ ἄγρα αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν περιβολὴν τοῦ ὀστράκου γίνεται, Ἀῤῥαγεῖ γὰρ ἐρκίῳ τὸ ἁπαλὸν τῆς σαρκὸς ἡ φύσις κατησφαλίσατο. Διὸ καὶ ὀστρακόδερμον προσηγόρευται. Καὶ ἐπειδὴ δύο κοιλότητες ἀκριβῶς ἀλλήλαις προσηρμοσμὲναι τὸ ὄστρεον περιπτύσσονται, ἀναγκαίως ἅπρακτοί εἰσιν αἱ χηλαὶ τοῦ καρκίνου. Τί οὖν ποιεῖ ; ’Ὅταν ἴδῃ ἐν ἀπηνέμοις χωρίοις μεθʼ ἡδονῆς διαθαλπόμενον, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀκτῖνα τοῦ ἡλίου τὰς πτύχας ἑαυτοῦ διαπλώσαντα, τότε δὴ, λάθρα ψηφῖδα παρεμβαλὼν, διακωλύει τὴν σύμπτυξινʼ καὶ εὖρίσκεται τὸ ἐλλεῖπον τῆς δυνάμεως διὰ τῆς ἐπινοίας περιεχόμενος. Αὕτη ἡ κακία τῶν μήτε λόγου μήτε φωνῆς μετεχόντων, Ἐγὼ δέ σε βούλομαι, τὸ ποριστικὸν καὶ εὐμήχανον τῶν καρκίνων ζηλοῦντα, τῆς βλάβης τῶν πλησίον ἀπέχεσθαι. Τοιοῦτός ἐστιν ὁ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν πορευόμενος δόλῳ, καὶ ταῖς τῶν πλησίον ἀκαιρίαις ἐπιτιθέμενος, καὶ ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις συμφοραῖς ἐντρυφῶν. Φεῦγε τὰς μιμήσεις τῶν κατεγνωσμένων, Τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀρκοῦ, Πενία μετὰ αὐταρκείας ἀληθοῦς πάσης ἀπολαύσεως τοῖς σωφρονοῦσι προτιμοτέρα, Οὔκ ἂν παρέλθοιμι τὸ τοῦ πολύποδος δολερὸν καὶ ἐπίκλοπον, ὃς ὁποίᾳ ποτʼ ἄν ἑκάστοτε πέτρᾳ περιπλακῇ, τὴν ἐκείνης ὑπέρχεται χρόαν· ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἰχθύων ἀπροόπτως νηχομένους τῷ πολύποδι περιπίπτειν, ὡς τῇ πέτρᾳ δὴθεν, καὶ ἕτοιμον γίνεσθαι θήραμα τῷ πανούργῳ. Τοιοῦτοι εἶσι τὸ ἦθος οἱ τὰς ἀεὶ κρατούσας δυναστείας ὑπερχόμενοι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἑκάστοτε χρείας μεθαρμοζόμενοι, μὴ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀεὶ προαιρέσεως βεβηκότες, ἀλλʼ ἄλλοι καὶ ἄλλοι ῥαδίως γινόμενοι, σωφροσύνην τιμῶντες μετὰ σωφρόνων, ἀκόλαστοι δὲ ἐν ἀκολάστοις, πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου ἀρέσκειαν τὰς γνώμας μετατιθέμενοι, Οὓς οὐδὲ ῥᾴδιον ἐκκλῖναι, οὐδὲ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν φυλάξασθαι βλάβην, διὰ τὸ ἐν τῷ προσχήματι τῆς φιλίας βαθέως κατασκευασμένην τὴν πονηρίαν κατακεκρύφθαι, Τὰ τοιαῦτα ἤθη λύκους ἅρπαγας ὀνομάζει ὁ Κύριος, ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων προφαινομένους. Φεῦγε τὸ παντοδαπὸν καὶ πολλαπλοῦν τοῦ τρόπου · δίωκε δὲ ἀλήθειαν, εἷλικρίνειαν, ἁπλότητα. Ὀ ὄφις ποικίλος · διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἕρπειν κατεδικάσθη. Ὀ δίκαιος ἄπλαστος, ὁποῖος ὁ Ἰακώβ. Διά τοῦτο Κατοικίζει Κύριος μονοτρόπους ἐν οἴκῳ, Αὕτη ἡ θάλασσα ἡ μεγάλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἐκεῖ ἑρπετὰ, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός ’ ζῶα μικρά μετά μεγάλων. Ἀλλʼ ὅμως σοφή τίς ἐστι παρʼ αὒτοῖς καὶ εὔτακτος διακόσμησις. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον κατηγορεῖν ἔχομεν τῶν ἰχθύων, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἂ καὶ μιμήσασθαι ἄξιον. Πῶς τὰ γένη των ἰχθύων ἕκαστα τὴν ἐπιτηδεϊαν ἑαυτοῖς διανειμάμενα χώραν, οὒκ ἐπεμβαίνει ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλά τοῖς οἰκείοις ὅροις ἐνδιατρίβει; Οὖδεὶς γεωμέτρης παρʼ αὒτοϊς κατένειμε τὰς οἰκήσεις · οὐ τείχεσι περιγέγραπται· οὒκ ὀροθεσίοις διῄρηται καὶ αὖτομάτως ἑκάστῳ τὸ χρήσιμον ἀποτέτακται. Οὗτος μὲν γὰρ ὁ κόλπος τάδε τινὰ γένη τῶν ἰχθύων βόσκει, κάκεῖνος ἕτερα καὶ τα ὧδε πληθύνοντα ἄπορα παρʼ ἑτέροις. Οὐδὲν ὅρος ὀξείαις κορυφαῖς ἀνατεταμένον διίστησιν, οὐ ποταμὸς τὴν διάβασιν ἀποτέμνεται· ἀλλὰ νόμος τίς ἐστι φύσεως ἴσως καί δικαίως κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου χρειῶδες τὴν δίαιταν ἑκάστοις ἀποκληρῶν.

Trophē de ichthysin allois allē kata genos diōrismenē. Oi men gar hilyï trephontai, hoi de tois phykiois alloi tais botanais tais entrephomenais tǭ hydati arkountai. Allēlophagoi de tōn ichthyōn hoi pleistoi, kai ho mikroteros parʼ hekeinois brōma isti tou meizonos. Kan pote symbę̄ ton tou elattonos kratēsanta eterou genesthai thērama, hypo tēn mian agontai gastera tou teleutaiou. Ti oun hēmeis hoi anthrōpoi allo ti poioumen en tę̄ katadynasteia tōn hypodeesterōn? ti diapherei tou teleutaiou ichthyos ho tę̄ laimargǭ philoploutią tois aplērōtois tēs pleonexias autou kolpois enapokryptōn tous astheneis? Ekeinos eiche ta tou penētos; sy touton labōn meros epoiēsō tēs periousias seautou. Adikōn adikōteros anephanēs, kai pleonektikōteros pleonektou, Hora mē to auto se peras tōn ichthyōn ekdexētai, hankistron pou, ē kyrtos, ē diktyon, Pantōs gar kai hēmeis polla tōn adikōn diexelthontes, tēn teleutaian timōrian ouk apodrasometha. ’Ēdē de kai en asthenei zōǭ poly to panourgon kai epiboulon katamathōn, boulomai se phygein tēn tōn kakourgōn mimēsin. Ho karkinos tēs sarkos epithymei tou ostreou; alla dysalōtos hē agra autǭ dia tēn peribolēn tou ostrakou ginetai, Arrhagei gar erkiǭ to hapalon tēs sarkos hē physis katēsphalisato. Dio kai ostrakodermon prosēgoreutai. Kai epeidē dyo koilotētes akribōs allēlais prosērmosmenai to ostreon periptyssontai, anankaiōs hapraktoi eisin hai chēlai tou karkinou. Ti oun poiei ? ’Hotan idę̄ en apēnemois chōriois methʼ hēdonēs diathalpomenon, kai pros tēn aktina tou hēliou tas ptychas heautou diaplōsanta, tote dē, lathra psēphida parembalōn, diakōlyei tēn symptyxinʼ kai eurisketai to elleipon tēs dynameōs dia tēs epinoias periechomenos. Hautē hē kakia tōn mēte logou mēte phōnēs metechontōn, Egō de se boulomai, to poristikon kai eumēchanon tōn karkinōn zēlounta, tēs blabēs tōn plēsion apechesthai. Toioutos estin ho pros ton adelphon poreuomenos dolǭ, kai tais tōn plēsion akairiais epitithemenos, kai tais allotriais symphorais entryphōn. Pheuge tas mimēseis tōn kategnōsmenōn, Tois oikeiois arkou, Penia meta autarkeias alēthous pasēs apolauseōs tois sōphronousi protimotera, Ouk an parelthoimi to tou polypodos doleron kai epiklopon, hos hopoią potʼ an hekastote petrą periplakę̄, tēn ekeinēs hyperchetai chroan; hōste tous pollous tōn ichthyōn aprooptōs nēchomenous tǭ polypodi peripiptein, hōs tę̄ petrą dēthen, kai hetoimon ginesthai thērama tǭ panourgǭ. Toioutoi eisi to ēthos hoi tas aei kratousas dynasteias hyperchomenoi, kai pros tas hekastote chreias metharmozomenoi, mē epi tēs autēs aei proaireseōs bebēkotes, allʼ alloi kai alloi rhadiōs ginomenoi, sōphrosynēn timōntes meta sōphronōn, akolastoi de en akolastois, pros tēn hekastou areskeian tas gnōmas metatithemenoi, Hous oude rhądion ekklinai, oude tēn apʼ autōn phylaxasthai blabēn, dia to en tǭ proschēmati tēs philias batheōs kataskeuasmenēn tēn ponērian katakekryphthai, Ta toiauta ēthē lykous harpagas onomazei ho Kyrios, en endymasi probatōn prophainomenous. Pheuge to pantodapon kai pollaploun tou tropou ; diōke de alētheian, heilikrineian, haplotēta. O ophis poikilos ; dia touto kai herpein katedikasthē. O dikaios aplastos, hopoios ho Iakōb. Dia touto Katoikizei Kyrios monotropous en oikǭ, Hautē hē thalassa hē megalē kai eurychōros ekei herpeta, hōn ouk estin arithmos ’ zōa mikra meta megalōn. Allʼ homōs sophē tis esti parʼ autois kai eutaktos diakosmēsis. Ou gar monon katēgorein echomen tōn ichthyōn, allʼ estin a kai mimēsasthai axion. Pōs ta genē tōn ichthyōn hekasta tēn epitēdeïan heautois dianeimamena chōran, ouk epembainei allēlois, alla tois oikeiois horois endiatribei? Oudeis geōmetrēs parʼ autoïs kateneime tas oikēseis ; ou teichesi perigegraptai; ouk orothesiois dię̄rētai kai automatōs hekastǭ to chrēsimon apotetaktai. Houtos men gar ho kolpos tade tina genē tōn ichthyōn boskei, kakeinos hetera kai ta hōde plēthynonta apora parʼ heterois. Ouden horos oxeiais koryphais anatetamenon diistēsin, ou potamos tēn diabasin apotemnetai; alla nomos tis esti physeōs isōs kai dikaiōs kata to hekastou chreiōdes tēn diaitan hekastois apoklērōn.

Fishes have food assigned to them, different for different kinds. Some feed on mud, others on seaweed, others are content with the plants that grow in the water. But most fishes eat one another, and among them the smaller is food for the larger. And if it happens that the one that overpowered a smaller fish becomes another's prey, both are taken into the one belly of the last. What else, then, do we men do in oppressing those weaker than ourselves? How does he differ from that last fish, who with a gluttonous love of wealth hides the weak away in the insatiable bosom of his greed? That man held the poor man's goods; you took him and made him part of your own abundance. You have shown yourself more unjust than the unjust and more grasping than the grasping. Take care lest the same end as the fishes' await you: a hook somewhere, or a fish trap, or a net. For certainly we too, having gone through many injustices, will not escape the final punishment. Having observed much craft and treachery even in a weak creature, I want you to flee from imitating evildoers. The crab desires the flesh of the oyster, but the prey is hard for it to catch because of the covering of the shell; for nature has secured the tenderness of the flesh with an unbreakable enclosure. That is why it is called "shell-skinned." And since two hollows, exactly fitted to each other, enclose the oyster, the crab's claws are necessarily useless. What then does it do? When it sees the oyster in sheltered places warming itself with pleasure and opening its folds to the ray of the sun, then it secretly slips in a pebble and prevents the closing; and it is found to make up for its lack of strength by cunning. This is the wickedness of creatures that share in neither reason nor speech. But I want you, while you emulate the resourcefulness and ingenuity of crabs, to keep from harming your neighbors. Such is the one who comes upon his brother with deceit, takes advantage of his neighbors' misfortunes, and revels in other people's calamities. Flee from imitating those condemned. Be content with your own. Poverty with true self-sufficiency is preferable, for the sober-minded, to every enjoyment. I would not pass over the deceit and thievery of the octopus, which, whatever rock it clings to at any time, takes on that rock's color; so that many fishes, swimming unawares, fall upon the octopus as though upon the rock, and become ready prey for the villain. Such in character are those who fawn on whatever powers rule at the time and adapt themselves to the needs of each occasion, never standing fast in the same purpose but easily becoming one thing and then another, honoring self-control with the self-controlled and licentious among the licentious, changing their opinions to please each person. It is not easy to avoid them or to guard against the harm they do, because their wickedness, deeply prepared, is hidden under the pretense of friendship. Such characters the Lord calls ravening wolves who appear in sheep's clothing. Flee the many-sided and manifold in character; pursue truth, sincerity, simplicity. The serpent is many-colored; that is why it was condemned to creep. The righteous man is without guile, like Jacob. That is why "the Lord makes those of one way of life dwell in a house." "So is this sea, great and wide: there are creeping things without number, small living things with great." And yet there is a wise and orderly arrangement among them. For we can not only accuse the fishes; there are also things in them worth imitating. How is it that the kinds of fishes, each having apportioned to itself a suitable region, do not encroach on one another, but stay within their own bounds? No surveyor among them distributed their dwellings; they are not enclosed by walls or divided by boundary markers; yet what is useful has been assigned to each of its own accord. This gulf feeds certain kinds of fishes and that one others, and those that abound here are scarce elsewhere. No mountain rising with sharp peaks separates them, no river cuts off their passage; but there is a law of nature that allots to each kind its way of life equally and justly, according to its need.

7.4PG 29:156b–157c

Ἀλλʼ οὔχ ἡμεῖς τοιοῦτοι. Πόθεν; Οἵγε μεταίρομεν ὅρια αἰώνια, ἂ ἔθεντο οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, Παρατεμνόμεθα γῆν, συνάπτομεν οὶκίαν πρὸς οἰκίαν καὶ ἀγρὸν πρὸς ἀγρὸν, ’ίνα τοῦ πλησίον ἀφελώμεθά τι. Οἶδε τὰ κήτη τὴν ἀφωρισμένην αὐτοῖς παρὰ τῆς φύσεως δίαιταν, τὴν ἔξω τῶν οἰκουμένων χωρίων κατείληφε θάλασσαν, τὴν ἐρήμην νήσων, ᾗ μηδεμία πρὸς τὸ ἀντιπέρας ἀντικαθέστηκεν ἤπειρος, Διόπερ ἄπλους ἐστὶν, οὕτε ἱστορίας οὔτε τινὸς χρείας κατατολμᾷν αὐτῆς τοὺς πλωτῆρας ἀναπειθούσης. Ἐκείνην καταλαβόντα τὰ κήτη, τοῖς μεγίστοις τῶν ὀρῶν κατά τὸ μέγεθος ἐοικότα, ὡς οἱ τεθεαμένοι φασὶ, μένει ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις ὅροις, μήτε ταῖς νήσοις, μήτε ταῖς παραλίοις πόλεσι λυμαινόμενα. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἕκαστον γένος, ὥσπερ πόλεσιν, ἢ κώμαις τισὶν, ἢ πατρίσιν ἀρχαίαις, τοῖς ἀποτεταγμένοις αὖτοῖς τῆς θαλάσσης μέρεσιν ἐναυλίζεται. ’Ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ ἀποδημητικοὶ τῶν ἰχθύων, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ βουλευτηρίου πρὸς τὴν ὑπερορίαν στελλόμενοι, ὑφʼ ἑνὶ συνθήματι πάντες ἀπαίρουσιν, Ἐπειδὰν γὰρ ὁ τεταγμένος καιρὸς τῆς κυήσεως καταλάβῃ, ἄλλοι ἀπʼ ἄλλων κόλπων μεταναστάντες, τῷ κοινῷ τῆς φύσεως νόμῳ διεγερθέντες, ἐπὶ τὴν βορεινὴν ἐπείγονται θάλασσαν. Καὶ ἴδοις ἂν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἀνόδου ὥσπερ τι ῥεῦμα τοὺς ἰχθῦς ἡνωμένους, καὶ διὰ τῆς Προποντίδος ἐπὶ τὸν Εὔξεινον ῥέοντας, Τίς ὁ κινῶν; ποῖον πρόσταγμα βασιλέως; ποῖα διαγράμματα κατʼ ἀγορὰν ἡπλωμένα τὴν προθεσμίαν δηλοῖ; οἱ ξεναγοῦντες τίνες; Ὁρᾷς τὴν θεὶαν διάταξιν πάντα πληροῦσαν, καὶ διὰ τῶν μικροτάτων διήκουσαν. Ἱχθυς οὒκ ἀντιλέγει νόμῳ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἅνθρωποι σωτηρίων διδαγμάτων οὐκ ἀνεχόμεθα, Μὴ καταφρόνει τῶν ἰχθύων, ἐπειδὴ ἂφωνα καὶ ἄλογα παντελῶςʼ ἀλλὰ φοβοῦ μὴ καὶ τούτων ἀλογώτερος ᾗς, τῇ διαταγῇ τοῦ κτίσαντος ἀνθιστάμενος. ’Ἄκουε τῶν ἰχθύων μονονουχὶ φωνὴν ἀφιέντων διʼ ὧν ποιοῦσιν, ὅτι· Εἷς διαμονὴν τοῦ γένους τὴν μακρὰν ταύτην ἀποδημίαν στελλόμεθα. Οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἴδιον λόγον· ἔχουσι δὲ τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον ἰσχυρῶς ἐνιδρυμένον, καί τὸ πρακτέον ὑποδεικνύνταʼ Βαδίσωμεν, φασὶν, ἐπὶ τὸ βορειον πέλαγος· γλυκύτερον γὰρ τῆς λοιπῆς θαλάσσης ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὕδωρ, διότι ἐπʼ ὀλίγον αὐτῇ προσδιατρίβων ὁ ἥλιος, οὐκ ἐξάγει αὐτῆς ὅλον διὰ τῆς ἀκτῖνος τὸ πότιμον. Χαίρει δὲ τοῖς γλυκέσι καὶ τὰ θαλάσσια· ὅθεν καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ἆνανήχεται πολλάκις, καὶ πόῤῥω θαλάσσης φέρεται, Ἐκ τούτου προτιμότερος αὐτοῖς ὁ Πόντος τῶν λοιπῶν ἐστι κόλπων, ὡς ἐπιτήδειος ἐναποκυῆσαι καὶ ἐκθρέψαι τὰ ἔκγονα. Ἐπειδάν δὲ τό σπουδαζόμενον ἀρκούντως ἐκπληρωθῇ, πάλιν πανδημεὶ πάντες ὑποστρέφουσιν οἵκαδε, Καὶ τίς ὁ λόγος, ἀκούσωμεν παρά τῶν σιωπώντων. Ἐπιπόλαιος, φασὶν, ἡ βορεινὴ Θάλασσα, καὶ ὑπτία προκειμένη τῶν ἀνέμων ταῖς βίαις, ὀλίγας ἀκτὰς καὶ ὑποδρομὰς ἔχουσα. Διὸ καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι ῥᾳδίως αὐτὴν ἐκ πυθμένος ἀναστρέφουσιν ὡς καὶ τὴν βυθίαν ψάμμον τοῖς κύμασιν ἀναμίγνυσθαι, Ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχρὰ χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ, ὑπὸ πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ποταμῶν πληρουμένη, Διὰ τοῦτο ἐφʼ ὅσον μέτριον ἀπολαύσαντες αὖτῆς ἐν τῷ θέρει, πάλιν χειμῶνος ἐπὶ τὴν ἐν τῷ βυθῷ ἀλέαν καὶ τὰ προσήλια τῶν χωρίων ἐπείγονται, καί φυγόντες τὸ δυσήνεμον τῶν ἀρκτῴων, τοῖς ἐπʼ ἔλαττον τινασσομένοις κόλποις ἐγκαθορμίζονται.

Allʼ ouch hēmeis toioutoi. Pothen? Hoige metairomen horia aiōnia, a ethento hoi pateres hēmōn, Paratemnometha gēn, synaptomen oikian pros oikian kai agron pros agron, ’ina tou plēsion aphelōmetha ti. Oide ta kētē tēn aphōrismenēn autois para tēs physeōs diaitan, tēn exō tōn oikoumenōn chōriōn kateilēphe thalassan, tēn erēmēn nēsōn, hę̄ mēdemia pros to antiperas antikathestēken ēpeiros, Dioper aplous estin, houte historias oute tinos chreias katatolmąn autēs tous plōtēras anapeithousēs. Ekeinēn katalabonta ta kētē, tois megistois tōn orōn kata to megethos eoikota, hōs hoi tetheamenoi phasi, menei en tois oikeiois horois, mēte tais nēsois, mēte tais paraliois polesi lymainomena. Houtō men oun hekaston genos, hōsper polesin, ē kōmais tisin, ē patrisin archaiais, tois apotetagmenois autois tēs thalassēs meresin enaulizetai. ’Ēdē de tines kai apodēmētikoi tōn ichthyōn, hōsper apo koinou bouleutēriou pros tēn hyperorian stellomenoi, hyphʼ heni synthēmati pantes apairousin, Epeidan gar ho tetagmenos kairos tēs kyēseōs katalabę̄, alloi apʼ allōn kolpōn metanastantes, tǭ koinǭ tēs physeōs nomǭ diegerthentes, epi tēn boreinēn epeigontai thalassan. Kai idois an kata ton kairon tēs anodou hōsper ti rheuma tous ichthys hēnōmenous, kai dia tēs Propontidos epi ton Euxeinon rheontas, Tis ho kinōn? poion prostagma basileōs? poia diagrammata katʼ agoran hēplōmena tēn prothesmian dēloi? hoi xenagountes tines? Horąs tēn theian diataxin panta plērousan, kai dia tōn mikrotatōn diēkousan. Hichthys ouk antilegei nomǭ Theou, kai hanthrōpoi sōtēriōn didagmatōn ouk anechometha, Mē kataphronei tōn ichthyōn, epeidē aphōna kai aloga pantelōsʼ alla phobou mē kai toutōn alogōteros hę̄s, tę̄ diatagę̄ tou ktisantos anthistamenos. ’Akoue tōn ichthyōn mononouchi phōnēn aphientōn diʼ hōn poiousin, hoti; Heis diamonēn tou genous tēn makran tautēn apodēmian stellometha. Ouk echousin idion logon; echousi de ton tēs physeōs nomon ischyrōs enidrymenon, kai to prakteon hypodeiknyntaʼ Badisōmen, phasin, epi to boreion pelagos; glykyteron gar tēs loipēs thalassēs ekeino to hydōr, dioti epʼ oligon autę̄ prosdiatribōn ho hēlios, ouk exagei autēs holon dia tēs aktinos to potimon. Chairei de tois glykesi kai ta thalassia; hothen kai epi tous potamous ananēchetai pollakis, kai porrhō thalassēs pheretai, Ek toutou protimoteros autois ho Pontos tōn loipōn esti kolpōn, hōs epitēdeios enapokyēsai kai ekthrepsai ta ekgona. Epeidan de to spoudazomenon arkountōs ekplērōthę̄, palin pandēmei pantes hypostrephousin hoikade, Kai tis ho logos, akousōmen para tōn siōpōntōn. Epipolaios, phasin, hē boreinē Thalassa, kai hyptia prokeimenē tōn anemōn tais biais, oligas aktas kai hypodromas echousa. Dio kai hoi anemoi rhądiōs autēn ek pythmenos anastrephousin hōs kai tēn bythian psammon tois kymasin anamignysthai, Alla kai psychra cheimōnos hōrą, hypo pollōn kai megalōn potamōn plēroumenē, Dia touto ephʼ hoson metrion apolausantes autēs en tǭ therei, palin cheimōnos epi tēn en tǭ bythǭ alean kai ta prosēlia tōn chōriōn epeigontai, kai phygontes to dysēnemon tōn arktǭōn, tois epʼ elatton tinassomenois kolpois enkathormizontai.

But we are not like this. How so? We move the everlasting boundaries that our fathers set. We cut off land, we join house to house and field to field, so as to take something away from our neighbor. The sea monsters know the way of life assigned to them by nature: they have taken the sea outside the inhabited places, the sea without islands, where no mainland lies opposite on the far side; that is why it is unsailed, since neither curiosity nor any need persuades sailors to venture on it. The sea monsters have taken it, creatures like the greatest mountains in size, as those who have seen them say, and they stay within their own bounds, harming neither the islands nor the coastal cities. So each kind dwells in the parts of the sea assigned to it as in cities, or villages, or ancient homelands. But some fishes are migratory, setting out abroad as if from a common council chamber, and all depart at one signal. For when the appointed time of breeding comes, they leave their various gulfs, roused by the common law of nature, and hasten to the northern sea. And at the time of their ascent you might see the fishes united like a stream, flowing through the Propontis into the Euxine. Who moves them? What king's command? What edicts posted in the marketplace announce the appointed day? Who are their guides? You see the divine ordering filling all things and reaching through the smallest. A fish does not contradict the law of God, and we men cannot bear the teachings of salvation! Do not despise the fishes because they are altogether voiceless and irrational; but fear lest you be even more irrational than they by resisting the ordering of the Creator. Hear the fishes all but uttering a voice through what they do: "For the preservation of our kind we set out on this long journey." They have no reason of their own, but they have the law of nature firmly established in them and showing them what must be done. "Let us go," they say, "to the northern sea. For that water is sweeter than the rest of the sea, because the sun, lingering over it only a short time, does not draw out all its drinkable part with its ray." Even sea creatures delight in sweet waters; which is why they often swim up into rivers and are carried far from the sea. For this reason the Pontus is preferred by them to the other gulfs, as suited for giving birth and rearing their young. And when what they were eager for has been sufficiently accomplished, they all return home again in a body. And what is their reason? Let us hear it from the silent ones. "The northern sea," they say, "is shallow and lies open to the force of the winds, having few shores and shelters. That is why the winds easily stir it up from the bottom, so that even the sand of the deep is mixed with the waves. Besides, it is cold in winter, being filled by many great rivers." That is why, having enjoyed it in moderation in the summer, in winter they hasten back to the warmth of the deep and to sunny places, and, fleeing the stormy north, they take harbor in gulfs that are less buffeted.

7.5PG 29:157c–160b

Εἶδον ταῦτα εγὼ, καὶ τὴν ἐν πᾶσι τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐθαύμασα. Εἰ τὰ ἄλογα ἐπινοητικὰ καὶ φυλακτικὰ τῆς ἰδίας αὒτῶν σωτηρίας, καὶ οἶδε τὸ αὶρετὸν αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ φευκτὸν ὁ ἰχθύς· τί ἐροῦμεν ἡμεῖς οἱ λόγῳ τετιμημένοι, καὶ νόμῳ πεπαιδευμένοι, ἐπαγγελίαις προτραπέντες, Πνεύματι σοφισθέντες, εἶτα τῶν ἰχθύων ἀλογώτερον τὰ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς διατιθέμενοι; εἴπερ οἱ μὲν ἴσασι τοῦ μέλλοντός τινα ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἀνελπιστίας διʼ ἡδονῆς βοσκηματώδους τὴν ζωὴν ἀναλίσκομεν. Ἰχθὺς τοσαῦτα διαμείβει πελάγη ὑπὲρ τοῦ εὕρασθαί τινα ὠφέλειαν· τί ἐρεῖς σὺ ὁ τῇ ἀργίᾳ συζῶν; Ἀργία δὲ κακουργίας ἀρχὴ, Μηδεὶς ἄγνοιαν προφασιζέσθω. Φυσικὸς λόγος οἰκείωσιν ἡμῖν τοῦ καλοῦ, καὶ ἀλλοτρίωσιν ἀπὸ τῶν βλαβερῶν ὑποδεικνύς ὲγκατέσπαρται, Ούκ ἀφίσταμαι τῶν θαλασσίων ὑποδειγμάτων, ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα ἡμῖν πρόκειται εἰς ἐξέτασιν. ’Ἤκουσα ἐγὼ τῶν παραλίων τινος, ὅτι ὁ θαλάσσιος ἐχῖνος, τὸ μικρὸν παντελῶς καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητον ζῶον, διδασκαλος πολλάκις γαλήνης καὶ κλύδωνος τοῖς πλέουσι γίνεται, Ὃς, ὅταν προΐδῃ ταραχὴν ἒξ ἀνέμων, ψηφῖδα τινα ὑπελθὼν γενναίαν, ἐπʼ αὐτῆς, ὥσπερ ἐπʼ ἀγκύρας, βεβαίως σαλεύει, κατεχόμενος τῷ βάρει πρὸς τὸ μὴ ῥᾳδίως τοῖς κύμασιν ὑποσύρεσθαι, Τοῦτο ὅταν ἴδωσιν οἱ ναυτικοὶ τὸ σημεῖον, ἴσασι τὴν προσδοκωμένην βιαίαν κίνησιν τῶν ἀνέμων. Ούδεὶς ἀστρολόγος, οὐδεὶς Χαλδαῖος, ταῖς ἐπιτολαῖς τῶν ἄστρων τὰς τῶν ἀέρων ταραχὰς τεκμαιρόμενος, ταῦτα τὸν ἐχῖνον ἐδίδαξεν, ἀλλʼ ὁ θαλάσσης καὶ ἀνέμων Κύριος καὶ τῷ μικρῷ ζῴῳ τῆς μεγάλης ἑαυτοῦ σοφίας ἐναργὲς ἴχνος ἐνέθηκεν. Οὐδὲν ἀπρονόητον, οὐδὲν ἠμελημένον παρὰ Θεοῦ. Πάντα σκοπεύει ὁ ἀκοίμητος ὀφθαλμός. Πᾶσι πάρεστιν, ἐκπορίζων ἑκάστῳ τὴν σωτηρίαν. Εἰ ἐχῖνον ἔξω τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἐπισκοπῆς ὁ Θεὸς οὒκ ἀφῆκε, τὰ σὰ οὒκ ἐπισκοπεῖ; Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας, κᾶν ὑπερόριοι ἀλλήλοις πρὸς κοινωνίαν γάμου συνέλθητε. Ὀ τῆς φύσεως δεσμὸς, ὁ διὰ τῆς εὐλογίας ζυγὸς, ἓνωσις ἔστω τῶν διεστώτων. Ἔχιδνα, τὸ χαλεπώτατον τῶν ἑρπετῶν, πρὸς γάμον ἀπαντᾷ τῆς θαλασσίας μυραίνης, καὶ συριγμῷ τὴν παρουσίαν σημήνασα ἐγκαλεῖται αὒτὴν ἐκ τῶν βυθῶν πρὸς γαμικὴν συμπλοκήν. Ἠ δὲ ὑπακούει, καὶ ἑνοῦται τῷ ἰοβόλῳ. Τί βούλεταί μοι ὁ λόγος ; ὅτι κᾶν τραχύς ᾖ, κἂν ἄγριος τὸ ἦθος ὁ σύνοικος, ἀνάγκη φέρειν τὴν ὁμόζυγα, καὶ ἐκ μηδεμιᾶς προφάσεως καταδέχεσθαι τὴν ἕνωσιν διασπᾷν. Πλήκτης ; Ἀλλʼ ἀνήρ. Πάροινος; Ἀλλʼ ἡνωμένος κατὰ τὴν φύσιν. Τραχὺς καὶ δυσάρεστος ; Ἀλλὰ μέλος ἤδη σόν, καὶ μελῶν τὸ τιμιώτατον,

Eidon tauta egō, kai tēn en pasi tou Theou sophian ethaumasa. Ei ta aloga epinoētika kai phylaktika tēs idias autōn sōtērias, kai oide to aireton autǭ kai to pheukton ho ichthys; ti eroumen hēmeis hoi logǭ tetimēmenoi, kai nomǭ pepaideumenoi, epangeliais protrapentes, Pneumati sophisthentes, eita tōn ichthyōn alogōteron ta kathʼ heautous diatithemenoi? eiper hoi men isasi tou mellontos tina poieisthai pronoian, hēmeis de ek tēs pros to mellon anelpistias diʼ hēdonēs boskēmatōdous tēn zōēn analiskomen. Ichthys tosauta diameibei pelagē hyper tou heurasthai tina ōpheleian; ti ereis sy ho tę̄ argią syzōn? Argia de kakourgias archē, Mēdeis agnoian prophasizesthō. Physikos logos oikeiōsin hēmin tou kalou, kai allotriōsin apo tōn blaberōn hypodeiknys enkatespartai, Ouk aphistamai tōn thalassiōn hypodeigmatōn, epeidē tauta hēmin prokeitai eis exetasin. ’Ēkousa egō tōn paraliōn tinos, hoti ho thalassios echinos, to mikron pantelōs kai eukataphronēton zōon, didaskalos pollakis galēnēs kai klydōnos tois pleousi ginetai, Hos, hotan proïdę̄ tarachēn ex anemōn, psēphida tina hypelthōn gennaian, epʼ autēs, hōsper epʼ ankyras, bebaiōs saleuei, katechomenos tǭ barei pros to mē rhądiōs tois kymasin hyposyresthai, Touto hotan idōsin hoi nautikoi to sēmeion, isasi tēn prosdokōmenēn biaian kinēsin tōn anemōn. Oudeis astrologos, oudeis Chaldaios, tais epitolais tōn astrōn tas tōn aerōn tarachas tekmairomenos, tauta ton echinon edidaxen, allʼ ho thalassēs kai anemōn Kyrios kai tǭ mikrǭ zǭǭ tēs megalēs heautou sophias enarges ichnos enethēken. Ouden apronoēton, ouden ēmelēmenon para Theou. Panta skopeuei ho akoimētos ophthalmos. Pasi parestin, ekporizōn hekastǭ tēn sōtērian. Ei echinon exō tēs heautou episkopēs ho Theos ouk aphēke, ta sa ouk episkopei? Hoi andres, agapate tas gynaikas, kan hyperorioi allēlois pros koinōnian gamou synelthēte. O tēs physeōs desmos, ho dia tēs eulogias zygos, henōsis estō tōn diestōtōn. Echidna, to chalepōtaton tōn herpetōn, pros gamon apantą tēs thalassias myrainēs, kai syrigmǭ tēn parousian sēmēnasa enkaleitai autēn ek tōn bythōn pros gamikēn symplokēn. Ē de hypakouei, kai henoutai tǭ iobolǭ. Ti bouletai moi ho logos ? hoti kan trachys ę̄, kan agrios to ēthos ho synoikos, anankē pherein tēn homozyga, kai ek mēdemias prophaseōs katadechesthai tēn henōsin diaspąn. Plēktēs ? Allʼ anēr. Paroinos? Allʼ hēnōmenos kata tēn physin. Trachys kai dysarestos ? Alla melos ēdē son, kai melōn to timiōtaton,

I have seen these things myself, and I wondered at the wisdom of God in all things. If irrational creatures are inventive and protective of their own safety, and the fish knows what it should choose and what it should avoid, what shall we say, who are honored with reason, instructed by the law, encouraged by promises, made wise by the Spirit, and yet manage our own affairs more irrationally than the fishes? For they know how to take some forethought for the future, while we, through hopelessness about the future, spend our life in beastly pleasure. A fish crosses so many seas to find some benefit; what will you say, you who live with idleness? And idleness is the beginning of wrongdoing. Let no one plead ignorance. A natural reason has been sown in us that shows us our affinity for the good and our aversion from what is harmful. I do not leave the examples of the sea, since these are set before us for examination. I have heard from one of those who live by the sea that the sea urchin, a tiny and altogether contemptible creature, often becomes a teacher of calm and storm to those who sail. When it foresees a disturbance from the winds, it gets under a stout pebble and rides securely on it as on an anchor, held down by the weight so as not to be easily swept away by the waves. When sailors see this sign, they know that a violent movement of the winds is to be expected. No astrologer, no Chaldean, inferring the disturbances of the air from the risings of the stars, taught the urchin this; but the Lord of sea and winds placed even in this small creature a clear trace of his great wisdom. Nothing is left without providence, nothing neglected by God. The sleepless eye watches over all. He is present to all, providing each with its safety. If God has not left the urchin outside his oversight, does he not oversee your affairs? Husbands, love your wives, even if you came together into the fellowship of marriage as strangers to one another. Let the bond of nature, the yoke laid on by the blessing, be the uniting of those who were apart. The viper, the most dangerous of reptiles, comes to mate with the sea lamprey, and, signaling its presence by a hiss, calls her out of the depths to the marriage embrace. And she obeys, and is united to the venomous one. What does my discourse mean? That even if your husband is rough and savage in character, the wife must bear with her yoke-fellow and on no pretext consent to tear the union apart. He strikes? But he is your husband. He is a drunkard? But he is united to you by nature. He is harsh and hard to please? But he is already your own member, and the most honored of your members.

7.6PG 29:160b–164b

Ἀκουέτω δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ τῆς προσηκούσης αύτῴ παραινέσεως, Ἠ ἔχιδνα τὸν ἱὸν ἐξεμεῖ, αἰδουμένη τὸν γάμον· σὺ τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπηνὲς καί ἀπάνθρωπον οὒκ ἂποτίθεσαι αἰδοῖ τῆς ἑνώσεως; Ἢ τάχα τὸ τῆς ἐχίδνης ὑπόδειγμα καὶ ἑτέρως ἡμῖν χρησιμεύσει, ὅτι μοιχεία τίς ἐστι τῆς φύσεως ἡ τῆς ἐχίδνης καὶ τῆς μυραίνης ἐπιπλοκή, Διδαχθήτωσαν οὗν τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐπιβουλεύοντες γάμοις, ποταπῷ εἰσιν ἑρπετῷ παραπλήσιοι, Εἷς μοι σκοπός, πανταχόθὲν οἰκοδομεῖσθαι τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, Καταστελλέσθω τὰ πάθη τῶν ἀκολάστων, καὶ ἐγγείοις καὶ Θαλαττίοις ὑποδείγμασι παιδευόμεναι. Ἐνταῦθά με στῆναι τοῦ λόγου ἤ τε τοῦ σώματος καταναγκάζει ἀσθένεια, καὶ τὸ τῆς ὥρας ὀψέ. Καίτοι πόσα ἔτι προσθεῖναι εἶχον τοῖς φιληκόοις θαύματος ἄξια περὶ τῶν ὁρωμένων εν τῇ θαλάσση · περὶ θαλάσσης αὐτῆς, πῶς εἷς ἅλας τὸ ὕδωρ πήγνυται· πῶς ὁ πολυτίμητος λίθος τὸ κουράλιον, χλόη μέν ἐστιν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ἐπειδὰν δὲ εἱς τὸν ἀέρα ἐξενεχθῇ, πρὸς λίθου στεῤῥότητα μεταπήγνυται· πόθεν τῷ εὖτελεστάτῳ ζώῳ τῷ ὀστρέῳ τὸν βαρύτιμον μαργαρίτην ἡ φύσις ἐνέθηκεν · ἃ γὰρ ἐπιθυμοῦσι θησαυροὶ βασιλέων, ταῦτα περί αἰγιαλοὺς καὶ ἀκτὰς καὶ τραχείας πέτρας διέρῤιπται, τοῖς ἐλύτροις τῶν ὀστρέων ἐγκείμενα · πόθεν τὸ χρυσοῦν ἔριον αἱ πίνναι τρέφουσιν, ὅπερ οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνθοβάφων μέχρι νῦν ἐμιμήσατο· πόθεν αἱ κόχλοι τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τὰς ἁλουργίδας χαρίζονται, αἳ καὶ τὰ ἄνθη τῶν λειμώνων τῇ εὔχροίᾳ παρέδραμον. Ἐξαγαγὲτω τὰ ὕδατα. Καὶ τί οὗ γέγονε τῶν ἀναγκαίων; τί δὲ οὒχὶ τῶν πολυτελῶν ἐχαρίσθη τῷ βίῳ; τὰ μὲν εἰς ὑπηρεσίαν ἀνθρώπων, τὰ δὲ είς θεωρίαν τοῦ περὶ τὴν κτίσιν θαύματος. ’Ἂλλα φοβερὰ, παιδαγωγοῦντα ἡμῶν τὸ ῥᾴθυμον. Ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὰ κήτη τὰ μεγάλα. Οὔκ ἐπειδὴ καρίδος καὶ μαινίδος μείζονα, διὰ τοῦτο μεγάλα εἴρηταί· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς μεγίστοις ὅρεσι τῷ ὄγκῳ τοῦ σώματος παρισάζεται · ἅ γε καὶ νήσων πολλάκις φαντασίαν παρέχεται, ἐπειδάν ποτε ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ ὕδατος ὰνανῆξηται. Ταῦτα μέντοι τηλικαῦτα ὄντα οὔ περὶ ἀκτὰς, οὐδὲ αἱγιαλοὺς διατρίβει, ἀλλά τὸ Ἀτλαντικὸν λεγόμενον πέλαγος ἐνοικεῖ. Τοιαῦτα ἐστι τὰ πρὸς φόβον καὶ ἔκπληξιν ἡμετέραν δημιουργηθέντα ζῶα. Ἐὰν δὲ ἀκούσῃς, ὅτι τὰ μέγιστα τῶν πλοίων ἠπλωμένοις ἱστίοις ἐξ οὖρίας φερόμενα τὸ μικρότατον ἰχθύδιον ἦ ἐχενηῖς οὕτω ῥᾳδίως ἵστησιν, ὥστε ἀκίνητον ἐπὶ πλεῖστον φυλάσσειν τὴν ναῦν ὥσπερ καταρριζωθεῖσαν ἓν αὖτῷ τῷ πελάγει, ἆρʼ οὒχὶ καὶ ἐν τῷ μικρῷ τούτῳ τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς τοῦ κτίσαντος δυνάμεως λαμβάνεις ἀπόδειξιν ; Οὔ γὰρ μόνοι ξιφίαι, καὶ πρίονες, καὶ κύνες, καὶ φάλαιναι καὶ ζύγαιναι, φοβερὰ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρυγόνος κέντρον τῆς θαλασσίας, καὶ ταύτης νεκρᾶς, καὶ λαγωὸς ὁ θαλάσσιος, οὐχ ἧττόν ἔστιν φοβερὰ, ταχεῖαν καὶ ἀπαραίτητον τὴν φθορὰν ἐπιφέροντα. Οὕτω δέ διὰ πάντων ἐγρηγορέναι ὁ κτίστης βούλεται, ἵνα ἐν τῇ πρὸς Θεὸν ἐλπίδι τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν βλάβας ἀποδιδράσκῃς. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀναδραμόντες ὲκ τῶν βυθῶν, εἰς ἤπειρον καταφύγωμεν, Καί γάρ πως ἄλλα ἐπʼ ἄλλοις καταλαβόντα ἡμᾶς τῆς δημιουργίας τὰ θαύματα, οἷόν τινα κύματα, ταῖς συνεχέσι καὶ ἐπαλλήλοις ἐπιδρομαῖς ὑποβρύχιον ημῶν τὸν λόγον ἤγαγε . Καίτοι θαυμάσαιμι ἄν, εἰ μὴ, μείζοσι τοῖς κατʼ ἤπειρον παραδόξοις ἡ διάνοια ἡμῶν ἐντυχοῦσα, πάλιν κατὰ τὸν Ἰωνᾶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν δραπετεύσει. Ἔοικε δέ μοι ὁ λόγος ἐμπεσὼν εἷς τὰ μυρία θαύματα ἐπιλελῆσθαι τῆς συμμετρίας, καὶ ταυτὸ πεπονθέναι τοῖς ἐν πελάγει ναυτιλλομένοις, οἳ, πρὸς μηδὲν πεπηγὸς τὴν κίνησιν τεκμαιρόμενοι, ἀγνοῦσι πολλάκις ὅσον διέδραμον, Ὃ δὴ καὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἔοικε γεγενῆσθαι, τρέχοντος τοῦ λόγου διὰ τῆς κτίσεως, μὴ λαβεῖν τοῦ πλήθους τῶν εἰρημένων τὴν αἴσθησιν. Ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ φιλήκοον τὸ σεμνὸν τοῦτο θέατρον, καὶ γλυκεῖα δούλων ἂκοαῖς δεσποτικῶν θαυμάτων διήγησις, ἐνταῦθα τὸν λόγον ὁρμίσαντες, ἀναμείνωμεν τὴν ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν τῶν λειπομένων ἀπόδοσιν. Ἀναστάντες δὲ πάντες εὐχαριστήσωμεν ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰρημένων, καὶ αἰτήσωμεν τῶν λειπομένων τήν πλήρωσιν. Γένοιτο δὲ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐν τῇ μεταλήψει τῆς τροφῆς ἐπιτραπέζια διηγήματα, ὅσα τε ἕωθεν ὑμῖν, καὶ ὅσα κατὰ τὴν ἑσπέραν ἐπῆλθεν ὁ λόγος καὶ ταῖς περὶ τούτων ἐννοίαις ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου καταληφθέντες, τῆς μεθημερινῆς εὖφροσύνης καὶ

Akouetō de kai ho anēr tēs prosēkousēs autǭ paraineseōs, Ē echidna ton hion exemei, aidoumenē ton gamon; sy to tēs psychēs apēnes kai apanthrōpon ouk apotithesai aidoi tēs henōseōs? Ē tacha to tēs echidnēs hypodeigma kai heterōs hēmin chrēsimeusei, hoti moicheia tis esti tēs physeōs hē tēs echidnēs kai tēs myrainēs epiplokē, Didachthētōsan houn tois allotriois epibouleuontes gamois, potapǭ eisin herpetǭ paraplēsioi, Heis moi skopos, pantachothen oikodomeisthai tēn Ekklēsian, Katastellesthō ta pathē tōn akolastōn, kai engeiois kai Thalattiois hypodeigmasi paideuomenai. Entautha me stēnai tou logou ē te tou sōmatos katanankazei astheneia, kai to tēs hōras opse. Kaitoi posa eti prostheinai eichon tois philēkoois thaumatos axia peri tōn horōmenōn en tę̄ thalassē ; peri thalassēs autēs, pōs heis halas to hydōr pēgnytai; pōs ho polytimētos lithos to kouralion, chloē men estin en tę̄ thalassę̄, epeidan de heis ton aera exenechthę̄, pros lithou sterrhotēta metapēgnytai; pothen tǭ eutelestatǭ zōǭ tǭ ostreǭ ton barytimon margaritēn hē physis enethēken ; ha gar epithymousi thēsauroi basileōn, tauta peri aigialous kai aktas kai tracheias petras dierriptai, tois elytrois tōn ostreōn enkeimena ; pothen to chrysoun erion hai pinnai trephousin, hoper oudeis tōn anthobaphōn mechri nyn emimēsato; pothen hai kochloi tois basileusi tas halourgidas charizontai, hai kai ta anthē tōn leimōnōn tę̄ euchroią paredramon. Exagagetō ta hydata. Kai ti hou gegone tōn anankaiōn? ti de ouchi tōn polytelōn echaristhē tǭ biǭ? ta men eis hypēresian anthrōpōn, ta de eis theōrian tou peri tēn ktisin thaumatos. ’Alla phobera, paidagōgounta hēmōn to rhąthymon. Epoiēsen ho Theos ta kētē ta megala. Ouk epeidē karidos kai mainidos meizona, dia touto megala eirētai; allʼ epeidē tois megistois horesi tǭ onkǭ tou sōmatos parisazetai ; ha ge kai nēsōn pollakis phantasian parechetai, epeidan pote epi tēn akran epiphaneian tou hydatos ananēxētai. Tauta mentoi tēlikauta onta ou peri aktas, oude haigialous diatribei, alla to Atlantikon legomenon pelagos enoikei. Toiauta esti ta pros phobon kai ekplēxin hēmeteran dēmiourgēthenta zōa. Ean de akousę̄s, hoti ta megista tōn ploiōn ēplōmenois histiois ex ourias pheromena to mikrotaton ichthydion ē echenēis houtō rhądiōs histēsin, hōste akinēton epi pleiston phylassein tēn naun hōsper katarrizōtheisan hen autǭ tǭ pelagei, arʼ ouchi kai en tǭ mikrǭ toutǭ tēn autēn tēs tou ktisantos dynameōs lambaneis apodeixin ? Ou gar monoi xiphiai, kai priones, kai kynes, kai phalainai kai zygainai, phobera, alla kai trygonos kentron tēs thalassias, kai tautēs nekras, kai lagōos ho thalassios, ouch hētton estin phobera, tacheian kai aparaitēton tēn phthoran epipheronta. Houtō de dia pantōn egrēgorenai ho ktistēs bouletai, hina en tę̄ pros Theon elpidi tas apʼ autōn blabas apodidraskę̄s. Alla gar anadramontes ek tōn bythōn, eis ēpeiron kataphygōmen, Kai gar pōs alla epʼ allois katalabonta hēmas tēs dēmiourgias ta thaumata, hoion tina kymata, tais synechesi kai epallēlois epidromais hypobrychion ēmōn ton logon ēgage . Kaitoi thaumasaimi an, ei mē, meizosi tois katʼ ēpeiron paradoxois hē dianoia hēmōn entychousa, palin kata ton Iōnan epi tēn thalassan drapeteusei. Eoike de moi ho logos empesōn heis ta myria thaumata epilelēsthai tēs symmetrias, kai tauto peponthenai tois en pelagei nautillomenois, hoi, pros mēden pepēgos tēn kinēsin tekmairomenoi, agnousi pollakis hoson diedramon, Ho dē kai peri hēmas eoike gegenēsthai, trechontos tou logou dia tēs ktiseōs, mē labein tou plēthous tōn eirēmenōn tēn aisthēsin. Allʼ ei kai philēkoon to semnon touto theatron, kai glykeia doulōn akoais despotikōn thaumatōn diēgēsis, entautha ton logon hormisantes, anameinōmen tēn hēmeran pros tēn tōn leipomenōn apodosin. Anastantes de pantes eucharistēsōmen hyper tōn eirēmenōn, kai aitēsōmen tōn leipomenōn tēn plērōsin. Genoito de hymin kai en tę̄ metalēpsei tēs trophēs epitrapezia diēgēmata, hosa te heōthen hymin, kai hosa kata tēn hesperan epēlthen ho logos kai tais peri toutōn ennoiais hypo tou hypnou katalēphthentes, tēs methēmerinēs euphrosynēs kai

Let the husband too hear the exhortation fitting for him. The viper vomits out its venom out of respect for the marriage; will you not put off the harshness and inhumanity of your soul out of respect for the union? Or perhaps the example of the viper will be useful to us in another way as well: the coupling of the viper and the lamprey is a kind of adultery against nature. Let those who plot against other people's marriages learn, then, what kind of reptile they resemble. I have one aim: that the church be built up from every side. Let the passions of the licentious be restrained, being instructed by examples from land and sea. Here the weakness of my body and the lateness of the hour compel me to stop my discourse. And yet how much more I could add, worthy of wonder, for those who love to listen, about the things seen in the sea; about the sea itself, how its water congeals into salt; how coral, that precious stone, is a green plant in the sea, but when it is brought out into the air it hardens into the firmness of stone; whence nature put the costly pearl into the cheapest of creatures, the oyster (for the things the treasuries of kings covet are cast about on beaches and shores and rough rocks, lying in the shells of oysters); whence the pinnas produce the golden wool, which no dyer of flowers has imitated until now; whence the murex shells grant kings their purple robes, which surpass even the flowers of the meadows in their fair color. "Let the waters bring forth." And what of the things that are necessary did not come into being? What of luxuries was not granted to our life? Some things for the service of men, others for contemplating the wonder of creation. Others are fearful, schooling our sloth. "God made the great sea monsters." They are not called great because they are bigger than the shrimp and the sprat, but because in the bulk of their body they equal the greatest mountains; they often give the impression of islands when they swim up to the very surface of the water. Yet these, though so great, do not frequent shores or beaches, but inhabit the so-called Atlantic Ocean. Such are the creatures made to fill us with fear and amazement. And if you hear that the tiniest little fish, the remora, so easily stops the greatest of ships, borne by a fair wind with sails spread, that it keeps the ship motionless for a long time, as though rooted in the open sea, do you not receive even from this small creature the same proof of the Creator's power? For not only swordfish, sawfish, dogfish, whales, and hammerheads are fearful; the sting of the sea stingray, even when it is dead, and the sea hare are no less fearful, bringing swift and inexorable destruction. So the Creator wants you to be watchful in all things, so that in your hope in God you may escape the harms that come from them. But let us run up from the depths and take refuge on land. For somehow the wonders of creation, overtaking us one after another like waves, have submerged our discourse with their continuous and successive onrushes. And yet I would be surprised if our mind, meeting still greater marvels on land, did not again run away to the sea like Jonah. It seems to me that my discourse, falling among countless wonders, has forgotten due measure, and has suffered the same as those who sail on the open sea, who, judging their motion by nothing fixed, often do not know how far they have run. This seems to have happened to us too: as our discourse ran through creation, we did not notice how much had been said. But even if this august theater loves to listen, and the account of the Master's wonders is sweet to the ears of servants, let us bring our discourse to anchor here and wait for the day to render what remains. Let us all rise and give thanks for what has been said, and ask for the completion of what remains. And at your taking of food, may the table talk be of the things our discourse went through for you in the morning and in the evening; and, overtaken by sleep while thinking of these things, may you … the gladness of the day …

Chapter 8

8.1PG 29:164b–165d

Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν κατὰ γένος τετράποδα καὶ ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία κατὰ γένος. Καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως. Ἦλθε τὸ πρόσταγμα ὁδῷ βαδίζον, καὶ ἀπέλαβε καὶ ἡ γῆ τὸν ἴδιον κόσμον. Ἐκεῖ, Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν· ὧδε, Ἐξαγαγέτω ἦ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. ’Ἒμψυχος ἄρα ἡ γῆ ; καὶ χώραν ἔχουσιν οἱ ματαιόφρονες Μανιχαῖοι, ψυχὴν ἐντιθέντες τῇ γῇ; Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν, Ἐξαγαγέτω, τὸ ἐναποκείμενον αὐτῇ προήνεγκεν · ἀλλʼ ὁ δοὺς τὸ πρόσταγμα καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτῇ δύναμιν ἐχαρίσατο. Οὔτε γὰρ ὅτε ἤκουσεν ἡ γῆ, Βλαστησάτω βοτάνην χόρτου καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον, κεκρυμμένον ἔχουσα ἐν ἑαυτῇ χόρτον ἐξήνεγκεν· οὐδὲ τὸν φοίνικα, ἢ τὴν δρῦν, ἢ τὴν κυπάρισσον κάτω που ἐν ταῖς λαγόσιν ἑαυτῆς ἀποκεκρυμμένα ἀνῆκε πρὸς τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν · ἀλλʼ ὁ θεῖος λόγος φύσις ἐστὶ τῶν γινομένων. Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ οὐχ ὅπερ ἔχει προβαλλέτω, ἀλλʼ ὃ μὴ ἔχει κτησάσθω, Θεοῦ δωρουμένου τῆς ἐνεργείας τὴν δύναμιν, Οὕτω καί νῦν, Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν, οὐ τὴν ἐναποκειμένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν δεδομένην. ’Ἔπειτα καὶ εἰς τὸ ἐναντίον αὺτοῖς ὁ λόγος περιτραπήσεται. Εἰ γὰρ ἐξήνεγκεν ἡ γῆ τὴν ψυχὴν, ἐρήμην ἑαυτὴν κατέλιπε τῆς ψυχῆς. Ἀλλʼ ἐκείνων μὲν τὸ βδελυκτὸν αὐτόθεν γνώριμον. Διὰ τί μέντοι τὰ μὲν ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν προσετάχθη, ἢ δὲ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν; Λογιζόμεθα τοίνυν, ὅτι τῶν μὲν νηκτῶν ἡ φύσις ἀτελῶς πως δοκεῖ ζωῆς μετέχειν, διὰ τὸ ὲν τῆ παχύτητι τοῦ ὕδατος διαιτᾶσθαι. Καί γὰρ ἀκοὴ παρʼ ἐκείνοις βαρεῖα, καὶ ὁρῶσιν ἀμβλὺ διὰ τοῦ ὕδατος βλέποντες, καὶ οὔτε τις μνήμη παρʼ ἐκείνοις, οὕτε φαντασία, οὕτε τοῦ συνήθους ἐπίγνωσις. Διὰ τοῦτο οἱονεὶ ἐνδείκνυται ὃ λόγος, ὅτι ἡ σαρκικὴ ζωὴ τοῖς ἐνύδροις καθηγεῖται τῶν ψυχικῶν κινημάτων· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν χερσαίων, ὡς τελειοτέρας αὐτῶν οὔσης τῆς ζωῆς, ἡ ψυχὴ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐπιτέτραπται πᾶσαν. Αἵ τε γὰρ αἰσθήσεις μᾶλλον τετράνωνται· καὶ ὀξεῖαι μὲν τῶν παρόντων αἱ ἀντιλήψεις, ἀκριβεῖς δὲ μνῆμαι τῶν παρελθόντων παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν τετραπόδων, Διά τοῦτο, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἐνύδρων σώματα ἐκτίσθη ἐψυχωμένα (ἑρπετὰ γὰρ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων παρήχθη), ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν χερσαίων ψυχὴ σώματα οἰκονομοῦσα προσετάχθη γενέσθαι, ὡς πλέον τι τῆς ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς διαιτωμένων μετειληφότων, ’Ἄλογα μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὰ χερσαῖα· ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἕκαστον τῇ ὲκ τῇς φύσεως φωνῇ πολλὰ τῶν κατᾶ ψυχὴν παθημάτων διασημαῖνει. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ χαρὰν καὶ λύπην, καὶ τὴν τοῦ συνήθους ἒπίγνωσιν, καὶ τροφῆς ἔνδειαν, καὶ χωρισμὸν τῶν συννόμων, καὶ μυρία πάθη τῷ φθόγγῳ παραδηλοῖ. Τὰ δὲ ἔνυδρα οὐ μόνον ἄφωνα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνήμερα, καὶ ἀδίδακτα, καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν βίου κοινωνίαν ἀνθρώποις ἀμεταχείριστα. ’Ἔγνω βοῦς τὸν κτησάμενον, καὶ ὄνος τὴν φάτνην τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ· ἰχθὺς δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἐπιγνοίη τὸν τρέφοντα. Οἶδε τὴν συνήθη φωνὴν ὁ ὄνος· οἶδεν ὁδὸν ἣν πολλάκις ἐβάδισε καί που καὶ ὁδηγὸς ἐνίοτε ἀποσφαλέντι γίνεται τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. Τὸ δὲ ὀξυήκοον τοῦ ζώου οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι ἔχειν λέγεται τῶν χερσαίων, Τὸ δὲ τῶν καμῆλων μνησίκακον, καὶ βαρύμηνι καὶ διαρκὲς πρὸς ὀργὴν, τί ἂν μιμήσασθαι τῶν θαλαττίων δῦναιτο; Πάλαι ποτὲ πληγεῖσα κάμηλος, μακρῷ χρόνῳ ταμιευσαμένη τὴν μῆνιν, ἐπειδὰν εὐκαιρίας λάβηται, τὸ κακὸν ἆντιδίδωσιν. Ἀκούσατε, οἱ βαρύθυμοι, οἱ τὴν μνησικακίαν ὡς ἀρετὴν ἐπιτηδεύοντες, τίνι ἐστὲ ἐμφερεῖς, ὅταν τὴν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον λύπην, ὥσπερ τινὰ σπινθῆρα κεκρυμμένον ἑν σποδιᾷ, μέχρι τοσούτου φυλάσσετε, ἕως ἄν, ὕλης λαβόμενοι, οἷον φλόγα τινὰ τὸν θυμὸν ἀνακαύσητε.

Kai eipen ho Theos; Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan kata genos tetrapoda kai herpeta kai thēria kata genos. Kai egeneto houtōs. Ēlthe to prostagma hodǭ badizon, kai apelabe kai hē gē ton idion kosmon. Ekei, Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn; hōde, Exagagetō ē gē psychēn zōsan. ’Empsychos ara hē gē ? kai chōran echousin hoi mataiophrones Manichaioi, psychēn entithentes tę̄ gę̄? Ouk epeidē eipen, Exagagetō, to enapokeimenon autę̄ proēnenken ; allʼ ho dous to prostagma kai tēn tou exagagein autę̄ dynamin echarisato. Oute gar hote ēkousen hē gē, Blastēsatō botanēn chortou kai xylon karpimon, kekrymmenon echousa en heautę̄ chorton exēnenken; oude ton phoinika, ē tēn dryn, ē tēn kyparisson katō pou en tais lagosin heautēs apokekrymmena anēke pros tēn epiphaneian ; allʼ ho theios logos physis esti tōn ginomenōn. Blastēsatō hē gē ouch hoper echei proballetō, allʼ ho mē echei ktēsasthō, Theou dōroumenou tēs energeias tēn dynamin, Houtō kai nyn, Exagagetō hē gē psychēn, ou tēn enapokeimenēn, alla tēn dedomenēn. ’Epeita kai eis to enantion autois ho logos peritrapēsetai. Ei gar exēnenken hē gē tēn psychēn, erēmēn heautēn katelipe tēs psychēs. Allʼ ekeinōn men to bdelykton autothen gnōrimon. Dia ti mentoi ta men hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn exagagein prosetachthē, ē de gē psychēn zōsan? Logizometha toinyn, hoti tōn men nēktōn hē physis atelōs pōs dokei zōēs metechein, dia to en tē pachytēti tou hydatos diaitasthai. Kai gar akoē parʼ ekeinois bareia, kai horōsin ambly dia tou hydatos blepontes, kai oute tis mnēmē parʼ ekeinois, houte phantasia, houte tou synēthous epignōsis. Dia touto hoionei endeiknytai ho logos, hoti hē sarkikē zōē tois enydrois kathēgeitai tōn psychikōn kinēmatōn; epi de tōn chersaiōn, hōs teleioteras autōn ousēs tēs zōēs, hē psychē tēn hēgemonian epitetraptai pasan. Hai te gar aisthēseis mallon tetranōntai; kai oxeiai men tōn parontōn hai antilēpseis, akribeis de mnēmai tōn parelthontōn para tois pleistois tōn tetrapodōn, Dia touto, hōs eoiken, epi men tōn enydrōn sōmata ektisthē epsychōmena (herpeta gar psychōn zōsōn ek tōn hydatōn parēchthē), epi de tōn chersaiōn psychē sōmata oikonomousa prosetachthē genesthai, hōs pleon ti tēs zōtikēs dynameōs tōn epi gēs diaitōmenōn meteilēphotōn, ’Aloga men gar kai ta chersaia; allʼ homōs hekaston tę̄ ek tę̄s physeōs phōnę̄ polla tōn kata psychēn pathēmatōn diasēmainei. Kai gar kai charan kai lypēn, kai tēn tou synēthous epignōsin, kai trophēs endeian, kai chōrismon tōn synnomōn, kai myria pathē tǭ phthongǭ paradēloi. Ta de enydra ou monon aphōna, alla kai anēmera, kai adidakta, kai pros pasan biou koinōnian anthrōpois ametacheirista. ’Egnō bous ton ktēsamenon, kai onos tēn phatnēn tou kyriou autou; ichthys de ouk an epignoiē ton trephonta. Oide tēn synēthē phōnēn ho onos; oiden hodon hēn pollakis ebadise kai pou kai hodēgos eniote aposphalenti ginetai tǭ anthrōpǭ. To de oxyēkoon tou zōou oude allo ti echein legetai tōn chersaiōn, To de tōn kamēlōn mnēsikakon, kai barymēni kai diarkes pros orgēn, ti an mimēsasthai tōn thalattiōn dynaito? Palai pote plēgeisa kamēlos, makrǭ chronǭ tamieusamenē tēn mēnin, epeidan eukairias labētai, to kakon antididōsin. Akousate, hoi barythymoi, hoi tēn mnēsikakian hōs aretēn epitēdeuontes, tini este emphereis, hotan tēn kata tou plēsion lypēn, hōsper tina spinthēra kekrymmenon hen spodią, mechri tosoutou phylassete, heōs an, hylēs labomenoi, hoion phloga tina ton thymon anakausēte.

"And God said, Let the earth bring forth a living soul according to its kind, four-footed creatures and creeping things and wild beasts according to their kind. And it was so." The command came, advancing on its way, and the earth too received its own adornment. There: "Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls"; here: "Let the earth bring forth a living soul." Is the earth, then, ensouled? And have the vain-minded Manichees room for their view, who put a soul in the earth? It was not because he said "Let it bring forth" that it brought forth what was stored up in it; but he who gave the command also bestowed on it the power to bring forth. For neither, when the earth heard, "Let it put forth the plant of grass and the fruit-bearing tree," did it bring forth grass it had kept hidden within itself, nor send up to the surface the palm, the oak, or the cypress hidden somewhere down in its flanks; the divine word is the nature of the things that come into being. "Let the earth put forth": let it not bring out what it has, but acquire what it does not have, God bestowing the power of the activity. So now too: "Let the earth bring forth a soul," not one stored up in it, but the one given to it. Then too, the argument will turn against them: for if the earth brought forth the soul, it left itself bereft of soul. But the abomination of these people is plain at once. Why, then, were the waters commanded to bring forth creeping things of living souls, and the earth a living soul? We reason that the nature of the swimming creatures seems to share in life in an imperfect way, because they live in the thickness of water. For their hearing is dull, and they see dimly, looking through water; and they have no memory, no imagination, no recognition of the familiar. So the word indicates, as it were, that in water creatures the life of the flesh leads the movements of the soul; but in land animals, since their life is more complete, the soul has been entrusted with the whole rule. For in most four-footed creatures the senses are sharper, the perception of present things keen, and the memory of past things exact. That is why, it seems, in the case of the water creatures, bodies were created ensouled (for creeping things of living souls were brought forth from the waters), while in the case of the land animals a soul that governs bodies was commanded to come into being, since those that live on the earth have received a greater share of the vital power. For land animals too are irrational; yet each by its natural voice signals many of the affections of its soul. Joy and grief, recognition of the familiar, lack of food, separation from its companions, and countless feelings it makes known by its cry. But water creatures are not only voiceless, but also untamable, unteachable, and unmanageable for any sharing of life with men. "The ox knows its owner, and the donkey its master's manger"; but a fish would not recognize the one who feeds it. The donkey knows the familiar voice; it knows a road it has often walked, and sometimes even becomes a guide to a man who has lost his way. No other land animal is said to have hearing as sharp as this creature's. And the camel's resentfulness, its heavy wrath and lasting anger: which of the sea creatures could imitate it? A camel once struck stores up its wrath for a long time and, when it finds an opportunity, pays back the injury. Listen, you who are slow to forgive, who practise resentment as a virtue: see what you resemble when you keep your grievance against your neighbor like a spark hidden in ashes, until, finding fuel, you kindle your anger like a flame.

8.2PG 29:165d–169c

Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. Διὰ τί ἠ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν ἐξάγει; Ἵνα μάθῃς διαφορὰν ψυχῆς κτήνους καὶ ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου. Μικρὸν ὕστερον γνώσῃ, πῶς ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου συνέστη· νῦν δὲ ἄκουε περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀλόγων ψυχῆς. Ἐπειδὴ κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον παντὸς ζώου ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, αἷμα δέ παγὲν εἷς σάρκα πέφυκε μεταβάλλειν, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ φθαρεῖσα εἰς γῆν ἀναλύεται, γεηρά τίς ἐστιν εἰκότως ἡ ψυχὴ τῶν κτηνῶν. Ἐξαγαγέτω οὖν ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. Ὅρα τὴν ἀκολουθίαν ψυχῆς πρὸς αἷμα, αἵματος πρὸς σάρκα, σαρκὸς πρὸς τὴν γῆν καὶ πάλιν ἀναλύσας διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀναπόδισον ἀπὸ γῆς εἰς σάρκα, ἀπὸ σαρκὸς εἷς αἷμα, ἀπὸ αἵματος εἰς ψυχήν· καὶ εὑρήσεις, ὅτι γῆ ἐστι τῶν κτηνῶν ἡ ψυχή, Μὴ νόμιζε πρεσβυτέραν εἶναι τῆς τοῦ σωματος αὐτῶν ὑποστάσεως, μηδὲ ἐπιδιαμένουσαν μετὰ τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς διάλυσιν. Φεῦγε φληνάφους τῶν σοβαρῶν φιλοσόφων, οἳ οὐκ αἷσχύνονται τὰς ἐαυτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ τὰς κυνείας ὁμοειδεῖς ἀλλήλαις τιθέμενοι· οἱ λέγοντες ἑαυτοὺς γεγενῆσθαί ποτε καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ θάμνους καὶ ἰχθύας θαλασσίους, Ἐγὼ δὲ εἰ μὲν ἐγένοντό ποτε ίχθῦς οὒκ ἂν εἴποιμι· ὅτι δὲ ἐν ᾧ ταῦτα ἔγραφον τῶν ἰχθύων ἦσαν ἀλογώτεροι, καὶ πάνυ εὐτόνως διατειναίμην, Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν, Τίνος ἕνεκεν, τοῦ λόγου τρέχοντος ἀθρόως, ἀπεσιώπησα χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον, ἴσως θαυμάζουσιν οἱ πολλοι· ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ οἵγε φιλοπονώτεροι τῶν ἀκροατῶν ἀγνοοῦσι τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἀφασίας. Οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ διὰ τοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁρᾷν καὶ ἐννεύειν ἐπιστρέψαντές με πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ εἱς ἔννοιαν ἀγαγόντες τῶν παρεθέντων. Εἶδος γὰρ ὅλον τῆς κτίσεως, καὶ οὐκ ἐλάχιστον τοῦτο, παρέλαθεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ μικροῦ ἀπιὼν ᾤχετο, ἀνεξέταστον παντελῶς ὁ λόγος καταλιπών, Ἐξαγαγέτω γὰρ τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν κατὰ γένος, καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὒρανοῦ, Εἴπαμεν τὰ περὶ τῶν νηκτῶν, ὅσα ὁ καιρὸς ἐνεδίδου ἑσπέρας· σήμερον μετέβημεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν χερσαίων ἐξέτασιν. Διέφυγεν ἡμᾶς τὸ πτηνὸν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, Ἀνάγκη τοίνυν, κατὰ τοὺς ἐπιλήσμονας τῶν ὁδοιπόρων, οἳ, ἐπειδαν τι τῶν καιρίων καταλίπωσι, κᾶν ἐπιπολὺ τῆς ὁδοῦ προέλθωσι, πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὑποστρέφουσιν, ἀξίαν τῆς ρᾳθυμίας δίκην τὸν ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας κόπον ὑπέχοντες, οὕτω καὶ ἡμῖν, ὡς ἔοικε, τὴν αὐτὴν πάλιν βαδιστέον. Καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ εὐκαταφρόνητόν ἐστι τὸ παρεθὲν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τρίτον ἔοικεν εἶναι τῆς ἐν τοῖς ζώοις κτίσεως, εἴπερ τρία ζώων ἐστὶ γένη, τό τε χερσαῖον καὶ τὸ πτηνὸν, καὶ τὸ ἔνυδρον, Ἐξαγαγέτω, φησὶ, τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν κατὰ γένος, καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατὰ γένος. Διὰ τί ἐξ ὑδάτων καὶ τοῖς πτηνοῖς τὴν γένεσιν ἔδωκεν; Ὅτι ὥσπερ συγγένειά τίς ἔστι τοῖς πετομένοις πρὸς τὰ νηκτά. Καὶ γὰρ ὤσπερ οἱ ἰχθύς τὸ ὕδωρ τέμνουσι, τῇ μὲν κινήσει τῶν πτερύγων εἰς τὸ πρόσω χωροῦντες, τῇ δὲ τοῦ οὐραίου μεταβολῇ τάς τε περιστροφὰς καὶ τὰς εὐθείας ὁρμὰς ἑαυτοῖς οἰακίζοντες· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πτηνῶν ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, διανηχομένων τὸν ἀέρα τοῖς πτεροῖς κατὰ τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον, ’Ωστε, ἐπειδὴ ἕν ἰδίωμα ἐν ἑκατέροις τὸ νήχεσθαι, μία τις αὐτοῖς ἡ συγγένεια ὲκ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων γενέσεως παρεσχέθη, Πλήν γε ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν πτηνῶν ἂπουν, διὰ τὸ πᾶσι τὴν δίαιταν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ὑπάρχειν, καὶ πάντα ἀναγκαίως τῆς των ποδῶν ὑπουργίας προσδεῖσθαι. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἁρπακτικοῖς πρὸς τὴν ἄγραν αἱ τῶν ὀνύχων ἀκμαί· τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς διά τε τὸν πορισμὸν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ διὰ τὴν λοιπὴν τοῦ βίου διεξαγωγὴν ἀναγκαῖα τῶν ποδῶν ἡ ὑπηρεσία δεδώρηται. Ὀλίγοι δὲ τῶν ὀρνίθων κακόποδές εἰσιν, οὔτε βαδίζειν οὔτε ἀγρεύειν τοῖς ποσὶν ἐπιτήδειοι· ὡς αἵ τε χελιδόνες εἰσὶ, οὕτε βαδίζειν ούτε ἀγρεύειν δυνάμεναι, καὶ αἱ δρεπανίδες λεγόμεναι, οἷς ἦ τροφὴ ἀπὸ τῶν ἓν τῷ ἀέρι ἒμφερομένων ἐπινενόηται. Χελιδόνι δὲ τὸ τῆς πτήσεως πρόσγειον ἀντὶ τῆς τῶν ποδῶν ὑπηρεσίας ἐστὶν,

Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan. Dia ti ē gē psychēn zōsan exagei? Hina mathę̄s diaphoran psychēs ktēnous kai psychēs anthrōpou. Mikron hysteron gnōsę̄, pōs hē psychē tou anthrōpou synestē; nyn de akoue peri tēs tōn alogōn psychēs. Epeidē kata to gegrammenon pantos zōou hē psychē to haima autou estin, haima de pagen heis sarka pephyke metaballein, hē de sarx phthareisa eis gēn analyetai, geēra tis estin eikotōs hē psychē tōn ktēnōn. Exagagetō oun hē gē psychēn zōsan. Hora tēn akolouthian psychēs pros haima, haimatos pros sarka, sarkos pros tēn gēn kai palin analysas dia tōn autōn anapodison apo gēs eis sarka, apo sarkos heis haima, apo haimatos eis psychēn; kai heurēseis, hoti gē esti tōn ktēnōn hē psychē, Mē nomize presbyteran einai tēs tou sōmatos autōn hypostaseōs, mēde epidiamenousan meta tēn tēs sarkos dialysin. Pheuge phlēnaphous tōn sobarōn philosophōn, hoi ouk haischynontai tas eautōn psychas kai tas kyneias homoeideis allēlais tithemenoi; hoi legontes heautous gegenēsthai pote kai gynaikas kai thamnous kai ichthyas thalassious, Egō de ei men egenonto pote ichthys ouk an eipoimi; hoti de en hǭ tauta egraphon tōn ichthyōn ēsan alogōteroi, kai pany eutonōs diateinaimēn, Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan, Tinos heneken, tou logou trechontos athroōs, apesiōpēsa chronon ouk oligon, isōs thaumazousin hoi polloi; allʼ ouchi hoige philoponōteroi tōn akroatōn agnoousi tēn aitian tēs aphasias. Houtoi gar eisin hoi dia tou pros allēlous horąn kai enneuein epistrepsantes me pros heautous kai heis ennoian agagontes tōn parethentōn. Eidos gar holon tēs ktiseōs, kai ouk elachiston touto, parelathen hēmas, kai mikrou apiōn ǭcheto, anexetaston pantelōs ho logos katalipōn, Exagagetō gar ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn kata genos, kai peteina petomena epi tēs gēs kata to stereōma tou ouranou, Eipamen ta peri tōn nēktōn, hosa ho kairos enedidou hesperas; sēmeron metebēmen epi tēn tōn chersaiōn exetasin. Diephygen hēmas to ptēnon en tǭ mesǭ, Anankē toinyn, kata tous epilēsmonas tōn hodoiporōn, hoi, epeidan ti tōn kairiōn katalipōsi, kan epipoly tēs hodou proelthōsi, palin tēn autēn hypostrephousin, axian tēs rąthymias dikēn ton ek tēs hodoiporias kopon hypechontes, houtō kai hēmin, hōs eoike, tēn autēn palin badisteon. Kai gar oude eukataphronēton esti to parethen, alla to triton eoiken einai tēs en tois zōois ktiseōs, eiper tria zōōn esti genē, to te chersaion kai to ptēnon, kai to enydron, Exagagetō, phēsi, ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn kata genos, kai peteina petomena epi tēs gēs kata to stereōma tou ouranou kata genos. Dia ti ex hydatōn kai tois ptēnois tēn genesin edōken? Hoti hōsper syngeneia tis esti tois petomenois pros ta nēkta. Kai gar ōsper hoi ichthys to hydōr temnousi, tę̄ men kinēsei tōn pterygōn eis to prosō chōrountes, tę̄ de tou ouraiou metabolę̄ tas te peristrophas kai tas eutheias hormas heautois oiakizontes; houtō kai epi tōn ptēnōn estin idein, dianēchomenōn ton aera tois pterois kata ton homoion tropon, ’Ōste, epeidē hen idiōma en hekaterois to nēchesthai, mia tis autois hē syngeneia ek tēs tōn hydatōn geneseōs pareschethē, Plēn ge hoti ouden tōn ptēnōn apoun, dia to pasi tēn diaitan apo tēs gēs hyparchein, kai panta anankaiōs tēs tōn podōn hypourgias prosdeisthai. Tois men gar harpaktikois pros tēn agran hai tōn onychōn akmai; tois de loipois dia te ton porismon tēs trophēs kai dia tēn loipēn tou biou diexagōgēn anankaia tōn podōn hē hypēresia dedōrētai. Oligoi de tōn ornithōn kakopodes eisin, oute badizein oute agreuein tois posin epitēdeioi; hōs hai te chelidones eisi, houte badizein oute agreuein dynamenai, kai hai drepanides legomenai, hois ē trophē apo tōn hen tǭ aeri empheromenōn epinenoētai. Chelidoni de to tēs ptēseōs prosgeion anti tēs tōn podōn hypēresias estin,

"Let the earth bring forth a living soul." Why does the earth bring forth a living soul? So that you may learn the difference between the soul of a beast and the soul of a man. A little later you will learn how the soul of man was constituted; but now hear about the soul of the irrational animals. Since, according to what is written, "the soul of every animal is its blood," and blood when congealed naturally changes into flesh, and flesh when it decays is dissolved into earth, the soul of beasts is fittingly something earthy. "Let the earth, then, bring forth a living soul." See the sequence from soul to blood, from blood to flesh, from flesh to earth; and resolving it again, go back through the same steps from earth to flesh, from flesh to blood, from blood to soul, and you will find that the soul of beasts is earth. Do not think it older than the subsistence of their body, nor that it survives after the dissolution of the flesh. Flee the nonsense of the pompous philosophers, who are not ashamed to make their own souls and those of dogs of the same kind as one another, who say that they themselves were once women, and bushes, and fish of the sea. Whether they were ever fish I would not say; but that while they were writing these things they were more irrational than fish, I would maintain with all vigor. "Let the earth bring forth a living soul." Why, as my discourse was running along all at once, I fell silent for no short time, many perhaps wonder; but the more diligent of my hearers are not ignorant of the reason for my speechlessness. For they are the ones who, by looking at one another and nodding, turned me toward themselves and brought me to remember what had been passed over. For a whole kind of creation, and not the least, escaped us, and very nearly went away, leaving the discourse altogether unexamined. For: "Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls according to their kind, and birds flying over the earth along the firmament of heaven." We spoke about the swimming creatures in the evening, as much as the time allowed; today we passed on to the examination of the land animals. The winged kind in between escaped us. So, like forgetful travelers who, when they have left behind something important, turn back the same way even if they have gone far along the road, paying the toil of the journey as a fitting penalty for their carelessness, so we too, it seems, must walk the same road again. For what was passed over is not contemptible; it seems to be the third part of the creation of animals, if there are three kinds of animals: the land kind, the winged, and the water kind. "Let the waters bring forth," he says, "creeping things of living souls according to their kind, and birds flying over the earth along the firmament of heaven according to their kind." Why did he give birds too their origin from the waters? Because there is, as it were, a kinship between flying things and swimming things. For as fishes cut through the water, going forward by the movement of their fins and steering both their turns and their straight rushes by the shifting of their tail, so with birds too one may see them swimming through the air with their wings in the same way. So, since swimming is one property of both, a single kinship was given them by their origin from the waters. Except that no bird is without feet, because all of them have their living from the earth, and all necessarily need the service of their feet. To birds of prey the points of their talons are given for hunting; to the rest the necessary service of the feet has been granted both for providing food and for the rest of their way of life. A few birds have weak feet, fit neither for walking nor for hunting, such as the swallows, which can neither walk nor hunt, and the so-called drepanides, whose food has been arranged from the things carried about in the air. For the swallow, flying close to the ground takes the place of the service of feet.

8.3PG 29:169c–172d

Εἰσὶ μέντοι γενῶν διαφοραὶ μυρίαι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρνισιν, ἃς ἐάν τις κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπίῃ καθʼ ὅν ἐν μέρει καὶ τῆς τῶν ἰχθύων ἒξετάσεως ἐφηψάμεθα, εὑρήσει ἕν μὲν ὄνομα τῶν πετεινῶν, μυρίας δὲ ἐν τούτοις διαφορὰς ἕν τε τοῖς μεγέθεσι καὶ ὲν τοῖς σχήμασι καὶ ἐν ταῖς χρόαις καὶ κατὰ τοὺς βίους, καὶ τὰς πράξεις, καὶ τὰ ἤθη, ἀμύθητον οὖσαν αὐτοῖς τὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα παραλλαγήν. Ἤδη μὲν οὗν τινες ἐπειράθησαν καὶ ὀνοματοποιὶαις χρήσασθαι, ἵνʼ, ὥσπερ διὰ καυτήρων τινῶν τῆς ἀσυνήθους καῖ ξένης ὀνομασίας, τὸ ἰδὶωμα ἑκάστου γένους ἐπιγινώσκηται. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὠνόμασαν σχιζόπτερα, ὡς τοὺς ἀετούςʼ τὰ δὲ δερμόπτερα, ὡς τὰς νυχτερίδαςʼ τὰ δὲ πτιλωτὰ, ὡς τοὺς σφῆκας· τὰ δὲ κολεόπτερα, ὡς τοὺς κανθάρους. καὶ ὅσα, ἒν θήκαις τισὶ καὶ περιβολαῖς γεννηθέντα, περιρραγέντος αὐτοῖς του ἐλύτρου, πρὸς τὴν πτῆσιν ἠλευθερώθη. Ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν ἀρκοῦσα σημείωσις πρὸς τὴν τῶν γενῶν ἰδιότητα ἡ κοινὴ χρῆσις, καὶ οἱ παρὰ τῆς Γραφῆς περὶ καθαρῶν καὶ ἀκαθάρτων διορισμοί. ’Άλλο μὲν οὖν γένος τὸ τῶν σαρκοφάγων, καὶ ἄλλη κατασκευὴ πρέπουσα τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς διαίτης αὐτῶν, ὀνύχων ἀκμαὶ, καὶ χεῖλος ἀγκύλον, καὶ πτερὸν ὀξὺ, ὥστε καὶ συλληφθῆναι ῥᾳδίως τὸ θήραμα, καὶ διασπαραγὲν τροφὴν τῷ ἑλόντι γενέσθαι, Ἄλλη τῶν σπερμολόγων κατασκευή· ἄλλη τῶν ὲκ παντὸς τρεφομένων τοῦ συντυχόντος. Καὶ εν τούτοις πλεῖσται διαφοραί. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἆγελικὰ, πλὴν τῶν ἁρπακτικῶν· τούτων δὲ οὒδὲν κοινωνικὸν ἐκτὸς τοῦ κατὰ τὰς συζυγίας συνδυασμοῦ. Μυρία δέ ἄλλα τὸν ἄθροισματικὸν ᾕρηται βίον, ὡς περιστεραὶ, καὶ γέρανοι, καὶ ψῆρες, καὶ κολοιοί. Πάλιν ἐν τούτοις τὰ μὲν ἄναρχά ἐστι καὶ οἷον αὐτόνομα· τὰ δὲ ὑφʼ ἡγεμόνι τετάχθαι καταδεχόμενα, ὡς αἱ γέρανοι. ’Ἤδη δέ τις καὶ ἑτέρα ἐν τούτοις ἐστὶ διαφορὰ, καθʼ ἣν τὰ μὲν ἐπιδημητικά τέ ἐστι καὶ ἐγχώρια, τὰ δὲ ἀπαίρειν πέφυκε πορρωτάτω, καὶ χειμῶνος ἐγγίζοντος ἐκτοπίζειν ὡς τὰ πολλά, Χειροήθη δὲ καὶ τιθασσὰ τὰ πολλὰ, τῶν ὀρνέων ἐκτρεφόμενα γίνεται. πλήν γε δὴ τῶν ἀσθενῶν, ἃ διʼ ὑπερβάλλουσαν δειλίαν καὶ ἀνανδρίαν τὴν συνεχῆ τῆς χειρὸς ἐνόχλησιν οὔχ ὑφίσταται. Ἀλλὰ καὶ συνανθρωπιστικοί τινες τῶν ὀρνίθων εἰσὶ, τὰς αὑτὰς ἡμῖν οἰκήσεις καταδεχόμενοι· ἄλλοι δὲ ὅρειοι καὶ φιλέρημοι, Μεγίστη δὲ διαφορὰ καὶ ἡ περὶ την φωνὴν ἰδιότης ἑκάστου, Οἱ μὲν γὰρ κωτίλοι καὶ λάλοι τῶν ὀρνίθων εἰσίν· οἱ δὲ σιγηλοί. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ᾠδικὰ καὶ πολύφωνα· τὰ δὲ ἄμουσα παντελῶς καὶ ᾠδῆς ἄμοιρα. Καὶ τὰ μὲν μιμηλὰ, ἢ ἐκ φύσεως ἔχοντα τὸ μιμεῖσθαι, ἢ ἐξ ἀσκήσεως προσλαβόνταʼ τὰ δὲ μονότροπον καὶ ἀμετάβλητον τὴν φωνὴν ἀφιέντα, Γαῦρον ὁ ἀλεκτρυών φιλόκαλον ὁ ταώς· λάγνοι αἱ περιστεραὶ καὶ αἱ κατοικίδιοι ὄρνεις, ἐπὶ παντὸς καιροῦ τὸ συνουσιαστικὸν ἔχουσαι. Δολερὸν ὁ πέρδιξ καὶ ζηλότυπον, κακούργως συμπράττων τοῖς θηραταῖς πρὸς τὴν ἄγραν,

Eisi mentoi genōn diaphorai myriai kai en tois ornisin, has ean tis kata ton auton tropon epię̄ kathʼ hon en merei kai tēs tōn ichthyōn exetaseōs ephēpsametha, heurēsei hen men onoma tōn peteinōn, myrias de en toutois diaphoras hen te tois megethesi kai en tois schēmasi kai en tais chroais kai kata tous bious, kai tas praxeis, kai ta ēthē, amythēton ousan autois tēn pros allēla parallagēn. Ēdē men houn tines epeirathēsan kai onomatopoiiais chrēsasthai, hinʼ, hōsper dia kautērōn tinōn tēs asynēthous kai xenēs onomasias, to idiōma hekastou genous epiginōskētai. Kai ta men ōnomasan schizoptera, hōs tous aetousʼ ta de dermoptera, hōs tas nychteridasʼ ta de ptilōta, hōs tous sphēkas; ta de koleoptera, hōs tous kantharous. kai hosa, en thēkais tisi kai peribolais gennēthenta, perirragentos autois tou elytrou, pros tēn ptēsin ēleutherōthē. Allʼ hēmin arkousa sēmeiōsis pros tēn tōn genōn idiotēta hē koinē chrēsis, kai hoi para tēs Graphēs peri katharōn kai akathartōn diorismoi. ’Allo men oun genos to tōn sarkophagōn, kai allē kataskeuē prepousa tǭ tropǭ tēs diaitēs autōn, onychōn akmai, kai cheilos ankylon, kai pteron oxy, hōste kai syllēphthēnai rhądiōs to thērama, kai diasparagen trophēn tǭ helonti genesthai, Allē tōn spermologōn kataskeuē; allē tōn ek pantos trephomenōn tou syntychontos. Kai en toutois pleistai diaphorai. Ta men gar autōn estin agelika, plēn tōn harpaktikōn; toutōn de ouden koinōnikon ektos tou kata tas syzygias syndyasmou. Myria de alla ton athroismatikon hę̄rētai bion, hōs peristerai, kai geranoi, kai psēres, kai koloioi. Palin en toutois ta men anarcha esti kai hoion autonoma; ta de hyphʼ hēgemoni tetachthai katadechomena, hōs hai geranoi. ’Ēdē de tis kai hetera en toutois esti diaphora, kathʼ hēn ta men epidēmētika te esti kai enchōria, ta de apairein pephyke porrōtatō, kai cheimōnos engizontos ektopizein hōs ta polla, Cheiroēthē de kai tithassa ta polla, tōn orneōn ektrephomena ginetai. plēn ge dē tōn asthenōn, ha diʼ hyperballousan deilian kai anandrian tēn synechē tēs cheiros enochlēsin ouch hyphistatai. Alla kai synanthrōpistikoi tines tōn ornithōn eisi, tas hautas hēmin oikēseis katadechomenoi; alloi de horeioi kai philerēmoi, Megistē de diaphora kai hē peri tēn phōnēn idiotēs hekastou, Hoi men gar kōtiloi kai laloi tōn ornithōn eisin; hoi de sigēloi. Kai ta men ǭdika kai polyphōna; ta de amousa pantelōs kai ǭdēs amoira. Kai ta men mimēla, ē ek physeōs echonta to mimeisthai, ē ex askēseōs proslabontaʼ ta de monotropon kai ametablēton tēn phōnēn aphienta, Gauron ho alektryōn philokalon ho taōs; lagnoi hai peristerai kai hai katoikidioi orneis, epi pantos kairou to synousiastikon echousai. Doleron ho perdix kai zēlotypon, kakourgōs symprattōn tois thēratais pros tēn agran,

There are, moreover, countless differences of kinds among the birds too; if one goes through them in the same way in which we partly touched on the examination of the fishes, he will find a single name for the winged creatures, but countless differences among them, in sizes, shapes, and colors, in ways of life, actions, and habits: an untold variation from one another. Some have even tried to coin names, so that by a kind of brand of unusual and strange names the peculiar character of each kind might be recognized. Some they named "split-winged," like eagles; others "skin-winged," like bats; others "feather-winged," like wasps; others "sheath-winged," like beetles and all those that are born in cases and coverings and are freed for flight when their sheath bursts around them. But for us common usage, and the distinctions Scripture makes between clean and unclean, are enough to mark the peculiarity of the kinds. The carnivorous kind is one, with a structure suited to its manner of life: points of talons, a hooked beak, a swift wing, so that the prey can be easily seized and, torn apart, become food for its captor. The structure of the seed-eaters is different, and different again that of those that feed on whatever they come across. And among these there are very many differences. For some of them are gregarious, apart from the birds of prey; none of these is sociable, except for pairing in couples. Countless others have chosen the flocking life, like doves, cranes, starlings, and jackdaws. Again, among these some are without a leader and as it were self-governing, while others accept being ranged under a leader, as cranes do. There is also another difference among them, by which some are resident and native, while others naturally depart very far away and mostly emigrate as winter approaches. Many birds, when reared, become tame and domestic, except the weak ones, which through excessive timidity and cowardice do not endure the constant handling of the hand. Some birds live alongside men, accepting the same dwellings as we do; others live in mountains and love solitude. The greatest difference is also the peculiarity of each one's voice. Some birds are chattering and talkative, others silent. Some are songful and many-voiced, others altogether unmusical and without a share of song. Some are imitative, having the ability to imitate either from nature or acquired by training; others utter a single, unchanging voice. The cock is proud; the peacock loves beauty; doves and domestic fowls are lustful, mating at every season. The partridge is deceitful and jealous, wickedly helping hunters to catch their prey.

8.4PG 29:172d–176a

Μυρίαι, ως ἔφαμεν, καὶ τῶν πράξεων καὶ τῶν βίων διαφοραί, ’Ἔστι δέ τινα καὶ πολιτικὰ τῶν ἀλόγων, εἴπερ πολιτείας ἴδιον, τὸ πρὸς ἕν πέρας κοινὸν συννεύειν τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστον, ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν μελισσῶν ἄν τις ἴδοι. Καὶ γὰρ ’ἐκείνων κοινὴ μὲν ἡ οἴκησις, κοινὴ δὲ ἡ πτῆσις, ἐργασία δὲ πάντων μία ’ καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ὅτι ὑπὸ βασιλεῖ καὶ ταξιάρχῳ τινὶ τῶν ἔργων ἅπτονται, οὐ πρότερον καταδεχόμεναι ἐπὶ τοὺς λειμῶνας ἐλθεῖν, πρὶν ἃν ἴδωσι κατάρξαντα τὸν βασιλέα τῆς πτήσεως, Καὶ ἔστιν αὐταῖς οὒ χειροτονητὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς (πολλάκις γὰρ ἀκρισία δήμου τὸν χείριστον εἷς ἀρχὴν προεστήσατο), οὐδὲ κληρωτὴν ἔχων τὴν ἐξουσίαν (ἄλογοι γὰρ αἱ συντυχίαι τῶν κλήρων ἐπὶ τὸν πάντων ἔσχατον πολλάκις τὸ κράτος φέρουσαι), οὔδε ὲκ πατρικῆς διαδοχῆς τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐγκαθεζόμενος (καὶ γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι ἀπαίδευτοι καὶ ἀμαθεῖς πάσης ἀρετῆς διὰ τρυφὴν καὶ κολακείαν ὡς τὰ πολλὰ γίνονται), ἀλλʼ ἐκ φύσεως ἔχων τὸ κατὰ πάντων πρωτεῖον, καὶ μεγέθει διαφέρων καὶ σχήματι καὶ τῇ τοῦ ἤθους πραότητι, ’Ἔστι μὲν γὰρ κέντρον τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἀλλʼ οὗ χρῆται τούτῳ πρὸς ἄμυναν. Νόμοι τινές εἰσιν οὗτοι τῆς φύσεως ἄγραφοι, ἀργοὺς εἶναι πρὸς τιμωρίαν τοὺς τῶν μεγίστων δυναστειῶν ἐπιβαίνοντας, Ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς μελίσσαις, ὅσαι ἂν μὴ ἀκολουθήσωσι τῷ ὑποδείγματι τοῦ βασιλέως, ταχὺ μεταμέλει τῆς ἀβουλίας, ὅτι τῇ πληγῆ τοῦ κέντρου ἐπαποθνήσκουσιν. Ἀκουέτωσαν Χριστιανοὶ, οἷς πρόσταγμα ἑστι μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόναι, ἀλλὰ νικᾷν ὲν τῷ ὰγαθῷ τὸ κακόν, Μίμησαι τῆς μελίσσης τὸ ἰδιότροπον, ὅτι, οὐδενὶ λυμαινομένη, οὐδὲ καρπὸν ἀλλότριον διαφθείρουσα, τὰ κηρία συμπήγνυται. Τὸν μὲν γὰρ κηρὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθῶν φανερῶς συναγείρει, τὸ δὲ μέλι, τὴν δροσοειδῶς ἐνεσπαρμένην νοτίδα τοῖς ἄνθεσιν, ἒπισπασαμὲνη τῷ στόματι, ταύτην ταῖς κοιλότησι τῶν κηρίων ἐνίησιν. ’Ὅθεν καὶ ὕγρὸν παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐστίν · εἷτα τῷ χρόνῳ συμπεφθὲν, πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν σύστασιν καὶ γλυκύτητα ἐπανέρχεται. Καλῶν καὶ πρεπόντων αὕτη τῶν ἐπαίνων παρὰ τῆς Παροιμίας τετύχηκε, σοφὴ καὶ ἐργάτις ὀνομασθεῖσα · οὕτω μὲν φιλοπόνως τὴν τροφὴν συναγείρουσα (ἧς τοὺς πόνους, φησὶ, βασιλεῖς καὶ ἰδιῶται πρὸς ὑγείαν προσφέρονται), οὕτω δὲ σοφὼς φιλοτεχνοῦσα τὰς ἀποθήκας τοῦ μὲλιτος (εἷς λεπτὸν γὰρ ὑμένα τὸν κηρὸν διατείνασα, πυκνὰς καὶ συνεχεῖς ἀλλήλαις συνοικοδομεῖ τὰς κοιλότητας), ὡς τὸ πυκνὸν τῆς τῶν μικροτάτων πρὸς ἄλληλα δέσεως ἔρεισμα γίνεσθαι τῷ παντί, Ἐκάστη γὰρ φρεατία τῆς ἐτέρας ἔχεται, λεπτῷ πρὸς αὐτὴν διειργομένη τε ὁμοῦ καὶ συναπτομένη τῷ διαφράγματι. ’Ἔπειτα διώροφοι καὶ τριώροφοι αἱ σύριγγες αὗται ἀλλήλαις ἐπῳκοδόμηνται. Ἐφυλάξατο γὰρ μίαν ποιῆσαι διαμπερὲς τὴν κοιλότητα, ἵνα μὴ τῷ βάρει τὸ ὑγρὸν πρὸς το ἒκτὸς διεκπίπτῃ. Κατάμαθε πῶς τὰ τῆς γεωμετρίας εὑρέματα πάρεργά ἐστι τῆς σοφωτάτης μελίσσης. Ἑξάγωνοι γὰρ πᾶσαι καὶ ἰσόπλευροι τῶν κηρίων αἱ σύριγγες, οὒκ ἐπʼ εὐθείας ἀλλήλαις κατεπικείμεναι, ἵνα μὴ κάμνωσιν οἱ πυθμένες τοῖς διακένοις ἐφηρμοσμένοι · ἀλλʼ αἱ γωνίαι τῶν κάτωθεν ἑξαγώνων, βάθρον καὶ ἔρεισμα τῶν ὑπερκειμένων είσὶν, ὡς ἀσφαλῶς ὑπὲρ ’ἑαυτῶν μετεωρίζειν τὰ βάρη, καὶ ἰδιαζόντως ἑκάστη κοιλότητι τὸ ὑγρὸν ἐγκατέχεσθαι.

Myriai, ōs ephamen, kai tōn praxeōn kai tōn biōn diaphorai, ’Esti de tina kai politika tōn alogōn, eiper politeias idion, to pros hen peras koinon synneuein tēn energeian tōn kathʼ hekaston, hōs epi tōn melissōn an tis idoi. Kai gar ’ekeinōn koinē men hē oikēsis, koinē de hē ptēsis, ergasia de pantōn mia ’ kai to megiston, hoti hypo basilei kai taxiarchǭ tini tōn ergōn haptontai, ou proteron katadechomenai epi tous leimōnas elthein, prin han idōsi katarxanta ton basilea tēs ptēseōs, Kai estin autais ou cheirotonētos ho basileus (pollakis gar akrisia dēmou ton cheiriston heis archēn proestēsato), oude klērōtēn echōn tēn exousian (alogoi gar hai syntychiai tōn klērōn epi ton pantōn eschaton pollakis to kratos pherousai), oude ek patrikēs diadochēs tois basileiois enkathezomenos (kai gar kai houtoi apaideutoi kai amatheis pasēs aretēs dia tryphēn kai kolakeian hōs ta polla ginontai), allʼ ek physeōs echōn to kata pantōn prōteion, kai megethei diapherōn kai schēmati kai tę̄ tou ēthous praotēti, ’Esti men gar kentron tǭ basilei, allʼ hou chrētai toutǭ pros amynan. Nomoi tines eisin houtoi tēs physeōs agraphoi, argous einai pros timōrian tous tōn megistōn dynasteiōn epibainontas, Alla kai tais melissais, hosai an mē akolouthēsōsi tǭ hypodeigmati tou basileōs, tachy metamelei tēs aboulias, hoti tę̄ plēgē tou kentrou epapothnēskousin. Akouetōsan Christianoi, hois prostagma hesti mēdeni kakon anti kakou apodidonai, alla nikąn en tǭ agathǭ to kakon, Mimēsai tēs melissēs to idiotropon, hoti, oudeni lymainomenē, oude karpon allotrion diaphtheirousa, ta kēria sympēgnytai. Ton men gar kēron apo tōn anthōn phanerōs synageirei, to de meli, tēn drosoeidōs enesparmenēn notida tois anthesin, epispasamenē tǭ stomati, tautēn tais koilotēsi tōn kēriōn eniēsin. ’Hothen kai hygron para tēn prōtēn estin ; heita tǭ chronǭ sympephthen, pros tēn oikeian systasin kai glykytēta epanerchetai. Kalōn kai prepontōn hautē tōn epainōn para tēs Paroimias tetychēke, sophē kai ergatis onomastheisa ; houtō men philoponōs tēn trophēn synageirousa (hēs tous ponous, phēsi, basileis kai idiōtai pros hygeian prospherontai), houtō de sophōs philotechnousa tas apothēkas tou melitos (heis lepton gar hymena ton kēron diateinasa, pyknas kai synecheis allēlais synoikodomei tas koilotētas), hōs to pyknon tēs tōn mikrotatōn pros allēla deseōs ereisma ginesthai tǭ panti, Ekastē gar phreatia tēs eteras echetai, leptǭ pros autēn dieirgomenē te homou kai synaptomenē tǭ diaphragmati. ’Epeita diōrophoi kai triōrophoi hai syringes hautai allēlais epǭkodomēntai. Ephylaxato gar mian poiēsai diamperes tēn koilotēta, hina mē tǭ barei to hygron pros to ektos diekpiptę̄. Katamathe pōs ta tēs geōmetrias heuremata parerga esti tēs sophōtatēs melissēs. Hexagōnoi gar pasai kai isopleuroi tōn kēriōn hai syringes, ouk epʼ eutheias allēlais katepikeimenai, hina mē kamnōsin hoi pythmenes tois diakenois ephērmosmenoi ; allʼ hai gōniai tōn katōthen hexagōnōn, bathron kai ereisma tōn hyperkeimenōn eisin, hōs asphalōs hyper ’heautōn meteōrizein ta barē, kai idiazontōs hekastē koilotēti to hygron enkatechesthai.

Countless, as we said, are the differences in actions and ways of life. Some irrational creatures are even social, if it is the mark of a commonwealth that the activity of the individuals converges on one common end, as one may see in the bees. For their dwelling is common, their flight is common, and the work of all is one; and, greatest of all, they set about their work under a king and a kind of commander, not consenting to go to the meadows until they see the king leading off the flight. And their king is not elected (for often the lack of judgment of a people has put the worst man into office), nor does he hold his authority by lot (for the irrational chances of the lot often carry power to the very last of all), nor does he sit on the throne by hereditary succession (for these too mostly become uneducated and ignorant of all virtue through luxury and flattery); but he holds the first place over all by nature, excelling in size and shape and in the gentleness of his character. For the king has a sting, but he does not use it for defense. These are certain unwritten laws of nature: that those who ascend to the greatest powers should be slow to punish. But the bees that do not follow the king's example soon repent of their thoughtlessness, because they die upon striking with the sting. Let Christians hear this, who have the command to render to no one evil for evil, but to overcome evil with good. Imitate the special way of the bee, which builds its combs harming no one and spoiling no one else's fruit. It gathers the wax openly from the flowers; and the honey, the moisture sown like dew in the flowers, it draws up with its mouth and puts into the hollows of the combs. That is why at first it is liquid; then, matured by time, it returns to its proper consistency and sweetness. It has received fair and fitting praise from the Proverbs, being called wise and a worker: so diligently gathering its food (whose labors, it says, kings and commoners take for their health), and so wisely and artfully contriving the storehouses for the honey (for, stretching the wax into a thin membrane, it builds the hollows close together and contiguous with one another), that the closeness with which the tiniest parts are bound to one another becomes a support for the whole. For each cell holds on to the next, at once separated from it and joined to it by a thin partition. Then these tubes are built upon one another in two and three stories. For it took care not to make a single hollow running all the way through, lest the liquid by its weight should fall out. Learn how the discoveries of geometry are side-works of the most wise bee. For all the cells of the combs are hexagonal and equal-sided, not set directly on top of one another, lest the bottoms, resting on empty spaces, should give way; but the angles of the hexagons below are the base and support of those above, so as to hold up the weights above them securely and keep the liquid in each hollow separately.

8.5PG 29:176a–177c

Πῶς ἄν σοι πάντα διʼ ἀκριβείας ἐπέλθοιμι τὰ ἐν τοῖς βίοις τῶν ὀρνίθων ἰδιώματα; πῶς μὲν αἱ γέρανοι τὰς ἓν τῇ νυκτὶ προφυλακὰς ἐκ περιτροπῆς ὑποδέχονται ' καὶ αἱ μὲν καθεύδουσιν, αἱ δέ, κύκλῳ περιιοῦσαι, πᾶσαν αὐταῖς ἓν τῷ ὕπνῳ παρέχονται τὴν ἀσφάλειαν· εἶτα, τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς φυλακῆς πληρουμένου, ἡ μὲν βοήσασα πρὸς ὕπνον ἐτράπετο, ἡ δὲ, τὴν διαδοχὴν ὑποδεξαμένη, ἧς ἔτυχεν ἀσφαλείας ἀντέδωκεν έν τῷ μέρει. Ταύτην ἐν ’τῇ πτήσει τὴν εὐταξίαν κατόψει. ’Ἄλλοτε γὰρ ἄλλη τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐκδέχεται, καὶ τακτόν τινα χρόνον προκαθηγησαμένη τῆς πτήσεως, εἰς τὸ κατόπίν περιελθοῦσα, τῇ μεθʼ ἑαυτὴν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τῆς ὁδοῦ παραδίδωσι, Τὸ δὲ τῶν πελαργῶν οὑδὲ πόῤῥω ἐστὶ συνέσεως λογικῆς· οὕτω μὲν κατὰ τὸν ἕνα καιρὸν πάντας ἐπιδημεῖν τοῖς τῇδε χωρίοις, οὕτω δὲ ὑφʼ ἑνὶ συνθήματι πάντας ἀπαίρειν. Δορυφοροῦσι δὲ αὖτοὺς αἱ παρʼ ἡμῖν κορῶναι, καὶ παραπέμπουσιν, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, καὶ συμμαχίαν τινὰ παρεχόμεναι πρὸς ὄρνιθας πολεμίους, Σημεῐον δὲ πρῶτον μὲν τὸ μὴ φαίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον κορώνην παντάπασιν, ἔπειθʼ ὅτι μετὰ τραυμάτων ἐπανερχόμεναι ἐναργῆ τοῦ συνασπισμοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐπιμαχίας τὰ σημεῖα κομίζουσι. Τίς παρʼ αὐταῖς τοὺς τῆς φιλοξενίας διώρισε νόμους; ἠπείλησε λειποστρατίου γραφὴν, ὡς μηδεμίαν ἀπολείπεσθαι τῆς προπομπῆς; ’Ἄκουέτωσαν οἱ κακόξενοι, καὶ τὰς θύρας κλείοντες, καὶ μηδέ στέγης ἒν χειμῶνι καὶ νυκτὶ τοῖς ἐπιδημοῦσι μεταδιδόντες. Ἦ δὲ περὶ τοὺς γηράσαντας τών πελαργῶν πρόνοια ἐξήρκει τοὺς παῖδας ἡμῶν, εἱ προσέχειν ἐβούλοντο, φιλοπάτορας καταστῆσαι. Πάντως γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὕτως ἐλλείπων κατὰ τὴν φρόνησιν, ὡς ’μη αἰσχύνης ἄξιον κρίνειν τῶν ἀλογωτάτων ὀρνίθων ὑστερίζειν κατʼ ἀρετήν, Ἐκεῖνοι τὸν πατέρα ὑπὸ τοῦ γήρως πτεροῤῥυήσαντα περιστάντες ἐν κύκλῳ τοῖς οἰκείοις πτεροῖς διαθάλπουσι, καὶ τὰς τροφὰς ἀφθόνως παρασκευάζοντες, τὴν δυνατὴν καὶ ἐν τῇ πτήσει παρέχονται βοήθειαν, ἡρέμα τῷ πτερῷ κουφίζοντες· οὕτω τοῦτο παρὰ πᾶσι διαβεβόηται, ὥστε ἤδη τινες τὴν τῶν εὐεργετημάτων ἀντίδοσιν ἀντιπελάργωσιν ὀνομάζουσι. Μηδεὶς πενίαν ὀδυρέσθω ' μηδὲ ἂπογινωσκέτω ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ζωὴν ὁ μηδεμίαν οἴκοι περιουσίαν καταλιπὼν, πρὸς τὸ τῆς χελιδόνος εὐμήχανον ἀποβλέπων. Ἐκείνη γαρ, τὴν καλιὰν πηγνυμένη, τὰ μὲν κάρφη τῷ στόματι διακομίζει πηλὸν δὲ τοῖς ποσὶν ἆραι μὴ δυναμένη, τὰ ἄκρα τῶν πτερῶν ὕδατι καταβρέξασα, εἶτα τῇ λεπτοτάτῃ κόνει ἐνειληθεῖσα, οὕτως ἐπινοεῖ τοῦ πηλοῦ τήν χρείαν καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν ἀλλήλοις τὰ κάρφη οῖον κόλλῃ τινὶ τῷ πηλῷ συνδήσασα, ἓν αὐτῇ τοὺς νεοττοὺς ἐκτρέφει ’ ὧν ἐάν τις ἒκκεντήσῃ τὰ ὄμματα, ἔχει τινὰ παρὰ τῆς φύσεως ἰατρικὴν, διʼ ἧς πρὸς ὑγείαν ἐπανάγει τῶν ἐκγόνων τὰς ὄψεις. Ταῦτά σε νουθετείτω μὴ διὰ πενίαν πρὸς κακουργίαν τρέπεσθαι ’ μηδὲ ἓν τοῖς χαλεπωτάτοις πάθεσι, πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα ῥίψαντα, ἄπρακτον κεῖσθαι καὶ ἀνενἐργητον ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ Θεὸν καταφεύγειν, ὅς, εἰ χελιδόνι τὰ τηλικαῦτα χαρίζεται, πόσῳ μείζονα δώσει τοῖς ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας ἐπιβοωμένοις αὒτόν ; Ἀλκυὼν ἐστι θαλάττιον ὄρνεον, Αὕτη παρʼ αὐτοὺς νοσσεύειν τοὺς αἰγιαλοὺς πέφυκεν, ἐπʼ αὐτῆς τὰ ᾠὰ τῆς ψάμμου καταθεμένη καὶ νοσσεύει κατὰ μέσον που τὸν χειμῶνα, ὅτε πολλοῖς καὶ βιαίοις ἀνέμοις ἡ θάλασσα τῇ γῇ προσαράσσεται, Ἀλλʼ ὅμως κοιμίζονται μὲν πάντες ἄνεμοι, ἡσυχάζει δὲ κῦμα θαλάσσιον, ὅταν ἀλκυὼν ἐπωάζῃ τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας, Ἐν τοσαύταις γὰρ μόναις ὲκλεπίζει τοὺς νεοττούς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τροφῆς αὐτοῖς χρεία, ἄλλοις ἑπτὰ πρὸς τὴν τῶν νεοττῶν αὔξησιν ὁ μεγαλόδωρος Θεὸς τῷ μικροτάτῳ ζώῳ παρέσχετο. ’Ὦστε καὶ ναυτικοί πάντες ἴσασι τοῦτο καὶ ἀλκυονίδας τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας προσαγορεύουσι. Ταῦτά σοι εἷς προτροπὴν τοῦ αἰτεῖν παρὰ Θεοῦ τὰ πρὸς σωτηρίαν διὰ τῆς περὶ τὰ ἄλογα τοῦ Θεοῦ προνοίας νενομοθέτηται. Τί οὒκ ἂν γένοιτο τῶν παραδόξων ἕνεκεν σοῦ, ὅς κατʼ εἰκόνα γέγονας τοῦ Θεοῦ, … ἐπιταχθεῖσα …

Pōs an soi panta diʼ akribeias epelthoimi ta en tois biois tōn ornithōn idiōmata? pōs men hai geranoi tas hen tę̄ nykti prophylakas ek peritropēs hypodechontai ' kai hai men katheudousin, hai de, kyklǭ periiousai, pasan autais hen tǭ hypnǭ parechontai tēn asphaleian; eita, tou kairou tēs phylakēs plēroumenou, hē men boēsasa pros hypnon etrapeto, hē de, tēn diadochēn hypodexamenē, hēs etychen asphaleias antedōken en tǭ merei. Tautēn en ’tę̄ ptēsei tēn eutaxian katopsei. ’Allote gar allē tēn hēgemonian ekdechetai, kai takton tina chronon prokathēgēsamenē tēs ptēseōs, eis to katopin perielthousa, tę̄ methʼ heautēn tēn hēgemonian tēs hodou paradidōsi, To de tōn pelargōn houde porrhō esti syneseōs logikēs; houtō men kata ton hena kairon pantas epidēmein tois tę̄de chōriois, houtō de hyphʼ heni synthēmati pantas apairein. Doryphorousi de autous hai parʼ hēmin korōnai, kai parapempousin, emoi dokein, kai symmachian tina parechomenai pros ornithas polemious, Sēmeion de prōton men to mē phainesthai hypo ton kairon ekeinon korōnēn pantapasin, epeithʼ hoti meta traumatōn epanerchomenai enargē tou synaspismou kai tēs epimachias ta sēmeia komizousi. Tis parʼ autais tous tēs philoxenias diōrise nomous? ēpeilēse leipostratiou graphēn, hōs mēdemian apoleipesthai tēs propompēs? ’Akouetōsan hoi kakoxenoi, kai tas thyras kleiontes, kai mēde stegēs en cheimōni kai nykti tois epidēmousi metadidontes. Ē de peri tous gērasantas tōn pelargōn pronoia exērkei tous paidas hēmōn, hei prosechein eboulonto, philopatoras katastēsai. Pantōs gar oudeis houtōs elleipōn kata tēn phronēsin, hōs ’mē aischynēs axion krinein tōn alogōtatōn ornithōn hysterizein katʼ aretēn, Ekeinoi ton patera hypo tou gērōs pterorrhyēsanta peristantes en kyklǭ tois oikeiois pterois diathalpousi, kai tas trophas aphthonōs paraskeuazontes, tēn dynatēn kai en tę̄ ptēsei parechontai boētheian, hērema tǭ pterǭ kouphizontes; houtō touto para pasi diabeboētai, hōste ēdē tines tēn tōn euergetēmatōn antidosin antipelargōsin onomazousi. Mēdeis penian odyresthō ' mēde apoginōsketō heautou tēn zōēn ho mēdemian oikoi periousian katalipōn, pros to tēs chelidonos eumēchanon apoblepōn. Ekeinē gar, tēn kalian pēgnymenē, ta men karphē tǭ stomati diakomizei pēlon de tois posin arai mē dynamenē, ta akra tōn pterōn hydati katabrexasa, eita tę̄ leptotatę̄ konei eneilētheisa, houtōs epinoei tou pēlou tēn chreian kai kata mikron allēlois ta karphē oion kollę̄ tini tǭ pēlǭ syndēsasa, hen autę̄ tous neottous ektrephei ’ hōn ean tis ekkentēsę̄ ta ommata, echei tina para tēs physeōs iatrikēn, diʼ hēs pros hygeian epanagei tōn ekgonōn tas opseis. Tauta se noutheteitō mē dia penian pros kakourgian trepesthai ’ mēde hen tois chalepōtatois pathesi, pasan elpida rhipsanta, aprakton keisthai kai anenergēton allʼ epi Theon katapheugein, hos, ei chelidoni ta tēlikauta charizetai, posǭ meizona dōsei tois ex holēs kardias epiboōmenois auton ? Alkyōn esti thalattion orneon, Hautē parʼ autous nosseuein tous aigialous pephyken, epʼ autēs ta ǭa tēs psammou katathemenē kai nosseuei kata meson pou ton cheimōna, hote pollois kai biaiois anemois hē thalassa tę̄ gę̄ prosarassetai, Allʼ homōs koimizontai men pantes anemoi, hēsychazei de kyma thalassion, hotan alkyōn epōazę̄ tas hepta hēmeras, En tosautais gar monais eklepizei tous neottous. Epei de kai trophēs autois chreia, allois hepta pros tēn tōn neottōn auxēsin ho megalodōros Theos tǭ mikrotatǭ zōǭ parescheto. ’Ōste kai nautikoi pantes isasi touto kai alkyonidas tas hēmeras ekeinas prosagoreuousi. Tauta soi heis protropēn tou aitein para Theou ta pros sōtērian dia tēs peri ta aloga tou Theou pronoias nenomothetētai. Ti ouk an genoito tōn paradoxōn heneken sou, hos katʼ eikona gegonas tou Theou, … epitachtheisa …

How could I go through for you precisely all the peculiarities in the lives of birds? How the cranes take the night watches in turn: some sleep, while others, going round in a circle, provide them with complete safety in their sleep; then, when the time of the watch is completed, the one that cried out turns to sleep, and the one that takes over the duty repays in its turn the safety it enjoyed. You will see this good order in their flight too. Now one, now another takes the lead, and, after guiding the flight for a set time, goes round to the rear and hands over the leadership of the journey to the one behind it. And the conduct of the storks is not far from rational intelligence: so all at the same season they arrive in these regions, so all depart at one signal. Our crows escort them and send them on their way, providing, it seems to me, a kind of alliance against hostile birds. The sign of this is, first, that no crow at all appears at that season; and then that they come back with wounds, bringing clear marks of their shield-fellowship and their fighting alongside. Who laid down among them the laws of hospitality? Who threatened them with an indictment for desertion, so that none is left out of the escort? Let the inhospitable hear, who shut their doors and do not share even a roof with strangers in winter and at night. The storks' care for their aged would be enough to make our children lovers of their fathers, if they were willing to attend to it. For no one is so lacking in good sense as not to judge it shameful to fall behind the most irrational birds in virtue. They gather round their father when his feathers have fallen out in old age, warm him with their own wings, provide food abundantly, and give him what help they can in flight too, gently raising him with their wing on either side; this is so celebrated everywhere that some now call the repaying of benefits "antipelargosis." Let no one lament poverty, nor despair of his life who has left no means at home, when he looks at the resourcefulness of the swallow. When it builds its nest, it carries the straws in its mouth; but, being unable to lift mud with its feet, it wets the tips of its wings in water, then rolls in the finest dust, and so contrives the use of mud; and gradually binding the straws to one another with the mud as with a kind of glue, it rears its young in the nest. And if anyone pricks out their eyes, it has a remedy from nature by which it restores the sight of its young to health. Let this warn you not to turn to wrongdoing because of poverty, nor, in the hardest sufferings, to throw away all hope and lie idle and inactive, but to take refuge in God, who, if he grants such things to a swallow, how much greater things will he give to those who call on him with their whole heart? The halcyon is a sea bird. It naturally nests by the very shores, laying its eggs on the sand itself; and it nests about midwinter, when the sea is dashed against the land by many violent winds. Yet all the winds are lulled to sleep and the sea wave is still while the halcyon broods for its seven days; for in that many days alone it hatches its young. And since they also need food, the munificent God has granted to this tiniest creature another seven days for the growth of its young. So all sailors know this and call those days "halcyon days." These things have been ordained through God's providence over the irrational creatures to encourage you to ask God for what pertains to salvation. What marvel would not be done for your sake, who have been made according to the image of God, when … the sea, commanded …

8.6PG 29:177c–180c

Τὴν τρυγόνα φασὶ, διαζευχθεῖσάν ποτε τοῦ ὁμόζυγος, μηκέτι τὴν πρὸς ἓτερον καταδέχεσθαι κοινωνίαν, ἀλλὰ μένειν ἀσυνδύαστον, μνήμῃ τοῦ ποτὲ συζευχθέντος τὴν πρὸς ἕτερον κοινωνίαν ἀπαρνουμένην, Ἀκουέτωσαν αἱ γυναῖκες, ὅπως τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς χηρείας καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἀλόγοις τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πολυγαμίαις ἀπρεποῦς προτιμότερον. Ἀδικώτατος περὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκγόνων ἔκτροφὴν ὁ ἀετός. Δύο γὰρ ἐξαγαγὼν νεοσσοὺς, τὸν ἕτερον αὐτῶν εἷς γῆν καταρρήγνυσι, ταῖς πληγαῖς τῶν πτερῶν ἀπωθούμενος· τὸν δὲ ἕτερον μόνον ἀναλαβὼν, οἰκειοῦται, διὰ τὸ τῆς τροφῆς ἐπίπονον ἀποποιούμενος ὃν ἐγέννησεν, Ἀλλʼ οὒκ ἑᾷ τοῦτον, ὥς φασι, διαφθαρῆναι ἡ φήνη· ἀλλʼ ὑπολαβοῦσα αὐτόν τοῖς οἰκείοις ἑαυτῆς νεοσσοῖς συνεκτρέφει. Τοιοῦτοι τῶν γονέων οἱ ἐπὶ προφάσει πενίας ἐκτιθέμενοι τὰ νήπια ἢ καὶ ἐν τῇ διανομῇ τοῦ κλήρου ἀνισώτατοι πρὸς τὰ ἔκγονα, Δίκαιον γὰρ, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἴσου μεταδεδώκασιν ἑκάστῳ τοῦ εἶναι, οὕτω καὶ τὰς πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἀφορμάς ἴσως αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁμοτίμως παρέχειν. Μὴ μιμήσῃ τῶν γαμψωνύχων ὀρνίθων τὸ ἀπηνές· οἳ, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεοττοὺς κατατολμῶντας λοιπὸν τῆς πτήσεως, ἐκβάλλουσι τῆς καλιᾶς, τύπτοντες τοϊς πτεροῖς καὶ ὠθοῦντες, καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἐπιμέλειαν ποιοῦνται πρὸς τὸ λοιπόν. Ἐπαινετὸν τῆς κορώνης τὸ φιλότεκνον, ἢ καὶ πετομένοις ἤδη παρέπεται, σιτίζουσα αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐκτρέφουσα μέχρι πλείστου, Πολλὰ τῶν ὀρνίθων γένη οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν κύησιν δεῖται τῆς τῶν ἀῤῥένων ἐπιπλοκῆς · ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄγονοί ἔστι τὰ ὑπηνέμια, τοὺς δὲ γῦπάς φασιν ἀσυνδυάστως τίκτειν ὡς τὰ πολλὰ, καὶ ταῦτα μακροβιωτάτους ὄντας οἷς γε μέχρις ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν ὼς τὰ πολλὰ παρατείνεται ἡ ζωή. Τοῦτο μοι ἔχε παρασεσημειωμένον ἐκ τῆς περὶ τοὺς ὄρνιθας ἱστορίας, ἵνʼ, ἐπειδάν ποτε ἴδῃς γελῶντάς τινας τὸ μυστήριον ἡμῶν, ὡς ἀδυνάτου ὄντος καὶ ἔξω τῆς φύσεως, παρθένον τεκεῖν, τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς φυλαττομένης ἀχράντου, ἐνθυμηθῇς, ὅτι ὁ εὐδοκήσας ἐν τῇ μωρίᾳ τοῦ κηρύγματος σῶσαι τοὺς πιστεύοντας, μυρίας ὲκ τῆς φύσεως ἀφορμὰς πρὸς τὴν πίστιν τῶν παραδόξων προλαβὼν κατεβάλετο.

Tēn trygona phasi, diazeuchtheisan pote tou homozygos, mēketi tēn pros heteron katadechesthai koinōnian, alla menein asyndyaston, mnēmę̄ tou pote syzeuchthentos tēn pros heteron koinōnian aparnoumenēn, Akouetōsan hai gynaikes, hopōs to semnon tēs chēreias kai para tois alogois tou en tais polygamiais aprepous protimoteron. Adikōtatos peri tēn tōn ekgonōn ektrophēn ho aetos. Dyo gar exagagōn neossous, ton heteron autōn heis gēn katarrēgnysi, tais plēgais tōn pterōn apōthoumenos; ton de heteron monon analabōn, oikeioutai, dia to tēs trophēs epiponon apopoioumenos hon egennēsen, Allʼ ouk heą touton, hōs phasi, diaphtharēnai hē phēnē; allʼ hypolabousa auton tois oikeiois heautēs neossois synektrephei. Toioutoi tōn goneōn hoi epi prophasei penias ektithemenoi ta nēpia ē kai en tę̄ dianomę̄ tou klērou anisōtatoi pros ta ekgona, Dikaion gar, hōsper ex isou metadedōkasin hekastǭ tou einai, houtō kai tas pros to zę̄n aphormas isōs autois kai homotimōs parechein. Mē mimēsę̄ tōn gampsōnychōn ornithōn to apēnes; hoi, epeidan idōsi tous heautōn neottous katatolmōntas loipon tēs ptēseōs, ekballousi tēs kalias, typtontes toïs pterois kai ōthountes, kai oudemian epimeleian poiountai pros to loipon. Epaineton tēs korōnēs to philoteknon, ē kai petomenois ēdē parepetai, sitizousa autous kai ektrephousa mechri pleistou, Polla tōn ornithōn genē ouden pros tēn kyēsin deitai tēs tōn arrhenōn epiplokēs ; allʼ en men tois allois agonoi esti ta hypēnemia, tous de gypas phasin asyndyastōs tiktein hōs ta polla, kai tauta makrobiōtatous ontas hois ge mechris hekaton etōn ōs ta polla parateinetai hē zōē. Touto moi eche parasesēmeiōmenon ek tēs peri tous ornithas historias, hinʼ, epeidan pote idę̄s gelōntas tinas to mystērion hēmōn, hōs adynatou ontos kai exō tēs physeōs, parthenon tekein, tēs parthenias autēs phylattomenēs achrantou, enthymēthę̄s, hoti ho eudokēsas en tę̄ mōrią tou kērygmatos sōsai tous pisteuontas, myrias ek tēs physeōs aphormas pros tēn pistin tōn paradoxōn prolabōn katebaleto.

They say that the turtle-dove, once separated from its mate, no longer accepts union with another but remains unpaired, refusing union with another in memory of the one it was once joined to. Let women hear how, even among the irrational creatures, the dignity of widowhood is preferred to the unseemliness of many marriages. The eagle is most unjust in rearing its young. For when it has hatched two nestlings, it dashes one of them to the ground, pushing it away with blows of its wings, and takes up and owns only the other, disowning the one it begot because of the labor of feeding it. But, they say, the osprey does not let this one perish, but takes it up and rears it with its own nestlings. Such are those parents who, on the pretext of poverty, expose their infants, or who are most unequal toward their children in the division of their inheritance. For it is just that, as they gave existence to each equally, so they should also provide them equally and with equal honor the means of living. Do not imitate the harshness of the birds with hooked talons, which, when they see their own nestlings at last venturing on flight, throw them out of the nest, striking and pushing them with their wings, and take no care of them thereafter. The crow's love for its young is praiseworthy: it follows them even when they are already flying, feeding and rearing them for a very long time. Many kinds of birds do not need the union of males for conceiving; but among the others the wind-eggs are infertile, while vultures, they say, mostly bear without mating, and these are very long-lived, their life mostly extending as far as a hundred years. Keep this marked for me from the natural history of birds, so that whenever you see some laughing at our mystery, as though it were impossible and outside nature for a virgin to give birth while her virginity itself was kept unstained, you may consider that he who was pleased through the foolishness of preaching to save those who believe laid down beforehand from nature countless grounds for believing marvels.

8.7PG 29:180c–184c

Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα ἑρπετὰ ψυχῶν ζωσῶν, καὶ πετεινὰ πετόμενα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὗρανοῦ. Ἐπῖ μὲν τῆς γῆς ἐκελεύσθη πετᾶσθαι, διὰ τὸ πᾶσι τὴν τροφὴν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ὑπάρχειν. Κατὰ δὲ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ὡς προλαβόντες ἀποδεδώκαμεν, οὖρανοῦ ἓνταῦθα παρὰ τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι τοῦ ἀέρος προσειρημένου· στερεώματος δὲ, διὰ τὸ πυκνότερόν πως εἶναι, συγκρίσει τοῦ αἰθερίου σώματος, καὶ μᾶλλον πεπιλημένον ταῖς κάτωθεν ἀναφοραῖς τὸν ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς ἡμῶν ἀέρα. ’Ἔχεις οὖν οὐρανὸν διακεκοσμημένον, γῆν κεκαλλωπισμένην, θάλασσαν εὖθηνουμένην τοῖς οἰκείοις γεννήμασιν, ἀέρα πλήρη τῶν διιπταμένων αὐτὸν ὀρνίθων, Πάντα προστάγματι Θεοῦ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραχθέντα, καὶ ὅσα ὁ λόγος παρῆκε νῦν, τὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐν τούτοις διατριβὴν ἐκκλίνων, ὡς ἂν μὴ δόξῃ ὑπερεκπίπτειν τοῦ μέτρου, κατὰ σεαυτὸν συλλογισάμενος, ὅ γε φιλόπονος, τὴν ἐν ἅπασι τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίαν καταμανθάνων, μὴ λήξῃς ποτὲ τοῦ θαύματος, μηδὲ τοῦ διὰ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως δοξάζειν τὸν ποιητήν, ’Ἔχεις ἐν τῷ σκότει τὰ νυκτερόβια γένη τῶν ὀρνίθων, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ τὰ ἡμερόφοιτα. Νυκτερίδες μὲν γὰρ, καὶ γλαῦκες, καὶ νυκτοκόρακες, τῶν νυκτινόμων εἰσίν. ’Ὥστε σοί ποτε ἐν καιρῷ μὴ παρόντος τοῦ ὕπνου ἐξαρκεῖν καὶ τὴν ἒν τούτοις διατριβὴν, καὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοῖς ἰδιωμάτων ἐξέτασιν, πρὸς δοξολογίαν τοῦ ποιητοῦ, Πῶς ἄγρυπνον ἡ ἀηδὼν, ὅταν ἒπωάζῃ, διὰ πάσης νυκτὸς τῆς μελῳδίας μὴ ἀπολήγουσα. Πῶς τετράπουν τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ πτηνὸν ἡ νυκτερίς, Πῶς μόνη τῶν ὀρνίθων ὀδοῦσι κέχρηται, καὶ ζωογονεϊ μὲν ὡς τὰ τετράποδα, ἐπιπολάζει δὲ τῶ ἀέρι, οὒχὶ πτερῷ κουφιζομένη, ἀλλʼ ὑμένι τινὶ δερματίνῳ, Πῶς μέντοι καὶ τοῦτο ἔχει τὸ φιλάλληλον ἐν τῇ φύσει, καὶ ὥσπερ ὁρμαθὸς, ἀλλήλων αἱ νυκτερίδες ἔχονται, καὶ μία τῆς μιᾶς ἤρτηται· ὅπερ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὔ ῥᾴδιον κατορθωθῆναι. Τὸ γὰρ ἀπεσχισμένον καὶ ἰδιάζον τοῦ κοινωνικοῦ καὶ ἡνωμένου τοῖς πολλοῖς προτιμότερον. Πῶς ἐοίκασι τοϊς ὄμμασι τῆς γλαυκὸς οἱ περὶ τὴν ματαίαν σοφίαν ἐσχολακότες. Καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνης ἦ ὄψις νυκτὸς μὲν … τούτων δὲ ἡ διάνοια ὀξυτάτη μέν ἐστι πρὸς τὴν τῆς ματαιότητος θεωρίαν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς κατανόησιν ἐξημαύρωται. Ἐν ἡμέρα δέ σοι καὶ πάνυ ῥᾴδὶον πανταχόθεν συνάγειν τὸ θαῦμα τοῦ κτίσαντος. Πῶς μὲν ἐπʼ ἔργα σε διεγείρει ὁ σύνοικος ὀρνις, ὀξείᾳ τῇ φωνῄ ἐμβοῶν καὶ καταμηνύων πόρῥωθεν ἔτι τὸν ἥλιον προσελαύνοντα, ὁδοιπόροις συνδιορθρίζων, γεωργοὺς δὲ ἐξάγων πρὸς ἀμητόν, Πῶς ἄγρυπνον τὸ τῶν χηνῶν γένος, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν λανθανόντων αἴσθησιν ὀξύτατον, οῗ γέ ποτε καὶ τὴν βασιλίδα πόλιν περιεσώσαντο, πολεμίους τινας, ὑπὸ γῆς διʼ ὑπονόμων ἀφανῶν ἤδη μέλλοντας τὴν ἄκραν τῆς Ῥώμης καταλαμβάνειν, καταμηνύσαντες, Ἐν ποίῳ γένει τῶν ὀρνίθων οὐκ ἴδιόν τι θαῦμα ἡ φύσις δείκνυσι; Τίς ὁ τοῖς γυψὶ προαπαγγέλλων τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν θάνατον, ὅταν κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐπιστρατεύσωσιν; Ἴδοις γὰρ ἂν μυρίας ἀγέλας γυπῶν τοῖς στρατοπέδοις παρεπομένας, ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὅπλων παρασκευῆς τεκμαιρομένων τὴν ἔκβασιν. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐ μακράν ἐστι λογισμῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, Πῶς σοι τὰς φοβερὰς ἐπιστρατείας τῆς ἀκρίδος διηγήσομαιʼ ἣ, ὑφʼ ἑνὶ συνθήματι πᾶσα ἀρθεῖσα καὶ στρατοπεδευσαμένη κατὰ τὸ πλάτος τῆς χώρας, οὐ πρότερον ἅπτεται τῶν καρπῶν, πρὶν ἐνδοθῆναι αὐτῇ τὸ θεῖον πρόσταγμα, Πῶς ἡ σελευκὶς ἐφέπεται ἴαμα τῆς πληγῆς, ἀπέραντον ἔχουσα τοῦ ἐσθίειν τὴν δύναμιν, τοῦ φιλανθρωπου Θεοῦ ἀκόρεστον αύτῆς τὴν φύσιν ἐπʼ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατασκευάσαντος ; Τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς μελῳδίας τοῦ τέττιγος; Καὶ πῶς ἓν μεσημβρίᾳ ἑαυτῶν εἰσιν ᾡδικώτεροι, τῇ ὁλκῇ τοῦ ἀέρος ἣν ἐν τῇ διαστολῇ ποιοῦνται τοῦ θώρακος, ἐκδιδομένου τοῦ φθόγγου; Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔοικα πλέον ἀπολείπεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Θαύματος τῶν πτηνῶν, ἢ εἰ τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν ἐπειρώμην ἐφικνεῖσθαι τοῦ τάχους. ’Ὅταν ’ἴδῃς τὰ ἔντομα λεγόμενα τῶν πτηνῶν, οἷον μελίσσας καὶ σφῆκας (οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὰ προσειρήκασι, διὰ τὸ πανταχόθεν ἐντομάς τινας φαίνειν), ἓνθυμοῠ, ὅτι τούτοις ἀναπνοή οὒκ ἔστιν, οὔδε πνεύμων, ἀλλʼ ὅλα διʼ ὅλων τρέφεται τῷ ἀέρι, Διόπερ καὶ ἐλαίῳ καταβραχέντα φθείρεται, τῶν πόρων ἀποφραγέντων· ὄξους δὲ εὐθὺς ὲπιβληθέντος πάλιν ἀναβιώσκεται, τῶν διεξόδων ἀνοιγομένων. Οὖδέν περιττότερον τῆς χρείας, οὔτε μὴν ἐλλεῖπόν τινι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἔκτισε. Πάλιν τὰ φίλυδρα τῶν ζώων καταμαθὼν, ἑτέραν ἐν αὕτοῖς κατασκευὴν εὑρήσεις πόδας οὔτε διεσχισμένους, ὡς τοὺς τῆς κορώνης, οὕτε ἀγκύλους, ὡς τοὺς τῶν σαρκοφάγων· ἀλλὰ πλατεῖς καὶ ὑμενώδεις, ἵνα ῥᾳδίως ἐπινήχωνται τῷ ὕδατι, οἱονεὶ κώπαις τισὶ τοῖς τῶν ποδῶν ὑμέσι τὸ ὑγρὸν διωθούμενοι. Ἐὰν δὲ καταμάθῆς ὅπως, εἰς βάθος ὁ κύκνος καθιεὶς τὸν αὐχένα, κάτωθεν ἑαυτῷ τὴν τροφὴν ἀναφέρει, τότε εὑρήσεις τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κτίσαντος, ὅτι διὰ τοῦτο μακρότερον τῶν ποδῶν τὸν αὐχένα προσέθηκεν, ἵνα, ὥσπερ τινὰ ὁρμιὰν κατάγων, τὴν ἓν τῷ βάθει κεκρυμμένην τροφὴν ἐκπορίζηται,

Exagagetō ta hydata herpeta psychōn zōsōn, kai peteina petomena epi tēs gēs, kata to stereōma tou houranou. Epi men tēs gēs ekeleusthē petasthai, dia to pasi tēn trophēn apo tēs gēs hyparchein. Kata de to stereōma tou ouranou, hōs prolabontes apodedōkamen, ouranou hentautha para to horasthai tou aeros proseirēmenou; stereōmatos de, dia to pyknoteron pōs einai, synkrisei tou aitheriou sōmatos, kai mallon pepilēmenon tais katōthen anaphorais ton hyper kephalēs hēmōn aera. ’Echeis oun ouranon diakekosmēmenon, gēn kekallōpismenēn, thalassan euthēnoumenēn tois oikeiois gennēmasin, aera plērē tōn diiptamenōn auton ornithōn, Panta prostagmati Theou ek tou mē ontos eis to einai parachthenta, kai hosa ho logos parēke nyn, tēn epi pleion en toutois diatribēn ekklinōn, hōs an mē doxę̄ hyperekpiptein tou metrou, kata seauton syllogisamenos, ho ge philoponos, tēn en hapasi tou Theou sophian katamanthanōn, mē lēxę̄s pote tou thaumatos, mēde tou dia pasēs tēs ktiseōs doxazein ton poiētēn, ’Echeis en tǭ skotei ta nykterobia genē tōn ornithōn, en tǭ phōti ta hēmerophoita. Nykterides men gar, kai glaukes, kai nyktokorakes, tōn nyktinomōn eisin. ’Hōste soi pote en kairǭ mē parontos tou hypnou exarkein kai tēn en toutois diatribēn, kai tēn tōn hyparchontōn autois idiōmatōn exetasin, pros doxologian tou poiētou, Pōs agrypnon hē aēdōn, hotan epōazę̄, dia pasēs nyktos tēs melǭdias mē apolēgousa. Pōs tetrapoun to auto kai ptēnon hē nykteris, Pōs monē tōn ornithōn odousi kechrētai, kai zōogoneï men hōs ta tetrapoda, epipolazei de tō aeri, ouchi pterǭ kouphizomenē, allʼ hymeni tini dermatinǭ, Pōs mentoi kai touto echei to philallēlon en tę̄ physei, kai hōsper hormathos, allēlōn hai nykterides echontai, kai mia tēs mias ērtētai; hoper ephʼ hēmōn tōn anthrōpōn ou rhądion katorthōthēnai. To gar apeschismenon kai idiazon tou koinōnikou kai hēnōmenou tois pollois protimoteron. Pōs eoikasi toïs ommasi tēs glaukos hoi peri tēn mataian sophian escholakotes. Kai gar ekeinēs ē opsis nyktos men … toutōn de hē dianoia oxytatē men esti pros tēn tēs mataiotētos theōrian, pros de tēn tou alēthinou phōtos katanoēsin exēmaurōtai. En hēmera de soi kai pany rhądion pantachothen synagein to thauma tou ktisantos. Pōs men epʼ erga se diegeirei ho synoikos ornis, oxeią tę̄ phōnę̄ emboōn kai katamēnyōn porrhōthen eti ton hēlion proselaunonta, hodoiporois syndiorthrizōn, geōrgous de exagōn pros amēton, Pōs agrypnon to tōn chēnōn genos, kai pros tēn tōn lanthanontōn aisthēsin oxytaton, oï ge pote kai tēn basilida polin periesōsanto, polemious tinas, hypo gēs diʼ hyponomōn aphanōn ēdē mellontas tēn akran tēs Rhōmēs katalambanein, katamēnysantes, En poiǭ genei tōn ornithōn ouk idion ti thauma hē physis deiknysi? Tis ho tois gypsi proapangellōn tōn anthrōpōn ton thanaton, hotan katʼ allēlōn epistrateusōsin? Idois gar an myrias agelas gypōn tois stratopedois parepomenas, ek tēs tōn hoplōn paraskeuēs tekmairomenōn tēn ekbasin. Touto de ou makran esti logismōn anthrōpinōn, Pōs soi tas phoberas epistrateias tēs akridos diēgēsomaiʼ hē, hyphʼ heni synthēmati pasa artheisa kai stratopedeusamenē kata to platos tēs chōras, ou proteron haptetai tōn karpōn, prin endothēnai autę̄ to theion prostagma, Pōs hē seleukis ephepetai iama tēs plēgēs, aperanton echousa tou esthiein tēn dynamin, tou philanthrōpou Theou akoreston autēs tēn physin epʼ euergesią tōn anthrōpōn kataskeuasantos ? Tis ho tropos tēs melǭdias tou tettigos? Kai pōs hen mesēmbrią heautōn eisin hǭdikōteroi, tę̄ holkę̄ tou aeros hēn en tę̄ diastolę̄ poiountai tou thōrakos, ekdidomenou tou phthongou? Alla gar eoika pleon apoleipesthai tǭ logǭ tou Thaumatos tōn ptēnōn, ē ei tois posin autōn epeirōmēn ephikneisthai tou tachous. ’Hotan ’idę̄s ta entoma legomena tōn ptēnōn, hoion melissas kai sphēkas (houtō gar auta proseirēkasi, dia to pantachothen entomas tinas phainein), henthymou, hoti toutois anapnoē ouk estin, oude pneumōn, allʼ hola diʼ holōn trephetai tǭ aeri, Dioper kai elaiǭ katabrachenta phtheiretai, tōn porōn apophragentōn; oxous de euthys epiblēthentos palin anabiōsketai, tōn diexodōn anoigomenōn. Ouden perittoteron tēs chreias, oute mēn elleipon tini tōn anankaiōn ho Theos hēmōn ektise. Palin ta philydra tōn zōōn katamathōn, heteran en hautois kataskeuēn heurēseis podas oute dieschismenous, hōs tous tēs korōnēs, houte ankylous, hōs tous tōn sarkophagōn; alla plateis kai hymenōdeis, hina rhądiōs epinēchōntai tǭ hydati, hoionei kōpais tisi tois tōn podōn hymesi to hygron diōthoumenoi. Ean de katamathēs hopōs, eis bathos ho kyknos kathieis ton auchena, katōthen heautǭ tēn trophēn anapherei, tote heurēseis tēn sophian tou ktisantos, hoti dia touto makroteron tōn podōn ton auchena prosethēken, hina, hōsper tina hormian katagōn, tēn hen tǭ bathei kekrymmenēn trophēn ekporizētai,

"Let the waters bring forth creeping things of living souls, and birds flying over the earth along the firmament of heaven." They were commanded to fly over the earth because all have their food from the earth. And "along the firmament of heaven," as we explained before, heaven here meaning the air, named from its being seen, and firmament because the air above our heads is somewhat denser compared with the ethereal body and more compacted by the vapors that rise from below. You have, then, heaven adorned, earth beautified, the sea abounding in its own offspring, the air full of the birds that fly through it. All these things, brought from not being into being by the command of God, and all that our discourse has now passed over to avoid lingering longer on them, lest it seem to exceed due measure: work them out for yourself, you who are diligent, learning the wisdom of God in all things, and never cease from wonder, nor from glorifying the Maker through the whole creation. In the darkness you have the night-living kinds of birds, in the light those that go about by day. Bats, owls, and night ravens are among the night-feeders. So that if ever sleep does not come to you, it may be enough to spend your time on these, and to examine the peculiarities that belong to them, for the glorifying of their Maker: how the nightingale is sleepless when it broods, not ceasing its melody all night long; how the bat is at once four-footed and winged; how it alone of birds has teeth, and bears its young alive like four-footed creatures, and is carried along on the air raised not by a wing but by a kind of skin membrane; how it also has this mutual love in its nature, that bats cling to one another like a chain, each hanging from the next, which is not easily achieved among us men, for the separate and private is preferred to what is sociable and united with many. How like the eyes of the owl are those who have spent their time on vain wisdom! For its sight at night is … ; their mind is very sharp for the contemplation of vanity, but is blinded for the understanding of the true light. And by day it is very easy for you to gather the wonder of the Creator from every side: how the bird that lives with you rouses you to work, crying out with its shrill voice and announcing from far off the sun that is still approaching, rising early with travelers and leading farmers out to the harvest; how wakeful the race of geese is, and very quick to perceive what is hidden, which once even saved the imperial city by revealing enemies who were about to seize the citadel of Rome through hidden passages under the ground. In what kind of birds does nature not show some marvel of its own? Who announces beforehand to the vultures the death of men, when they march against one another? For you may see countless flocks of vultures following the armies, inferring the outcome from the preparation of the weapons; and this is not far from human reasoning. How shall I describe to you the fearful invasions of the locust, which rises all together at one signal and encamps across the breadth of the land, yet does not touch the crops before the divine command is given to it? How the selucid bird follows as the cure for the plague, having a boundless power of eating, since the God who loves mankind made its nature insatiable for the benefit of men? What is the manner of the cicada's song? And how are they more songful at midday than at other times, the sound being given out by the drawing in of the air which they make in the expansion of the chest? But I seem to fall farther short of the wonder of winged creatures with my discourse than if I tried to match their speed with my feet. When you see the so-called insects among the winged things, such as bees and wasps (for they have been so named because they appear notched all round), consider that they have no breathing and no lung, but are nourished by the air through and through. That is why they die when soaked in oil, their pores being blocked; and if vinegar is poured on at once, they come to life again as the passages are opened. Our God created nothing beyond what is needed, nor left anything lacking in what is necessary. Again, if you study the water-loving creatures, you will find a different structure in them: feet neither split, like the crow's, nor hooked, like those of the carnivores, but broad and webbed, so that they may easily swim on the water, pushing the water away with the membranes of their feet as with oars. And if you learn how the swan lets its neck down into the depth and brings up its food from below, then you will discover the wisdom of the Creator, that for this reason he gave it a neck longer than its feet, so that, letting it down like a fishing line, it might obtain the food hidden in the depth.

8.8PG 29:184c–188a

Ἁπλῶς ἀναγινωσκόμενα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς Γραφῆς, συλλαβαί τινές εἰσι μικραί· Ἐξαγαγέτω τὰ ὕδατα πετεινὰ πετόμενα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατὰ τὸ στερέωμα τοῦ οὖρανοῦ, ἐρευνωμένης δὲ τῆς ἐν τοῖς ῥήμασι διανοίας, τότε ἐκφαίνεται τὸ μέγα θαῦμα τῆς σοφίας τοῦ κτίσαντος. Πόσας προείδετο διαφορὰς πτηνῶν; ὅπως αὐτὰ κατὰ γένος διέστησεν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἕκαστον κεχωρισμένοις ἐχαρακτήρισεν ἰδιώμασιν; Ἐπιλείπει με ἡ ἡμέρα τὰ ἐναέρια ὑμῖν θαύματα διηγούμενον. Καλεϊ ἡμᾶς ἡ χέρσος πρὸς τὴν τῶν θηρίων καὶ ἑρπετῶν καὶ βοσκημάτων ἐπίδειξιν, ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα ὁμότιμα τοῖς φυτοῖς καὶ τῷ πλωτῷ γένει καὶ τοῖς πτηνοῖς πᾶσιν ἀντεπιδείξασθαι, Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχήν ζῶσαν κτηνῶν καὶ θηρίων καὶ ἐρπετῶν κατὰ γένος. Τί φατε, οἱ ἁπιστοῦντες τῷ Παύλῳ περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἀλλοιώσεως, ὁρῶντες πολλὰ τῶν ἀερίων τὰς μορφὰς μεταβάλλοντα; Ὁποῖα καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰνδικοῦ σκώληκος ἱστορεῖται τοῦ κερασφόρου· ὃς, εἰς κάμπην τὰ πρῶτα μεταβαλὼν, εἶτα προϊὼν βομβυλιὸς γίνεται· καὶ οὒδὲ ἐπὶ ταύτης ἵσταται τῆς μορφῆς, ἀλλὰ χαύνοις καὶ πλατέσι πετάλοις ὑποπτεροῦται. Ὅταν οὖν καθέζησθε τὴν τούτων ἐργασίαν ἀναπηνιζόμεναι, αἱ γυναῖκες, τὰ νήματα λέγω, ἃ πέμπουσιν ὑμῖν οἱ Σῆρες πρὸς τὴν τῶν μαλακῶν ἐνδυμάτων κατασκευὴν, μεμνημέναι τῆς κατὰ τὸ ζῶον τοῦτο μεταβολῆς, ἐναργῆ λαμβάνετε τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἔννοιαν, καὶ μὴ ἀπιστεῖτε τῇ ἀλλαγῇ ἣν Παῦλος ἅπασι κατεπαγγέλλεται. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ αἰσθάνομαι τοῦ λόγου τὴν συμμετρίαν ἐκβαίνοντος. Ὅταν μὲν οὖν ἀπίδω πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εἰρημένων, ἔξω ἐμαυτὸν ὁρῶ τοῦ μέτρου φερόμενον· ὅταν δὲ πάλιν πρὸς τὸ ποικίλον τῆς ἐν τοῖς δημιουργήμασι σοφίας ἀποβλέψω, οὐδὲ ἧρχθαι νομίζω τῆς διηγήσεως. ’Ἀμα δὲ καὶ τὸ παρακατέχειν ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ πλεῖον οὒκ ἄχρηστον. Τί γὰρ ἄν τις καὶ ποιοῖ τόν μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας χρόνον; Οὐκ ἐπείγουσιν ὑμᾶς οἱ ἑστιάτορες· οὐκ ἀναμένει ὑμᾶς τὰ συμπόσια. Ὅθεν, εἰ δοκεῖ, τῇ σωματικῇ νηστείᾳ εἰς τὴν των ψυχῶν εὐφροσύνην ἀποχρησώμεθα. Πολλάκις ὑπηρετήσας τῇ σαρκὶ πρὸς ἁπόλαυσιν, σήμερον τῇ διακονίᾳ παράμεινον τῆς ψυχῆς. Κατατρύφησον τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ δώσει σοι τὰ αἰτήματα τῆς καρδίας σου, Εἰ φιλόπλουτος εἰ, ἔχεις πλοῦτον πνευματικόν ' Τὰ κρίματα Κυρίου τὰ ἀληθινὰ δεδικαιωμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ, τὰ ἐπιθυμητὰ, τὰ ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον πολύν. Εἰ ἀπολαυστικὸς καὶ φιλήδονος, ἔχεις τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ τὴν πνευματικὴν αἴσθησιν ἐῤῥωμένῳ γλυκύτερα ὄντα ὑπὲρ μέλι καὶ κηρίον. Ἐὰν ὑμᾶς διαιρῶ, καὶ διαλύσω τὸν σύλλογον, οἱ μὲν επὶ τοῦς κύβους δραμοῦνται. ’Ὄρκοι ἐκεῖ, καὶ φιλονεικίαι χαλεπαὶ, καὶ φιλοχρηματίας ὠδῖνες, Δαίμων παρέστηκε, διὰ τῶν κατεστιγμένων ὀστέων τὴν μανίαν ἐξάπτων, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ χρήματα πρὸς ἑκάτερον μέρος μετατιθεὶς, νῦν τοῦτον ἐπαίρων τῇ νίκῃ, κάκείνῳ κατήφειαν ἐμποιῶν, πάλιν δὲ ἐκεῖνον γαυριῶντα δεικνὺς, καὶ τοῦτον κατῃσχυμμένον. Τί ὄφελος νηστεύειν τῷ σώματι, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μυρίων κακῶν ὲμπεπλῆσθαις ’0 μὴ κυβεύων, σχολὴν δὲ ἄλλως ἄγων, τί οὗ φθέγγεται τῶν ματαίων; τί οὐκ ἀκούει τῶν ἀτόπων; Σχολὴ γὰρ ’ἄνευ φόβου Θεοῦ πονηρίας διδάσκαλος τοῖς ἀκαιρουμένοις ἐστὶ. Τάχα μὲν οὖν τι καὶ ὄφελος ἐν τοτς λεγομένοις εὑρήσεται εἰ δὲ μὴ, ἀλλὰ τό γε μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐκ τῆς ενταῦθα ὑμῖν ἀσχολίας περίεστιν, ’Ὥστε τὸ ἐπὶ πλέον κατέχειν, ἐπὶ πλέον εστὶν ὑμᾶς τῶν κακῶν ὑπεξάγειν. Ἱκανὰ καὶ τὰ εἰρημένα εὐγνώμονι κριτῇ, ἐὰν μή τις πρὸς τὸν πλοῦτον της κτίσεως ἀποβλεπη, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας δυνάμεως ἀσθενὲς, καὶ πρὸς τὸ αὔταρκες εἰς εὐφροσύνην τῶν συνεληλυθότων. Ἠ γῆ ὑμᾶς ταῖς οἰκείαις βλάσταις ἐδεξιώσατο· ἡ θάλασσα τοῖς ἰχθύσιν, ὁ ἀὴρ τοῖς πτηνοῖς, Ἐτοίμη ἡ χέρσος ὁμότιμα τούτοις ἀντεπιδείξασθαι. Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μέτρον ἔστω τῆς ἑωθινῆς ἑστιάσεως, ἵνα μὴ ὁ ὑπερβάλλων κόρος ἀμβλυτέρους ὑμᾶς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἑσπερινῶν ἀπόλαυσιν καταστήσῃ, Ὀ δὲ τὰ πάντα πληρώσας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ κτίσεως, καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τῶν οἰκείων θαυμάτῶν ἐναργῆ τὰ ὑπομνήματα καταλιπὼν, πληρούτω ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας πάσης εὖφροσόνης πνευματικῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας των αἰώνων, Ἀμήν.

Haplōs anaginōskomena ta rhēmata tēs Graphēs, syllabai tines eisi mikrai; Exagagetō ta hydata peteina petomena epi tēs gēs kata to stereōma tou ouranou, ereunōmenēs de tēs en tois rhēmasi dianoias, tote ekphainetai to mega thauma tēs sophias tou ktisantos. Posas proeideto diaphoras ptēnōn? hopōs auta kata genos diestēsen apʼ allēlōn, kai hekaston kechōrismenois echaraktērisen idiōmasin? Epileipei me hē hēmera ta enaeria hymin thaumata diēgoumenon. Kaleï hēmas hē chersos pros tēn tōn thēriōn kai herpetōn kai boskēmatōn epideixin, hetoimōs echousa homotima tois phytois kai tǭ plōtǭ genei kai tois ptēnois pasin antepideixasthai, Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan ktēnōn kai thēriōn kai erpetōn kata genos. Ti phate, hoi hapistountes tǭ Paulǭ peri tēs kata tēn anastasin alloiōseōs, horōntes polla tōn aeriōn tas morphas metaballonta? Hopoia kai peri tou Indikou skōlēkos historeitai tou kerasphorou; hos, eis kampēn ta prōta metabalōn, eita proïōn bombylios ginetai; kai oude epi tautēs histatai tēs morphēs, alla chaunois kai platesi petalois hypopteroutai. Hotan oun kathezēsthe tēn toutōn ergasian anapēnizomenai, hai gynaikes, ta nēmata legō, ha pempousin hymin hoi Sēres pros tēn tōn malakōn endymatōn kataskeuēn, memnēmenai tēs kata to zōon touto metabolēs, enargē lambanete tēs anastaseōs ennoian, kai mē apisteite tę̄ allagę̄ hēn Paulos hapasi katepangelletai. Alla gar aisthanomai tou logou tēn symmetrian ekbainontos. Hotan men oun apidō pros to plēthos tōn eirēmenōn, exō emauton horō tou metrou pheromenon; hotan de palin pros to poikilon tēs en tois dēmiourgēmasi sophias apoblepsō, oude hērchthai nomizō tēs diēgēseōs. ’Ama de kai to parakatechein hymas epi pleion ouk achrēston. Ti gar an tis kai poioi ton mechri tēs hesperas chronon? Ouk epeigousin hymas hoi hestiatores; ouk anamenei hymas ta symposia. Hothen, ei dokei, tę̄ sōmatikę̄ nēsteią eis tēn tōn psychōn euphrosynēn apochrēsōmetha. Pollakis hypēretēsas tę̄ sarki pros hapolausin, sēmeron tę̄ diakonią parameinon tēs psychēs. Katatryphēson tou Kyriou, kai dōsei soi ta aitēmata tēs kardias sou, Ei philoploutos ei, echeis plouton pneumatikon ' Ta krimata Kyriou ta alēthina dedikaiōmena epi to auto, ta epithymēta, ta hyper chrysion kai lithon timion polyn. Ei apolaustikos kai philēdonos, echeis ta logia tou Theou tǭ tēn pneumatikēn aisthēsin errhōmenǭ glykytera onta hyper meli kai kērion. Ean hymas diairō, kai dialysō ton syllogon, hoi men epi tous kybous dramountai. ’Orkoi ekei, kai philoneikiai chalepai, kai philochrēmatias ōdines, Daimōn parestēke, dia tōn katestigmenōn osteōn tēn manian exaptōn, kai ta auta chrēmata pros hekateron meros metatitheis, nyn touton epairōn tę̄ nikę̄, kakeinǭ katēpheian empoiōn, palin de ekeinon gauriōnta deiknys, kai touton katę̄schymmenon. Ti ophelos nēsteuein tǭ sōmati, tēn de psychēn myriōn kakōn empeplēsthais ’0 mē kybeuōn, scholēn de allōs agōn, ti hou phthengetai tōn mataiōn? ti ouk akouei tōn atopōn? Scholē gar ’aneu phobou Theou ponērias didaskalos tois akairoumenois esti. Tacha men oun ti kai ophelos en tots legomenois heurēsetai ei de mē, alla to ge mē hamartanein ek tēs entautha hymin ascholias periestin, ’Hōste to epi pleon katechein, epi pleon estin hymas tōn kakōn hypexagein. Hikana kai ta eirēmena eugnōmoni kritę̄, ean mē tis pros ton plouton tēs ktiseōs apoblepē, alla pros to tēs hēmeteras dynameōs asthenes, kai pros to autarkes eis euphrosynēn tōn synelēlythotōn. Ē gē hymas tais oikeiais blastais edexiōsato; hē thalassa tois ichthysin, ho aēr tois ptēnois, Etoimē hē chersos homotima toutois antepideixasthai. Alla touto metron estō tēs heōthinēs hestiaseōs, hina mē ho hyperballōn koros amblyterous hymas pros tēn tōn hesperinōn apolausin katastēsę̄, O de ta panta plērōsas tēs heautou ktiseōs, kai en pasin hēmin tōn oikeiōn thaumatōn enargē ta hypomnēmata katalipōn, plēroutō hymōn tas kardias pasēs euphrosonēs pneumatikēs en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, hǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn, Amēn.

The words of Scripture, read simply, are a few short syllables: "Let the waters bring forth birds flying over the earth along the firmament of heaven"; but when the meaning in the words is searched out, then the great wonder of the Creator's wisdom appears. How many differences among winged creatures he foresaw! How he separated them from one another by kinds, and marked each with distinct peculiarities! The day fails me as I describe to you the wonders of the air. The land calls us to the display of wild beasts and creeping things and cattle, ready to show in its turn things equal to the plants, the swimming kind, and all the winged creatures. "Let the earth bring forth a living soul of cattle and wild beasts and creeping things according to their kind." What do you say, you who disbelieve Paul about the change at the resurrection, when you see many creatures of the air changing their forms? Such is what is reported about the horned worm of India, which first changes into a caterpillar, then in time becomes a silk moth, and does not stop even at this form, but grows wings of loose, broad leaves. So when you sit, you women, unwinding the work of these creatures, I mean the threads which the Seres send you for making soft garments, remember the change in this creature, take a clear idea of the resurrection, and do not disbelieve the change which Paul announces for all. But I perceive that my discourse is exceeding due proportion. When I look at the quantity of what has been said, I see myself carried beyond measure; but when I look again at the variety of wisdom in the works of creation, I think I have not even begun the account. At the same time, keeping you longer is not useless. For what would one do with the time until evening? No hosts are pressing you, no banquets await you. So, if you will, let us use the bodily fast for the gladness of souls. You have often served the flesh for enjoyment; today persevere in the service of the soul. "Delight in the Lord, and he will give you the desires of your heart." If you love wealth, you have spiritual wealth: "The judgments of the Lord are true, justified altogether, more to be desired than gold and much precious stone." If you love enjoyment and pleasure, you have the words of God, which are "sweeter than honey and the honeycomb" to one strong in spiritual sense. If I let you go and dissolve the assembly, some will run to the dice. There are oaths there, and bitter quarrels, and the pangs of love of money. A demon stands by, kindling the madness through the spotted bones, moving the same money to one side and the other, now exalting this one with victory and bringing dejection on that one, then again showing the other exultant and this one put to shame. What use is it to fast in body and fill the soul with countless evils? And the one who does not play dice but spends his leisure otherwise, what vain things does he not utter? What absurdities does he not hear? For leisure without the fear of God is a teacher of wickedness to those who do not use their time well. Perhaps, then, some benefit will be found in what is said; and if not, at least not sinning is gained for you from being occupied here. So to keep you longer is to keep you longer away from evils. What has been said is enough for a fair-minded judge, if one looks not to the wealth of creation but to the weakness of our power and to what is sufficient for the gladness of those who have come together. The earth has welcomed you with its own growths, the sea with its fishes, the air with its birds. The land stands ready to show in turn things equal to these. But let this be the measure of the morning feast, lest excessive fullness make you duller for the enjoyment of the evening one. And may he who filled all things with his creation and left among us in all things clear memorials of his wonders fill your hearts with all spiritual gladness, in Christ Jesus our Lord, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.

Chapter 9

9.1PG 29:188a–189b

Πῶς ὑμῖν ἡ ἑωθινὴ τῶν λόγων τράπεζα κατεφάνη ; Ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐπῆλθεν εἱκάσαι τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πένητός τινος ἑστιάτορος φιλοφροσύνῃ ὃς, τῶν εὗτραπέλων τις εἶναι φιλοτιμούμενος, ἀπορίᾳ τῶν πολυτελεστέρων τοὺς δαιτυμόνας ἀποκναίει, τὴν πενιχρὰν παρασκευὴν δαψιλῶς ἐπιφέρων τῇ τραπέζῃ · ὥστε περιίστασθαι αὒτῴ είς ἀπειροκαλίας ὄνειδος τὸ φιλότιμον. Τοιοῦτον δή τι καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον, εἱ μή τι ὑμεῖς ἄλλο λέγετε. Πλὴν ὁποῖά ποτʼ ἂν ᾗ, οὒκ ἒξουδενωτέον ὑμῖν, Οὒδὲ γὰρ Ἐλισσαῖον ὡς φαῦλον ἑστιάτορα παρῃτοῦντο οἱ τότε, καὶ ταῦτα λαχάνοις ἀγρίοις ἑστιῶντα τοὺς φίλους. Οἶδα νόμους ἀλληγορίας, εἰ καὶ μὴ παρʼ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐξευρὼν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς παρʼ ἑτέρων πεπονημένοις περιτυχών, Ὡς οἱ μὴ καταδεχόμενοι τὰς κοινὰς τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐννοίας τὸ ὕδωρ οὐχ ὕδωρ λέγουσιν ’ ἀλλά τινα ἄλλην φύσιν, καὶ φυτὸν καὶ ἰχθὺν πρὸς τὸ ἐαυτοῖς δοκοῦν ἑρμηνεύουσι, καὶ ἑρπετῶν γένεσιν καὶ θηρίων ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκείας ὑπονοίας παρατρέψαντες ἓξηγοῦνται, ὥσπερ οἱ ὀνειροκρῖται τῶν φανέντων ἐν ταῖς καθʼ ὕπνον φαντασίαις πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον σκοπὸν τὰς ἐξηγήσεις ποιούμενοι. Ἐγὼ δὲ, χόρτον ἀκούσας, χόρτον νοῶ, καὶ φυτὸν, καὶ ἰχθὺν, καὶ θηρίον, καὶ κτῆνος, πάντα, ὡς εἴρηται, οὕτως ἐκδέχομαι. Καὶ γὰρ οὒκ ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ Εὖαγγέλιον, Οὖδὲ ἐπειδὴ οἱ τὰ περὶ κόσμου γράψαντες πολλὰ περὶ σχημάτων γῆς διελέχθησαν, εἴτε σφαῖρά ἔστιν, εἴτε κύλινδρος, εἴτε καὶ δίσκῳ ἐστὶν ἐμφερὴς ἡ γῆ, καὶ ἑξίσου πάντοθεν ἀποτετόρνευται, ἢ λικνοειδής ἐστι, καὶ μεσόκοιλος (πρὸς πάσας γὰρ ταύτας τὰς ὑπονοίας οἱ τὰ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου γράψαντες ὑπηνέχθησαν, τὰ ἀλλήλων ἕκαστος καταλύοντες), οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο προαχθήσομαι ἀτιμοτέραν εἰπεῖν τὴν ἡμετέραν κοσμοποιίαν, ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲν περὶ σχημάτων ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ θεράπων Μωυσῆς διελέχθη, οὐδὲ εἷπε δέκα καί ὀκτὼ μυριάδας σταδίων τὸ περίμετρον ἔχειν τῆς γῆςʼ καὶ τὸ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς σκίασμα ἐν τῇ ὕπὸ γῆν τοῦ ἡλίου κινήσει ἐπὶ πόσον χωρεῖ τοῦ ἀέρος διεμέτρησε, καὶ πῶς τοῦτο τῇ σελήνῃ προσενεχθὲν τὰς ἐκλείψεις ποιεῖ. Ἐπειδὴ τὰ μηδὲν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὡς ἄχρηστα ἡμῖν ἀπεσιώπησεν· ἄρα τούτου ἕνεκεν ἀτιμότερα ἡγήσομαι τῆς μωρανθείσης σοφίας τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος λόγια; ἢ μᾶλλον δοξάσω τὸν μὴ ἀπασχολήσαντα τὸν νοῦν ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὰ μάταια, ἀλλὰ πάντα εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ καταρτισμὸν τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν γραφῆναι οἰκονομήσαντα; Ὅ μοι δοκοῦσι μὴ συνειδότες τινὲς, παραγωγαῖς τισι καὶ τροπολογίαις ἐπεχείρησαν σεμνότητά τινα ἐκ τῆς οἰκείας αὐτῶν διανοίας τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ἐπιφημίσαι. Ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν ἑαυτὸν σοφώτερον ποιοῦντος τῶν λογίων τοῦ Πνεύματος, καὶ ἐν προσποιήσει ἐξηγήσεως τὰ ἑαυτοῦ παρεισάγοντος. Νοείσθω τοίνυν ὡς γέγραπται.

Pōs hymin hē heōthinē tōn logōn trapeza katephanē ? Emoi men gar epēlthen heikasai ta emautou penētos tinos hestiatoros philophrosynę̄ hos, tōn heutrapelōn tis einai philotimoumenos, aporią tōn polytelesterōn tous daitymonas apoknaiei, tēn penichran paraskeuēn dapsilōs epipherōn tę̄ trapezę̄ ; hōste periistasthai autǭ eis apeirokalias oneidos to philotimon. Toiouton dē ti kai to hēmeteron, hei mē ti hymeis allo legete. Plēn hopoia potʼ an hę̄, ouk exoudenōteon hymin, Oude gar Elissaion hōs phaulon hestiatora parę̄tounto hoi tote, kai tauta lachanois agriois hestiōnta tous philous. Oida nomous allēgorias, ei kai mē parʼ emautou exeurōn, alla tois parʼ heterōn peponēmenois peritychōn, Hōs hoi mē katadechomenoi tas koinas tōn gegrammenōn ennoias to hydōr ouch hydōr legousin ’ alla tina allēn physin, kai phyton kai ichthyn pros to eautois dokoun hermēneuousi, kai herpetōn genesin kai thēriōn epi tas oikeias hyponoias paratrepsantes hexēgountai, hōsper hoi oneirokritai tōn phanentōn en tais kathʼ hypnon phantasiais pros ton oikeion skopon tas exēgēseis poioumenoi. Egō de, chorton akousas, chorton noō, kai phyton, kai ichthyn, kai thērion, kai ktēnos, panta, hōs eirētai, houtōs ekdechomai. Kai gar ouk epaischynomai to Euangelion, Oude epeidē hoi ta peri kosmou grapsantes polla peri schēmatōn gēs dielechthēsan, eite sphaira estin, eite kylindros, eite kai diskǭ estin empherēs hē gē, kai hexisou pantothen apotetorneutai, ē liknoeidēs esti, kai mesokoilos (pros pasas gar tautas tas hyponoias hoi ta peri tou kosmou grapsantes hypēnechthēsan, ta allēlōn hekastos katalyontes), ou para touto proachthēsomai atimoteran eipein tēn hēmeteran kosmopoiian, epeidē ouden peri schēmatōn ho tou Theou therapōn Mōysēs dielechthē, oude heipe deka kai oktō myriadas stadiōn to perimetron echein tēs gēsʼ kai to apʼ autēs skiasma en tę̄ hypo gēn tou hēliou kinēsei epi poson chōrei tou aeros diemetrēse, kai pōs touto tę̄ selēnę̄ prosenechthen tas ekleipseis poiei. Epeidē ta mēden pros hēmas hōs achrēsta hēmin apesiōpēsen; ara toutou heneken atimotera hēgēsomai tēs mōrantheisēs sophias ta tou Pneumatos logia? ē mallon doxasō ton mē apascholēsanta ton noun hēmōn epi ta mataia, alla panta eis oikodomēn kai katartismon tōn psychōn hēmōn graphēnai oikonomēsanta? Ho moi dokousi mē syneidotes tines, paragōgais tisi kai tropologiais epecheirēsan semnotēta tina ek tēs oikeias autōn dianoias tois gegrammenois epiphēmisai. Alla touto estin heauton sophōteron poiountos tōn logiōn tou Pneumatos, kai en prospoiēsei exēgēseōs ta heautou pareisagontos. Noeisthō toinyn hōs gegraptai.

How did the morning table of words seem to you? It occurred to me to compare my own offering to the hospitality of some poor host who, eager to be thought a man of refinement, wearies his guests for lack of costlier fare by setting his meager provision lavishly on the table, so that his ambition turns into a reproach of bad taste. Ours is something of that kind, unless you say otherwise. But whatever it may be, you must not despise it. For the people of that time did not decline Elisha as a poor host, even though he feasted his friends on wild vegetables. I know the laws of allegory, though I did not find them out myself but came upon them in the labors of others. Those who do not accept the common meanings of what is written say that water is not water but some other nature; they interpret plant and fish as they please, and explain the creation of creeping things and wild beasts by twisting them to their own notions, like interpreters of dreams, who explain what appeared in visions in sleep to suit their own purpose. But I, when I hear "grass," understand grass; and plant, fish, wild beast, and cattle: all of them I take as they are said. For I am not ashamed of the gospel. Nor, because those who have written about the world have argued much about the shape of the earth, whether it is a sphere or a cylinder, or resembles a disc and is rounded equally on all sides, or is shaped like a winnowing basket and hollow in the middle (for those who wrote about the world have been carried to all these suppositions, each overturning the others), will I on that account be led to call our account of creation less honorable, because Moses, the servant of God, said nothing about shapes, nor said that the circumference of the earth is 180,000 stades, nor measured how far into the air its shadow reaches when the sun moves under the earth, nor how this shadow, falling on the moon, causes eclipses. Since he passed over in silence, as useless to us, the things that are nothing to us, shall I on this account consider the oracles of the Spirit less honorable than the wisdom that has been made foolish? Or shall I rather glorify him who did not occupy our mind with vain things, but arranged that everything should be written for the building up and perfecting of our souls? This is what some seem to me not to have understood, who have tried, by certain distortions and figurative interpretations, to attach to what is written a dignity of their own devising. But this is the part of one who makes himself wiser than the oracles of the Spirit, and under pretense of interpretation brings in his own ideas. Let it be understood, then, as it is written.

9.2PG 29:189b–192b

Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν κτηνῶν καὶ θηρίων καὶ ἑρπετῶν, Νόησον ῥῆμα Θεοῦ διὰ τῆς κτίσεως τρέχον, καὶ τότε ἀρξάμενον, καὶ μέχρι νῦν ἐνεργοῦν, καὶ εἰς τέλος διεξιὸν ἕως ἂν ὁ κόσμος συμπληρωθῇ. Ὠς γὰρ ἡ σφαῖρα, ἐπειδὰν ὑπὸ τινος ἀπωσθῇ εἶτα πρανοῦς τινος λάβηται, ὒπό τε τῆς οἰκείας κατασκευῆς καὶ τῆς ἐπιτηδειότητος τοῦ χωρίου φέρεται πρὸς τὸ κάταντες, οὒ πρότερον ἱσταμένη πρὶν ἄν τι τῶν ἱσοπέδων αὐτὴν ὑποδέξηται· οὔτω ἡ φύσις τῶν ὅντων, ἐνὶ προστάγματι κινηθεῖσα, τὴν ἐν τῇ γενέσει καὶ φθορᾷ κτίσιν ὁμαλῶς διεξέρχεται, τὰς τῶν γενῶν ἀκολουθίας διʼ ὁμοιότητος ἀποσώζουσα, ἕως ἂν προς αὒτὸ καταντήσῃ τὸ τέλος, ’Ἵππον μὲν γὰρ ἵππου ποιεῖται διάδοχον, καὶ λέοντα λέοντος, καὶ ἀετὸν ἀετοῦ· καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ζώων ταῖς ἐφεξῆς διαδοχαῖς συντηρούμενον μέχρι τῆς συντελείας τοῦ παντὸς παραπέμπει, Οὒδεὶς χρόνος διεφθαρμένα ἢ ἐξίτηλα ποιεῖ τῶν ζώων τὰ ἱδιώματα, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἄρτι καθισταμένη ἡ φύσις ἀεὶ νεαρὰ τῷ χρόνῳ συμπαρατρέχεί. Ἐξαγαγέτω ἡ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. Τοῦτο ἐναπέμεινε τῇ γῇ πρόσταγμα, καὶ οὗ παύεται ἐξυπηρετουμένη τῷ κτίσαντι. Τὰ μὲν γαρ ἐκ τῆς διαδοχῆς τῶν προϋπαρχόντων παράγεται· τὰ δὲ ἔτι καί νῦν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς γῆς ζωογονούμενα δείκνυται. Οῦ γὰρ μόνον τέττιγας ἐν ἐπομβρίαις ἀνίησιν, οὐδὲ ἅλλα μυρία γένη τῶν ἐμφερομένων τῷ ἀέρι πτηνῶν, ὧν ἀκατονόμαστα ἐστι τὰ πλεῖστα διὰ λεπτότητα, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ μῦς καὶ βατράχους, ἐξ αῦτῆς ἀναδίδωσιν· ὅπου γε περὶ Θήβας τὰς Αίγυπτίας, ἐπειδὰν ὕσῃ λάβρως ἐν καύμασιν, εὐθὺς ἀρουραίων μυῶν ἡ χώρα καταπληροῦται. Τὰς δὲ ἐγχέλεις οὐδὲ ἄλλως ὁρῶμεν ἢ ἐκ τῆς ἰλύος συνισταμένας· ων οὔτε ὠὸν οὔτε τις ἄλλος τρόπος τὴν διαδοχὴν συνίστησιν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ἡ γένεσις. Ἐξαγαγέτω ἦ γῆ ψυχήν. Τὰ κτήνη γήινα καὶ πρὸς γῆν νενευκότα· ἀλλὰ τὸ οὐράνιον φυτὸν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὅσον τῷ σχήματι τῆς σωματικῆς διαπλάσεως, τοσοῦτον καὶ τῷ ἀξιώματι τῆς ψυχῆς διενήνοχε. Τῶν τετραπόδων τὸ σχῆμα ποταπόν; Ἦ κεφαλὴ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ γῆν προσνένευκεν, ἐπὶ γαστέρα βλέπει, καὶ τὸ ταύτης ἡδὺ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου διώκει, Ἠ σὴ κεφαλὴ πρὸς οὖρανὸν διανέστηκεν· οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου τὰ ἅνω βλέπουσιν. Ὡς, ἐάν ποτε καὶ σὺ τοῖς πάθεσι τῆς σαρκὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀτιμάσῃς, γαστρὶ δουλεύων καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ γαστέρα, Παρασυνεβλήθης τοῖς κτήνεσι τοῖς ἀνοήτοις, καὶ ὡμοιώθης αὐτοῖς. ’Ἀλλη σοι μέριμνα πρέπουσα, τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖν, οὗ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν, ὑπὲρ τὰ γήινα εἶναι τῇ διανοίᾳ. Ὠς διεσχηματίσθης, οὕτω διάθου σεαυτοῦ καὶ τὸν βίον. Τὸ πολίτευμα ἔχε ἐν οὐρανοῖς, Ἀληθινή σου πατρὶς ἡ ἅνω Ἰερουσαλὴμ, πολῖται καὶ συμφυλέται οἱ πρωτότοκοι, Οἱ ἀπογεγραμμένοι ἐν οὐρανοῖς.

Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan ktēnōn kai thēriōn kai herpetōn, Noēson rhēma Theou dia tēs ktiseōs trechon, kai tote arxamenon, kai mechri nyn energoun, kai eis telos diexion heōs an ho kosmos symplērōthę̄. Ōs gar hē sphaira, epeidan hypo tinos apōsthę̄ eita pranous tinos labētai, ypo te tēs oikeias kataskeuēs kai tēs epitēdeiotētos tou chōriou pheretai pros to katantes, ou proteron histamenē prin an ti tōn hisopedōn autēn hypodexētai; outō hē physis tōn hontōn, eni prostagmati kinētheisa, tēn en tę̄ genesei kai phthorą ktisin homalōs diexerchetai, tas tōn genōn akolouthias diʼ homoiotētos aposōzousa, heōs an pros auto katantēsę̄ to telos, ’Hippon men gar hippou poieitai diadochon, kai leonta leontos, kai aeton aetou; kai hekaston tōn zōōn tais ephexēs diadochais syntēroumenon mechri tēs synteleias tou pantos parapempei, Oudeis chronos diephtharmena ē exitēla poiei tōn zōōn ta hidiōmata, allʼ hōsper arti kathistamenē hē physis aei neara tǭ chronǭ symparatrechei. Exagagetō hē gē psychēn zōsan. Touto enapemeine tę̄ gę̄ prostagma, kai hou pauetai exypēretoumenē tǭ ktisanti. Ta men gar ek tēs diadochēs tōn proÿparchontōn paragetai; ta de eti kai nyn ex autēs tēs gēs zōogonoumena deiknytai. Ou gar monon tettigas en epombriais aniēsin, oude halla myria genē tōn empheromenōn tǭ aeri ptēnōn, hōn akatonomasta esti ta pleista dia leptotēta, allʼ ēdē kai mys kai batrachous, ex autēs anadidōsin; hopou ge peri Thēbas tas Aigyptias, epeidan hysę̄ labrōs en kaumasin, euthys arouraiōn myōn hē chōra kataplēroutai. Tas de encheleis oude allōs horōmen ē ek tēs ilyos synistamenas; ōn oute ōon oute tis allos tropos tēn diadochēn synistēsin, allʼ ek tēs gēs estin autois hē genesis. Exagagetō ē gē psychēn. Ta ktēnē gēina kai pros gēn neneukota; alla to ouranion phyton ho anthrōpos hoson tǭ schēmati tēs sōmatikēs diaplaseōs, tosouton kai tǭ axiōmati tēs psychēs dienēnoche. Tōn tetrapodōn to schēma potapon? Ē kephalē autōn epi gēn prosneneuken, epi gastera blepei, kai to tautēs hēdy ek pantos tropou diōkei, Ē sē kephalē pros ouranon dianestēken; hoi ophthalmoi sou ta hanō blepousin. Hōs, ean pote kai sy tois pathesi tēs sarkos heauton atimasę̄s, gastri douleuōn kai tois hypo gastera, Parasyneblēthēs tois ktēnesi tois anoētois, kai hōmoiōthēs autois. ’Allē soi merimna prepousa, ta anō zētein, hou ho Christos estin, hyper ta gēina einai tę̄ dianoią. Ōs dieschēmatisthēs, houtō diathou seautou kai ton bion. To politeuma eche en ouranois, Alēthinē sou patris hē hanō Ierousalēm, politai kai symphyletai hoi prōtotokoi, Hoi apogegrammenoi en ouranois.

"Let the earth bring forth a living soul of cattle and wild beasts and creeping things." Consider the word of God running through creation, beginning then, active until now, and going on to the end, until the world is completed. For as a ball, when someone pushes it and it then meets a slope, is carried downhill by its own shape and the fitness of the ground, and does not stop until some level ground receives it, so the nature of things, set in motion by one command, passes evenly through the creation subject to coming-to-be and perishing, preserving the succession of the kinds through likeness, until it reaches the end itself. It makes a horse the successor of a horse, a lion of a lion, an eagle of an eagle; and it sends each of the animals on, preserved by successive generations, until the consummation of the universe. No length of time corrupts or effaces the peculiarities of the animals; nature, as if newly established, runs along with time, always fresh. "Let the earth bring forth a living soul." This command has remained in the earth, and it does not cease serving the Creator. For some things are produced by the succession of those already existing, while others are shown even now being brought to life from the earth itself. For it not only sends up cicadas in rainy seasons, and countless other kinds of winged things carried about in the air, most of which have no name because of their smallness; it even produces mice and frogs from itself. Around Thebes in Egypt, when it rains heavily in the hot season, the land is at once filled with field mice. And eels we see formed in no other way than from mud: neither an egg nor any other means produces their succession; their origin is from the earth. "Let the earth bring forth a soul." The cattle are earthy and bent toward the earth; but man, the heavenly plant, differs from them as much in the dignity of his soul as in the shape of his bodily form. What is the shape of four-footed animals? Their head is bent toward the earth; it looks to the belly and pursues the belly's pleasure by every means. Your head stands erect toward heaven; your eyes look upward. So if you ever dishonor yourself with the passions of the flesh, serving the belly and what is below the belly, "you are compared to the senseless cattle and have become like them." Another care befits you: to seek the things above, where Christ is, and to be above earthly things in your mind. As you were shaped, so order your life. Have your citizenship in heaven. Your true homeland is the Jerusalem above; your fellow citizens and fellow tribesmen are the firstborn, who are enrolled in heaven.

9.3PG 29:192b–196c

Ἐξαγαγέτω ἠ γῆ ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. Οὐ τοίνυν ἐναποκειμένη τῇ γῇ ἡ ψυχὴ τῶν ἀλόγων ἐξεφάνη, ἀλλʼ ὁμοῦ τῷ προστάγματι συνυπέστη, Μία δὲ ψυχὴ τῶν ἀλόγων, Ἓν γὰρ αὐτὴν τὸ χαρακτηρίζον ἐστὶν, ἡ ἀλογία. Ἰδιώμασι δὲ διαφόροις ἕκαστον τῶν ζώων κέκριται. Εὐσταθὴς μὲν γὰρ ὁ βοῦς, νωθὴς δὲ ὁ ὄνος, θερμὸς δὲ ὁ ἵππος πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ θήλεος, ἀτιθάσσευτος ὁ λύκος, καὶ δολερὸν ἡ ἀλώπηξ, δειλὸν ὁ ἔλαφος, ὁ μύρμηξ φιλόπονος, εὐχάριστον ὁ κύων καὶ προς φιλιαν μνημονικόν, Ὁμοῦ τε γὰρ ἒκτίσθη ἕκαστον, καὶ συνεπηγάγετο ἑαυτῷ τῆς φύσεως τὸ ἰδίωμα. Συναπεγεννήθη ὁ θυμὸς τῷ λέοντι, τὸ μοναστικὸν αὐτοῦ τῆς ζωῆς τὸ ἀκοινώνητον πρός τὸ ὁμοφυλον. Οἶον γάρ τις τύραννος τῶν ἀλόγων, διὰ τὴν ἐκ φύσεως ὑπεροψίαν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς ὁμοτιμίαν οὗ καταδέχεται, Ὅς γε οὐδὲ χθιζὴν τροφὴν προσίεται, οὐδʼ ἂν τὰ λείψανα τῆς ἑαυτοῦ θήρας ἐπέλθοι· ᾧ καὶ τηλικαῦτα τῆς φωνῆς τὰ ὄργανα ἡ φύσις ἐνέθηκεν, ὥστε, πολλὰ τῶν ζώων ὑπερβάλλοντα τῇ ταχύτητι, μόνῳ πολλάκις ἁλίσκεσθαι τῷ βρυχήματι, Ῥαγδαϊον ἡ πάρδαλις, καὶ ὁξύῤῥοπον ταῖς ὁρμαῖς· ἒπιτήδειον αὑτῇ τὸ σῶμα συνέζευκται τῇ ὑγρότητι καὶ τῷ κούφῳ, τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς κινήμασι συνεπόμενον. Νωθρὰ ἠ φύσις τῆς ἄρκτου, ἰδιότροπον καὶ τὸ ἦθος, ὕπουλον, βαθὺ ἐνδεδυκός. Ὅμοιον ἠμφίεσται καὶ τὸ σῶμα, βαρὺ, συμπεπηγὸς, ἀδιάρθρωτον, πρέπον τῷ ὄντι φωλεᾷ κατεψυγμένῃ. Ἐὰν ἐπερχώμεθα τῷ λόγῳ πόση τοῖς ἀλόγοις τούτοις ἐνυπάρχει ἀδίδακτος καὶ φυσικὴ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ζωῆς ἐπιμέλεια, πρὸς τήν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν φυλακὴν καὶ τῆς τῶν ψυχῶν σωτηρίας πρόνοιαν κινηθησόμεθα, ἢ ἐπὶ πλέον κατακριθησόμεθα, ὅταν εὑρεθῶμεν καὶ τῆς μιμήσεως τῶν ἀλόγων ἀπολειπόμενοι, Ἄρκτος πολλάκις, βαθυτάταις κατατρωθεῖσα πληγαῖς, ἑαυτὴν ἰατρεύει, πάσαις μηχαναῖς τῷ φλόμῳ τούτῳ ξηρὰν τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντι τὰς ὠτειλὰς παραβύουσα. Ἴδοις δʼ ἂν καὶ ἀλώπεκα τῷ δακρύῳ τῆς πίτυος ἑαυτὴν ἰωμένην. Χελώνη δὲ, σαρκῶν ἐχίδνης ἐμφορηθεῖσα, διὰ τῆς τοῦ οριγάνου ἀντιπαθείας φεύγει τὴν βλάβην τοῦ ἰοβόλου. Καὶ ὄφις τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς βλάβην ἐξιᾶται βοσκηθεὶς μάραθρον. Αἱ δὲ προγνώσεις τῆς περὶ τὸν ἀέρα μεταβολῆς ποίαν οὐχὶ σύνεσιν λογικὴν ἀποκρύπτουσιν; ὅπου γε τὸ μὲν πρόβατον, χειμῶνος προσιόντος, λάβρως τὴν τροφὴν ἐπεμβάλλεται, ὥσπερ ἐπισιτιζόμενον πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἔνδειαν· βόες δὲ, κατακεκλεισμένοι χρονίους ἐν ὥρᾳ χειμερινῇ, ἢδη ποτὲ τοὺ ἔαρος προσιόντος, τῇ φυσικῇ αἰσθήσει τὴν μεταβολὴν ἐκδεχόμενοι, ἐκ τῶν βοοστασίων πρὸς τὰς ἐξόδους ὁρῶσι, πάντες ὑφʼ ἑνὶ συνθήματι μεταβαλόντες τὸ σχῆμα, Ἤδη δέ τινες τῶν φιλοπόνων καὶ τὸν χερσαῖον ἐχῖνον ἐτήρησαν διπλᾶς ἀναπνοὰς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ καταδύσει μηχανησάμενον, καὶ μέλλοντος μὲν βορέου πνεῖν, ἀποφράσσοντα τὴν ἀρκτῴαν· νότου δὲ πάλιν μεταλαμβάνοντος, εἷς τὴν προαρκτιον μεταβαίνοντα, Τί διὰ τούτων ἡμῖν ὑποδείκνυται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; Οὐ μόνον τὸ διὰ πάντων διήκειν τοῦ κτίσαντος ἡμᾶς τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ παρὰ τοῖς ἀλόγοις εἶναί τινα τοῦ μέλλοντος αἴσθησιν, ὥστε καὶ ἡμᾶς μὴ τῇ παρούσῃ ζωῇ προστετηκέναι, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος τὴν πᾶσαν ἔχειν σπουδήν. Οὐ φιλοπονήσεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ, ἄνθρωπε; οὐχὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι προαποθήσεις τὰς τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀναπαύσεις, πρὸς ὑπόδειγμα τοῦ μύρμηκος ἀποβλέψας ; ’Ὃς ἐν θέρει τὴν χειμέριον τροφὴν ἑαυτῷ θησαυρίζει, καὶ οὐχ ὅτι μήπω πάρεστι τὰ τοῦ χειμῶνος λυπηρὰ, διὰ ῥᾳθυμίας παραπέμπει τὸν χρόνον· ἀλλὰ σπουδῇ τινι ἀπαραιτήτῳ πρὸς τὴν ἐργασίαν ἑαυτὸν κατατείνει, ἕως ἄν τὴν ἀρκοῦσαν τροφὴν ἐναπόθηται τοῖς ταμιείοις καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτο ῥᾳθύμως, ἀλλὰ σοφῇ τινι ἐπινοίᾳ τὴν τροφὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον διαρκεῖν μηχανώμενος, Διακόπτει γὰρ ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ χηλαῖς τῶν καρπῶν τὸ μεσαίτατον, ὡς ἂν μὴ ἐκφυέντες ἄχρηστοι πρὸς τροφὴν αὖτῴ γένοιντο. Καὶ διαψύχει τούτους, ὅταν αἴσθηται αὐτῶν διαβρόχων· καὶ οὐκ ἐν παντὶ προβάλλει καιρῷ, ἀλλʼ ὅταν προαίσθηται τοῦ ἀέρος ἐν εὐδινῇ καταστάσει φυλαττομένου, Ἀμέλει οὐκ ἂν ἴδοις ὄμβρον ἐκ νεφῶν ἐπιῤῥυέντα παρʼ ὅσον χρόνον ἐκ τῶν μυρμήκων ὁ σῖτος προβέβληται. Τίς ἐφίκηται λόγος; ποία χωρήσει ἀκοή ; τίς ἐξαρκέσει χρόνος πάντα εἰπεῖν καὶ διηγήσασθαι τοῦ τεχνίτου τὰ θαύματα; Εἴπωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς μετὰ τοῦ προφήτου· Ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε· πάντα ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησας. Οὖ τοίνυν ἡμῖν πρὸς ἁπολογίαν αὔταρκες τὸ μὴ γράμμασι διδαχθῆναι τὰ συμφέροντα, τῷ ἀδιδάκτῳ τῆς φύσεως νόμῳ τὴν τοῦ λυσιτελοῦντος αʼίρεσιν δεξαμένοις. Οἶδας τί ποιήσεις τῷ πλησίον καλόν; Ὃ σεαυτῷ βούλει παρʼ ἑτέρου γενέσθαι. Οἶδας ὁ τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ κακόν; Ὃ οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸς παθεῖν ἕλοιο παρʼ ἐτέρου. Οὐδεμία ῥιζοτομικὴ τέχνη, οὐδὲ ἐμπειρία βοτανικὴ τῶν ὠφελίμων τοῖς ἀλὸγοις τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἐξεῦρεν· αλλὰ φυσικῶς ἕκαστον τῶν ζώων τῆς οἰκείας ἐστὶ σωτηρίας ποριστικὸν, καὶ ἄρρητόν τινα κέκτηται τὴν πρὸς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν οἰκείωσιν.

Exagagetō ē gē psychēn zōsan. Ou toinyn enapokeimenē tę̄ gę̄ hē psychē tōn alogōn exephanē, allʼ homou tǭ prostagmati synypestē, Mia de psychē tōn alogōn, Hen gar autēn to charaktērizon estin, hē alogia. Idiōmasi de diaphorois hekaston tōn zōōn kekritai. Eustathēs men gar ho bous, nōthēs de ho onos, thermos de ho hippos pros epithymian tou thēleos, atithasseutos ho lykos, kai doleron hē alōpēx, deilon ho elaphos, ho myrmēx philoponos, euchariston ho kyōn kai pros philian mnēmonikon, Homou te gar ektisthē hekaston, kai synepēgageto heautǭ tēs physeōs to idiōma. Synapegennēthē ho thymos tǭ leonti, to monastikon autou tēs zōēs to akoinōnēton pros to homophylon. Oion gar tis tyrannos tōn alogōn, dia tēn ek physeōs hyperopsian tēn pros tous pollous homotimian hou katadechetai, Hos ge oude chthizēn trophēn prosietai, oudʼ an ta leipsana tēs heautou thēras epelthoi; hǭ kai tēlikauta tēs phōnēs ta organa hē physis enethēken, hōste, polla tōn zōōn hyperballonta tę̄ tachytēti, monǭ pollakis haliskesthai tǭ brychēmati, Rhagdaïon hē pardalis, kai hoxyrrhopon tais hormais; epitēdeion hautę̄ to sōma synezeuktai tę̄ hygrotēti kai tǭ kouphǭ, tois tēs psychēs kinēmasi synepomenon. Nōthra ē physis tēs arktou, idiotropon kai to ēthos, hypoulon, bathy endedykos. Homoion ēmphiestai kai to sōma, bary, sympepēgos, adiarthrōton, prepon tǭ onti phōleą katepsygmenę̄. Ean eperchōmetha tǭ logǭ posē tois alogois toutois enyparchei adidaktos kai physikē tēs heautōn zōēs epimeleia, pros tēn hēmōn autōn phylakēn kai tēs tōn psychōn sōtērias pronoian kinēthēsometha, ē epi pleon katakrithēsometha, hotan heurethōmen kai tēs mimēseōs tōn alogōn apoleipomenoi, Arktos pollakis, bathytatais katatrōtheisa plēgais, heautēn iatreuei, pasais mēchanais tǭ phlomǭ toutǭ xēran tēn physin echonti tas ōteilas parabyousa. Idois dʼ an kai alōpeka tǭ dakryǭ tēs pityos heautēn iōmenēn. Chelōnē de, sarkōn echidnēs emphorētheisa, dia tēs tou origanou antipatheias pheugei tēn blabēn tou iobolou. Kai ophis tēn en tois ophthalmois blabēn exiatai boskētheis marathron. Hai de prognōseis tēs peri ton aera metabolēs poian ouchi synesin logikēn apokryptousin? hopou ge to men probaton, cheimōnos prosiontos, labrōs tēn trophēn epemballetai, hōsper episitizomenon pros tēn mellousan endeian; boes de, katakekleismenoi chronious en hōrą cheimerinę̄, ēdē pote tou earos prosiontos, tę̄ physikę̄ aisthēsei tēn metabolēn ekdechomenoi, ek tōn boostasiōn pros tas exodous horōsi, pantes hyphʼ heni synthēmati metabalontes to schēma, Ēdē de tines tōn philoponōn kai ton chersaion echinon etērēsan diplas anapnoas tę̄ heautou katadysei mēchanēsamenon, kai mellontos men boreou pnein, apophrassonta tēn arktǭan; notou de palin metalambanontos, heis tēn proarktion metabainonta, Ti dia toutōn hēmin hypodeiknytai tois anthrōpois? Ou monon to dia pantōn diēkein tou ktisantos hēmas tēn epimeleian, alla kai to para tois alogois einai tina tou mellontos aisthēsin, hōste kai hēmas mē tę̄ parousę̄ zōę̄ prostetēkenai, allʼ hyper tou mellontos aiōnos tēn pasan echein spoudēn. Ou philoponēseis peri seautou, anthrōpe? ouchi en tǭ paronti aiōni proapothēseis tas tou mellontos anapauseis, pros hypodeigma tou myrmēkos apoblepsas ? ’Hos en therei tēn cheimerion trophēn heautǭ thēsaurizei, kai ouch hoti mēpō paresti ta tou cheimōnos lypēra, dia rhąthymias parapempei ton chronon; alla spoudę̄ tini aparaitētǭ pros tēn ergasian heauton katateinei, heōs an tēn arkousan trophēn enapothētai tois tamieiois kai oude touto rhąthymōs, alla sophę̄ tini epinoią tēn trophēn epi pleiston diarkein mēchanōmenos, Diakoptei gar tais heautou chēlais tōn karpōn to mesaitaton, hōs an mē ekphyentes achrēstoi pros trophēn autǭ genointo. Kai diapsychei toutous, hotan aisthētai autōn diabrochōn; kai ouk en panti proballei kairǭ, allʼ hotan proaisthētai tou aeros en eudinę̄ katastasei phylattomenou, Amelei ouk an idois ombron ek nephōn epirrhyenta parʼ hoson chronon ek tōn myrmēkōn ho sitos probeblētai. Tis ephikētai logos? poia chōrēsei akoē ? tis exarkesei chronos panta eipein kai diēgēsasthai tou technitou ta thaumata? Eipōmen kai hēmeis meta tou prophētou; Hōs emegalynthē ta erga sou, Kyrie; panta en sophią epoiēsas. Ou toinyn hēmin pros hapologian autarkes to mē grammasi didachthēnai ta sympheronta, tǭ adidaktǭ tēs physeōs nomǭ tēn tou lysitelountos aʼiresin dexamenois. Oidas ti poiēseis tǭ plēsion kalon? Ho seautǭ boulei parʼ heterou genesthai. Oidas ho ti pote esti to kakon? Ho ouk an autos pathein heloio parʼ eterou. Oudemia rhizotomikē technē, oude empeiria botanikē tōn ōphelimōn tois alogois tēn didaskalian exeuren; alla physikōs hekaston tōn zōōn tēs oikeias esti sōtērias poristikon, kai arrēton tina kektētai tēn pros to kata physin oikeiōsin.

"Let the earth bring forth a living soul." The soul of the irrational animals, then, did not appear as something stored up in the earth, but came into existence together with the command. The soul of the irrational animals is one, for one thing marks it out: the lack of reason. But each of the animals is distinguished by different peculiarities. The ox is steady, the donkey sluggish, the horse hot in desire for the female, the wolf untamable, the fox crafty, the deer timid, the ant industrious, the dog grateful and mindful of friendship. For each was created and at the same time brought with it the peculiarity of its nature. Spiritedness was born together with the lion, its solitary manner of life, its unsociability toward its own kind. For, like a tyrant among the irrational animals, it will not accept equality with the many, because of its natural arrogance. It will not even take yesterday's food, nor go back to the remains of its own prey; and nature has given it such great organs of voice that often many animals that surpass it in speed are caught by its roar alone. The leopard is impetuous and quick in its rushes; it has been given a body suited to it, supple and light, following the movements of its soul. The nature of the bear is sluggish, its character peculiar, sly, deeply hidden; and it is clothed with a body to match, heavy, compact, without distinct joints, truly fitted for a cold den. If we go through in our discourse how much untaught and natural care for their own life these irrational animals possess, we shall be moved to guard ourselves and to take thought for the salvation of our souls, or else we shall be condemned the more, when we are found falling short even of imitating the irrational animals. A bear, often wounded by very deep blows, heals itself, by every means stuffing its wounds with mullein, a plant that is dry by nature. You may also see the fox healing itself with the tear of the pine. The tortoise, when it has gorged itself on viper's flesh, escapes the harm from the venomous creature by the counteracting power of marjoram. And the snake heals the harm in its eyes by feeding on fennel. And their foreknowledge of changes in the air: what rational understanding does it not throw into the shade? The sheep, as winter approaches, eats greedily, as though stocking itself up against the coming scarcity; and oxen, shut up for a long time in the winter season, when spring is at last approaching, perceive the change by natural sense and look out from their stalls toward the doors, all changing their posture at one signal. Some diligent observers have also noticed that the land hedgehog contrives two breathing holes for its burrow, and when the north wind is going to blow, blocks the northern one, and when the south wind takes its place, moves over to the northern one. What is shown to us men by these things? Not only that the care of our Creator reaches through all things, but also that there is among the irrational animals some perception of the future, so that we too may not cling to the present life but give all our zeal to the age to come. Will you not take pains for yourself, O man? Will you not lay up in the present age the rest of the age to come, looking at the example of the ant? It stores up its winter food in summer, and does not let the time pass in idleness because the hardships of winter are not yet present, but strains itself at its work with unremitting zeal until it has stored enough food in its storehouses. And not carelessly either: it contrives by a wise device to make the food last as long as possible. For it cuts through the very middle of the grains with its pincers, so that they may not sprout and become useless to it for food. And it dries them when it perceives that they are soaked; and it does not put them out at any time, but when it foresees that the air is keeping a fair-weather state. Indeed you would never see rain pouring from the clouds while the ants have their grain put out. What word could reach it? What hearing will contain it? What time will suffice to tell and describe all the wonders of the Craftsman? Let us too say with the prophet: "How great are your works, O Lord! You have made all things in wisdom." So it is not enough for our defense that we have not been taught what is beneficial by letters, since we have received the choice of what is profitable by the untaught law of nature. Do you know what good you should do to your neighbor? What you want done to yourself by another. Do you know what evil is? What you would not choose to suffer from another. No art of herb-cutting, no botanical experience discovered for the irrational animals the knowledge of useful things; each of the animals is by nature able to provide for its own safety, and has an unspoken affinity for what accords with its nature.

9.4PG 29:196c–200a

Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν αἱ ἀρεταὶ κατὰ φύσιν, πρὸς ἅς ἡ οἰκείωσις τῆς ψυχῆς οὐκ ἐκ διδασκαλίας ἀνθρώπων, ἁλλʼ ἐξ αὗτῆς τῆς φύσεως ἐνυπάρχει, Ὡς γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς λόγος διδάσκει τὴν νόσον μισεῖν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸματον ἔχομεν τήν πρὸς τὰ λυποῦντα διαβολήν· οὕτω καὶ τῇ ψυχῆ ἔστι τις ἀδίδακτος ἔκκλισις τοῦ κακοῦ. Κακὸν δὲ πᾶν ἀῤῥωστία ψυχῆς· ἡ δὲ ἀρετὴ λόγον ὑγιείας ἐπέχει. Καλῶς γὰρ ὡρίσαντό τινες ὑγίειαν εἶναι τὴν εὐστάθειαν τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργειῶν. Ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν εὐεξίας εἰπὼν, οὐχ ἁμαρτήσει τοῦ πρέποντος. ’Ὅθεν ὀρεκτικὴ τοῦ οἰκείου καὶ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτῇ ἀδιδάκτως ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχή. Διὸ ἐπαινετὴ πᾶσιν ἡ σωφροσύνη· καὶ ἀποδεκτὴ ἡ δικαιοσύνη· καὶ θαυμαστὴ ἡ ἀνδρεία· καὶ ἡ φρόνησις περισπούδαστος, Ἃ οἰκειότερά ἐστι τῇ ψυχῇ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ σώματι ἡ ὑγεία. Τὰ τέκνα, ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς πατέρας. Οἱ γονεῖς. μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα. Μὴ καὶ ἡ φύσις ταῦτα οὒ λέγει; Οὐδὲν καινὸν παραινεῖ Παῦλος, ἀλλὰ τὰ δεσμὰ τῆς φύσεως ἐπισφίγγει, Εἰ ἡ λέαινα στέργει τὰ ἐξ αὖτῆς, καὶ λύκος ὑπὲρ σκυλάκων μάχεται, τί εἷʼπῃ ἅνθρωπος καὶ τῆς ἐντολῆς παρακούων καὶ τὴν φύσιν παραχαράσσων, ὅταν ἢ παῖς ἀτιμάζῃ γῆρας πατρὸς, πατὴρ διὰ δευτέρων γάμων τῶν προτὲρων παίδων ἐπιλανθάνηται; Ἀμήχανός ἔστιν ἡ στοργὴ τοῖς ἀλόγοις τέκνων καὶ γονέων πρὸς ἄλληλα, διότι ὁ δημιουργήσας αὕτα Θεὸς τὴν τοῦ λόγου ἔλλειψιν διὰ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητηρίων περιουσίας παρεμυθῆσατο. Πόθεν γὰρ ἐν μυρίοις προβάτοις ἀρνειὸς τῶν σηκῶν ἐξαλλόμενος οἶδε μὲν τὴν χροιὰν αὑτὴν καὶ τὴν φωνὴν τῆς μητρὸς, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐπείγεται, ἐπιζητεῖ δὲ τὰς οἰκείας πηγὰς τοῦ γάλακτος; Κἂν πενιχραῖς ταῖς μητρῴαις περιτύχῃ θηλαῖς, ἐκείναις ἀρκεῖται, πολλὰ παραδραμὼν οὔθατα βαρυνόμενα. Καὶ ἡ μήτηρ ἐν μυρίοις ἀρνάσιν ἐπιγινώσκει τὸ ἴδιον ; Φωνὴ μία, χρόα ἡ αὐτή, ὀσμὴ παρὰ πάντων ὁμοία, ὅσον τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ὀσφρήσει παρίσταται ὅμως ἔστι τις αὐτοῖς αἴσθησις τῆς ἡμετέρας καταλήψεως ὀξυτέρα, καθʼ ἢν ἑκάστῳ πάρεστιν τοῦ οἰκείου διάγνωσις. Ούπω οἱ ὀδόντες τῷ σκύλακι, καὶ ὅμως διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἀμύνεται τὸν λυπήσαντα. Οὔπω τὰ κέρατα τῷ μόσχῳ, καὶ οἶδε ποῦ τὰ ὅπλα αὖτῷ ἐμφυήσεται. Ταῦτα ἀπόδειξιν ἔχει τοῦ ἆδιδάκτους εἶναι τὰς φύσεις ἁπάντων, καὶ μηδὲν εἶναι ἄτακτον μηδὲ ἀόριστον ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἴχνη φερειν τῇς τοῦ ποιήσαντος σοφίας, ἒν ἑαυτοῖς δεικνύντα, ὅτι ἐμπαράσκευα πρὸς τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς οἰκείας αὐτῶν σωτηρίας παρήχθη, Λόγου μὲν ἄμοιρος ὁ κύων, ἰσοδυναμοῦσαν δὲ ὅμως τῷ λόγῳ την αʼἷσθησιν ἔχει. "A γὰρ οἱ κατὰ πολλὴν σχολὴν τοῦ βίου καθεζόμενοι μόλις ἐξεῦρον οἱ τοῦ κόσμου σοφοὶ, τὰς τῶν συλλογισμῶν λέγω πλοκὰς, ταῦτα δείκνυται παρὰ τῆς φύσεως ὁ κύων πεπαιδευμένος, Τὸ γὰρ ἴχνος τοῦ θηρίου διερευνώμενος, ἐπειδὰν εὕρῃ αὐτὸ πολυτρόπως σχιζόμενον, τάς ἑκασταχοῦ φερούσας ἐκτροπάς ἐπελθὼν, μονονουχὶ τὴν συλλογιστικὴν φωνὴν ἀφίησι διʼ ὧν πράσσει · Ἢ τήνδε, φησὶν, ἐτράπη τὸ θηρίον, ἢ τήνδε, ἢ ἐπὶ τόδε τὸ μέρος· ἀλλὰ μὴν οὔτε τήνδε, οὔτε τήνδε, λειπόμενόν εστι τῇδε ὡρμῆσθαι αὐτό· καὶ οὕτως ἀναιρέσει τῶν ψευδῶν εὑρίσκει τὸ ἀληθές, Τί περισσότερον ποιοῦσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν διαγραμμάτων σεμνῶς καθεζόμενοι καὶ τὴν κόνιν καταχαράσσοντες, τριῶν προτάσεων ἀναιροῦντες τὰς δύο, ἐν τῇ λειπομένῃ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐξευρίσκοντες ; Τὸ δὲ μνημονικὸν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ ζώου τίνα τῶν ἀχαρίστων πρὸς εὐεργέτας οὐ καταισχύνει; ὅπου γε καὶ φονευθεϊσι δεσπόταις κατʼ ἐρημίαν πολλοὶ τῶν κυνῶν ἐπαποθνόντες μνημονεύονται, ’Ἤδη δέ τινες ἐπί θερμῷ τῷ πάθει καὶ ὁδηγοὶ τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσι τοὺς φονέας ἐγένοντο, καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν δίκην ἀχθῆναι τοὺς κακούργους ἐποίησαν, Τί εἴπωσιν οἱ τὸν ποιήσαντα αὖτοὺς καὶ τρέφοντα Κύριον οὗ μόνον οὐκ ἀγαπῶντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ φίλοις κεχρημένοι τοῖς λαλοῦσι κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀδικίαν, καὶ τῆς αὒτῆς αὐτοῖς τραπέζης μετέχοντες, καὶ παρʼ αὒτὴν τὴν τροφὴν τῶν κατὰ τοῦ τρέφοντος βλασφημιῶν ἀνεχόμενοι ;

Eisi de kai parʼ hēmin hai aretai kata physin, pros has hē oikeiōsis tēs psychēs ouk ek didaskalias anthrōpōn, hallʼ ex hautēs tēs physeōs enyparchei, Hōs gar oudeis hēmas logos didaskei tēn noson misein, allʼ automaton echomen tēn pros ta lypounta diabolēn; houtō kai tę̄ psychē esti tis adidaktos ekklisis tou kakou. Kakon de pan arrhōstia psychēs; hē de aretē logon hygieias epechei. Kalōs gar hōrisanto tines hygieian einai tēn eustatheian tōn kata physin energeiōn. Ho kai epi tēs kata psychēn euexias eipōn, ouch hamartēsei tou prepontos. ’Hothen orektikē tou oikeiou kai kata physin autę̄ adidaktōs estin hē psychē. Dio epainetē pasin hē sōphrosynē; kai apodektē hē dikaiosynē; kai thaumastē hē andreia; kai hē phronēsis perispoudastos, Ha oikeiotera esti tę̄ psychę̄ mallon ē tǭ sōmati hē hygeia. Ta tekna, agapate tous pateras. Hoi goneis. mē parorgizete ta tekna. Mē kai hē physis tauta ou legei? Ouden kainon parainei Paulos, alla ta desma tēs physeōs episphingei, Ei hē leaina stergei ta ex autēs, kai lykos hyper skylakōn machetai, ti heiʼpę̄ hanthrōpos kai tēs entolēs parakouōn kai tēn physin paracharassōn, hotan ē pais atimazę̄ gēras patros, patēr dia deuterōn gamōn tōn proterōn paidōn epilanthanētai? Amēchanos estin hē storgē tois alogois teknōn kai goneōn pros allēla, dioti ho dēmiourgēsas hauta Theos tēn tou logou elleipsin dia tēs tōn aisthētēriōn periousias paremythēsato. Pothen gar en myriois probatois arneios tōn sēkōn exallomenos oide men tēn chroian hautēn kai tēn phōnēn tēs mētros, kai pros autēn epeigetai, epizētei de tas oikeias pēgas tou galaktos? Kan penichrais tais mētrǭais peritychę̄ thēlais, ekeinais arkeitai, polla paradramōn outhata barynomena. Kai hē mētēr en myriois arnasin epiginōskei to idion ? Phōnē mia, chroa hē autē, osmē para pantōn homoia, hoson tę̄ hēmeterą osphrēsei paristatai homōs esti tis autois aisthēsis tēs hēmeteras katalēpseōs oxytera, kathʼ ēn hekastǭ parestin tou oikeiou diagnōsis. Oupō hoi odontes tǭ skylaki, kai homōs dia tou stomatos amynetai ton lypēsanta. Oupō ta kerata tǭ moschǭ, kai oide pou ta hopla autǭ emphyēsetai. Tauta apodeixin echei tou adidaktous einai tas physeis hapantōn, kai mēden einai atakton mēde aoriston en tois ousin, alla panta ichnē pherein tę̄s tou poiēsantos sophias, en heautois deiknynta, hoti emparaskeua pros tēn phylakēn tēs oikeias autōn sōtērias parēchthē, Logou men amoiros ho kyōn, isodynamousan de homōs tǭ logǭ tēn aʼhisthēsin echei. "A gar hoi kata pollēn scholēn tou biou kathezomenoi molis exeuron hoi tou kosmou sophoi, tas tōn syllogismōn legō plokas, tauta deiknytai para tēs physeōs ho kyōn pepaideumenos, To gar ichnos tou thēriou diereunōmenos, epeidan heurę̄ auto polytropōs schizomenon, tas hekastachou pherousas ektropas epelthōn, mononouchi tēn syllogistikēn phōnēn aphiēsi diʼ hōn prassei ; Ē tēnde, phēsin, etrapē to thērion, ē tēnde, ē epi tode to meros; alla mēn oute tēnde, oute tēnde, leipomenon esti tę̄de hōrmēsthai auto; kai houtōs anairesei tōn pseudōn heuriskei to alēthes, Ti perissoteron poiousin hoi epi tōn diagrammatōn semnōs kathezomenoi kai tēn konin katacharassontes, triōn protaseōn anairountes tas dyo, en tę̄ leipomenę̄ to alēthes exeuriskontes ? To de mnēmonikon tēs charitos tou zōou tina tōn acharistōn pros euergetas ou kataischynei? hopou ge kai phoneutheïsi despotais katʼ erēmian polloi tōn kynōn epapothnontes mnēmoneuontai, ’Ēdē de tines epi thermǭ tǭ pathei kai hodēgoi tois ekzētousi tous phoneas egenonto, kai hypo tēn dikēn achthēnai tous kakourgous epoiēsan, Ti eipōsin hoi ton poiēsanta autous kai trephonta Kyrion hou monon ouk agapōntes, alla kai philois kechrēmenoi tois lalousi kata tou Theou adikian, kai tēs autēs autois trapezēs metechontes, kai parʼ autēn tēn trophēn tōn kata tou trephontos blasphēmiōn anechomenoi ?

There are also in us virtues according to nature, toward which the soul has an affinity that comes not from human teaching but from nature itself. For as no argument teaches us to hate sickness, but we have a spontaneous aversion to what pains us, so the soul too has an untaught turning away from evil. Every evil is a sickness of the soul, and virtue holds the place of health. For some have rightly defined health as the steady working of the natural functions; and one who says the same of the soul's good condition will not miss what is fitting. Hence the soul, untaught, desires what is proper and natural to it. That is why self-control is praised by all, justice welcomed, courage admired, and prudence eagerly sought; and these are more proper to the soul than health is to the body. "Children, love your fathers. Parents, do not provoke your children to anger." Does nature not say these things too? Paul urges nothing new; he tightens the bonds of nature. If the lioness loves her young, and the wolf fights for its cubs, what will a man say who both disobeys the commandment and counterfeits nature, when a son dishonors his father's old age, or a father, through a second marriage, forgets the children of his first? Among the irrational animals the affection of offspring and parents for each other is extraordinary, because God who made them compensated for their lack of reason by the abundance of their senses. How is it that among countless sheep a lamb leaping out of the fold knows the very color and voice of its mother, hastens to her, and seeks its own fountains of milk? And even if it finds its mother's teats poor, it is content with them, passing by many udders heavy with milk. And how does the mother recognize her own among countless lambs? One voice, the same color, a smell alike in all, as far as our sense of smell can tell; yet they have a perception keener than our apprehension, by which each can tell its own. The puppy does not yet have teeth, and yet it defends itself with its mouth against whoever hurts it. The calf does not yet have horns, and it knows where its weapons will grow. These things prove that the natures of all are untaught, that nothing among existing things is disorderly or undefined, but that all bear traces of the Maker's wisdom, showing in themselves that they were brought forth equipped to preserve their own safety. The dog has no share in reason, yet it has a sense equivalent to reason. For what the wise men of the world, who sat in great leisure all their lives, barely discovered, I mean the intricacies of syllogisms, the dog shows that it has learned from nature. For when it is tracking a beast and finds the trail divided many ways, it goes over the turnings leading in each direction and all but utters the syllogistic statement through its actions: "Either the beast turned this way," it says, "or that way, or toward this part; but it went neither this way nor that; it remains that it rushed this way." And so, by eliminating the false, it finds the true. What more do they do who sit solemnly over their diagrams and scratch in the dust, eliminating two of three premises and finding the truth in the one that remains? And the dog's memory of kindness: which of those who are ungrateful to their benefactors does it not put to shame? Many dogs are remembered to have died beside masters murdered in lonely places. Some, while the deed was still fresh, have even become guides to those seeking the murderers and have brought the criminals to justice. What will those say who not only do not love the Lord who made and feeds them, but even keep as friends those who speak unrighteousness against God, share the same table with them, and at the very meal put up with blasphemies against the one who feeds them?

9.5PG 29:200a–204a

Ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς κτίσεως ἐπανίωμεν, Τὰ εὐαλωτότερα τῶν ζώων πολυγονώτερα. Διὰ τοῦτο πολυτόκοι λαγωοὶ, καὶ αἶγες ἄγριαι, καὶ πρόβατα ἄγρια διδυμοτόκα, ’ἶνα μὴ ἐπιλείπῃ τὸ γένος ὑπὸ τῶν ὠμοβόρων ἐκδαπανώμενον. Τὰ δὲ φθαρτικὰ τῶν ἄλλων, ὀλιγοτόκα. ’Ὅθεν λέοντος ἑνὸς μόλις ἡ λέαινα μήτηρ γίνεται. Ταῖς γὰρ ἀκμαῖς τῶν ὀνύχων διασπαράξας τὴν μήτραν, οὕτω πρόεισιν, ὥς φασι· καὶ ἔχιδναι τὰς μήτρας ἐκφαγοῠσαι προέρχονται. Οὕτως οὐδὲν ἀπρονόητον ἒν τοῖς οὖσιν, οὒδὲ τῆς ἐπιβαλούσης αὺτοῖς ἐπιμελείας ἄμοιρα. Κᾶν αὐτὰ τὰ μέλη τῶν ζώων καταμάθῃς, εὑρήσεις, ὅτι οὔτε περιττόν τι ὁ κτίσας προσέθηκεν, οὔτε ἀφεῖλε τῶν ἀναγκαίων. Τοῖς σαρκοφάγοις ζώοις ὀξεῖς τοὺς ὁδόντας ἐνήρμοσε · τοιούτων γαρ ἦν χρεία πρὸς τὸ τῆς τροφῆς εἶδος, ’Ἃ δὲ ἐξ ἡμισείας ὥπλισται τοῖς ὀδοῦσι, πολλαῖς καὶ ποικίλαις ἆποθήκαίς τῶν τροφῶν παρεσκεύασε, Διὰ γὰρ τὸ παρὰ τὴν πρώτην μὴ ἀρκούντως καταλεπτύνεσθαι τὴν τροφὴν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ καταποθὲν πάλιν ἂναπεμπάζεσθαι, ὥστε καταλεανθέν τῷ μηρυκισμῴ προσοικειοῦσθαι τῷ τρεφομένῳ. Στόμαχοι καὶ ἐχῖνοι, καὶ κεκρύφαλοι, καὶ ἕνυστρα, οὒκ ἀργῶς ἔγκειται τῶν ζώων τοῖς ἔχουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαίων χρείαν ἕκαστον ἐκπληροῖ. Μακρὸς ὁ τράχηλος τῆς καμήλου, ἵνα τοῖς ποσὶν ἐξισαζηται καὶ ἐφικνῆται τῆς βοτάνης ἒξ ἧς ἆποζῇ. Βραχὺς καὶ τοῖς ὤμοις ἐνδεδυκὼς ὁ τράχηλος τῆς ἄρκτου, καὶ λέοντος δὲ, καὶ τίγριδος, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ὅσα τούτου του γένους ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ τῆς πόας αὐτοῖς τροφὴ, οὐδὲ ἀνάγκη πρὸς τὴν γῆν κατακύπτειν, σαρκοφάγοις οὖσι, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἄγρας τῶν ζώων διαρκουμένοις. Τί βούλεται ἡ προνομαία τῷ ἐλέφαντι; ’Ὅτι μέγα τὸ ζῶον, καὶ τῶν χερσαίων τὸ μέγιστον, εἷς τὴν τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ἔκπληξιν παραχθὲν, πολύσαρκον ἐχρῆν εἶναι καὶ συμπεφορημένον τὸ σῶμα. Τούτῳ εἰ μέγας καὶ ἀναλογῶν τοῖς ποσὶν ὁ τράχηλος προσετέθη, δυσμεταχείριστος ἂν ἦν, τῷ ὑπερβάλλοντι βάρει καταῤῥὲπων ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ κάτω. Νῦν δὲ ἡ μὲν κεφαλὴ διʼ ὀλίγων τῶν τοῦ αὐχένος σφονδύλων πρὸς τὴν ῥάχιν συνάπτεται · ἔχει δὲ τὴν προνομαίαν, τὴν τοῦ τραχήλου χρείαν ἀποπληροῦσαν διʼ ἧς καὶ τὴν τροφὴν προσαγεται, καὶ τὸ ποτὸν ἀνιμᾶται, Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀδιάρθρωτοι αὐτῷ οἱ πόδες, οἱονεὶ κίονες ἡνωμένοι, τὸ βάρος ὑποστηρίζουσιν. Εἰ γὰρ χαῦνα αὐτῷ καὶ δίυγρα ὑπετέθη τὰ κῶλα, συνεχεῖς ἂν ἐγίνοντο τῶν ἄρθρων αἱ ἐκτροπαὶ, συνοκλάζοντος καὶ διανισταμένου κουφίζειν τὸ βάρος μὴ ἐξαρκούντων. Νῦν δὲ βραχὺς ἀστράγαλος ὑπόκειται τῷ ποδὶ τοῦ ἐλέφαντος, οὔτε μέντοι εἰς ἀγκύλην οὔτε εἷς γόνυ διήρθρωται, Οὔ γὰρ ἂν ὑπήνεγκε τὸ τῶν ἄρθρων ὀλισθηρὸν τὴν πολυσαρκίαν τοῦ ζώου πολλὴν αὐτῷ περικεχυμένην καὶ περιτρέμουσαν, ’Ὅθεν χρεία γέγονε τοῦ μυκτῆρος ἐκείνου μέχρι ποδῶν καθιεμένου. Οὐχ ὁρᾷς ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις, ὅτι οἱονεὶ πύργοι τινὲς ἔμψυχοι τῆς φάλαγγος προηγοῦνται; ἢ βουνοί τινες σάρκινοι, ἀνυπόστατον ἔχοντες τὴν ὁρμὴν, τῶν ἐναντίων τὸν συνασπισμὸν διακόπτουσιν; Οἷς εἰ μὴ ἦν ἀναλογοῦντα τὰ κάτω, πρὸς οὐδένα ἄν χρόνον τὸ ζῶον διήρκεσε. Νῦν δὲ ἤδη τινὲς ἱστοροῦσι καὶ τριακόσια ἔτη καὶ πλείω τούτων βιοῦν τὸν ἐλέφαντα· διὰ τοῦτο συμπεπηγὸς καὶ οὐ διηρθρωμένον τὰ κῶλα, Τὴν δὲ τροφὴν, ὤσπερ ἔφαμεν, ἡ προνομαία χαμόθεν ἐπὶ τὸ ὕψος διακομίζει, ὀφιώδης τις οὖσα καὶ ὑγροτέρα τὴν φύσιν, Οῦτως ἀληθὴς ὁ λόγος, ὅτι οὖδέν περιττὸν οὔδε ἐλλεῖπον ἐν τοῖς κτισθεῖσι δυνατὸν εὑρεθῆναι. Τοῦτο μέντοι τοσοῦτον ὂν τῷ μεγέθει, ὑποχείριον ἡμῖν κατέστησεν ὁ Θεὸς (ὥστε καὶ διδασκόμενον συνιέναι, καὶ τυπτόμενον καταδέχεσθαι), ἐναργῶς ἡμᾶς ἐκδιδάσκων, ὅτι πάντα ὑπέταξεν ἡμῖν, διὰ τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμᾶς πεποιῆσθαι τοῦ κτίσαντος. Οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐν τοῖς μεγάλοις τῶν ζώων τὴν ἀνεξιχνίαστον σοφίαν ἔξεστι κατιδεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς μικροτάτοις οῦδὲν ἔλαττον συναγεῖραι τὸ θαῦμα ’Ὥσπερ γὰρ οὔ μᾶλλον θαυμάζω τὰς μεγάλας τῶν ὁρῶν κορυφὰς, αἳ τῷ πλησίον εἶναι τῶν νεφῶν τῇ συνεχεῖ περιπνοία διασώζουσι τὸ χειμέριον, ἢ τὴν ἐν ταῖς φάραγξι κοιλότητα, οὐ μόνον τὸ δυσήνεμον τῶν ὑψηλῶν διαφεύγουσαν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλεεινὸν ἀεὶ τὸν ἀέρα συνέχουσαν οὕτως καὶ ἐν ταῖς τῶν ζώων κατασκευαῖς οὗ μᾶλλον ἄγαμαι τὸν ἐλέφαντα τοῦ μεγέθους ἢ τὸν μῦν, ὅτι φοβερός ἐστι τῷ ἐλέφαντι · ἢ τὸ λεπτότατον τοῦ σκορπίου κέντρον, πῶς ἐκοίλανεν ὥσπερ αὐλὸν ὁ τεχνίτης, ὥστε διʼ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱὸν τοῖς τρωθεϊσιν ἐνίεσθαι. Καὶ μηδεὶς ἐγκαλείτω τούτου ἕνεκεν τῷ ποιητῇ, ὅτι ἰοβόλα ζῶα καὶ φθαρτικὰ καὶ πολέμια τῇ ζωῇ ἡμῶν ἐπεισήγαγεν ἢ οὕτω γʼ ἄν τις καὶ παιδαγωγῷ ἐγκαλοίη εἰς τάξιν ἄγοντι τὴν εὐκολίαν τῆς νεότητος, καὶ πληγαῖς καὶ μάστιξι τὸ ἀκόλαστον σωφρονίζοντι,

Allʼ epi tēn theōrian tēs ktiseōs epaniōmen, Ta eualōtotera tōn zōōn polygonōtera. Dia touto polytokoi lagōoi, kai aiges agriai, kai probata agria didymotoka, ’ina mē epileipę̄ to genos hypo tōn ōmoborōn ekdapanōmenon. Ta de phthartika tōn allōn, oligotoka. ’Hothen leontos henos molis hē leaina mētēr ginetai. Tais gar akmais tōn onychōn diasparaxas tēn mētran, houtō proeisin, hōs phasi; kai echidnai tas mētras ekphagousai proerchontai. Houtōs ouden apronoēton en tois ousin, oude tēs epibalousēs autois epimeleias amoira. Kan auta ta melē tōn zōōn katamathę̄s, heurēseis, hoti oute peritton ti ho ktisas prosethēken, oute apheile tōn anankaiōn. Tois sarkophagois zōois oxeis tous hodontas enērmose ; toioutōn gar ēn chreia pros to tēs trophēs eidos, ’Ha de ex hēmiseias hōplistai tois odousi, pollais kai poikilais apothēkais tōn trophōn pareskeuase, Dia gar to para tēn prōtēn mē arkountōs kataleptynesthai tēn trophēn edōken autois to katapothen palin anapempazesthai, hōste kataleanthen tǭ mērykismǭ prosoikeiousthai tǭ trephomenǭ. Stomachoi kai echinoi, kai kekryphaloi, kai henystra, ouk argōs enkeitai tōn zōōn tois echousin, allʼ anankaiōn chreian hekaston ekplēroi. Makros ho trachēlos tēs kamēlou, hina tois posin exisazētai kai ephiknētai tēs botanēs ex hēs apozę̄. Brachys kai tois ōmois endedykōs ho trachēlos tēs arktou, kai leontos de, kai tigridos, kai tōn loipōn, hosa toutou tou genous hoti ouk ek tēs poas autois trophē, oude anankē pros tēn gēn katakyptein, sarkophagois ousi, kai ek tēs agras tōn zōōn diarkoumenois. Ti bouletai hē pronomaia tǭ elephanti? ’Hoti mega to zōon, kai tōn chersaiōn to megiston, heis tēn tōn entynchanontōn ekplēxin parachthen, polysarkon echrēn einai kai sympephorēmenon to sōma. Toutǭ ei megas kai analogōn tois posin ho trachēlos prosetethē, dysmetacheiristos an ēn, tǭ hyperballonti barei katarrhepōn aei pros to katō. Nyn de hē men kephalē diʼ oligōn tōn tou auchenos sphondylōn pros tēn rhachin synaptetai ; echei de tēn pronomaian, tēn tou trachēlou chreian apoplērousan diʼ hēs kai tēn trophēn prosagetai, kai to poton animatai, Alla kai adiarthrōtoi autǭ hoi podes, hoionei kiones hēnōmenoi, to baros hypostērizousin. Ei gar chauna autǭ kai diygra hypetethē ta kōla, synecheis an eginonto tōn arthrōn hai ektropai, synoklazontos kai dianistamenou kouphizein to baros mē exarkountōn. Nyn de brachys astragalos hypokeitai tǭ podi tou elephantos, oute mentoi eis ankylēn oute heis gony diērthrōtai, Ou gar an hypēnenke to tōn arthrōn olisthēron tēn polysarkian tou zōou pollēn autǭ perikechymenēn kai peritremousan, ’Hothen chreia gegone tou myktēros ekeinou mechri podōn kathiemenou. Ouch horąs en tois polemois, hoti hoionei pyrgoi tines empsychoi tēs phalangos proēgountai? ē bounoi tines sarkinoi, anypostaton echontes tēn hormēn, tōn enantiōn ton synaspismon diakoptousin? Hois ei mē ēn analogounta ta katō, pros oudena an chronon to zōon diērkese. Nyn de ēdē tines historousi kai triakosia etē kai pleiō toutōn bioun ton elephanta; dia touto sympepēgos kai ou diērthrōmenon ta kōla, Tēn de trophēn, ōsper ephamen, hē pronomaia chamothen epi to hypsos diakomizei, ophiōdēs tis ousa kai hygrotera tēn physin, Outōs alēthēs ho logos, hoti ouden peritton oude elleipon en tois ktistheisi dynaton heurethēnai. Touto mentoi tosouton on tǭ megethei, hypocheirion hēmin katestēsen ho Theos (hōste kai didaskomenon synienai, kai typtomenon katadechesthai), enargōs hēmas ekdidaskōn, hoti panta hypetaxen hēmin, dia to katʼ eikona hēmas pepoiēsthai tou ktisantos. Ou monon de en tois megalois tōn zōōn tēn anexichniaston sophian exesti katidein, alla kai en tois mikrotatois ouden elatton synageirai to thauma ’Hōsper gar ou mallon thaumazō tas megalas tōn horōn koryphas, hai tǭ plēsion einai tōn nephōn tę̄ synechei peripnoia diasōzousi to cheimerion, ē tēn en tais pharanxi koilotēta, ou monon to dysēnemon tōn hypsēlōn diapheugousan alla kai aleeinon aei ton aera synechousan houtōs kai en tais tōn zōōn kataskeuais hou mallon agamai ton elephanta tou megethous ē ton myn, hoti phoberos esti tǭ elephanti ; ē to leptotaton tou skorpiou kentron, pōs ekoilanen hōsper aulon ho technitēs, hōste diʼ autou ton hion tois trōtheïsin eniesthai. Kai mēdeis enkaleitō toutou heneken tǭ poiētę̄, hoti iobola zōa kai phthartika kai polemia tę̄ zōę̄ hēmōn epeisēgagen ē houtō gʼ an tis kai paidagōgǭ enkaloiē eis taxin agonti tēn eukolian tēs neotētos, kai plēgais kai mastixi to akolaston sōphronizonti,

But let us return to the contemplation of creation. The animals more easily caught are more prolific. That is why hares bear many young, and wild goats and wild sheep bear twins, so that their kind may not fail, consumed by the flesh-eaters. But those that destroy others bear few. Hence the lioness barely becomes the mother of one lion; for, they say, the cub comes out by tearing the womb with the points of its claws; and vipers come out by eating through the womb. So nothing among existing things lacks providence, or is without a share in the care that befits it. And if you study the very members of the animals, you will find that the Creator neither added anything superfluous nor took away anything necessary. To carnivorous animals he fitted sharp teeth, for such were needed for their kind of food. Those that are armed with teeth by halves he provided with many and various storehouses for their food. For since their food is not ground fine enough the first time, he gave them the means to bring up again what they have swallowed, so that, made smooth by chewing the cud, it may be assimilated by the animal it feeds. Paunches, honeycomb bags, reticula, and abomasums do not lie idle in the animals that have them; each fulfills a necessary use. The camel's neck is long, so that it may match its legs and reach the grass on which it lives. The neck of the bear is short and sunk into the shoulders, as also those of the lion, the tiger, and the others of this kind, because their food does not come from the grass, and they have no need to stoop to the ground, being carnivores that live by hunting animals. What is the purpose of the elephant's trunk? Since the animal is great, the greatest of land animals, brought forth to astonish those who meet it, its body had to be very fleshy and massive. If a great neck in proportion to its legs had been given it, it would have been unwieldy, always weighed down by the excessive weight. As it is, the head is joined to the spine by a few vertebrae of the neck, and it has the trunk, which fulfills the use of a neck, by which it brings its food to itself and draws up its drink. And its legs have no joints, but, like columns joined together, support the weight. For if loose and supple limbs had been put under it, its joints would continually have been dislocated, since they would not have been strong enough to lift the weight as it knelt down and rose up. As it is, a short ankle lies under the elephant's foot, and it is articulated neither into a bend nor into a knee. For slippery joints would not have borne the animal's great mass of flesh, poured round it and quivering. Hence the need for that trunk let down to the feet. Do you not see in wars how they lead the phalanx like living towers, or like hills of flesh with an irresistible charge, breaking through the enemy's locked shields? If their lower parts had not been in proportion, the animal would not have lasted any time. As it is, some report that the elephant lives three hundred years and more; that is why its limbs are compact and without joints. Its food, as we said, the trunk carries from the ground up to the height, being serpent-like and quite supple in nature. So true is the saying that nothing superfluous or lacking can be found in created things. Yet God has made this animal, so great in size, subject to us, so that it understands when taught and accepts being beaten, clearly teaching us that he subjected all things to us because we were made according to the image of the Creator. Not only in the great animals may one see the unsearchable wisdom; in the tiniest one may gather no less wonder. For as I do not marvel more at the great mountain peaks, which, being near the clouds, keep their wintry cold through the continual blowing of the winds, than at the hollow of the ravines, which not only escapes the stormy winds of the heights but also keeps the air always warm, so too in the structures of the animals I do not admire the elephant for its size more than the mouse, because it is feared by the elephant, or the very fine sting of the scorpion, how the Craftsman hollowed it like a pipe so that through it the venom is injected into those it wounds. And let no one on this account accuse the Maker of having brought in venomous animals, destructive and hostile to our life; or in that case one might as well accuse a tutor who brings the frivolity of youth to order and corrects their license with blows and whips.

9.6PG 29:204a–208d

Πίστεώς ἐστιν ἀπόδειξις τὰ θηρία. Πέποιθας ἐπὶ Κύριον; Ἐπὶ ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβήσῃ, καὶ καταπατήσεις λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα, Καὶ ἔχεις τὴν διὰ πίστεως ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων. ’Ἦ οὒχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι φρυγανιζομένῳ τῷ Παύλῳ ἐνάψας ὁ ἔχις οὐδεμίαν προσετρίψατο βλάβην, διὰ τὸ πλήρη πίστεως εὑρεθῆναι τὸν ἅγιον ; Εἰ δὲ ἄπιστος εἶ, φοβοῦ μὴ μᾶλλον τὸ θηρίον ἢ τὴν σεαυτοῦ ἀπιστίαν, διʼ ἧς πάσῃ φθορᾷ σεαυτὸν εὒάλωτον κατεσκεύασας, Ἀλλὰ γὰρ αἷσθάνομαι πάλαι τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γενεσεως ἀπαιτούμενος, καὶ μονονουχὶ ἀκούειν δοκῶ μοι τῶν ἀκροατῶν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις καταβοώντων, ὅτι Τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερα ὁποῖαί τινα ἐστι τὴν φύσιν διδασκόμεθα, ἡμᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς ἀγνοοῦμεν. Ἀνάγκη οὗν εἰπεῖν, τὸν κατέχοντα ἡμᾶς ὄκνον παρωσαμένους. Τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἔοικε πάντων εἶναι χαλεπώτατον ἑαυτόν ἐπιγνῶναι, Οὒ γὰρ μόνον ὀφθαλμὸς τὰ ἔξω βλέπων ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν οὗ κέχρηται τῷ ὁρᾷν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἡμῶν ὁ νοῦς, ὀξέως τὸ ἀλλότριον ἁμάρτημα καταβλέπων, βραδύς ἐστι πρὸς τὴν τῶν οἰκείων ἐλαττωμάτων ἐπίγνωσιν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ὁ λόγος, ὀξέως ἐπελθὼν τὰ ἀλλότρια, νωθρός ἐστι και ὄκνου πλήρης πρὸς τήν τῶν οἰκείων ἐξέτασιν καίτοι οὐ μᾶλλον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς τὸν Θεὸν ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι, ἢ καὶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκείας ἡμῶν κατασκευῆς, τόν γε συνετῶς ἑαυτὸν ἐξετάσαντα, ὥς φησιν ὁ προφήτης· Ἐθαυμαστώθη ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἐξ ἐμοῦ· τουτέστιν, ἐμαυτὸν καταμαθὼν, τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τῆς ἐν σοὶ σοφίας ἐξεδιδάχθην. Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον. Ποῦ μοι ὁ Ἰουδαῖος, ὃς ἐν τοῖς κατόπιν, ὥσπερ διὰ Θυρίδων τινῶν τοῦ τῆς θεολογίας φωτὸς διαλάμποντος, καὶ δευτέρου προσώπου τοῦ ὑποδεικνυμένου μὲν μυστικῶς, οὔπω δὲ ἐναργῶς ἐκφανέντος, πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀπεμάχετο, αὐτὸν ἑαυτῷ λέγων τὸν Θεὸν διαλέγεσθαι, Αὐτὸς γὰρ εἶπε, φησὶ, καὶ αὒτὸς ἐποίησε. Γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς. Ἦν μὲν οὖν καὶ τότε πρόχειρος ἐν τοῖς παρʼ αὒτῶν λεγομένοις ἡ ἀτοπία. Τίς γὰρ χαλκεὺς, τέκτων, ἢ σκυτοτόμος, ἐπὶ τῶν ὀργάνων τῆς τέχνης μόνος καθήμενος οὐδενὸς αὐτῷ συνεργοῦντος, λέγει αὖτὸς ἑαυτῷ Ποιήσωμεν τὴν μάχαιραν, ἢ συμπήξωμεν τὸ ἄροτρον, ἢ ἀπεργασώμεθα τὸ ὑπόδημα· ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ σιωπῇ τὴν ἐπιβάλλουσαν ἐνέργειαν ἐπιδείκνυται ; Φλυαρία γὰρ τῷ ὄντι δεινὴ, ἄρχοντά τινα ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἐπιστάτην καθῆσθαι, δεσποτικῶς ἑαυτου και σφοδρῶς κατασπεύδοντα, Ἀλλʼ ὅμως οἱ αὐτὸν τὸν Κύριον συκοφαντῆσαι μὴ κατοκνήσαντες, τί οὐκ ἂν εἴποιεν γεγυμνασμένην πρὸς τὸ ψεῦδος τὴν γλῶσσαν ἔχοντες; Ἠ μέντοι παροῦσα φωνὴ παντελῶς αὐτῶν ἀποφράσσει τὸ στόμα· Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός· Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον. Μὴ καὶ νῦν, εἰπέ μοι, μεμονωμένον ἐστὶ τὸ πρόσωπον; οὐ γὰρ γέγραπται· Γενηθήτω ἅνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ, Ποιήσωμεν ἂνθρωπον. ’Ἕως οὔπω ὁ διδασκόμενος παρεφαίνετο, ἐν βάθει ἐκεκάλυπτο τῆς θεολογίας τὸ κήρυγμα· ὅτε λοιπὸν ἀνθρώπου γένεσις προσδοκᾶται, παραγυμνοῦται ἡ πίστις, καὶ τρανότερον παραδηλοῦται τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ δόγμα, Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον. Ἀκούεις, ὦ Χριστομάχε, ὅτι τῷ κοινωνῷ τῆς δημιουργίας προσδιαλέγεται, Διʼ οὗ καὶ τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐποίησεν ὅς φέρει τὰ σύμπαντα τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, Ἀλλʼ οὐ γὰρ ἡσυχῇ παραδέχεται τὸν λόγον τῆς εὐσεβείας· ὥσπερ δὲ τῶν θηρίων τὰ μισανθρωπότατα, ἐπειδὰν τοῖς ζώγροις ἐναποκλεισθῇ, περιόρόχεται τοῖς κυλίνδροις, τὸ μὲν πικρὸν καὶ ἀνήμερον τῆς φύσεως ἐνδεικνύμενα, ἐκπληρῶσαι δὲ τὴν μανίαν οῦκ ἔχονταʼ οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἐχθρὸν τῆς ἀληθείας γένος οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, στενοχωρούμενοι, Πολλὰ, φασὶν, ἔστι τὰ πρόσωπα πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος γέγονε τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τοῖς ἀγγέλοις γὰρ λέγει τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷʼ Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον. Ἰουδαϊκὸν τὸ πλάσμα, τῆς ἐκεῖθεν εὐκολίας τὸ μυθολόγημα· ἵνα τὸν ἕνα μὴ παραδέξωνται, μυρίους εἰσάγουσι, Καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἀθετοῦντες, οἰκέταις τὸ τῆς συμβουλίας ἀξίωμα περιάπτουσι καὶ τοὺς ὁμοδούλους ἠμῶν κυρίους ποιοῦσι τῆς ἡμετέρας δημιουργίας, Τελειούμενος ἄνθρωπος πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγγέλων ἀξίαν ἀνάγεται. Ποῖον δὲ δημιούργημα ἴσον δύναται εἶναι τῷ κτίσαντι ; Σκόπει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἔφεξης Κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν. Τί λέγεις πρὸς τοῦτο ; Μὴ καὶ εἰκὼν μία Θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων; Υἱοῦ μὲν γὰρ καὶ Πατρὸς πᾶσα ἀνάγκη τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι μορφήν, θεοπρεπῶς δηλονότι τῆς μορφῆς νοουμένης, οὒκ ἐν σχήματι σωματικῷ, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ ἰδιώματι τῆς θεότητος. ’Ἄκουε καὶ σὺ ὁ ἐκ τῆς νέας κατατομῆς, ὁ τὸν Ἰουδαϊσμὸν πρεσβεύων ἐν Χριστιανισμοῦ προσποιήσει. Τίνι λέγει, Κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν ; Τίνι ἄλλῳ γε ἢ τῷ ἀπαυγάσματι τῆς δόξης, καὶ χαρακτῆρι τῆς ὕποστάσεως αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου; Τῇ ἰδίᾳ τοίνυν εἰκόνι τῇ ζώσῃ, τῇ εἰπούσῃ· Ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν, καὶ, Ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακε τὸν Πατέρα· ταύτῃ λέγειʼ Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν. ’Ὅπου μία εἰκὼν ποῦ τὸ ἀνόμοιον; Καὶ ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Οὐχὶ, Ἐποίησαν. Ἔφυγεν ἐνταῦθα τὸν πληθυσμὸν τῶν προσώπων. Διʼ ἐκείνων μὲν τὸν Ἰουδαῖον παιδεύων, διὰ τούτων δὲ τὸν Ἐλληνισμὸν ἀποκλείων, ἀσφαλῶς ἀνέδραμεν ἐπὶ τὴν μονάδα, ’ἵνα καὶ Υἱὸν νοῇς μετὰ Πατρὸς, καὶ τῆς πολυθεΐας ἐκφύγῃς τὸ ἐπικίνδυνον. Ἐν εἰκόνι Θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτόν. Πάλιν τοῦ συνεργοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον παρεισήγαγεν. Οὔ γὰρ εἶπεν, Ἐν εἰκόνι ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλʼ, Ἐν εἰκόνι Θεοῦ. Ἐν τίνι μὲν οὖν ἔχει τὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ πῶς μεταλαμβάνει τοῦ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν, ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς, Θεοῦ διδόντος, εἰρήσεται· νῦν δὲ τοσοῦτον λεγέσθω, ὅτι εἰ μία εἰκὼν, πόθεν σοι ἐπῆλθεν οὕτω δυσσεβεῖν, ἀνόμοιον λέγοντι τον Υἱον τῷ Πατρί ; Ὢ τῆς ἀχαριστίας· ἧς μετέλαβες ὁμοιότητος, ταύτης οὗ μεταδίδως τῷ εὐεργέτῃ; καὶ σαυτῷ μὲν κύρια μένειν τὰ ἐκ τῆς χάριτος παρασχεθέντα νομίζεις, τῷ δὲ Υἱῴ τὴν ἐκ φύσεως ὁμοιότητα πρὸς τὸν γεννήσαντα ἔχειν οὐκ ἐπιτρέπεις; Ἀλλὰ σιωπὴν γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐπιτάσσει λοιπὸν ἡ ἑσπέρα, πάλαι πρὸς δυσμὰς τὸν ἥλιον παραπέμψασα. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ οὖν τον λόγον καὶ ἡμεῖς κατευνάσωμεν, ἄρκεσθέντες τοῖς εἰρημένοις, Νῦν μὲν οὖν ὅσον διεγεῖραι ὑμῶν τὸν ζῆλον τοῦ λόγου παρηψάμεθα· τὴν δὲ τελειοτέραν περὶ τῶν προκειμένων ἐξέτασιν ἓν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἀποδώσομεν τῇ συνεργίᾳ τοῦ Πνεύματος. Ἄπιτέ μοι χαίροντες, ἡ φιλόχριστος ἐκκλησία, ἀντὶ παντὸς ὄψου πολυτελοῦς καὶ των ποικίλων καρυκευμάτων τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν εἰρημένων τὰς σεμνὰς ὒμῶν κατακοσμοῦντες τραπέζας. Καταισχυνέσθω ὁ ἀνόμοιος, ἐντρεπέσθω ὁ Ἰουδαῖος, ἀγαλλέσθω τοῖς δόγμασι τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ εὐσεβής, δοξαζέσθω ὁ Κύριος, ᾦ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. Ἀμήν.

Pisteōs estin apodeixis ta thēria. Pepoithas epi Kyrion? Epi aspida kai basiliskon epibēsę̄, kai katapatēseis leonta kai drakonta, Kai echeis tēn dia pisteōs exousian patein epanō opheōn kai skorpiōn. ’Ē ouch horąs, hoti phryganizomenǭ tǭ Paulǭ enapsas ho echis oudemian prosetripsato blabēn, dia to plērē pisteōs heurethēnai ton hagion ? Ei de apistos ei, phobou mē mallon to thērion ē tēn seautou apistian, diʼ hēs pasę̄ phthorą seauton eualōton kateskeuasas, Alla gar haisthanomai palai ta peri tēs tou anthrōpou geneseōs apaitoumenos, kai mononouchi akouein dokō moi tōn akroatōn en tais kardiais kataboōntōn, hoti Ta men hēmetera hopoiai tina esti tēn physin didaskometha, hēmas de autous agnooumen. Anankē houn eipein, ton katechonta hēmas oknon parōsamenous. Tǭ onti gar eoike pantōn einai chalepōtaton heauton epignōnai, Ou gar monon ophthalmos ta exō blepōn ephʼ heauton hou kechrētai tǭ horąn, alla kai autos hēmōn ho nous, oxeōs to allotrion hamartēma katablepōn, bradys esti pros tēn tōn oikeiōn elattōmatōn epignōsin. Dia touto kai nyn ho logos, oxeōs epelthōn ta allotria, nōthros esti kai oknou plērēs pros tēn tōn oikeiōn exetasin kaitoi ou mallon ex ouranou kai gēs ton Theon estin epignōnai, ē kai ek tēs oikeias hēmōn kataskeuēs, ton ge synetōs heauton exetasanta, hōs phēsin ho prophētēs; Ethaumastōthē hē gnōsis sou ex emou; toutestin, emauton katamathōn, to hyperballon tēs en soi sophias exedidachthēn. Kai eipen ho Theos; Poiēsōmen anthrōpon. Pou moi ho Ioudaios, hos en tois katopin, hōsper dia Thyridōn tinōn tou tēs theologias phōtos dialampontos, kai deuterou prosōpou tou hypodeiknymenou men mystikōs, oupō de enargōs ekphanentos, pros tēn alētheian apemacheto, auton heautǭ legōn ton Theon dialegesthai, Autos gar eipe, phēsi, kai autos epoiēse. Genēthētō phōs, kai egeneto phōs. Ēn men oun kai tote procheiros en tois parʼ autōn legomenois hē atopia. Tis gar chalkeus, tektōn, ē skytotomos, epi tōn organōn tēs technēs monos kathēmenos oudenos autǭ synergountos, legei autos heautǭ Poiēsōmen tēn machairan, ē sympēxōmen to arotron, ē apergasōmetha to hypodēma; allʼ ouchi siōpę̄ tēn epiballousan energeian epideiknytai ? Phlyaria gar tǭ onti deinē, archonta tina heautou kai epistatēn kathēsthai, despotikōs heautou kai sphodrōs kataspeudonta, Allʼ homōs hoi auton ton Kyrion sykophantēsai mē katoknēsantes, ti ouk an eipoien gegymnasmenēn pros to pseudos tēn glōssan echontes? Ē mentoi parousa phōnē pantelōs autōn apophrassei to stoma; Kai eipen ho Theos; Poiēsōmen anthrōpon. Mē kai nyn, eipe moi, memonōmenon esti to prosōpon? ou gar gegraptai; Genēthētō hanthrōpos, alla, Poiēsōmen anthrōpon. ’Heōs oupō ho didaskomenos parephaineto, en bathei ekekalypto tēs theologias to kērygma; hote loipon anthrōpou genesis prosdokatai, paragymnoutai hē pistis, kai tranoteron paradēloutai tēs alētheias to dogma, Poiēsōmen anthrōpon. Akoueis, ō Christomache, hoti tǭ koinōnǭ tēs dēmiourgias prosdialegetai, Diʼ hou kai tous aiōnas epoiēsen hos pherei ta sympanta tǭ rhēmati tēs dynameōs autou, Allʼ ou gar hēsychę̄ paradechetai ton logon tēs eusebeias; hōsper de tōn thēriōn ta misanthrōpotata, epeidan tois zōgrois enapokleisthę̄, periorochetai tois kylindrois, to men pikron kai anēmeron tēs physeōs endeiknymena, ekplērōsai de tēn manian ouk echontaʼ houtō kai to echthron tēs alētheias genos hoi Ioudaioi, stenochōroumenoi, Polla, phasin, esti ta prosōpa pros hous ho logos gegone tou Theou. Tois angelois gar legei tois parestōsin autǭʼ Poiēsōmen anthrōpon. Ioudaïkon to plasma, tēs ekeithen eukolias to mythologēma; hina ton hena mē paradexōntai, myrious eisagousi, Kai ton Huion athetountes, oiketais to tēs symboulias axiōma periaptousi kai tous homodoulous ēmōn kyrious poiousi tēs hēmeteras dēmiourgias, Teleioumenos anthrōpos pros tēn tōn angelōn axian anagetai. Poion de dēmiourgēma ison dynatai einai tǭ ktisanti ? Skopei de kai ta ephexēs Katʼ eikona hēmeteran. Ti legeis pros touto ? Mē kai eikōn mia Theou kai angelōn? Huiou men gar kai Patros pasa anankē tēn autēn einai morphēn, theoprepōs dēlonoti tēs morphēs nooumenēs, ouk en schēmati sōmatikǭ, allʼ en tǭ idiōmati tēs theotētos. ’Akoue kai sy ho ek tēs neas katatomēs, ho ton Ioudaïsmon presbeuōn en Christianismou prospoiēsei. Tini legei, Katʼ eikona hēmeteran ? Tini allǭ ge ē tǭ apaugasmati tēs doxēs, kai charaktēri tēs hypostaseōs autou, hos estin eikōn tou Theou tou aoratou? Tę̄ idią toinyn eikoni tę̄ zōsę̄, tę̄ eipousę̄; Egō kai ho Patēr hen esmen, kai, Ho heōrakōs eme, heōrake ton Patera; tautę̄ legeiʼ Poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona hēmeteran. ’Hopou mia eikōn pou to anomoion? Kai epoiēsen ho Theos ton anthrōpon. Ouchi, Epoiēsan. Ephygen entautha ton plēthysmon tōn prosōpōn. Diʼ ekeinōn men ton Ioudaion paideuōn, dia toutōn de ton Ellēnismon apokleiōn, asphalōs anedramen epi tēn monada, ’hina kai Huion noę̄s meta Patros, kai tēs polytheïas ekphygę̄s to epikindynon. En eikoni Theou epoiēsen auton. Palin tou synergou to prosōpon pareisēgagen. Ou gar eipen, En eikoni heautou, allʼ, En eikoni Theou. En tini men oun echei to katʼ eikona Theou ho anthrōpos, kai pōs metalambanei tou kathʼ homoiōsin, en tois ephexēs, Theou didontos, eirēsetai; nyn de tosouton legesthō, hoti ei mia eikōn, pothen soi epēlthen houtō dyssebein, anomoion legonti ton Huion tǭ Patri ? Ō tēs acharistias; hēs metelabes homoiotētos, tautēs hou metadidōs tǭ euergetę̄? kai sautǭ men kyria menein ta ek tēs charitos paraschethenta nomizeis, tǭ de Huiǭ tēn ek physeōs homoiotēta pros ton gennēsanta echein ouk epitrepeis? Alla siōpēn gar hēmin epitassei loipon hē hespera, palai pros dysmas ton hēlion parapempsasa. Entautha dē oun ton logon kai hēmeis kateunasōmen, arkesthentes tois eirēmenois, Nyn men oun hoson diegeirai hymōn ton zēlon tou logou parēpsametha; tēn de teleioteran peri tōn prokeimenōn exetasin hen tois hexēs apodōsomen tę̄ synergią tou Pneumatos. Apite moi chairontes, hē philochristos ekklēsia, anti pantos opsou polytelous kai tōn poikilōn karykeumatōn tę̄ mnēmę̄ tōn eirēmenōn tas semnas ymōn katakosmountes trapezas. Kataischynesthō ho anomoios, entrepesthō ho Ioudaios, agallesthō tois dogmasi tēs alētheias ho eusebēs, doxazesthō ho Kyrios, ǭ hē doxa kai to kratos eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. Amēn.

Wild beasts are a proof of faith. Do you trust in the Lord? "You will tread upon the asp and the basilisk, and you will trample the lion and the dragon." And you have authority through faith to tread upon serpents and scorpions. Or do you not see that the viper that fastened on Paul as he gathered sticks did him no harm, because the saint was found full of faith? But if you are faithless, fear not the beast so much as your own faithlessness, through which you have made yourself an easy prey to every destruction. But I perceive that I have long been asked about the creation of man, and I seem almost to hear my hearers crying out in their hearts, "We are being taught what the nature of our possessions is, but we do not know ourselves." I must speak, then, pushing aside the hesitation that holds me back. For truly it seems hardest of all to know oneself. For not only does the eye, which sees outward things, not use its sight on itself, but our very mind, quick to see another's sin, is slow to recognize its own failings. That is why now too my discourse, having gone quickly through the things of others, is sluggish and full of hesitation in examining our own. And yet one who examines himself with understanding can come to know God from his own constitution no less than from heaven and earth, as the prophet says: "Your knowledge has become wonderful from me," that is, by studying myself I was taught the surpassing greatness of your wisdom. "And God said, Let us make man." Where is the Jew for me, who earlier, when the light of theology was shining through as through windows, and a second person was being indicated mystically, though not yet clearly revealed, fought against the truth, saying that God spoke to himself? For he himself spoke, they say, and he himself made: "Let there be light, and there was light." The absurdity of what they said was obvious even then. For what smith, carpenter, or shoemaker, sitting alone at the tools of his craft with no one working with him, says to himself, "Let us make the sword," or "Let us fit together the plough," or "Let us finish the shoe"? Does he not rather carry out the work in hand in silence? It would truly be dreadful nonsense for someone to sit as his own ruler and overseer, urging himself on lordly and vehemently. But those who did not hesitate to slander the Lord himself, what would they not say, having tongues trained for falsehood? Yet the present word stops their mouths entirely: "And God said, Let us make man." Is the person single here too, tell me? For it is not written, "Let man come to be," but, "Let us make man." As long as the one being taught had not yet appeared, the proclamation of theology was hidden in the depth; now that the creation of man is awaited, faith is uncovered, and the doctrine of the truth is shown more plainly. "Let us make man." You hear, enemy of Christ, that he is speaking to the partner in creation, "through whom he also made the ages," who "upholds all things by the word of his power." But they do not quietly accept the word of piety; like the most man-hating of wild beasts, which, when shut up in cages, roar around the bars, showing the bitterness and savagery of their nature but unable to satisfy their fury, so the Jews, a race hostile to the truth, when hard pressed, say: "There are many persons to whom the word of God was addressed; he says to the angels who stand by him, Let us make man." A Jewish fiction, a myth of their usual frivolity! So as not to accept the one, they bring in countless; and rejecting the Son, they attach the dignity of counsel to servants and make our fellow servants lords of our creation. Man, when perfected, is raised to the dignity of the angels; but what creature can be equal to the Creator? Consider also what follows: "According to our image." What do you say to this? Is the image of God and of the angels one? Of Son and Father the form must necessarily be the same, the form being understood in a way befitting God, not in bodily shape but in the property of the Godhead. Hear this, you too of the new concision, who champion Judaism under a pretense of Christianity. To whom does he say, "According to our image"? To whom else but to "the radiance of his glory and the express image of his hypostasis," who is "the image of the invisible God"? To his own living image, then, who said, "I and the Father are one," and, "He who has seen me has seen the Father": to him he says, "Let us make man according to our image." Where the image is one, where is the unlikeness? "And God made man." Not, "They made." Here he avoided a plurality of persons. By those words he instructs the Jew, by these he shuts out paganism, and returns safely to the unity, so that you may understand the Son with the Father and escape the danger of polytheism. "In the image of God he made him." Again he brought in the person of the fellow worker; for he did not say, "In his own image," but, "In the image of God." In what man has what is according to the image of God, and how he shares in the likeness, will be said in what follows, God granting; but for now let this much be said: if the image is one, how did it come into your head to be so impious as to call the Son unlike the Father? What ingratitude! The likeness you received, you do not grant to your benefactor? And you think that what was granted to you by grace remains yours, but you do not allow the Son to have by nature likeness to the one who begot him? But the evening, which long ago escorted the sun to its setting, now commands us to be silent. Here, then, let us too put our discourse to rest, content with what has been said. For now we have touched on the matter enough to rouse your zeal; the more complete examination of the questions before us we will give in what follows, with the help of the Spirit. Go away rejoicing, Christ-loving congregation, and instead of costly dishes and varied sauces, adorn your dignified tables with the memory of what has been said. Let the Anomoean be put to shame, let the Jew be abashed, let the pious man rejoice in the doctrines of the truth, let the Lord be glorified, to whom be glory and might to the ages of ages. Amen.